Medical Equipment

Technical
Specifications
taerzr ucrm-Turrit f4M-ffrt zrrtt
Sr. Department Sr. Name of Equipment Approx. Uint

No. No. Price
1 1 Protable 100 mA X-Ray 11,00,000
2 2 300 mA X-Ray Machine with Turn Key 20,00,000
3 3 500 mA X-Ray Machine with Turn Key 44,00,000
4 4 Sonography Machine (Colour Doppler) 12,50,000
5 Radiology 5 USG Probe for Brest 60,000.
6 6 Computerized Radiographic System (C.R.System) 9,35,000
7 7 Digital Radiography 1000 mA with Buyback (D.R.System) 93,00,000
8 8 Digital Memography Machine 1,25,00,000
9 9 Memography Machine 27,00,000
10 1 Adult & Pediatric Ventilator 12,05,000
11 2 Transport Ventilator 5,00,000
12 3 Anesthesia Machine (Boyles Appratus) 11,40,000
13 4 Aneashtesia Work Station 29,01,250
14 5 Cardiac Monitor with Central Station 2,50,000
15 6 4 Beded Multipara Monitor with one central work station 20,00,000
18 9 Multipara Monitor without ETCO2 1,50,000
Anesthesia
19 10 Multipara Monitor with ETCO2 5,00,000
20 11 Flexible Fiberoptic Bronchoscope 3,80,000
21 12 Syringe Pump 28,000
22 13 Syringe Infusion Pump 50,000
23 14 Nerve stimulator, mapper, locator 35,000
24 15 Oxygen Flow meter with Humidifiar Bottle 1,500
25 16 Laryngoscope - Adult 1,20,000
26 17 Laryngoscope - Peadiatric 1,20,000
27 18 Laryngoscope - Neonatal 1,20,000
28 1 Autoclave High Pressure Horizontal 2,00,000
29 2 Autoclave HP (Horizontal) 2 Drum 1,22,500
30 3 Autoclave HP (Horizontal) 4 Drum 6,27,624
31 4 ETO Sterlizer 40,00,000
32 5 Hospital Bed with Backrest with Foam Mattres & Pillow 11,949 i
33 6 Bedside Lockers 4,614
34 7 Electro Cautery Machine (Surgical Diathermy) 1,12,365
35 8 Dressing Trolley 18,900
Surgery
36 9 Foot Suction Machine 26,000
37 10 Suction Pump Protable (Electric) 3,500
38 11 Fowler Bed with Matress 41,000
39 12 Instrument Trolley 16,000
40 13 Linen Trolley 5,000
41 14 Operation Table (Ordinary) 50,000
42 15 Operation Table (Hydraulic) 1,80,000
43 16 Operation Table (Electro Hydraulic) 2,64,000
No. No. Price
44 17 Patient Stool / Attendant Stool 1,980
45 18 Double Dome Shadowless Ceiling Mounted O.T.Light 2,21,760
46 19 Shadowless O.T.Light (Mobile) 1,20,960
47 20 Strecher on Trolley 11,788
48 21 Wheel Chair 10,000
49 22 Examination Table with foot steps 14,000
50 23 Examination Lamp 20,000
51 24 Xenon Light Source with Cord 2,60,000
52 25 Crash Cart 20,000
53 26 Catherter Tray 400
54 27 Dressing Drum - Big 1,000
55 28 Dressing Drum - Large 1,000
56 29 Dressing Drum - Medium 1,000 a
57 30 Dressing Drum - Small 1,000 MO
58 31 Hand wash Basin with Stand 2,000
59 32 Jumbo Oxygen Cylinder 6,000
60 33 Jumbo Nitrous Cylinder 6,000
61 34 Kidney Tray 250
62 35 Bedside Screen 2,000
63 36 Pedestal Fan 2,000
64 37 Medicine Cabinet Display Type 20,000
65 1 Computerised ECG Machine 1,36,000
66 2 Digital B.P.Apparatus 1,000
67 3 Digital Thermometer 500
Medicine
68 4 Finger Pulse Oxymeter 1,200
69 5 Pulse Oxymeter with adult, Pediatric & Neonatal Probe 1,00,000
Nebuliser 3000
70
71
6
1 Microscope (Binocular) 45,000
32,000
•
72 2 Centrifuge
73 3 Hot Air Oven 18,564
74 4 Incubator 20,666
75 5 Invasive Digital Hemoglobinometer 2,000
76 6 Water Bath 15,000
77 7 Bio Safe Cabinet 1,40,000
78 Pathology 8 Fully Automated Chemistry Analyser 7,50,000
79 9 Semi Auto Bio Chemistry Analyser 5,00,000
80 10 Electrolyte Analyser 1,00,000
81 11 Fully Automatic Blood Gas Analyser 6,00,000
82 12 Cell Counter 3 Parts 2,50,000
83 13 Cell Counter 5 Parts 3,75,000
84 14 Microscope with Computer 25,000
85 15 Variable Volume Micro pipettes 3,000
86 1 Tissie Processor 12,00,000
87 Histopathology 2 Paraffine Embeded Station 10,00,000
88 3 Electronic Rotary Microtome 5,00,000
No. No. Price
89 1 Diagnostic Instrument
90 Dental 2 Dental X-Ray with RVG 3,42,439
91 3 Dental Unit 4,38,000
92 1 BERA with ASSR & Oto-acoustic emission 10,75,000
93 2 Single Frequency Middle Ear Analyser (Impedance Audiometer) 2,02,500
94 Audiology 3 OAE Screener (Otocoustic Emission)
95 4 Single Channel Diagnostic Audiometer (Pure Tone Audiometer) 2,16,000
96 5 Hearing AIDS followed for Electro Acoustic Characterstic
97 1 Microdrills with Handpieces & Burrheads 6,25,000
98 2 ENT Head Light for OPD 3,500 to
14,000
99 3 ENT Head Light for OT 10,000 to
ENT
3,00,00Q
100 4 ENT Operating Microscope 16,15,000
101 5 Micro Ear Surgery Instrument Set 70,000
102 6 Tongue Depressor 1,000
103 1 Lumber Traction 1,300
104 2 Muscle & Nerve Stimulator 10,000
105 3 Ultrasonic Therapy Unit 5,000
106 4 Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulator (TENS) 2,500
107 5 Continues Passive Motion (CPM) for Elbow & Shoulder 17,500
108 6 Continues Passive Motion (CPM) for Knee 18,000
109 7 Wax Bath 15,000
110 Physiotherapist 8 Deep Tissue Percussion Therapeutic Massager 9,000
111 9 Exercise Equipments
112 10 Exercise Bicycle 10,000
113 11 Shoulder Wheel 1,200
114 12 Shortwave Diathermy 42,000
115 13 Parallel Bar 1,200
116 14 Interferncial Current Therapy Unit 6,500
117 15 Cervical Traction (Wall Mounting) 6,900
118 1 ECT Machine 1,20,000
Psychiatrist
119 2 EEG Machine 1,25,000
120 1 Radiant Infant Warmer / Radiant Heat Warmer 55,000 to
80,000
121 Neonatology 2 Phototherapy Unit 16,000
122 3 Neonatal Ventilator 14,00,000
123 4 Neonatal Pulse Oxymeter 1,20,000
124 1 Pediatric Ventilator 7,00,000
Peadiatric
125 2 Pediatric Reid Branchoscope 16,00,000
126 1 C-Arm Machine 17,44,000
127 2 C-Arm Comatible Operation Table with Radiolucent top & 11,53,911
Orthopedic Fracture Attachements
128 3 Power Bone Drill 8,81,759
129 4 Pnumatic Tourniquet 3,00,000
130 Gynecologist 1 Fetoal Monitor / CTG Machine / NST Machine 1,40,000
No. No. Price
131 2 Gynaec Electric Cautery 1,27,500
132 3 Gynaec Examination Table with foot steps 22,500
133 4 Labour Table 80,000
134 5 Mucus Extractor 300
135 6 Delivery Instrument Set 3,550
136 7 Cervical Cautry 1,700
137 8 High Vaccum Pump Portable (Electric) 22,000
138 1 P.M.Set 12,000
Forensic
139 2 Two body Mortury Cabinet 1,99,000
Medicine
140 3 Four body Mortury Cabinet 4,00,000
141 1 Refrigerator Centrifuge (Component Separation) 25,00,000
142 2 Blood Bag Refrigerator (2-6°C) 4,65,000
143 3 Plasma freezer -80° Celsius 5,82,330 s
144 4 Deep Freezer -40° Celsius for Plasma
145 5 Platelet incubtor cum Agitator 2,01,600
146 6 Laminar Air Flow 1,91,000
147 7 Donor Chair / Couch 40,000
148 8 Donner Bed 3,00,000
Blood Bank
149 9 Blood Collection Minitor with Sheker 66,669
150 10 Di-electric Tube sealer 1,10,045
151 11 Plasma Expressor 50,000
152 12 Electrical Weighting Balance up to 2 Kg. 2,00,000
153 13 Elisa Reader & Washer
154 14 Elisa Processor Fully automated 4 plate
155 15 Coagulometer 1,50,000
156 16 pH Instrument
157 1 Advanced Digital Liner Accelerator 10,00,00,000
158 2 C.T.Scanner & Virtual Simulation System 4,00,00,0001
159 3 High Dose rate remote after loading Brachytherapy Unit 3,00,00,000
160 4 Medical Physics Dosimetry & Moduld Room Equipments 2,00,00,000
161 5 External RT Treatment Planning System + Networking 1,00,00,000
Cancer
162 6 Digital Colposcope 2,00,000
163 7 Digital Video Colposcope 2,50,000
164 8 Cryotherapy Unit 6,00,000
165 9 Loop Electrosurgical Excision Prodedure (LEEP)
166 10 Cusco's Speculum 800
167 1 Cardiac Cath Lab 5,00,00,000
168 2 Multipara Monitor with Central station (Wireless) for URO and 30,00,000
Cardiac ICU
169 3 Intral Aortic Ballon Pump 15,00,000
170 Cardiac & CVTS 4 Cardiac Bed 1,25,000
171 5 12 Channel Stress ECG TEST Treadmill (Computerized Stress, TMT 17,00,000
Machine)
172 6 Cardiac Monitor for recovery Room 5,00,000
173 7 Temparary Pace Maker 4,00,000
No. No. Price
174 8 Stemun Saw & Restemostomy Saw Machine 3,50,000
175 9 Electro Hyadraulic O.O.Table for Cardiac O.T. 10,00,000
176 10 Stroke Volume & CCO Monitor for Cardiac Modular & OT with 5,00,000
ETCO2
177 11 Defibrillator with Monitor 3,20,000
178 1 Dialysis Machine 5,54,400
179 2 Dialysis Chair 1,50,000
180 Nephrology 3 Dialysis Reprocessing Unit 4,50,000
181 4 R.O.Plant (2000 Itr) 10,00,000
182 5 R.O.Plant (500 Kr) 2,75,611
183 1 Electro Hyadraulic O.O.Table with Urology Attachments 20,00,000
184 2 Holmium Laser with Endoscope Units with Accessories 2,25,00,000
(Monomum 100 watts)
185 3 TUR Endoscope 20,15,000
186 4 Shockpulse 15,00,000
187 5 Resectoscope Set 6,00,000
188 6 Nephroscope 24 Fr. 1,80,000
189 7 Nephroscope 22 Fr. 1,80,000
190 8 Nephroscope 19 Fr. 2,00,000
191 9 Urethroscope 1,20,000
192 Urology 10 Urethroscope 6 - 7.5 Fr. 3,00,000
193 11 Urethroscope 8 - 9.8 Fr. 3,00,000
194 12 Lithoclase with Compressor 2,00,000
195 13 AV Fistulla set with Magnifying loops 2,00,000
196 14 C-Arm with Image Intensifire Units (URO OT) 15,00,000
197 15 Cystoscope 30 degree 1,20,000
198 16 Cystoscope 0 degree 1,20,000
199 17 Monopolar Working Element with Inner Out sheet Finger Active 2,00,000
200 18 Bipolar Working Element with Inner Out sheet Finger Active 2,40,000
201 19 Otis Urethrotome 1,60,000
202 1 Linen
203 2 Bio Medical Waste Treatment System Non Burn Technology
204 Other 3 Liquid Medical Waste
205 4 Laundry System
206 5 Cleaning Trolley
Radiology
Sr. No. Name of Equipment
1 Portable 100 mA X-Ray
2 300 mA X-Ray Machine with Turn Key
3 500 mA X-Ray Machine with Turn Key
4 Sonography Machine (Colour Doppler)
5 USG Probe for Brest
6 Computerized Radiography System (C.R.System)
7 Digital Radiography 1000 mA with Buyback (D.R.System)
8 Digital Mammography Machine
9 Mammography Machine
Technical Specification of Portable X-Ray Machine 100 mA
GMDN Name Mobile X-Ray Machine (HF)

Clinical purpose Used to get the radiographic images where patient
1
mobility to stationary installation is compromised such as
use of other life support equipment. Finds great utility in
intensive care units.
2 Used by clinical Intensive care units and radiology department
department/Ward
3 Technical characteristics Mobile X-Ray machine:
(specific to this type of — High Frequency generator of 40KHz or more.
device) ____ Radiographic KV: 40 to 110KV.
— Rad mA: 100mA or more
— Output power: 10 -15 KW..
— mAs range: 1 to 200mAs
X-Ray tube head:
— Monoblock version X-Ray Tube Head with Stationary
X-Ray Tube. The monoblock consists of Tube,
transformer, H.V. Rectifiers & Capacitors, all immersed
dielectric oil. •
— One No. Manual Collimator should be provided,
Stand:
Mobile Stand with 4-wheel design, which ensures and
steering. The Spring Balance Stand should be very light in
weight with tube arm. It should be very easy to maneuver
& allows smooth movements of Tube
Head in vertical Plane. Lead lined cassette storage box.
Large wheels for
easy mobility should be provided. The stand is designed
for maximum maneuverability of the unit and is able to
achieve tube focus to floor distance of minimum 75 inch
and tube focus to tabletop distance of minimum 46 inches
(Standard Radiography Table). The equipment should
occupy minimum floor area & is capable to be taken
through elevators with ease.
Control Panel:
• KV Increase & Decrease Switches.
• mAs Increase & Decrease Switches
• Machine ON/OFF Switch. • Collimator Lamp 'ON'
Switch.
• Stand by & Exposure Switch.
• Self diagnostic Programme with indicators for:
o Earth fault Error
o KV Error
o Filament Error
o Tube head Thermal Error
• Stand by (Ready) & X-Ray On indicator.
• Incoming Voltage Indicator. There should be provision
for the machine to work from 190 Volts input supply to 250
V input supply.
• Anatomical Programming Radiography (i.e. APR) should
be provided in which 1W and rnAs are automatically
selected depending upon the physique of the patient and
part of the body to be X-Rayed.
Anatomical Programming up to 200 programmers or more
There should be a provision that the control should get off,
if no key is
pressed for 10Min.
A Hand Switch with Dual action for exposure Release with
Retractable
Cord is provided for Radiation Protection to the Operator.
There should be cordless remote for exposure along with
corded exposure switch
4 Users interface manual
5 Software and/or Standard Inbuilt
of
Communication
I (Where ever required) --t
6 Dimensions (metric) As per manufacturer design
7 Weight (lbs, kg) Should be specified by manufacturer
8 Configuration Compact
9 Noise (in dBA) Noise-free system
10 Heat dissipation Heat Dissipation: Should maintain nominal Temp and the
heat should be disbursed through a cooling mechanism
11 Mobility, portability Mobile
12 Power Requirements Power supply:
230V, AC, 50Hz. 15 Amps ,single phase, Line resistance
< 0.4 ohms
13 Battery operated No
14 Tolerance line regulation of ±10%.
(to variations, shutdowns)
15 Protection Electrical protection by resettable overcurrent breakers or
replaceable
fuses, fitted in both live and neutral lines.
16 Power consumption TO be declared by the supplier
17 Accessories (mandatory, Machine should be supplied with following BARC
standard, optional); Approved whole body lead aprons with all attachments —
Spare parts (main ones); Qty.3 No. Zero lead.
Consumables / reagents
(open, closed system)
18 Atmosphere I Ambiance (air 1) Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously
conditioning, humidity, dust in ambient temperature of 5 to 50 deg C and relative
humidity of 15 to 80% in ideal circumstances.
2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored
continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg C
and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
19 Users care, Cleaning,. 1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to
Disinfection & Sterility come into contact with the patient or the operator
issues should either be capable of easy disinfection or be
protected by a single use/disposable cover.
2) Sterilization not required
20 Certificates (pre-market,
sanitary, ..); Performance 1) US FDA or CE form Notified body.
and 2) Manufacturer and Supplier should have ISO 13485
safety standards (specific to certification for quality standards.
the device type);Local 3) Electrical safety conforms to the standards for
and/or electrical safety IEC 60601-1-General requirements(or
international equivalent BIS Standard)
4) Shall meet internationally recognized standard for
Electromagnetic Compatibility(EMI/EMC) for electro
medical equipment: 61326-1.
5) Certified to be compliant with IEC 61010-1-3,IEC
61010-1-2,IEC 61010-2-54,IEC 61010-1-6
7) AERB type approved
21 Local and/or international Manufacturer / supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate
for quality
standard
22 Pre-installation 1) Availability of 5 amp socket;
requirements: 2) Safety and operation check before handover;
nature, values, quality,
tolerance
23 Requirements for sign-off Certificate of calibration and inspection of parts from the
manufacturer
24 Training of staff (medical, 1) Training of users on operation and basic maintenance;
paramedical, technicians) 2) Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented
25 Warranty 3 years
26 Maintenance tasks CMC 5 years
Two Preventive Maintenance Visits per year and as per
• 27 Service contract clauses,

breakdown
call recorded.
All Breakdown calls to be attended within 24 hrs of
registration.
The spare price list of all spares and accessories
including prices (including minor)
required for maintenance and repairs in future after
guarantee /
warranty period should be attached;
28 Operating manuals, service Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy and soft-copy) of:-
manuals, other manuals 1) User, technical and maintenance manuals to be
supplied in English/Marathi language along with
machine diagrams;
2) List of equipment and procedures required for local
calibration and routine maintenance;
3) Service and operation manuals (original and copy) to
be provided;
4) Advanced maintenance tasks documentation;
5) Certificate of calibration and inspection
29 Other accompanying List of essential spares and accessories, with their part
documents numbers and cost
30 Service Support Contact Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service
details (Hierarchy Wise; agent to be provided;
including a toll free/landline Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the
number) manufacturer;
31 Recommendations or Any warning signs would be adequately displayed
warnings
30
\CD rs @gib)
4,101,1 -Cm ottc
PA-1 t o)
Ai oipi1-44
A:e4 italsiderif
8 •Y• L
‘tect‘P
4C/A01 \3000-2.
epokic—P G i)6252_
p_rs}n
,A) 0 00
fra'
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OF 300 MA X-RAY MACHINE.
Sr. Technical Specifications.

No.
300mA High frequency X-Ray unit with Manual 5 •osition table.
The followin• are the minimum specification required:
I. X-Ray Generator :
1.1 The system should have high frequency (40,000 pulses or more) inverter type generator.
1.2 30kW (or more) High voltage generator with inverter frequency and Maximum output of
30kW.
1.3 Radiographic kV Range : 40-125 kV.
Precision of kV : <±5%
1.4 Range of mA : 30-300mA or higher.
Range of mAs : 1-200 mAs or higher.
Precision of mA : <±5 - 10%
1.5 Radiographic exposure time range :.5 msec to 1 sec with 1 ms increaments / decrement.
Precision of time : < 10% (lms). -
1.6 LED/LCD readout for exposure parameter display i-e KV & mAs.
1.7 Microprocessor controlled with automatic exposure control.
1.8 Two point radiographic technique — selection of kV, mAs only.
1.9 Automatic setting of optimal digital radiography (kV, mAs)
1.10 Microprocessor based digital control panel with LED/LCD Display. Electronic touch
keyboard, Graphics Buttons, Automatic and manual selection.
1.11 Automatic tube overload protection, overload circuit breaker, fault detection system,
voltage compensation.
1.12 Remote exposure switch should be provided.
2. Radiographic table.
2.1 Table tilt : (+) 90 degree to (-) 12 degree.
2.2 Cassette / Film size : 8 x 10 inch, 10 x 12 inch, 12 x 15 inch.
2.3 X-Ray Grid: 10:1, 103 lines/cm.
•
2.4 Should be supplied with Collimator & Abdomen Binder.
2.5 Dual slot collimator.
2.6 It should have moving Bucky system which can accommodate standard radiographic
cassettes.
3. X-Ray Tube.
3.1 Min 115 KHU or more — Toshiba / Varian Tube/Reputed Make.
3.2 High speed rotating anode tube of 2500-3000 sm or better.
3.3 Dual focal spot.
a. Small focus- not more than 1.2mm.
b. Large focus- not more than 2.0mm.
3.4 Short term rating- 20kW / 40kW or better.
3.5 HT cable pair minimum 10m or more.
3.6 Light beam diaphragm with auto timer cutoff. Type : Illuminated two leaf type.
Illumination 24V, 70W Halogen lamp.
11 01 I 2
tOriNjiti
4. Floor to Ceiling stand.
Floor to ceiling rail type stand, fully counterbalanced, 360 degree rotation, with foot locks
and safety locks for up and down movement and lock for arm parking.
5. Accessories:
5.1 Lead free aprons (3 numbers) with stand, thyroid shield, lead goggles & pelvic guard (One
number each) with each unit.
5.2 The unit should be provided with vertical Bucky with Chest Stand.
5.3 It should be provided with a removable GRID of 8:1 ratio (minimum) & focus distance of
180 cm.
5.4 Each unit to be provided with dark room tanks (4 No.$), Safe light (One), Dryer (One).
Hanger for X-ray films.
5.5 Five sets of high speed Cassettes of 12"x15", 10"x12",8"x10" with one set of spare
screens of each supplied cassette.
5.6 Lead alphabets & numbers 3 sets.
5.7 Lead partition 6"x3" with lead glass widow mounted on wheels.
5.8 Storage rack for cassettes, accommodating all the cassettes.
5.9 LED View box of 2 films size (2 numbers).
5.10 Metal Cupboard to keep accessories - Godrej make or e uivalent.
6. Power Requirements.
6.1 3 Phase AC Supply, 50Hz, Line Resistance S0.35,2.
6.2 Power Consumption not more than 32KW.
6.3 Air conditioning units : 2 tonnes split AC of 5 star rating.
7. AERB type approval is mandatory. QA to be done at the time of Installation.
8. The entire equipment should have 2 years warranty.
Comprehensive maintenance contract for 5 years after expiry of warranty period should be
quoted.
9. Turnkey for the installation premises as per actual measurements of the installation
site should be included in the quote.
10. The quoted model should be CE certified (from Notified Body) or USFDA Approved.
.‘, 6f a/
—A—n 71-A g
41/2fv 1
p,til (9, ifith ActedAti
a•y.t.N Hoxbo&oL L-77 1"40,4 C stop
t , (660 405_
g oyeAlc--1
erv'eaN6- '
SPECIFICATIONS For 40KW 500mA HIGH FREQUENCY X-RAY MACHINE
High frequency X-Ray machine suitable for General Radiography.
X-RAY GENERATOR:
- High Frequency X-Ray Generator having frequency of 40KHz or more.
Power output of generator should be 40KW or more.
Radiographic KV Range should be 40 to 125KV.
mA Range : 500mA.
Exposure time : I ms to 3Sec.
mAs Range : I to 200mAs.
CONTROL:
A very compact, Feather Touch Control Panel having following functions & indications. The panel
can be supplied in Floor mount.
Following features should be available on the control panel. -
• Machine ON/OFF Switch.
• Digital Display of KV & mAs.
• KV & mAs increase and decrease switches.
• Tube focal spot selection Switch.
• Ready and X-Ray on switch with Indicators
• Bucky Selection Switch.
• Self diagnostic with Indicators for Earth fault error, KV error, filament error & Tube's Thermal
Overload.
• Anatomical preprogrammed parameters of human Anatomy should be available to select exposure
parameters based on body part, examination view and size of the patient.
Anatomical Programming up to 200 programmes or more.
A dual action hand switch with retractable cord should be provided for Radiation Protection of
Operator. There should be provision for a cordless Exposure switch also.
There should be provision of auto shut off of Control if no key is pressed for 10M in.
X-RAY TUBE: •
- One No. Dual focus Rotating Anode X-Ray tube thermally.protected.
p
- Anode heat storage capacity of tube should be more than 100iCHU.
•
- One Pair of 8 meter H.V. Cable.
- One No. Collimator with auto shut off facility should be provided.
HV TANK:
A very compact H.V. Tank filled with high dielectric transformer oil. The H.V. Tank should contain
H.V. transformer, Filament Transformers, H.V. Rectifiers & H.V. Cable receptacles.
TUBE STAND:
- Floor to Ceiling Stand with Counter Balanced Tube Head (Rotatable ± 180 Degree), 360 Degree
RotatIble; mounted on Floor Ceiling Rails for convenient movements should be provided.
TABLE:
• Floating Table Top with 4-way movement of the table i.e. along x-axis and y-axis to be provided.
Longitudinal movement of tabletop should be 500
1 m or more & transverse movement 180mm or
more.
n
\0 \ I
pi\dtAA
• The Table should consists of motorized reciprocating Bucky with Imported Grid of size 17 'A" x
18 7/8" & of Ratio 8:1 — 85 lines/inch.
• The Bucky should be locked at any desired length position by an Electromagnetic lock.
• The tabletop should be made of low radiation absorption, waterproof material.
• Table Accessories like stainless steel cassette tray, Compression band is to be provided.
VERTICAL BUCKY STAND:

• Vertical Bucky Stand with oscillating Grid of Ratio 8:1, 85 lines/inch is provided.
• The Bucky moves up & down & is equipped with a stainless steel cassette tray.
• The stand is floor-mounted type & can accommodate cassettes upto to 14" X 17". The Bucky
should be tilted in 6 steps of 15 degree Angle each for various Radiographs.
POWER REQUIREMENT: The unit should be operable on 3 Phase, 400Volts AC 50Hz with line resist
less than 0.4 Ohms. Line Regulation +10%.
o liaR REQUIREMENTS:
• The company should be ISO Certified.

• Unit should be European CE Certified from notified body.'
• The unit should be approved by AERB.
• The company should have a local Service center.
• The company should have proven track record in Govt. sector.
44,
ki 9
it))0111 " ° P(Cittv(c."
e`rt vtdue
itt4. S 6.6
y. L . plat:t-v /1011074.
pG4. r- 2 2— S‘.3n
AILA
RtNek VIQ 1
A mol oth
PAT mil; cc.) eln lnC&
r rwvcv4-i
Technical Specification of fit Sonography Machine (Colour Doppler)
State of the art high end Color Doppler System with 'full Digital Technology' for Whole Body
applications to include Abdominal, Obstetrics & Gynecology, Cerebrovascular, Peripheral
Vascular, adult Tran cranial & Small Parts Imaging, Intracavitary applications with the following
specifications:
1. System should be offered with following Broad Band width Transducers
(i) Broad Band Convex Array Transducer (frequency range of 2 to 5 MHz). Please specify.
(ii) Broad Band Linear Array Probe (frequency range between 3 to 9 MHz) Please specify.
(iii) Broad Band Transvaginal / Transrectal Probe (frequency range between 5 to 9 MHz) Please
specify.
(iv) Broad Band pediatric array probe . Please specify each item._>. Ark.)
2. Incorporate facility for High resolution 2D, M Mode, PW, CW, Color Flow Imaging, Power
Doppler Angio Imaging modes. Please specify.
3. 9,000 digital Channels or more or any other parallel technology like ASIC which should give
image quality at par .Better technology if available on similar lines will be preferable. Please
Specify.
4. Employ state of the art Transmit Real Time Compound Imaging Technology With multiple
transmitted lines of sight. Please specify.
5. 256 Grey shades or more. Please specify.
6. All transducers should have Broad Bandwidth technology for extreme High Resolution 2D
Imaging. Please specify.
7. Frequency range of Transducers should be 2 to 17 MHz or more. The system should be able
to capture all frequencies in a single Probe without the need for user selection. Scan depth
available should be specified.
8. High dynamic range of 180 dB or more. Higher dynamic range will be preferred. Please
specify System should provide a dual multi image function on the monitor with ability to
individually scan images on each side.
9. Harmonic imaging for tissues for hard to image patients. It should be available on all probes.
System should be able to work in combined mode of Harmonic Imaging and Real-time.
Compound Imaging to get excellent Image quality. Please specify
‘)
10. Color Doppler should be available with hight PRF and power Doppler modes on all probes.
CF/PF/Directional power ( if available will be prefered)and M mode should be available. Triple
operating mode B , color and spectrum should be available.
11. Harmonic imaging in Power Doppler Imaging mode for improved sensitivity and specificity
in differentiating blood/agent from tissue. Please specify .
12. Panoramic Imaging to have an extended field of view of structures. Please specify.
13. Support at least three active universal ports simultaneously. Please specify.
14. A High resolution Fully Articulating Non Interlaced flicker free, anti glare, Flat Panel Display
with tilt and swivel facility. Size may range from 12 to 20 inches but adequacy of the image size
will be decided in demonstration as image resolution at times compensates from the smaller elk
size. Please specify.
15. Fully Articulating control Panel including Height, swivel & slide adjustments. Please specify.
16. A very high frame rate of 300 frames per second . Higher will be preferred. The frame rate
should be adequate even in colour imaging. Any other parallel technology which gives same
result will be acceptable if found appropriate on demonstration. Please specify.
17. Facility for zoom (real-time and frozen image) and manipulation of Image through pre
processing and post processing with Gine loop viewing of Images of all modes. Please specify.
18.Multiple focal zones should be available.
19. Cine-loop review facility in individual and mixed modes with a memory upto minimum of
800 images and 100 seconds of M Mode data. Please specify.
20. Facility of digital storage and retrieval of B/w & Color image data (both frozen and cine
loops) on built in as well as removable media (CD &/or DVD).Please specify. Allow dicom
configuration also to be stored on external storage apart from the routine bmp,jpeg and tin
images.
21. Power Doppler Angio Imaging for perfusion studies should be available for visualization of
flow in small vessels and should be supported by all transducers. Please specify.
22. Training for Two Radiologists at a Reputed Institution for 1 week for fetal cardiac imaging
should be provided.
23. Accessories.
1. Two Color inkjet printers( Epson or brother) with high resolution and low recurrent
ink cost. One printer should allow direct printing from the machine while other should be
connected to the PC provided with the machine.
2. Latest generation Processor PC ( Pentium 7 with at least 3GB RAM and one terabyte
hard disc) with Frame grabber card and an image management software like sonodoc or similar.
Image acquisition in real time should be possible for still images and cineloops. CD and DVD
writer should be available on the machine and the attached computer. Antivirus software
should be provided during warranty and CMC period.
3.A fast internet connection should be provide during the period of warranty and CMC
which will allow immediate upload of the PNDT data of the patients done on the machine.
Biopsy attachment for the Convex, Linear & the TV/TR probes
4.
5. CVT/Servo Voltage Stabilizer.

UPS of appropriate rating with 30 mins back up should be provided. Specify optimal
6.
conditions for operating of system and battery in terms of temperature, humidity, should be
specified. 24. Two ton split window AC with remote control.
25.Two revolving chairs with adjustable height for the sonographer. Two revolving stools for
the patient.
patient couch of appropriate height with mattress and pillow.

26.
System should be DICOM ready and should be able to connect to HIS/RIS with company
27.
providing the necessary software and hardware and licences for the DICOM communication.
HIPAA compliance should be given.
28. Warranty/CMC: warranty should include all the probes while the CMC later should cover at
1111 least two probes. Any better offer will be preferred. Other terms are as per the tender
document.
29. Free software upgrade(s) during the period of warranty/CMC

frr a •& .Psig
eti+-
VÌ
-g
el PIP° hitt.
PA-AbL /lois
Avq‘ Ot/tdOK
.1 • t rut^^s H
ti 4,{A.c(N
441 alo,A 2-
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FOR USG PROBES FOR BREAST
Sr. No. Technical specifications
1. High frequency Linear Probe for breast

(Specific to the company whose ultrasound machine is in practice)
Name: eVkAAkfii tn2 rikek-4A-t\s‘x-i_

Designation: ckek)k Q
Institution:
'<C M +t aSt
Signature:
••
:)17
1
6ts
s\t\kkekekta-
-C
1'236'06-n-ea') coA %lt-A PAA,1- A H oh Kactioli
fy,
ran $-( 8. y . A . ot.t.0 11 tap; rttiT
CeL')„
roft.-r wita;
C lass -i Ractineo
ciii;t
Technical Specification of Computerized Radiographic System
GMDN Name CR System

Clinical purpose Used for Digitization of the already existing Analog X-ray
Systems giving advantage of image processing and
increased speed Ideal for Medium workload facilities and
Secondary care facilities
2 Used by clinical Radiology Department
departmentNVard
3 Technical characteristics 1) Digitizer (CR) system should have capacity to process
(specific to this type of 50 or more cassette/films per hour of 14 X17" size.
device) 2) Standard work station (Console) coupled with CR
image storage capacity —
at least 2000 images specify the numbers. It should
have a, resolution of 5 pixels/mm (Minimum) for
standard resolution cassette & up to 20 pixels/mm or
more.
3) Separate DICOM workstation in ultra Modality with all
processing facilities in a centralized reporting.
4) Other feature of CR system.
• Image post processing.
• Window leveling
• Annotation
• Area of interest Zoom
• Magnification
• Flipping & panning
• Automatic exposure correction
• Pre view software '
• Edge enhancement stepwise
• Contrast/Brightness adjustment
• Shuttering I ROI Finder
• Application related software like Pediatric should be
available — The system should have software &
hardware to perform full leg/Full spine/Long Body
imaging/imaging stitching.
• DICOM Print
• DICOM image output to network workstation.
• Grid Pattern removal software & noise compression
processing.
• Gray Scale reversal
• Rotation
• Image preview time 25 to 60 Sec. (For large image
System should be fully complaint with DICOM 3.
• Automatic cassette identification through bar code
reader.
5) Dry chemistry camera with at-least three film size on
•
line 14"X 17", 11"X 14"/ 10" X14" , 10" X 12", & 8" X 10"
6) Contrast spatial / Reading resolution 10 pixel/ mm or
more constant high resolution In all sizes. True "size
printing should be possible from reader console.
Automatic exposure correction & facility for
maneuvering reading sensitivity manually. Gamma
curves for multiple object intensity processing.
Registration & cassette identification should b e
possible to be done before & after the exposure
(Pre/Post registration)
7) Specification for Dry Chemistry camera
• Mention Spatial resolution higher level preferable
minimum-50000 DPI/PPI
• Mention Gray Scale resolution : more than 12 bits
preferable
Mention Processing capacity/hour for (14" X 17") films, It
•
should be more than 70 films /Hour
8) Acceptable film size: 14"X 17" 11"X 14"/ 10" X 14', 10"
X 12", & 8" X 10"S
• Online film size : at least film size
• DICOM compatible
9) CR workstation should have following feature
• Multiple image printing with multiple format
• Measurement of image, insert scale
• Preloaded annotation
• DICOM CD writing & reading
• Image inverse, image flipping, image magnification,
zooming
• Reporting format
• Image preview
• Image cropping
• Printing multiple patient on one film
• CD writing for multiple patient on one CD
• Should have a hard disk of 80 GB or more for storing
ima•es
User's interface
Software and/or Standard Inbuilt
of
Communication
I Where ever re• uired
As per manufacture design
Dimensions (metric)
As per manufacture design
Weight (lbs, kg)
Configuration Compact
Noise-free system
Noise (in dBA) Heat Dissipation: Should maintain nominal Temp and the
Heat dissipation
heat should
‘t dcf 1-7 C1/4 6W/

be dispersed through a cooling mechanism
11 Mobility, portability Stationary installation
12 Power Requirements Power supply:
230V, AC, 50Hz.
14 Tolerance line regulation of ±10%.
15 Protection
17 Accessories (mandatory, Machine should be supplied with following transducers -
standard, optional); 1)BARC Approved whole body lead aprons with all
Spare parts (main ones); attachments — Gay -02 Nos.
Consumables / reagents 2) .Provide cassette for CR with PSP Plate (IP)
(open, closed system) 14" X 17" -.8 No.
11" X 14" /10"X14"- 4 No.
8" x 10" — 4 No
10"X12"-4 No.
3) Suitable online pure sine wave UPS for 1 hour backup
4) Closed System.
5) Compatible computer System with 2 medical grade
monitors
18 Atmosphere I Ambiance (air 1) Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously
conditioning, humidity, dust in ambient temperature of 5 to 50 deg C and relative
humidity of 15 to 80% in ideal circumstances.
2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored
continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg C
19 Users care, Cleaning,. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to
Disinfection & Sterility come into contact with the patient or the operator should
issues either be capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a
single use/disposable cover,
20 Certificates (pre-market, 1) Should be CE or US FDA Approved.
sanitary, ..); Performance 2) Manufacturer and Supplier should have ISO. 13485
and certification for quality standards.
safety standards (specific to 3) Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical
the device type);Local safety IEC 60601- General requirements(or equivalent
and/or BIS Standard)
international 4) Shall meet intemationally recognized for
Electromagnetic
5) Compatibility (EMI/EMC) for electro medical equipment:
61326-1.
6) Certified to be compliant with IEC 61010-1-3,IEC
61010-1-2,IEC 61010-2- 54,IEC 61010-1-6 and IEC
62304
23. Local and/or international Manufacturer / supplier should have ISO 1 3485 certificate
for quality
[,, clan 1 cl
ituz( r
standard
Three phase stable power supply
22 Pre-installation
requirements:
nature, values, quality,
tolerance Certificate of calibration and inspection of parts from the
23 Requirements for sign-off
manufacturer
Training of staff (medical, 1) Training of users on operation and basic maintenance;
24
paramedical, technicians) 2) Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented
25 Warranty 3 years
A Nfra kA kaziv s
viA ry\ pct;c0.1 Psto4. &Hobetzolon Pro.k As -NI op
- ." RoAko—io /5411"1'
9 % cy..-t 4\nra B. y. 6. N am Hbspi tett M trai t l)
Lis fax- IAA c
Sion,
k,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION OF DIGITAL RADIOGRAPHY 1000 MA with Buyback
No Specifications •
A fully integrated digital flat panel radiography system capable of detector exposure in
vertical, horizontal and oblique positions to perform all skeletal body and chest
radiography. The unit should be completely integrated (integrated Generator and Image
Acquisition) centering with vertical & horizontal bucky and comprise the following along
with auto quality control features incorporated.
GENERATOR
Generator should be of latest technology with high frequency/inverter technology for constant
output.
2 Out.ut 80 KW or more.
3 KVP ran_e 40 KV -150 KV.
Out.ut at 80 KV should be 1000 mA or more.
5 It should have automatic exposure control device.
fi It should have digital diskay of KVP & mAs.
Anatomical programming radiography should be possible .
8 It should have over loading protection
B X-Ray tube and Collimator:
• The X-Ray tube should be rotating anode high speed, compatible with the generator and rr dual
focus. Focal spots of the following sizes;
Large focus: 1.2/2.0 mm or less with a minimum output 80 KW.
Small focus: 0.6/1.0 mm or less with a minimum output 30 KW.
Tube with anode heat storage capacity 600 KHU or more.
2Multi leaf collimator having halogen lamp/bright light source and auto shut provision for
the light.
C Ceiling suspended 3 D Column stand:
It should be ceiling suspended.
It should have movements in all directions i.e. 3D transverse 200 cm or more, longitudinal 250 c m
or more (uRand down-ward i.e. vertical 125 cm or more). (All movements + 10% variation)
It should have electromagnetic brakes with fully counter balanced mechanism.
It should have facility to display FFD/SID.
It should have provision of auto centering and auto tracking with horizontal table including
elevation and vertical bucky.
Tube rotation at vertical axis and horizontal + 180 degree.
D X-Ray Table:
1 Elevating Horizontal table with floating table top.
It should have transverse movements of + 10 cm or more and longitudinal movements + 40 cm
with electromagnetic brakes.
It should have height adjustments facilities.
4 It should have flat top of carbon fibre or equivalent.
.. It should have built in flat detector system of at least 42x42 cm size or more
6 It should have automatic exposure control.
E Vertical Bucky Stand
1 The unit should be provided with vertical buck v having tiltin facility -15 & 90 Deg or more.
2 It should have provision to do chest radiography without grid.
It should have built in flat detector system of at least 42x42 cm size
It should have automatic exposure control.
k i ? a 5 PA )
1)-c. S ca.-km ifo.r) •c"-Ps"c‘
D-1 -
k ckixdblil 11,q%.
ittde_
Rk H i n)c~a Inn 1C
[
F Detector System:
1 The detector should be of solid state flat panel detector of latest technology with amorphous silicon
and scntillator of Cesium Iodide.
2 The Size of the detector minimums should be 42 cm x 42 cm or more.
3 The resolution should be minimum of 3.0 lines pair/min
4 The pixel size should be 150 micrometers of less
5s Detector Quantum Effi ciency (D.Q.E) Should be more than 65% @Zero Line Pairs.
1_6 The active matrix size should be 3 k x 3k or more.
7 The flat panel detector and the acquisition software should be from the same manufacturer.
G Image acquisition and image Processing based on body part and viewing position:
1 The two digital workstation should be based on the latest high sped processors of at least 32 bit.
2 It should have the possibility of acquiring the image from the detector system with auto protocol
select.
It should have separate image storage disk of 4 Terra bite or more.
4 The system should have ready DICOM interface and networking capability with RIS/HIS/PACS.
5 Post processing function must be available with documentation facility.
6
H
Workstation must be provided for image processing, image display, post processing functions and
net working with colour monitor LCD type size 21" matrix 1024x1024.
Essential Accessories:
•
On line UPS with 30 munutes hack up for computer system and image viewing workstation
100 KVA or more Servo Stabilizer for the whole system.
3 Lead Glass of size 150 x 150 cm.
4 4) Dry Laser / Thermal Camera 500 dpi or more for printing the digital images should be available
with atleast 3 online ports
Latest all in one PC with licensed windows 8 or above operating system and MS office suite and
multifunction latest devices (Print Scan copy) laser printer for printing of reporting and scanning
documents. 4 Portable Hard disc for backup of 2 TB each.
Two LED film viewer latest view box with automatic binder and illumination control of at least 2
films (14 x 17).
Ultra light coat type lead aprons of 5 mm lead equivalent of reputed company make - 10 number &
hangers 4 in number. Thyroid shields, Gonadal shields and Lead Goggles 4 each in number.
Any other spare part, accessories which are not mentioned in specifications however mandatory
and required for smooth uninterrupted functioning of the machine to be provided and maintained
pro.erly during warranty and CMC periods.
Warrant and CMC
Warranty for 2 years followed by CMC for another 8 years including labor cost, X-ray tubes,
Detector Panel and all other spare cost; for the main unity and all the auxiliaty units. The UPS, ACs
•
and computers with accessories are included. Turn key, computer work stations and all products,
accessories, electric fixtures and everything supplied during turnkey to be included inf warranty
and CMC. All the system software should be provided during the Warranty and CMC period with
out any additional cost. The turn key mainitenance should be to the satisfaction of institute during
Warranty and CMC period. The preventive maintenances of system, UPS, ACs etc. should be
carried out periodically and breakdown calls and repairs within 24 hours. Maximum down period
should not exceed more than 48 hours.
Warranty for 2 years followed by CMC for another 8 years including labor cost, X-ray tubes,
Detector Panel and all other spare cost; for the main unity and all the auxiliaty units. The UPS, ACs
and computers with accessories are included. Turn key, computer work stations and all products,
accessories, electric fixtures and everything supplied during turnkey to be included inf warranty
and CMC. All the system software should be provided during the Warranty and CMC period with
out any additional cost. The turn key maintenance should•be to the satisfaction of institute during
9_001' \icon fr
()
u
ASS°(; Nmv leo
Warranty and CMC period. The preventive maitenances of system, UPS, ACs etc. should be
carried out periodically and breakdown calls and repairs within 24 hours. Maximum down period
should not exceed more than 48 hours.
J INSTRUCTION TO THE VENDOR/SUPPLIESR
1 The equipment should have AERB type approval and other necessary approvals as per existing
norm.
2 BARC/AERB quality inspecton cost to be added in the warranty and as well as in CMC period and
the same procedure for e LORA registration has to be completed by company.
Only administrative help will be given by the institute.
3 Training of the Radiology staff including two Radiologists and two Technicians at reputed institute
for 3 weeks each.
4 The bidder should be able to demonstrate the dual detector system in India and the demonstration
should be made at an Institute where the similar system with dual detector is working for at least
one year in India.
K Turn Key Requirements
USFDA or CE from notified body.
Vendor should visit the institute for the inspection of site with possible plans to accommodate
following requirements, to the satisfaction of institute. The entire requirement shall confirm to
applicable AERB regulations.
Vendor will arrange for and ensure proper electric supply from the MSEB source required for the
• smooth functioning of the machine with standard electric wiring & other incidental requirement
including suitable transformers. Kindly visit the site.
Only administrative help will be given by the Institute.
1 The cost of Turnkey for the area of approximate 500 sq.ft.
2 Civil Works: Necessary Civil works like ceiling channels, cabling etx. Required shall be provided.
Proper lead protection for console and X-ray room to be provided as per AERB requirement.
Necessary plumbing work shall be provided. Any minor civil works modification to meet the
AERB guidelines should be carried out.
3 Flooring: shall provide and lay Anti-static flooring of 2 mm thick of reputed manufacture
4 False Ceiling: shall provide and fix false ceiling of gypsum board in the DR room and console
room
5 Walls: walls upto the level of false ceiling shall be provided with Ceramic glazed tiles of reputed
company.
6 6 numbers of 1.5 ton slit A/X of 4 or 5 star rating to be provided.
7 6 or more wall mount fans to be provided.
8 The construction should be of A class and all fixtures should be high grade ISO marked of reputed
companies.
9 The DR department shall consist of the following rooms: a. DR Room b. Console room c. Patient
preparation room d. Rep2rting room e. Patient waiting area I any other incidentals.
10 Stainless steel perforated bench capacity of 3 persons, such 4.
11 5 revolving chairs and 2 executive chairs.
12 2 table in console as per requirement i h drawers and locks.
13 Two air curtains as per requirement.
14 Public address system with mike and speakers in patient waiting area.
15 Wall mounted storage cupboards 6 in number for drugs and accessories in ganty room
and two in reporting room.
USFDA or CE from notified body.
Sir Pareps.( *diri
0 icCu
S evcc-itc, C v-cfr i.cv>")d
critA • vb
e_A)40iocerbi ckr % 6‘re
cy.
ci vr) 14_0 (21)1 -.01'' A 6\L 0/kik
-Cic/1 k
,ArturlAick,
Digital Mammography: TECHNICAL Specifications: DHS
Tech ca, specificz.-Lior,

No.
A General description: Large field of view Digital Mammography System for general
Screening, Diagnostics and Applications.
The system should Consist of:
1.Large field digital flat panel detector.
2. Ergonomic examination gantry designed for mammography applications with
motorized movements.
3. Integrated digital acquisition system with user console and flat panel monitor.
4. Single track mammography X-ray tube with additional beam filter.
5. High frequency generator.
6. Exposure control system and selectable dose modes.
7. Radiation shield and a mammography image receptor grid.
8. Motorized compression device and compression paddles.
9. Magnification device facility should be available
10. Should have CE/ FDA approval
11. Unit should be under current production.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
B X-Ray Generator:
High frequency generator type.
5.0kw or more generator power.
kV range: 20 to 35 or more in 0.5 kV steps.
mAs range: 0 to 300.
mA range: up to 100 or more.
Displayed parameters kV, mAs & Auto record of the exposure parameters for each
mammogram.
C X-Ray tube:
Dual focus x-ray tube preferably Tungsten as anode material .
Spot size small focal spot: 0,1 mm.
Spot size large focal spot: 0,3 mm.
Rotating Anode.
Anode heat storage capacity should be more than 300kHU.
Anode heat maximum dissipation should be 700 Watt or more.
Software monitoring of tube load should be available. •
D Gantry assembly:
Motorized rotation and vertical movement.
Dual speed movements.
Rotation angle should be ± 180 degrees
Source to image receptor distance (SID) : 66 cm.
Wheelchair access.
Face shield.
Compression force display.
Pair of dual foot- pedals.
Automatic decompression after exposure.
magnification stand with dedicated paddles.
Magnification: 1,5.
Magnification: 1,8.
Motorized compression force: 0 to 200 newtons.
tk A I' .•-• .
A ,) vsj_w----tir. M. H.
& HOD He `t ili.• fill. muktalourl Thakur
L
° ei) rtm
..s
te. a
nmt olticinA
et Professo & H
cazyg
d. gi item wad
e ;D. t Of RradioeragnoM
s:
Large paddle.
Exposure control:
.-r, ?nual 27 " - atic Ted-1mi,, c -iculd be a a....
Parameters controlled: kV & mAs.
F Automatic technique selection:
Parameters: Anode track, filter, kV mAs, Virtual cell and dose should De chosen
automatically
Different modes should be available for selection
G Collimator:
Beam filter preferably Rhodium
FOV can be modified manually and can also be selected automatically based on the
paddle and magnification platform.
H Flat panel detector:
Detector size: 24 x29 cm or more preferably Indirect conversion with Csl as scintilator
material. .
Pixel size: 70 urn or more
Image depth>=14 bit.
Operating temperature: app 15 to 35 degrees Celsius.
DQE at OLP/mm : 60% or more
i Digital acquisition system:
I-figh Resolution Color LCD 2MP monitor should be standard •
Dual core Windows based workstation with 4 GB RAM fealty .
Local storage capacity: 8000 images & more.
Image annotation.
Measurement functions.
Automatic dose (Skin dose and average Glandular Dose) annotation Automatic
windowing.
Multi format display.
Zoom & Roam.
Image invert.
Print layout for multi format printing.
Integrated CD R/W.
J Connectivity:
DICOM SEND (storage provide).
DICOM storage commitment (storage commitment user).
DICOM Print (basic grayscale print user).
K Printer interface:
Basic Grayscale print user.
Validated printer list for hardcopy diagnostic.
L Grid! Breast support assembly
Grid frequency: 41 lines/cm or more
Grid ratio:3.5:1 or more
Low attenuation carbon fiber support.
M Accessories included:
Pair of dual foot pedals.
Radiation shield with 0,3mm Pb equivalent .
Face shield.
User manual and technical documentation.
UPS for power supply.
phantoms for calibration of AEC and image detectors •
„I D r M: H The
ry kt `-°JiLLL'c M.D.
r prof & HOD imam merofessor & Hejd,
Dom
Pear,s
timr.„1)71.1,R
. ci Dept. Of Radkediegnosis
adr0:1,1 "iiiimentrid
orilead
Rodlolog
eshni TATAMEMORIAL HOSPITAL
Hospitals. Mumba'''''""Setb G.S. ms,araar come & KEM Hasp*,
The system should be CE/ FDA approved.
wTanty and CIVIC as par tenier norms
noires
lot running Gi
equipment should be fulfilled by the vendor. This should include civil work
electric fittings , adequate air conditioning and all other
necessary things for the
functioning of the n.acntne Tike changing space, storage space etc. An
a proximate area
Pro 8 HOD
Department of Radiology
GMC & Sir J. J. Group of
Hospit:, ' • Irrr brIl-408 008
Dr. M. H.Thakur
M.D. I 4,0
ticotit
t er
Professor & Head,
Dept. Of Rediodiagnosis
%to:et:;
TATA MEMORIAL HOSPITAL Oi 'de ee• 4 v
1 4 4/
SW'
•
C
Date:- 16/05/2017
- 7endatk-
. Es;
The recommended gold standard for breast cancer imaging is Mammography. This
can be done either on a digital mammography or on an analog mammogram with_ digital
images from accompanying CR with mammography capabilities.
Digital mammograms are recommended for Diagnostic Mammography as they are

highly sensitive, but the equipment is also very costly. These are recommended to be used
in Tertiary care centres, Educational Institutes and in Institutes having complete oncology
Setup.
Analog Mammography
machine with mammography compatible CR can be used
as screening modality at all other centres. These suffice for screening patients. They are cost
effective. The CR can be dually used for mammograms and routine X-ray work also making
efficient use of equipments in the
peripheral hospitals. Existing CRs can be upgraded
mammography compatibility with to
!makes from a Digital mammography cassettes, further reducing costs. The
mammography machine CR system with the analog mammography
machines are both DICOM compatible & these can
be accessed by teleradiology.
Availability of funds, cost of equipment,
availability of expertise and teleradiology facilities,
and optimal utilisation of the equipment should all be considered together in deciding the
appropriate equipment over and above the mentioned technical pros
and cons.
^CY\
AlicAPJA'
Hb
t Of RadiOlOgy
Group ot
Decl:,,Ictiten
G MC Sit J.
Dr. M. 11, Tha D. Dr.
e°8 Hemtnt DeShITIUkte b.) DNB
Profess°,
HoSPita ls ' professor & Head'rnos iBAa
DePt.ofRadiola pros, Department of RadiCOOQY
d
Itakg,neithtHOS Seth G.S. mediate Cdtege & KEM
Pare., Murnbal -12. Hes**
it hfle
Technical Specific:II lung fm Moi_in211 ... jrf 0

iariau
-:
therpr0
Sr. No t iieratalletitsheliow botild be latefiral port/ iellri :11:11(1::11"ted fig
ti P eils
e quoted as apt i°011:10 sglial
II capabilt
4141"TIQ
11 a t
t .
iIes a:e
11--
S 00
these 9
case mention
innt.loplcatian whether the
or techniques system with
available Is upgradable
Ilte to full fledged digital
advatteei;
so pti
ysien
--•_
A - X-Ray Generator: 100 KHz X-fTay Generator

High Frequency
constant_potential 5 KW or more
Maximum Power
100mA of 0.50
MaximumjAl2L2—
i ft 35 KV with increments
iv. Maximum KV ou •ut
angle for small and large
e having dual focus and separate anode

B - X-Ra Tube mm
Rotating Anode X-Ray Tub
i. filament Small focus = 0.1 mm, Large Focus = 0,3
Focal Spot hodium

M o lybdenum/R
Target Material Small Focus 10 degrees
Lar e Focus = 16 dew
iv. Target Angle variables
00 to 9 0
v. Tube Angle Be - 1.0mm, mention Filter material.
Inherent Filtration
vi. 300 KHU
Anode heat storage capacity
vii. Should also have Molybdenum & Rhodium filter with of X-ray tube window beryllium.
viii
C - Control Panel
Microprocessor controlled Feather touch Control Panels
22 to 35 KV in steps of 0.5 KV each
KV Range
Mention maximum permissible range .
u. mAs Range Manual and auto selection should be possible with selection of mA and
Technique
in. selection KV and filters
Focal Spot selection Switch, Machine ON/OFF Switch, X-Ray Switch
Switches The system should have dual function foot switches for comfort of
iv. mamo rapher & ease of o eration.
X-Ray 'ON' indicator, Digital display of mAs, KV & dose delivered on
Indicators
v. control •anel.
Should also have
Self-diagnostic program with indicators.
Film ID feeder in the control .anel will be preferred for reliability of patient identification.
Vii Anatomic Programming for small, medium and large breast.
Dr. Henin-• Deshmuktiiiite DNB
, , •
Devi . •"'adfology
D - Stand Assembly
11Page <1.13D:of. 111!tillhi..;":1Fc;r12caRege es NEP "Mil

4-
e'en' "(1.--aiL (Lt.
at fa essor & Head, Adj:D'
P & HOD D 0 f Radiodia049405
Department of Radiology TATA MEMORIAL
GMC & Slt J. J. Group of HOSPIML.
009
Hospital:
Scanned by CamScanner
---,-----
Ing
-----_Locic__
ounte ---
_
i end (lucky
X-11aY tub' a
.11:1,/4 Lon ilini- Whir- li. C-Artii-tontahillig
sl, pa:::s-'sibel:il IindlIng._117k5; Al"ernblY is
1 0 should be available with er,p110-1-;;illi
,..,..2 ft ty —
Vertical Movement Alentioil itatilie. ' _
i______L_____ (motor operated)
II. Fetus Him Distance ____ 65 cm.1._ Compression
__—_ — system should be motorized, comfortable In
__L___ ...... _______ _ overall
such a way that the paddle speed progressively
and should
Breast—Compression ....
device 'educe as It gets in contact with the breast
movement shall
forcebeofsmooth and slow.
compression should be readily visible
of
on the
2. The aappdisplay and the maximum limit should be adjustable.
3. Compression paddle control through foot svidtch. Two sets
also
provided on either side.
foot controls to be
It should have an automatic post exposure release and
4. the compression force should be released in the event of
owes failure.
com.ression
Mention corn scale.
IV. _Lmplasion
Ce Scale
1.5X or more.
Magnification
v. t Com•ression
Device nification
ted Oscillating Grid 5:1, 30 lines/cm focal
for normal and m
VI Corn ression addles
18 x 24 and 24 X30 cm cm Bucky. Motor opera
vii. distance 60 to 70 cm.
with auto shutoff
Molybdenum filter and Rhodium filter chan er
collimator with halo en lain
ht beam
ix automatic collimation L.
x. 18 x 24 and 24 X 30 cm Collimation late
Cone for localization and Radiation
rotection 'C Arm, placed
xi
'C' Arm movement: should have switches for up/down movement of
xii. convenient) on both sides of 'c' Arm.
Hand Switches with retractable cord for initiation
Scrion s stem
Film marking device. Al ha Numeric identificat
Free standing fully transparent anti - X-RayScreen for operator protection with a height
a. ro *date for the o erator standin • and a lead e uivalent of 0.5mm
± 1800
Angular movement of X-Ray tube and
xvi
Rue
System should have specialized grid ( needs to be specified) to minimize the scattered X-
xvii
Ra radiation
E- Power Supply Requirement

Single phase. 230 Volts ± 10%. AC. 50 Hz, 15 Amps with independent earthling on the wall socket
F - Essential Accessories
1 Mammography cassettes - 4 CR cassettes of the CR which the department has. 18 x 24 - 2
Nos. and 24x 30 - 2 Nos.
2 Split AC of 2 Ton, should be provided with the machine and installed with the machine
3 Appropriate phantoms for Periodic checkup & calibration
of AF.C.
4 Viewing box for Mammography films (LED or better) - 4 films.
5 Lead Apron BARC approved, light in weight, Thyroid Guards and Table mounted lead do
protection shield 1
21Pane
M. H.Thakur
m.D, 20
Pro' HOU
.er 7,..-mient of Radiology
Professor & Head, „tb )
1.1 •
Sic J. J. Group at' âpt. Of Radiodiagnosis ,
Lumbal..40, 008 .% MEMORIAL HOSPITAL .? ter
4
l)-9,,i,c
0,Akavi
G:91lictilasuiroinents
The ecquipment must be PICA/ 0C.; r2 ifloe3d and should be approved by AERB.
: t0
Te should be ISO 13:: certified
The Com"ny
ompnny should have proven track record in government sector. of the equipment should
Turnkey requirements as per AERB norms and requirements for running
be fulfilled by the vendor. This should include civil work, electric fittings , adequate air
like changing
spar
conditioning and all other necessary things for the functioning of the machine
storage space etc. An approximate area
11:019to, Dr. Hemant Deshmulditu)

-Dr. IA. Professor end Head
P rof & HOD Departnwri% Radiology
partm”t of Radiology othaVosts Seth G.S. meainal
Professor 841-tead, Color & KEM Hasd
IC & Sic J. J. Group of Nit Parel, Mumbyi -12.
Dept. Ot Ftadl t.KOSO
ospita!s. itiumba,i-400 001.
Allta0vap
'CRS
•
•
Anesthesia
1 Adult & Pediatric Ventilator
2 Transport Ventilator
3 Anesthesia Machine (Boyles Apparatus with vaporizer
and Circle absorber)
4 Anesthesia Work Station
5 4 Bedded Multipara Monitor with one central work
station
station
station
8 Multipara Monitor without ETCO2
9 Multipara Monitor with ETCO2
10 Flexible Fiber optic Bronchoscope
11 Syringe Pump
12 Syringe Infusion Pump
13 Nerve Stimulator, mapper, locator
14 Oxygen Flow meter with Humidifier Bottle
15 Laryngoscope - Adult
16 Laryngoscope - Pediatric
17 Laryngoscope - Neonatal
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ADULT VENTILATORS
1 Fully Microprocessor controlled having Volume cycled & Time cycled with volume and
pressure support.
2 Mode of Operation :-
A/C mains with battery backup inbuilt 5 hours or more for complete system including
air source.
3 APPLICATION: Adult as well as Pediatric application minimum 5 — 6 KG body

weight
4 Driving Gas:-
a) Air source - Turbine only, Compressor / Blower /Piston not allowed
b) High Pressure tubing with adapters to be provided to fit hospital central Oxygen
connection and to fit Oxygen cylinder.
5 Ventilator modes and functions:-
A Invasive Modes:-
1 Assist — Control (Volume Controlled Ventilation & Pressure Controlled Ventilation)
• 2
3
SIMV (Volume Controlled ventilation & Pressure Controlled ventilation)
SIMV + Pressure Support (Volume Controlled ventilation & Pressure Controlled

ventilation)
4 CPAP , CPAP + Pressure Support
)3 Non- Invasive Modes ( NIV) with mask must be available independent and
separate mode:-
I Control, Assist control, S1MV + PSV, CPAP + PSV.
-17r—s
•
o 3 0-9
2 Biphasic with PSV /BIPAP/Similar .
C Combination Advanced Modes:-
1 Volume cycle with demand flowing in control, A/C, SIMV modes.
2 PRVC /Auto flow or similar mode, SIMV and with Volume limit.
3 APRV mode / Bi-vent.
D Common Ventilatory parameter settings:-
PEEP/CPAP
2 Adjustable flow cycled ventilation for all modes.
3 User adjustable, automatic and interactive apnea back-up ventilation.
4 Adjustable I:E Ratio
5 User adjustable, automatic and interactive apnea back-up ventilation with choice of
selecting apnea back-up mode.
6 Manual Breath.
7 Adjustable bias (expiratory) flow or automatic.
8 Trigger Sensitivity: Flow adjustable
9 Fi02: Adjustable (21 to 100%) and monitored.
10 100% Oxygen flush.
11 Negative Inspiratory Force Manoeuvre or Rapid Shallow Breathing
12 Expiratory Hold.
13 Inspiratory Hold.
14 Inspiration Synchronized INBUILT Nebulizer .
15 It should have facility for inbuiltETCO2 monitoring with waveform. ( External monitor
will not be allowed)
6 Alarms / Indicators :- audio & / or visual with adjustable alarm volume:
2
t7(—(.1, L.t
2.v
a) Power Failure
b) Mode of Operation: Mains/Battery
c) Battery: Fully charged/low
d) Ventilator Inoperative
e) Unusual / Incorrect settings
0 Gas Supply Failure For : Oxygen and Air
g) Insp. Time limit and I:E ratio limit.
h) Pressure/Flow Transducer (sensor) Failure.
i) Triggered Breath Indicator.
j) Apnea.
k) High peak pressure.
I) Fi02: High/Low.
m) Minute Volume: Low.
n) Airway Pressure: High/ Low and high peak pressure.
o) PEEP /CPAP : high / low
p) Breath Rate: High.
7. DISPLAYS FOR MONITORING:-

a) Driving gas supply pressure (Air & Oxygen)
b) Fi02.
c) EtCO2.
d) Resp. Rate: Ventilator & Patient
e) Time: Inspiratory, Expiratory, LE Ratio
f) Inspired Tidal Volume
g) Expired Tidal Volume
h) Minute Volume
Ott
03, 1)(15
I'
i) Airway Pressures: P-max. P-mean & P-plateau, PEEP
j) Auto PEEP
k) Minimum 12 inches inbuilt and Incorporated touch screen color graphics display .
I) Waveforms: flow, volume and pressure — airway (paw), and with freeze facility.
m) Loops: Flow / Volume, Paw /Volume with memory, colored and freeze facility.
n) Trend of all monitored parameters for last 72 hours
o) Compliance
p) Resistance
8 RANGE OR PATTERN FOR SETTINGS
I) Fi02 : 21 to 10
m) Insp. Flow Rate : 10 to 100 ltrs / Min
n) Insp. Flow waveform : User Selectable, square, decelerating
o) Resp. Rate : 5 to 80 / min
p) Inspiratory Time : 0.3 to 7 sec
q) Inspiratory Pause time : 0.1 to 2 sec
r) I : E Ratio : 1:150 to 150:1
s) Inspiratory Tidal Volume limit : 50 ml to 2000 ml
t) PEEP : 0 - 35 ems of h20
u) Pressure Support : 0 - 40 cms of h20
v) Flow cycle for PC & PSV or Inspiration flow termination criteria:-: 0, 5 to 30% of peak
flow
I) SIMV Rate : 1 to 40 B.P.M.
m) Apnea time adjustable : up to 60 sec
n) Apnea back up Rate : 12 B.P.M. onwards
o) Flow Trigger : 1 LPM. to 15 LPM
4
p) Volume Limit : 50 ml to 2000 ml
q) Capnography: - Inbuilt CO2 monitoring with mainstream sensor with reusable airway
adaptors for use with Adult patients. Should monitor following parameters EtCo2,
Waveform (Capnogram), Alarms: high EtCo2 and low EtCo2.
9 Additional Accessories: The following accessories shall be supplied with each unit.
a) Reusable, Autoclavable dual limb Adult breathing circuit — 2 nos. each
b) Stand with support arm for breathing circuit ( from same manufacturer) — I no.
c) Testing Lung — 1 no. Adult & I no. Pediatrics with restrictor.
d) Reusable Nebulizer should be supplied along with each ventilator.
e) Disposable Circuit for Adult application, including its adapters — 50 nos. and for
Pediatrics -25 nos.
I) Reusable NIV mask with harness — 2 nos.
g) Full Face Facial mask each of 3 different sizes.
h) Should be supplied with reusable EtCO2 sensor with cable and I no. of reusable Adult
airway adaptors and 10 nos. disposable Adult airway adaptors with each unit.
10 Flow Sensor—with each Unit
a) Reusable — 2 per machine or if disposable 50 per machine.
II Ventilator Trolley and support arm should be imported trolley of same make.
12 Internal turbine should offer long life of more than 8 years . It should be replaced
free cost within 8 years if any technical problem / failure is occurred during 8
years. The same free replacement warranty of internal turbine should be attached
with technical and commercial documents.
13 Ventilator should have paramagnetic 02 sensor or if galvanic 02 sensor then vendor

should supply galvanic 02 sensor free of cost till 8 years from the date of installation.
14 Should have 2 nos. autoclavable & Reusable Expiration Cassette / valves for complete
disinfection capability. For Highly infectious patient, vendor should supply at least 10
disposable expiratory valves / cassettes or 4 reusable expiration valves in case no
5
03, t6, t,
disposable valve are possible.
15. EtCO2 sensor shall be covered under 3 years warranty and 5 years CMC.
16 All standard accessories should be provided with machine.
17 Consumables:- Rates will be freeze for 8 years
a) Reusable, Autoclavable, Dual Limb Adult & Paediatric breathing circuit
b) Test Lung Adult
c) Test Lung Pediatrics
d) Disposable circuit Adult and Pediatrics
e) Flow sensor Disposable
f) Flow sensor Reusable
g) Full NIV Face mask of 3 different sizes

h) ETCO2 sensor Cable
i) ETCO2 adaptor — reusable and disposable
General Terms and Conditions
A All the above equipments shall be new and manufactured from virgin materials. All the
requirements of this supply shall be necessary sourced from the original equipment
manufacturer of the model quoted except UPS, Printer, Humidifier, Computer
which shall not be necessary sourced from the original equipment manufacturer of
the model quoted but should be compatible with the quoted model.
In case the machine is imported one no import substitution is permitted neither before
the award nor after the award for any part or accessory. "Third party inspection
certificate should be applied from the port of origin of shipping of equipment (from the
parent companies country of origin). . • : . • : . : . -, : : -. •
:: • 4 : The brand, Model, CE
Certificate mark, manufacturer and Serial No, on the production line will be duly
display on the equipment.
B Equipment shall operate on 230 V, single phase, 50 Hz electric supply. The necessary
protective relaying / circuitry shall be there with the machines. The mains supply voltage
variation may be max.±15% and frequency variation maximum 13 %.
C True On LINE UPS with isolation transformer for complete system ( for minimum 2
Hours ) including air source for complete protection against all types of input supply
variation.
D The equipments and all accessories ( Ventilator, Capnography and Air Source) must be
CE mark from European Conformity (EC) notified bodies issued from European address
and valid US FDA & Should have approval from USFDA to use the ventilator for
•
patient with body weight of 5kg or more and documentary evidence to that effect shall
be uploaded.
E The equipments shall be having warranty of three years as described in the tender
document elsewhere. The warranty and CMC shall cover all the spare parts required for
maintenance of machine/equipment for total 8 years (warranty 3 years and CMC 5 years)
irrespective of whether those are treated as consumables or otherwise.
The successful bidder has to ensure that all the required spares and services are available
during the period of CMC and 2 years after the contract period of eight years.
F The equipments should be provided with one hard copy in original of the detailed service
manual and operation manual. Further, a soft copy is also required.
G The equipment must be tropicalized as below:

Operating room temperature: max. 40° C
Storage room temperature: Max 60° C
Relative Humidity: up to 90% Non-condensing
H Among the other things, the responsiveness of the bid will be based on successful
demonstration of the offered model of the equipments to MCGM officials as mentioned
elsewhere in the tender specifications.
I The bidder has to submit users list with address & contact telephone number/s.
J. Prospective tenderers should have a full-fledged and well-established service centre in Mumbai
with engineers qualified in servicing of Adult Ventilator. Please provide details of the same in
Annexure — 1.
• \r„SvLsv\IN
Detail of the Item Data:-
Item Description of the Items Ouantity

Grou I No.
Item "A" Supply, Installation, Testing & Commissioning of Adult Ventilators along -200 Noir
with standard accessories.
'r 5 e
,
,....--
A-1 Import Supply
Make
Model
A-2 Local Supply

Make
Model
Item "B" Consumables
I. Reusable, Auto clavable, Dual Limb Adult breathing circuits I No.
2. Reusable, Auto clavable, Dual Limb Pediatrics breathing circuits I No.
3. Test Lung Adult 1 No.
4. Test Lung Pediatrics 1 No.
5. Disposable circuits Adult I No.
6. Disposable circuits Pediatrics 1 No.
7. Flow sensor Disposable 1 No.
8. Flow sensor Reusable I No.
9. Full NIV Face mask of sizes 0 to 2 1 No.
10. Full NIV Face mask of sizes 3 to 4 1 No.
11. Full NW Face mask of sizes 5 to 6 1 No.
y 12. ETCO2 Sensor Cable 1 No.
1v13. ETCO2 adptor — reusable 1 No.

9\ *)
,kas14. ETCO2 adptor —disposable 1 No.
141'
arq rt,
C• 90
h'Cir rithr
.2„
EME, HKilt
TRANSPORT (EMERGENCY) VENTILATOR SPECIFICATIONS
General Description
Portable and Compact, user friendly fully microprocessor controlled having volume and time cycled,
pressure and volume controlled and non-invasive ventilator modes suitable for inter and intra hospital
patient transport.
Adult & Paediatric patients ( maximum 120 kg — to — minimum 5 kg)
Power Supply & Electrical specifications :
Input voltage 240 V AC ± 15 V, 50/60 Hz ± 3 % or 12 to 28 V DC
Inbuilt ability to function over wide range of voltage fluctuations

- inbuilt online UPS
Backup battery time Minimum 3 hrs exclusively on only Battery
Pneumatic Specifications (Driving Gas) :
Air supply Integrated turbine based system

Oxygen supply It should have the provision to connect to the Central Oxygen Pipeline (40-60
Psi) through high pressure hose pipe.
It should have capability to connect to a medium sized oxygen cylinder and all
accessories (Pressure reducing valve, Flow meter etc ) should be provided for the same
Modes of Ventilation :
Volume Control CMV — Control Mandatory Ventilation
Volume Assist Control Ventilation (A/C)
Volume SIMV — Synchronized Intermittent Mandatory
Ventilation
Pressure Control PCV — Pressure control / Pressure assist control (A/C)
Controls (Parameter settings with respective range)
Resp. Rate (Breaths / min ) 0-60 breaths / min

Tidal volume 50 to 1200 ml
PEEP /CPAP 0 to 20 cmH2O
Oxygen 40% to 100%
I:E ratio 1:8 to 4:1
Inspiratory time (TI) 0.1 to 7 sec
Inspiratory Flow (Hiflow02) 10 to 120 1/min
I& A AWAt s
6 • Pt /,),
‘At-t
t4 it(0-A----A0 AN-C,
Flow trigger off, 1 - 9 L/min.
Pressure support 0 to 30 cmH2O, added to PEEP/CPAP
Apnoea Backup Automatic & Interactive, user adjustable
Apnoea time 15-40 sec
Monitoring Parameters and Trends on display

Screen size should be at least 8 inches
It should preferably NOT be a touch screen
Alarms & Indicators
Operator adjustable Low/high minute volume, low/high pressure,

Low/high tidal volume, low/high rate, apnea
Time.
Low/high oxygen,
Special alarms Disconnection.
Loudness Configurable minimum.
The Ventilator should pass the DROP test and appropriate certificate should be produced.
Consumables
Non proprietory, sterlizable & autoclavable reusable breathing circuit (adult & Paediatric)-2
Each
Reusable flow sensor — easily removable for cleaning & sterilization by autoclaving — 2 nos
•
Reusable exhalation valve body & diaphragm — 2 nos
Reusable MV masks with harness (1 of all sizes)
Operating manual; Service Manual
Standard — non proprietary disposable circuits with connectors. 100 in nos.
Standard , FDA (US) or European CE standards

Environmental Conditions: Operating Temperature: 5-40°C
Storage Temperature: 0-50°C
Relative Humidity: 15-95%
Operating manual; Service Manual to be provided
List of installation in state & Country
User friendly with good past record for after, sales service
Comprehensive 3 years warranty and 5 years CMC should be included
Cost of consumables should be quoted separately and will be frozen for 8 years.
p
0 0 Ce, k,
4). A
C
L1-0-- jri,
Specifications for Medium End Anesthesia Workstation (Boyles Apparatus
with-tee vapouriser and circle absorber (Anesthesia Machine)
I. The Machine should be medical grade material and should be supplied with minimum 2 nos. drawers
work surface and top shelf for mounting anaesthesia monitor, large castor wheel with front brake.
2. Anesthesia work Station for adult and paediatric application and should be supplied with Ventilator
integrated along with autoclavable Circle absorber and Vaporrisor.
3. It should also have Vital Parameter Monitor.
4. The Machine should be incorporated with low-flow techniques to minimize gas and anaesthetics
agent consumption.
5. The machine should be supplied with flow meter assemble having 3 gases (02,N20 and air), Casesde
flow meter, Twin tube rotameter for 02,N2 0 and air (5 to 6 tubes) or Digital Flow Meter.
6. Audio Visual 02 failure alarm and Hypoxic guard to ensure 25 % oxygen concentration in a fresh gas
mixture.
7. The machine will have separate connection for connecting pipe inlet for oxygen, nitrous oxide and
air and with one Yoke each for oxygen and nitrous oxide cylinders.
8. Gauges for all gases for both cylinder and Pipeline supply.
9. The unit must have emergency oxygen flush. Flow between 35 to 75 litres per minute.
10. The unit must be supplied with temperature, flow and pressure compensated & calibration free,
Isoflurance and Sevoflurance vaporisor, one each. Vaporisor should be easily interchangeable with
quick mount.
11. The Vaporizer must be isolated from gas flow in the off position and prevent the simultaneous
activation of more than one vaporisor.
12. The unit must be supplied with Single/Double chambered Circle absorver Canister breathing system
suitable for low flow and minimal flow anaesthesia with facility to switch over from manual
ventilation to mechanical ventilation. The switch should be on the circle absorber.
13. The unit must be supplied with external fresh gas outlet for connecting Magill, Bain Circuit & JR
Circuit. Open & close circuit system should not be operable at the same time.
14. Should have facility for changing soda lime during operation.
15. The patient Module should have Pressure Calibrated & Graduated APL Valve, Respiration Pressure
Gauge, Active Gas Scavenging Port.
16. The unit should perform Self diagnostic test on startup and should measure and display leak volume
or dead space volume of tubing.
17. The unit should have fresh gas de-coupling or similar technology, tide volume compensation facility
to adjust for losses due to compression, compliance and leaks & compensation for fresh gas flow
facility integrated in Anaesthesia Machine and Ventilator to ensure delivery of set tidal volume.
18. The unit should be operable on manual/spontanenous mode and should be able to provide gases and
inhalational supply even in absence of power supply and discharged battery.
19. The unit should be supplied with 2 sets of masks of all sizes (0-5), JR Circuits. Silicon breathing
circuit tubes (X2) +Y-piece, Silicon tube with bag mount & 2 Lit Silicon Reservior bag.
20. Primary step down regulator & rd stage regulator.
B. Specification of Integrated Anaesthesia Ventilator of Anaesthesia Work Station :
1. The machine should incorporate electronically controlled, pneumatically/electrically driven built-in

and integrated Anaesthesia Ventilator system suitable for adult to paediatric application
2. Should have mode of Ventilation like Volume Control, Pressure Control, SIMV & PSV Modes with
apnea backup ventilation.
3. Should have TFT display for
C- 2.0
a) Fi02
b) Tidal volume/Minute volume

c) Respiratory rate
d) PEEP, Peak pressure
e) Pressure-Time wave form, Volume-Time waveform / Flow-Time waveform in either ventilator
or monitor screen.
0 Flow-Volume loops
g) Alarm limits for High/low Tidal volume
h) Alarm limits for High/low airway pressure
4. Ranges :-
a) Tidal volume : 20 to 1500 ml in Volume control & 5m1 to 1500 ml in Pressure control
b) Respiratory rate : 4 to 100
c) 1:E Ratio:2:1 to1:4
d) P-Inspired : 5 to 50 cm of H2O
e) P-Limit 15 to 85cm of water
f) Electronic PEEP with adjustment up to 20 cm of water
g) Flow trigger sensitivity from 0.2 to 6 L/min.
5. The bellows/piston of the ventilator should be attached to the Patient Module to reduce dead space in
the breathing circuit.
C Specification of Vital Parameter Monitor :-
Display size of minimum 12" suitable for Adult to Paediatric application with following parameters
1. ECG :-
a) 3 lead & 5 lead (1,11,1I1, aVR, aVL, aVF & V)
b) Display of HR with facility for alarm setting (Low and High)
c) Heart rate accuracy +/-5 bpm.
2. Pulse oximeter Sp02,. (Masimo/Nellcor):-
a) Sp02 range 50-100%
•
b) Display of pulse strength, plethysmograph & SpO2 digital values.
3. Capnograph : Microstream / side stream:-
a) EtCO2 range : 0-99 mm Hg
b) Capnogram display
c) Accuracy : +/- 3 mm Hg in 00 to 40 mm Hg range & +/- 8-10% in higher range.
4. Respiratory Gas Monitoring with inhalation agent monitoring (MAC Value). It should give
fractional inspired and expired 02, N20, CO2, 5 agents with agent identification & MAC.
5. Non-Invasive Blood Pressure:-
a) Display of systolic, diastolic & mean pressures
b) Modes : Manual, STAT & automatic (delay 2 min — 90 min)
c) Range : 20-255 mm Hg
6. Temperature :-
a) Dual temperature display (T1 & T2) skin and rectal probe.
b) Temperature range : 12°C to 43°C
7. Invasive BP Monitoring — 2 IBP modules / ports
8. The unit should be supplied with 3 & 5 lead ECG cable (Two each) (3 mtr length), Adult finger probe,
f\. I
2 •6 9 V7
Paediatric Finger probe, Paediatric flexy probe for Sp02 (two each). Reusable Adult & paediatric
NIBP cuff two nos. each, EtCO2 sampling tubes (50) and 20 water traps.
9. Inbuilt cautery and defibrillator protection.
General Condition:-
1. All the above equipments shall be new and manufactured from virgin materials. All the
manufacturer of the model quoted except UPS, Printer which shall not be necessary sourced
from the original equipment manufacturer of the model quoted but should be compatible with
the quoted model. All critical components that is workstation, vaporizer, ventilator, vital
parameter monitor, must be of same make or brand is mandatory. In case the machine is
imported one no import substitution is permitted neither before the award nor after the award for
any part or accessory. "Third party inspection certificate should be applied from the port of
origin of shipping of equipment (from the parent companies country of origin).
2 Equipment shall operate on 230 V, single phase, 50 Hz electric supply. The necessary protective
relaying / circuitry shall be there with the machines. The mains supply voltage variation may be
max.±10% and frequency variation maximum ±3 %
3. Battery back up of 90 minutes for entire system (Company may provide online UPS). Up time @
95% calculated 24 X 7 & services should be available 24 X 7.
4. All critical components i.e. Workstation, Vaporisor, Ventilator, Vital Parameter Monitor, etc
must be of same make or brand is mandatory
5. The entire unit as well as each major component should have CE or US FDA approval should
comply with International Standards & must have CE mark from European Conformity (EC)
notified bodies issued from European address or valid US FDA approval and documentary
evidence to that effect shall be uploaded.
Bidders are requested to go through the CE & US FDA policy document for submission of CE and
US FDA approvals as mentioned in tender document.
6. The equipments shall be having warranty of three years as described. The warranty and CMC
shall cover the list of the spare parts and the rate of which valid for total 8 years (warranty 3
years and CMC 5 years) irrespective of whether those are treated as consumables or otherwise.
The successful bidder has to ensure that all the required spares and services are available during
the period of CMC and 2 years after the contract period of eight years except patient tubing
everything should be inclusive.
7. The equipments should be provided with one hard copy in original of the detailed service manual
and operation manual. Further, a soft copy is also required
8. The equipment must be tropicalized as below:
Operating room temperature: max. 0 - 40° C
Storage room temperature: Max 0 - 60° C
9. Among the other things, the responsiveness of the bid will be based on successful demonstration
of the offered model of the equipments to DHS officials as mentioned elsewhere in the tender
specifications.
10. The bidder has to submit users list with address & contact telephone number/s.
I1. Prospective tenderers should have a full-fledged and well-established service centre in
Maharashtra with engineers qualified in servicing.
1-4,3L- INA-9
D C _105
Q.
Nw ic___
(4\c-
bli-tv
•C is 1; E,Pc21-, 14kt Svc
t)14C I
ero U.„n
•
•
ri
Technical S_pecifications,for Anaesthesia Workstation (3 \_, E.-n d (
C1_(
A General Description:-
1. The unit should be a cost-effective, anaesthesia workstation for performing and monitoring
inhalation anaesthesia, suitable for Adult as well Child upto neonatal age.
2. It should be capable of providing low-flow techniques to minimize gas and anaesthetic agent
consumption for economical day-to-day operation.
B Integrated Systems:-
1. The Anaesthesia Workstation should have
a) In-built Ventilator with Coloured TFT display/LED display/LCD display.
b) Integrated CO2 Absorber.

c) In-built & Integrated Anaesthesia Gas Monitoring Facility.
d) Multi parameter monitor

e) Each major component like machine/workstation, ventilator, circle absorber, Vaporizer,
multi parameter monitor, should be from one manufacturer/ principle and should have CE
markings and USFDA approval.
0 Anaesthesia machine should be operable on manual/spontaneous mode and should be able to
provide oxygen even in absence of power supply and discharged battery.
g) should have backup oxygen control which provides an independent fresh gas source and
flow meter control in case of electronic failure.
C Construction:-
1. Machine should be constructed with Powder coated steel or medical grade corrosion proof material
with sturdy frame of durable finish. Wheels should be durable and moisture resistant & smooth
with front locking device.
2. Should have minimum one drawer plus top shelf and minimum one side railing. Should have
tabletop to keep anaesthetic drugs, and equipments etc.
D Gas System:-
1. Provision for non- interchangeable gas specific central pipeline inlet for 02, N20 and Air, with
connecting hose. Suitable central pipeline connectors matching to the area of installation should be
supplied.
2. The unit should have Water & Particle trap to the inlet connections of 02, N20 & AIR from
Central Gas Pipe-line.
3. Provision to attach pin type cylinders one each of 02 and N20.
4. Pressure gauges for separate colour coded cylinder and pipeline to display readings for
Oxygen(02), Nitrous oxide (N20) and Air on front of Anaesthesia machine for better visibility.
5. Machine should provide electronic gas mixing with digital flow control.
6. Should have decision support tool for optimizing fresh gas flow. It should have indicator to show
efficiency of fresh gas setting while used in low flow and minimal flow.
7. Oxygen shortage and failure indicator.

8. N20 supply should be shut off when 02 pressure drops or is interrupted.
9. 02 ratio controller/inbuilt hypoxic guard to ensure minimum supply of 25% of Oxygen at any
given time.
10. The breathing system should have outlet for excess gas/pressure relief valve, semi — close mode,
and mounting for double/single chamber circle absorber.
v—W WI- 53
03. Cora-As
I 1. Emergency 02 flush should be provided @ 35 litres of minimum flow.
12. Total gas consumption of oxygen, nitrous oxide or air, and inhaled anaesthetic agent to be
measured and displayed on the display screen.
13. The machine should have fully automatic menu driven self test. In case of emergency it should be
possible to bypass the self test completely.
14. The system leak test should be done till Y piece and should not require user interaction during the
test.
E Breathing System:-
Integrated single or double canister breathing system.
2. Bag to ventilator quick changeover switch for one step switchover from manual to mechanical
ventilation.
3. The breathing system should be fully integrated; compact, with latex-free components which can
be dismantled without help of tools. The breathing system should be within the footprint of the
machine.
4. Components coming in contact with patient gas shall be disposable or autoclavable.

5. Should have mechanism to reduce condensation and its harmful effect on flow sensors.
6. Compact breathing system suitable for minimal flow anaesthesia, with least circuit volume
including absorber etc. Approx. 3L excluding bag for fast response to change in fresh gas
composition.
7. Should have facility for sampling gas returning back to breathing system.
8. Should have Automatic breathing system compliance correction.
9. Adjustable pressure limiting valve shall be flow and pressure compensated. APL valve should
have direct setting of release pressure.
10. Breathing system shall provide an integrated inspiratory pressure measurement gauge/display.
11. Machine should have an independent fresh gas outlet for connection to Bain's/Magillts/Jackson-
Rees Circuit.
12. The anaesthesia system should have an integrated passive scavenging system with mechanism to
prevent excessive positive pressure.
F Vaporizer:-
I. Flow, temperature and pressure compensated. Should not require calibration for whole life time.
Vaporizer output should not get affected even if vaporizer is tilted.
2. Isoflurane and sevoflurane one no. Each equivalent to TEC-7 type or recent version of
international repute and compatible with the proposed Anaesthesia Machine.
3. Mounting for 2 vaporizers at a time.
4. Vaporizer must be isolated from the gas flow in the off position and should prevent the
simultaneous activation of more than one vaporizer.
5. Vaporizer shall require no tools to mount.
6. Prismatic liquid level indicator
7. Built in overfill protection with locking mechanism.
8. Vaporizer should have transport lock to provide sealing of agent chamber during transport and
storage.
Ventilator:-
3• 6 15
1. It should be Built-in & Integrated Microprocessor Controlled, electrically / pneumatically driven
and electronically controlled.
2. Ventilator shall have both Volume and Pressure control, which allows pre-setting of desired tidal
volume, inspired pressure, rate, I:E ratio, safety pressure limit and electronic PEEP.
3. Ventilator should have a tidal volume compensation capability that should sense the volume as it
enters the inspiratory limb of the circuit and adjust for losses due to compression, compliance and
leaks; and for gains from fresh gas flow occurring between the ventilator and sensor. (fresh gas
compensation or fresh gas decoupling)
4. SIMV, Pressure Support, and apnoea backup ventilation should be available.
5. Ventilator shall indicate "unachievable settings" instantly.
6. It should use the same bellow/piston for adult, children and neonates.
7. Tidal volume 20 -1400m1 in volume control mode. Tidal volume — minimal to 1400m1 in pressure
controlled ventilation Mode.
8. Rate: 4 to 60 bpm.
9. I: E ratio : 2:1 to 1:4
10. Inspiratory Pressure (Pinspired) Range: 5 to 60 cm H2O
11. PEEP : off, 4 — 15 cm H2O

12. Flow trigger 1-10 L per minute
13. Ventilator shall be capable of delivering 120 L/min peak flow.
14. It should have a high contrast color TFT Display / LED display / LCD display.
15. It should be equipped with self test routines and automatic calibration of all sensors.
16. Should have display for:

a) Fi02 monitoring, Minute volume /Tidal volume, Respiratory rate, Peak pressure, PEEP
b) Alarm limits for low & high tidal volume / minute volume, low & high airway pressure,
Alarm messages. Apnoea alarm should be available.
c) Pressure / time waveform display
d) Compliance measurement and airway resistance.
e) Pressure volume and flow volume loops.
17. It shou d have clear alarms and user information as text messages. It is essential that unit should
prompt user for corrective action rather than giving only alarm with no diagnostic message
18. The unit should have European CE Marking and US FDA approval.
H Accessories:-
1. Silicon Auto clavable latex-free patient circuits for adult x 2 and paediatric x 2.
2. Silicon Adult size corrugated tube with mount and reservoir bag 2L x 2
3. Silicon Paediatric size corrugated tube with mount and reservoir bag IL x 2
4. Silicon Paediatric size corrugated tube with mount and reservoir bag 0.5 L x 2
5. Silicone cushion high quality mask, size 0,1,2,3,4,5, x 2 each size.
6. Flow transducer and oxygen sensor should be standard accessory.
7. Scavenging interface.
8. Accessory to perform negative pressure leak test.
tete7-0..3-
to3 _ 0
0
old°,
va.4
I Multi parameter monitor
I. Electrically Operated with Built in Rechargeable Battery (with at least 2 hrs. of continuous
operation under full-charge condition)
2. It should be modular / PODS for easy up gradation.
3. Compact and portable, High-resolution backlit TFT screen / LED display, minimum 15 inches
display with 8 channels. Simple in design.
4. The monitor should not require any, lengthy start-up procedure or calibration. It should be ready to
monitor as soon as on / off switch is pressed.
5. Should be capable of Monitoring Heart rate, SPO2, NIBP, ECG, Temp, RR and IBP x 2
(Upgradable to 4), NMT, BIS/ENTROPY.
6. Carbon dioxide, Respiratory gas, Anaesthetic agent, MAC monitoring either on multi parameter
monitor or on ventilator screen / Workstation screen.
I) ECG.-
1. 3 Lead (I, II, III), 5 Lead (I, II, III, aVR, aVL, aVF& V) mode
2. Dual Trace with ability to freeze one of the waveforms
3. Selectable Gain for ECG
4. Display of HR with facility for alarm setting (Low & High)
5. Heart rate accuracy +/- 5 bpm
6. Lead off and cable fault alarm
7. In built Cautery and Defibrillator protection.
8. Heart rate detection from ECG/Pulse Auto change.
9. Arrhythmia Detection
H) Sp02:-
I. It must use Nellcor /Masimo technology to measure oxygen saturation for
accuracy during motion artifacts, low perfusion states like shock, bradycardia and
hypothermia
2. Display of pulse strength, plethysmograph & SPO2 values
3. Pitch variation with change in oxygen saturation.
4. SPO2 range 50-100%
5. Accuracy 100-80% (± 2 digits); 79-50% (±digits)
III) Capnograph:-
1. Side stream/ Microstream
2. ETCO2 range: 0-99 mm Hg, 0-10%
3. Capnogram display
4. Averaging: breath to breath, 4 breaths or 8 breaths
5. Accuracy: ± 3 mmHg in 00 to 40 mmHg range & ±8-10% in higher range
6. Reaction time: <500 ms 150 ml/min

IV) Respiratory Gas Monitoring / Inhalational Anaesthetic Agent Monitoring:-
I. It should automatically identify the inhalational gas / agent

2. Numeric display of fractional inspiratory and expiratory concentrations of 02,
/ CO2, N20 and anaesthetic agents — halothane, enflurane, isoflurane, sevoflurane,
t7t3),c6_ IS, 0, 'D

I, .)S
desflurane
3. It should have facility for MAC monitoring and MAC age correction
V) Non Invasive Blood Pressure Monitoring:-
1. of systolic, diastolic & Mean pressures
2. Modes: Manual, STAT & automatic (delay 2min-90min)
3. Range: 20-255 mm of Hg
4. Accuracy of ±5 mm of Hg
5. Selectable adult, paediatric and Neonatal functions with separate inflation and
alarm settings
VI) Invasive Blood Pressure Monitoring:-
1. Simultaneous two IBP channels
2. Display of systolic, diastolic & mean pressures with waveforms
3. Zeroing
4. IBP range from 10-300 mmHg
VII) RESPIRATION:-
1. Through impedance pneumography method for Adult, Pediatric& Neonatal-
patients.
VIII) Temperature:-
1. Simultaneous monitoring of 2 channels
2. Dual Temperature Display (T1 & T2)
3. Temperature range: 12°C to 43°C
IX) Depth of Anaesthesia Monitoring module:-
1. BIS/Entropy with all accessories & 50 sensors (40 adult, 10 paediatric)
X) NMT Monitoring:-
1. Neuromuscular Transmission Monitoring in the primary monitor with
all accessories. Display should be in the primary monitor with required
accessories.
Xa) Facility for upgradation with separate modules for-Minimally Invasive Continuous
Cardiac Output, thermodilution technique Cardiac Outpur, and EEG by just adding
the Interchangeable Modules.
XI) TREND FACILITY:-
1. Should have 24 hours graphical and numerical trend with split screen facility of all
parameters with at least 15 critical alarms summary.
2. Should be able to monitor and display all parameters in single screen.
3. NIBP trend: 240 Readings tabular

4. Facility to store snapshots during critical events for waveform review at a later
stage.
XII) ALARMS:-
1. Should have graded and colour coded audio-visual alarm for all parameters.
2. It should have clear alarms and user information as text messages. It is essential
that unit should prompt user for corrective action rather than giving only alarm
with no diagnostic message
XIII) Environmental Factors:-
1. The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10-
40 deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%.
XIV) Power Supply:-
1. Power input to be 220-240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug
XV) ACCESSORIES FOR MULTIPARAMETER MONITOR:-
1. The necessary accessories to make it functional on Neonates, Pediatric and Adult
patients should be quoted as "Standard Accessories."
2. ECG 3 lead Cable X 2
3. ECG 5 lead Cable X 2
4. Sp02 interconnecting cable x2 numbers
5. Sp02 Probes (Neonatal, Paediatric & Adult) two each. (Total of 6 probes)
6. NIBP Cuffs (seven Sizes): neonate, infant, paediatric 2 sizes, adult (small, average,
extra large). (wide range of sizes from 2,5 to 16 cm widths) x 2 each size.
7. IBP cable X 2
8. IBP pressure Transducers (six disposable)
9. Filter cartridges (Water traps) x 20 & Sampling tubings for respiratory gas
monitoring X 50
10. Temperature Probes (Core & Skin) one each.
12. Accessories for neuromuscular transmission monitor-01 set
J General Terms and Conditions:-
1. All the above equipments shall be new and manufactured from virgin materials. All the
manufacturer of the model quoted except UPS, Printer etc which shall not be necessary
sourced from the original equipment manufacturer of the model quoted but should be
compatible with the quoted model. In case the machine is imported one no import substitution is
permitted neither before the award nor after the award for any part or accessory. "Third party
inspection certificate should be applied from the port of origin of shipping of equipment (from the
parent companies country of origin).
2. Equipment shall operate on 220-240 V, single phase, 50 Hz electric supply. The necessary
protective relaying / circuitry shall be there with the machines. The mains supply voltage variation
may be max.±l0% and frequency variation maximum ±3 % .
3. The equipments and all major components shall have CE mark from European Conformity (EC)
notified bodies issued from European address and valid US FDA approval and documentary
evidence to that effect shall be uploaded.
Bidders are requested to go through the CE & US FDA policy document for submission of CE and
US FDA approvals.
4. The equipments shall be having warranty of three years. The warranty and CMC shall cover the
list of the spare parts and the rate of which valid for total 8 years (warranty 3 years and CMC 5
years) irrespective of whether those are treated as consumables or otherwise.
The successful bidder has to ensure that all the required spares and services are available during
the period of CMC and 2 years after the contract period of eight years.
5. The equipments should be provided with one hard copy in original of the detailed service manual
and operation manual. Further, a soft copy is also required.
er"--
6. The equipment must be tropicalized as below:
Operating room temperature: upto 40° C
Storage room temperature: upto 60° C
7. Compatible switch board with switches and sockets with European CE certification should be
incorporated.
8. Among the other things, the responsiveness of the bid will be based on successful demonstration
of the offered model of the equipments to DHS officials.
9. The bidder has to submit users list with address & contact telephone number/s.
10. Prospective tenderers should have a full-fledged and well-established service centre in
Maharashtra with engineers qualified in servicing of High End Anaesthesia Workstation.
11. Battery backup of 90 minutes for entire system (Company may provide online UPS) uptime @
95% calculated 24x7 and sensors should be available 24x7.
1--tb 9
ei (;) D-0 \ 9
(A\rYi vu
ei) L
till• Col-re \\°\
4)04 NI-ohtè r\
Details of Tender Specifications
Specifications for 4 Bedded Central Monitoring System.
Specifications for Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of 4 Bedded Central

Monitoring System (7 parameter Monitors -4 nos. + Central Monitor-1 No)-5 Nos.
A)Basic Monitor Unit should have
a) It should have a minimum fifteen (15) inches TFT/LED/LCD colour display.

b) Should be capable of displaying 24 hours Trends for the monitored parameters.
c) User should be able to set alarms for all parameters.
d) Should be able to display at least four WaNeforms.
4 Aji c,N. C_
B) Parameters: Each Set consists of VS monitors and one Centralized Monitor. should
have following all 7 parameters in one integrated unit pre-configured.
1) ECG + Respiration
2) Sp02 (Oxygen saturation)
3) Non-invasive Blood pressure
4) Temperatures.
5) Invasive Pressure (Dual Channel)
6) Cardiac Output by Thermodilution.
7) End Tidal CO2, Side stream or main stream.
1.
1) E.C.G.
1) Numeric display of Heart Rate
2) Range: @ 20 to 300 beats per minute.
3) Accuracy: ± 2 beat per minute.
4) ECG with arrhythmia capability and ST details with 7 lead information.
5) 3 lead ECG cable — 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor with sufficient cable length
shall be provided.
shall be provided.
Respiration part of ECG:
I) Range: 0 to 150 breaths per minute.
2) Resolution : 1 breath / minute
3) Accuracy : ± 2 breaths / min
4) Apnoea Alarm: Selectable.
2) Sp02 (Oxygen saturation)Pulse Oximeter :
1) 02 Saturation range : 0 to 100%
m11-- -1., ND
0 3. (t,
()r,
2) Accuracy: ± 3% between ranges 50 to 99%
3) Motion artifacts should not affect the readings.
4) Display of pulse strength, Plethysmography & SpO2 values.
Vitus. Ty' 0 e_tt w1/2 0404- -1-edancRotn 1-v-OCI1
5) Reusable Sp02 Probe for Adult— 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor with
minimum 3m probe length (with/without extension cable) shall be p ovjded. ,
oc-14,1%6A D N u-t‘d G-004- -frcitiasn I tidy"
6) Reusable SpO2 Probe for Pediatric4 — 2 Nos. should be provide with each monitor with
minimum 3m probe length (with/without extension cable) shall be provided.
7) Reusable SpO2 Flex Probe or Y probe for Neonatal — 2 Nos. should be provided with each
monitor with minimum 3m probe length (with/without extension cable) shall be provided.
3) Non-invasive Blood pressure (N.I.B.P.):
1) Should measure & display Systolic, Diastolic & Mean pressure.
2) Mode: Automatic, Manual and stat.
3) Cuff inflection/deflation automatic.
4) Inflation pressure shall be automatically released if error.
5) Measurement range-20-250 mm Hg.
6) Measurement interval: 2,3,5,10,15,30 minutes, up to 2 hours.
7) Reusable NIBP cuff for Adult — 10 Nos. should be provided with each monitor.
8) Reusable NIBP cuff for Pediatric — 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor.
9) Reusable NIBP cuff for Neonatal — 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor.
4) Temperature:
1) Simultaneous monitoring of two channels.
2) Range: 10 to 45'C
3) Resolution: 0.1°C
4) Accuracy 0.1°C or 0.2°F
5) Skin probe for Temperature — 1 No. should be provided with each monitor.
6) Rectal probe for Temperature — 1 No. Should be provided with each monitor.
5) Invasive Pressure (Dual Channel):
1) Display of Systolic, Diastolic and Mean Pressure.
2) Measurement Range: 10 to 300 mm Hg (user selectable).
3) Pulse rate Range: 25 to 300 beats per minute.
4) Zero Adjustment Range: +200 mm Hg, accuracy ± 2mm Hg.
5) Alarm Limit: 10 to 300 mm Hg.
6) Two reusable cables and Ten (10) disposable transducer kit per module should be provided.
6) Cardiac Output by Thermodilution (CO):
1) Cardiac output by thermodilution.
31>
0 3 . u L -.LOS
2) Injectate volume: 5 ml and 10m1.
3) Injectate temperature: 0 to 27°C
4) Cardiac output Range: 0.1 to 12 lit/minute
5) Instrument Accuracy : ± 5%
6) Instrument Repeatability: ± 5%
7) Should be compatible with all commonly available brands of Pulmonary artery catheter.
8) Facility to average 5 best readings to obtain cardiac output.
9) Cables for connecting PA catheter and temperature probes should be at least 2 meters long.
7) End Tidal CO2 (Side stream or main stream):
1) Side stream or main stream monitoring of CO2
2) Display of EtCO2 (mm Hg) and concentration (%)
3) Averaging : Breath to Breath
Ciek)
4) Sampling tubes 50 nos & water trap(' e provided with each unit if side stream is
quoted. Two reusable adapters with mai stream EtCO2.
C) Central Monitoring Station:
a) Should be capable of accommodating at least 15 monitors.
b) Monitor size should be 21 inches TFT/LED/LCD color display.
c) CPU should be Core i7 , minimum 3 Ghz clk alteast 4 GB DDR memory, HDD of 500 GB
Hard Disc DVD+RW drive Latest version of computer system shall be supplied OS:-
Latest OS and antivirus software.
d) With laser printer- Black & White, USB Connectivity, Resolution 1200x1200 dpi,
compatible with central monitoring system.
e) Should be able to display all the parameters simultaneously from peripheral monitor.
f) Should have capacity to store all acquired data for minimum 24 hours.
g) Should have all arrhythmia analysis.
h) Should have true online UPS back up for I hr.
i) All License software upgrades should be provided free of cost.
j) Should be able to display at least 4 waveforms.
k) Wall mounting should be provided for bed side monitor.
The central station can be wireless
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
All the above equipments shall be new and manufactured from virgin materials. All the
A.
\c\c\> „3-1..1-x \3
,L("a
compatible with the quoted model. In case the machine is imported one, no import
substitution is permitted neither before the award nor after the award for any part or accessory.
"Third party inspection certificate should be applied from the port of origin of shipping of
equipment (from the parent companies country of origin).
Equipment shall operate on 230 V, single phase, 50 Hz electric supply. The necessary protective
B. relaying / circuitry shall be there with the machines. The mains supply voltage variation may be
max.±l5% and frequency variation maximum ±3 %.
The equipments shall have CE mark with valid CE certificate from (European
Conformity) EC notified bodies issued from European address and valid US FDA
C
approval and documentary evidence to that effect shall be uploaded as per CE/USFDA
policy attached.
The equipments shall be having warranty of three years. The warranty and CMC shall cover
the list of the spare parts and the rate of which valid for total 8 years (warranty 3 years and
D. CMC 5 years) irrespective of whether those are treated as consumables or otherwise. The
manufacturer shall supply of spares, consumables for at least two years after the contract period
of eight years is over.
The equipments should be provided with one hard copy in original of the detailed service
E.
The equipment must be tropicalized as below:
F
Relative Humidity: upto 90% Non-condensing
Among the other things, the responsiveness of the bid will be based on successful
demonstration of the offered model of the equipments to DHS officials as mentioned elsewhere
G.
in the tender specifications. (If required "Live Demonstration shall be arranged by lowest
\.°1— ,`)
' \ler bidder.")
- H. The bidder has to submit users list with address & contact telephone number/s.
.--g.A.,--
UL Prospective tenderers should have a full-fledged and well-established service centre in
I.
Maharashtra with engineers qualified in servicing of 4 Bedded Central Monitoring System.
)?( b,P4
A9 0 a
‘-6-ev viefic`c- o 3 - c2
t— tnAMC_
P?t2) tit ten
M, K-4.1-re 01/44,-,Az
a.ame,-Qp44 isiebhgc-


d) Should be able to display at least four Wavefort cAt
z (.&v9
B) Parameters: Each Set consists of 411 monit 'cann one Centralized Monitor. should
4) Temperatures.
1.
1) E.C.G.
shall be provided.
shall be provided.
1) Range: 0 to 150 breaths per minute.
oTh , v .
4) Display of pulse strength,
strength, Plethysmography & Sp02 values.
me/Net{( i" cF- Et Ikt f-t Cie )6-0(
5) Reusable Sp02 Probe for Adult— 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor with
minimum 3m probe length (with/without extension cable) shall be proviM
kft%A.» IN r 11 0-i Eci Lu aCtttf— M'CV0-‘016-81(
6) Reusable Sp02 Probe for Pediatric4— 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor with
7) Reusable Sp02 Flex Probe or Y probe for Neonatal — 2 Nos. should be provided with each
3) Non-invasive Blood pressure (N I B P ).
4) Temperature:
2) Range: 10 to 45°C
Tri.14. It L.
'2 o 6 1S
I) Side stream or main stream monitoring of CO2
ID ---
4) Sampling tubes 50 nos & water trap Nos. to be provided with each unit if side stream is
quoted. Two reusable adapters with main stream EtCO2,
d) With laser printer- Black & White, USB Connectivity, Resolution 1200x1200 dpi,
0 Should have capacity to store all acquired data for minimum 24 hours.
h) Should have true online UPS back up for 1 hr.
j) Should be able to display at least 4 waveforms.
A.
1- ci C• )-" 5
max.±15% and frequency variation maximum ±3 %.
C.
policy attached.
E.

F
G.
bidder.")
---
H. The bidder has to submit users list with address & contact telephone number/s.
.."VV Prospective tenderers should have a full-fledged and well-established service centre in
Ir-
I.
Ot A
IVICPICIfre
-cc -wrif epiikiabiL


d) Should be able to display at least four Waveforms.
B) Parameters: Each Set consists of 10 monitors and one Centralized Monitor. should
4) Temperatures.
1.
1) E.C.G.
shall be provided.
shall be provided.
Tkct Lt. 9
uv,
4) Display of pulse strength, Plethysmography & Sp02 yalues.
51 froimme, (14 et," Eci LAI V CIO --a-tohn610-enit
5) Reusable Sp02 Probe for AdultA— 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor with
minimum 3m probe length (with/withow extensionsable) shall be provided. k vc_„;
tiCA.M. Near er mutt,- .ffectA oto-r4
6) Reusable Sp02 Prdbe for Pediatricl— 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor with
4) Temperature:
--D
7LEnd Tidal CO2 (Side stream or main stream):
10
4) Sampling tubes 50 nos & water trapto
: Nos.
os.
be provided with each unit if side stream is
quoted. Two reusable adapters with main stream EtCO2.
d) With laser printer- Black & White, USB Connectivity, Resolution 120081200 dpi,
0 Should have capacity to store all acquired data for minimum 24 hours.
h) Should have true online UPS back up for 1 hr.
j) Should be able to display at least 4 waveform.
A.
L kit D
ro I • ..D.-05
max.±I5% and frequency variation maximum ±3 %.
C
policy attached.
E.
F
G.
bidder.")
Prospective tenderers should have a full-fledged and well-established service centre in
I.
-tkodthir- P
3. t bavt~
Specifications for Multipara Monitor without EtCo2
Specifications for Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Multipara Monitor without
EtCO2

B) Should have Following Parameters:-
I) ECG + Respiration
4) Temperatures.
1) E.C.G.
1.
3) Accuracy: 1 2 beat per minute.
5) 3 lead ECG cable — 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor with sufficient cable length shall be
provided.
6) 5 lead ECG cable — 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor with sufficient cable length shall be
provided.
S. c. del t
DI' .c1N)'1\--rit 'self
)9 )gl k l
golg !ERR 443,62_

4) Display of pulse strength, Plethysmography & Sp02 values.
5) Reusable Sp02 Probe for Adult of Masimo/Nellcor/Equivalent Technology — 2 Nos. should be
provided with each monitor with minimum 3m probe length (with/without extension cable) shall be
provided.
6) Reusable Sp02 Probe for Pediatric of Masimo/Nellcor/Equivalent Technology — 2 Nos. should be
provided with each monitor with minimum 3m probe length (with/without extension cable) shall be
provided.
7) Reusable Sp02 Flex Probe or Y probe for Neonatal — 2 Nos. should be provided with each monitor
with minimum 3m probe length (with/without extension cable) shall be provided.
3) Non-invasive Blood i ressure (N.I.B.P.):
4) Temperature:
1) Simultaneous monitoring of two charnels.
6) Rectal probe for Temperature —1 No. Should be provided with each monitor.
5) Should Provide Laser Printer Black & white and True online UPS back up for lhr.
All the above equipments shall be new and manufactured from virgin materials. All the requirements of
this supply shall be necessary sourced from the original equipment manufacturer of the model
A.
quoted except UPS, Printer etc which shall not be necessary sourced from the original equipment
manufacturer of the model quoted but should be compatible with the quoted model. In case the
S.1,La1e
Pc—Cev);H\
Wig H
machine is imported one, no import substitution is permitted neither before the award nor after the award
for any part or accessory. "Third party inspection certificate should be applied from the port of origin of
shipping of equipment (from the parent companies country of origin).
Equipment shall operate on 230 V, single phase, 50 Hz electric supply. The necessary protective relaying
B. / circuitry shall be there with the machines. The mains supply voltage variation may be max ±I5% and
frequency variation maximum ±3 %.
The equipments shall have CE mark with valid CE certificate from (European Conformity) EC
c. notified bodies issued from European address and valid US FDA approval and documentary
evidence to that effect shall be uploaded as per CE/USFDA policy attached.
The equipments shall be having warranty of three years. The warranty and CMC shall cover the list of
the spare parts and the rate of which valid for total 8 years (warranty 3 years and CMC 5 years)
D irrespective of whether those are treated as consumables or otherwise. The manufacturer shall supply of
spares, consumables for at least two years after the contract period of eight years is over.
The equipments should be provided with one hard copy in original of the detailed service manual and
E.
operation manual. Further, a soft copy is also required.
F
Among the other things, the responsiveness of the bid will be based on successful demonstration of the
G. offered model of the equipments to DHS officials as mentioned elsewhere in the tender specifications. (If
required "Live Demonstration shall be arranged by lowest bidder.")
Prospective tenderers should have a full-fledged and well-established service centre in Maharashtra with
I.
engineers qualified in servicing the Monitors.
S. S. z
cji _tR ID 4- Syn; Lry,
vA\
1 1 2 (ti
011?°
Ckoll-fe
Si"). PDIA ET peti DJCk<
Specifications for Multipara Monitor with EtCo2
Specifications for Supply, Installation, Testing and Commissioning of Multipara Monitor

with EtCO2

B) Should have Following Parameters:-
4) Temperatures.
1) E.C.G.
1. 1)Numeric display of Heart Rate
shall be provided.
shall be provided.
s Lc)
GU CAI/
\ ct 19 12 1 t 1 VI/ CIO-re
Sr• gv7 eeh hfris
4) Display of pulse strength, Plethysmography & Sp02 values.
5) Reusable Sp02 Probe for Adult of Masimo/Nellcor/Equivalent Technology — 2 Nos. should
be provided with each monitor with minimum 3m probe length (with/without extension cable)
shall be provided.
6) Reusable Sp02 Probe for Pediatric of Masimo/Nellcor/Equivalent Technology — 2 Nos.
should be provided with each monitor with minimum 3m probe length (with/without extension
cable) shall be provided.
4) Temperature:
/Th
•c' • s LA-1 2
GI)
4) Sampling tubes 50 nos & water trap 10 Nos. to be provided with each unit if side stream is
quoted. Two reusable adapters with main stream EtCO2,
6) Should Provide Laser Printer Black & white and True online UPS back up for lhr.
A.
td e,
11101
Kq-m
sr. Ismc. Rol -140641 fic
H relaying / circuitry shall be there with the machines. The mains supply voltage variation may be
max.±15% and frequency variation maximum ±3 %.
C.
policy attached.
manufacturer shall supply of spares, consumables for at least two years after the contract period I
E. manual and operation manual. Further, a soft copy is also required.
F
G. in the tender specifications. (If required "Live Demonstration shall be arranged by lowest
bidder.") 1
Prospective tenderers should have a full-fledged and well-established service centre in
I.
Maharashtra with engineers qualified in servicing the Monitors.
'IC 14d-re_
- AA fp fi
Specifications of Flexible Fiberoptic bronchoscope
1. Optical system : Field view = 90°— 120°

Depth of view = 2 — 100 mms.
2. Distal end : Outer diameter = 3.5 — 5 mm ( Adult & Paediatric )
3. Bending section range of tip bending 130°— 180° (up direction)
125°— 150° (down direction).
4. Insertion tube : Outer diameter = 3.5 — 5 mm
5. Working length = 60 — 70 cm
6. Total length = 70 — 100 cm
7. Instrument & aspiration channel : inner diameter = 1.2 — 2.4 mm
8. Separate suction & Injection port.
9. Instrument case should be supplied (One).
10. Flexible cleaning brush for suction channel (One).
II. Leakage tester (One).
12. Two Fiberoptic LED light source with attachment or connector for Halogen / Zenon light
source if required.
13. 1/3 CCD to be quoted separately alongwith cost of bronchoscope.
14.Three years comprehensive warranty and 5 years AMC should be provided along with
technical support and required spares and consumables for 8 years after warranty period is
over.
15. It should have International Safety Standards and requirement, CE or US FDA approved.
16. Users' list with addresses & contact nos. to be provided with Past Performance Certificate.
17. Operating and detailed service manual should be supplied.
18. Demonstration compulsory within 15 days of intimation.
19. Training to MEC Engineers.
20. Accessories should be indicated as standard or optional quoted separately.
21. Power Supply : 230 V, ± 15%, 50Hz ± 3%.
22. Topicalization : Operating temperature - upto 40° C;
Storage temperature - upto 60° C;
Relative humidity - upto 90% non-condensing.
%.1c61420
Off C kokre
EAIEMil
•
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Syringe Pump "
GMDN name Syringe pump
GMDN code CT111
Designed to precisely drive the plunger of a syringe down its barrel to
1 Clinical purpose infuse a solution when it must be administered with a high degree of
volume accuracy and rate consistency
Used by clinical Intensive care unit (ICU), radiology department, orthopedics,
2
department/ward emergencies, ...).
3 Technical characteristics 1) A device designed to precisely drive the plunger of a syringe
(specific to this type of device) down its barrel to infuse a solution when it must be administered
with a high degree of volume accuracy and rate consistency.
Because of the lower flow settings and flow resolution, it is
especially appropriate for neonatal, infant, and critical care
applications in which small volumes of concentrated drugs are to
be delivered over an extended period. It can also be used to
administer epidural analgesia.
2) Flow rate programmable range at least from 0.1 to 200 ml/hr, in
steps of 0.1 ml/hr; and at least from 100 to 1200 ml/hr in steps of
1 ml/hr. Saves last infusion rate even when the AC power is
switched off. Bolus rate should be programmable, with infused
volume display. Selectable occlusion pressure trigger levels
selectable from 300, 500 and 900 mmHg. Must work on
commonly available 20, 50 and 60 ml syringes Accuracy of ±2%
or better. Maximum pressure generated < 20 psi. Automatic
detection of syringe size and proper fixing. Must provide alarm for
wrong loading of syringe. Anti-bolus system to reduce pressure
on sudden release of occlusion. Pause infusion facility required.
Self-check carried out on powering on. Comprehensive alarm
package required including: occlusion alarm, near end
of infusion pre-alarm and alarm, volume limit pre-alarm and alarm,
low battery pre-alarm and alarm, AC power failure, drive
disengaged, syringe loading error, maintenance required.
Setting Double loadable with one syringe of minimum 20m1.
4
User's interface Automatic.
Software and/or Standard of
5 .Communication Inbuilt.
(Where ever required)
6 Dimensions (metric) Max spec: 120 x 100 x 40mm. •
7 Weight (lbs, kg) <449g-en < I kci ,
(Dr. Ketan Chavhan)

(Mr. Mahts M'agre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) PEDIATRICIAN (Dr. Bharati r agre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Medical Oficer PEDIATRICIAN
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Sub Dist Hospital, Medical Officer-1
Auranga bad Hospital Nashik Vaijapur, Dist District Hospital
Aurangabad Aurangabad
Dr. S. B. Bavdekar
Professor and Head
Dr. Sushma Malik
Department of Pediatrics
Professor, Incharge Neonatology
TN Medical College and
BYL Nair Hospital
BYL Nair Hospital, Mumbal-8.
•
•
2
GMDN code CT111
Tamper-resistant case made of impact resistant material.
8 Configuration
Securely mountable on tabletop, IV stand or bed fitting.
9 Noise (in dBA)

< 50 dB.
10 Heat dissipation
11 Mobility, portability Yes
12 Power Requirements 220 to 240V, 50 Hz.
Internal rechargeable battery having at least 5 hours backup for
13 Battery operated 10m1/hr flow
rate with 50m1 syringe.
Tolerance Voltage corrector/stabilizer to allow operation at ± 30% of local rated
14
(to variations, shutdowns) voltage
Battery powered alarm for power failure or disconnection; Electrical
15 Protection protection
provided by fuses in both live and neutral supply lines;
16 Power consumption 25W
Accessories (mandatory,
standard, optional);
17 Spare parts (main ones); Clamp for mounting pump on IV stand,
Consumables / reagents Battery, syringe holder
Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to

Atmosphere /Ambiance (air 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of operating
18 continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative
conditioning, humidity, dust ...)
humidity of 15 to 90%. Enclosure to protect against water ingress;
Possible to perform cleaning with alcohol or chlorine wipes.
User's care, Cleaning,
19 Not Applicable
Disinfection & Sterility issues
Certificates (pre-market,
sanitary, ..); Performance and FDA / CE ; IEC-60601-1-2:2007; IEC 60601-1-8-2006; IEC 60601-1-
20 safety standards (specific to SER-Ed 1.0-2011; IEC/TRF 60601-1-8 Ed4.0-2010; IEC-60601-2-24:
the device type);Local and/or Particular requirements for the safety of infusion pumps and
international controllers; ISO 13485.
I _
0
(Dr. Ketan Chavhan)
(Mr. Marth Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) PEDIATRICIAN (Dr. Bhara i Nagre)
Au rangabad Hospital Nashik District Hospital
Vaijapur, Dist
irterrQz2.--r
Dr. S. B. Bavdekar
Professor and Head
BYL Nair Hospital
I
•
3
GMDN code CT111
21 Local and/or international Not Applicable
Pre-installation requirements:
22 nature, values, quality, Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before
handover,
tolerance
23 Requirements for sign-off Certificate of Calibration and inspection from the factory.
Training of staff (medical, Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be
24
paramedical, technicians) provided
25 Warranty 3 years
26 Maintenance tasks Advanced maintenance and calibration tasks required shall be
documented.
Service contact No,
27 Manufacturer, Sole Distributors, Local dealer.
including detail Address
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented. User,

Operating manuals, service technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English,
28
manuals, other manuals Marathi language. List to be provided of equipment and procedures
required for local calibration and routine maintenance.
Other accompanying List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their
29 part numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be
documents
provided.
Service Support Contact
details (Hierarchy Wise; Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to
30
including a toll free/landline be provided.
number)
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their
31 Recommendations or warnings part numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be
provided.
Technical Specification Committee established, as per
Specification Done by : Govt of Maharashtra, Public Health Department
G.R. Dated 11 March 2016
End user Specialist Meeting Date: 07/09/2017
Panel Specialist Meeting Date : /09/2017
(Dr. Ketan Chavhan)

(Mr. Mar ish M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) PEDIATRICIAN (Dr. Bharati NYagre)
H.E.M.R.O/o DDFIS Regional Referral Sub Dist Hospital, Medical Officer-1
Auranga bad Hospital Nashik Vaijapur, Dist District Hospital
Lit
Dr. Su uima Malik Dr. S. B. Bavdekar
Professor, lncharge Neonatology Pr ofessor and Head
Department of Pediatrics Department of Pediatrics
TN Medical College and TN Medical College and
BYL Nair Hospital, Mumbai-8. HYL Nair Hospital
60v.
SPECIFICATIONS OF SYRINGE INFUSION PUMP
1. User friendly and safe.
2. Control should be by microprocessor.
3. Should work on rechargeable batteries if the power supply fails, battery life at least 6 hrs.
4. Should be supplied with plug fitting local AC power socket.
5. Visual display in English of actual state of infusion such as times, rate and volume.
6. Syringe list :- Should be able to use 5, 10, 20, 30, 50 & 60 cc locally available syringes of all
common manufacturers. Automatic syringe recognition.
7. It should give continuous non pulsatile fluid delivery accurately.
8. Infusion modes in ml / hr and V / T.
9. Infusion rate : from 0.1 ml/hr to 150-200 ml/hr. (0.1 ml/hr increment). Programmable upto 1200
•
ml/hr. Bolus rate : from 50 ml/hr to 1200 ml/hr. (50 ml/hr increment).
10. Anti bolus system : Reduces significantly bolus after occlusion release. (0.2 ml max. at 500 mm
Hg.).
11. Pause : 1 minute to 24 hours (increments from minute to minute).
12. Should have audio/visual occlusion alarm and near empty alarm, excess or less flow alarm and
air bubble alarm, separate silence alarm key.
13. DSP — Dynamic pressure system — line disconnection alarm, indication of pressure increase and
decrease in Infusion line, decrease pressure alarm.
14. Should have a mode like purge mode to flush the connections tubing of air.
15. Should be compact light weight and possible to mount on a pole or saline stand.
16. Water proofness.
17. Should be protected against fluid spills.
18. Price should include supply and installation.
19. Push guard manual — Pusher protection to prevent from accidental bolus.
20. Drug library of 50 agents with dilution ; hard & soft limits.
21. Three years comprehensive warranty to be followed by 5 years AMC. Technical support,
required spares and consumables should be assured for two years after initial 3 + 5 period is
over.
, G\-46 Hoe R a rt
o3,a 6 a-ot '5)
s,,_L Y r,LT/
t c-1 4.4-43
Ti>
22. It should be European CE Certified (Notified body) along with declaration of conformity or US
FDA approved.
23. Demonstration of quoted model is compulsory.
24. Power supply : 230 V ± 15%, 50 Hz ± 3%.
25. Service Training to MEC Engg. and Operational training to user department.
26. Operating and detail service manual should be provided.
27. Tropicalization : Operating Temperature : 40°C.

Storage Temperature : 60°C
Relative Humidity : Upto 90% non condensing.
•
776, A //Oa t(
(2 kr i\lfrti t
PA ell IglY1 912t4 VAohr.e

ird da ,i-otkok ,
AS,m C 1 icC
e3 a 6,>4\9
36
NAA_C_ qj "(IACM,
Jcsf-°v26,,c),Ari-
2
Nerve stimulator, mapper, locator
It is to be used for
Neuromusular Monitoring
Transcutaneous Mapping of the Peripheral Nerves
Nerve Location
It should be Portable
It should be Microprocessor Controlled constant current
It should be Reliable & Accurate
It should have following modes:
Nerve Mapper Mode (For Transcutaneous Tracing):
It should help in identifying the entry point thereby reducing patient discomfort. It should be also
useful in defining anatomical landmarks, especially in growing children, obese patients and in
case of patients with distorted anatomy.
It should provide pulse width of 50-300us.
It should have current range of 1-50mA. And frequency range of 0.5 to 99Hz.
Nerve Locator Mode (Motor):
It is to be used for reliable location of nerves using very low current, thereby increasing the
success rate of regional Anesthesia and reducing risk of nerve damage as compared to
paresthesia technique, also useful in Identifying/Locating Motor and Mixed Nerve
Identifying Nerve during Neuro, Ortho, ENT, Pacdiatric and Plastic Surgey. (eg. Facial Nerve).
Pain Clinic.
It should have current range of 0.1-10mA. And frequency range of 0.5 to 10Hz.
Nerve Locator Mode (Sensory):
It should be useful for identifying sensory nerves like glossopharyngeal and other nerves in pain
management.
It should have current range of 0.1-10mA. And frequency range of 0.5 to 99Hz.
Nerve Stimulator Mode:-
It should be used for assured relaxation as well as reversal during general. anesthesia.
It should have audible alert prior to actual pulse delivery.
It should be user programmable for continuous monitoring of TOF & TW from 1 to 30mins.
It should have built in calculation of supramaximal current.
It should have twitch on demand / repeat at 1 sec and at l Osec.
It should have train of 4 on demand / repeat at 10 sec tetanus (50Hz).
It should have double burst stimulation (3:3).
It should have post titanic count.
Accessories:
1. Transcutaneous Mapping Probe with Cable.
2. Interface Cable Pairs for Locator and Stimulator.
3. Mains Adaptor.
4. Rechargeable Battery.
It should have Alphanumeric LCD/TFT/LED display with back light.

It should be Small, Light-weight and user friendly.
v1/401,_
ct , nA Co' \
\>v,4 rLon
;
fr
It should be spill proof keypad for easer operation.
It should have audiovisual indication for pulse delivery and error.
It should have Automatic switch over from mains power adaptor to rechargeable battery with
low battery warning indicator.
It should have Automatic shutdown for power saving.
It should have Audio and back light on-off option.
It should have Separate output for Nerve Stimulator - Mapper and Locator for safety.
It shoud have Feather-touch keypad for easy operation, simple setting and extended reliability.
It should have Variable current range as per the selected mode (impedane:0 to 5 kohm).
It should have User programmable pulse width and frequency and default settings also.
5>
1
ti3
. 0 4
tvta Lc_
k/N1-",
~ ,aJ
cr 6 3
kalie
Sr. eiviE, flo-t Nichic
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Oxygen Flow meter with Humidifier Bottle "
GMDN name Flow meter and associated device
GMDN code CT 623
1 Flow meter unit is used for regulation and accurate

Clinical purpose
measuring of flow of gasses
Used by clinical
2 All Wards
department/ward
3 Technical characteristics Flow meter: chromium plated brass body, metering tube and
(specific to this type of device) cover made of polycarbonate body, flow adjustment by
needle valve equipped with inlet filter -100 urn, flow rate 0-15
liters per minute, flush flow 60 liters per minute, flow read by
the center of the ball, inlet pressure 60psi; Humidifier bottle:
lid made of ABS plastic, Jar made of unbreakable
Polycarbonate, valve pressure brass chromium plated, it
should be steam autoclaved/gas sterilized
User's interface / Manual

4 To manage flow of oxygen through the knob from 0 to 15
Setting
LPM
5 Dimensions (metric) For 200 ml
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) As per standard
standard, optional); Stainless steel or brass chromium needle valve and outlet
8 Spare parts (main ones); flow control valve. Crack resistant, non-toxic transparent tube
Consumables / reagents (open, of 1.5 MT. length
closed systerA
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air
9 Not Applicable
10 User's care, Cleaning, Disinfection Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using
& Sterility issues both alcohol and Chlorine Agents.
Certificates (pre-market, sanitary,
11 "); Performance and safety
standards (specific to the device Complies with NFPA standard CE
type);Local and/or international
12 Availability of oxygen outlet points
nature, values, quality, tolerance
4.11
(Mr. Manish Mare) (Dr. Narayan Dhunfal) (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Anesthesiologist Anesthesiologist
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Officer Medical Officer-1
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Dist Hospital, Women Hospital
Aurangabad Jalna
iN GUJJAR
D.A.(80hi
l!EAD
0F.PACcH. '•:11-1E910LOGY
. . EGFR
i. HOS!ITAL,
rT:41.1.y1eN1.
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Oxygen Flow meter with Humidifier Bottle "
GMDN name Flow meter and associated device
GMDN code CT 623
Training of staff (medical, Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall
14
paramedical, technicians) be provided
15 Warranty One year
16 Maintenance tasks Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using

both alcohol and chlorine agent.
Service contact No,
Specification Done by Govt of Maharashtra, Public Health Department
End user Specialist Meeting Date : 07/09/2017
c
(Dr. Naray huma.1) (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
(Mr. Manish Magee) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Anesthesiologist Anesthesiologist
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Dist Hospital, Women Hospital
Aurangabad Jalna
et N GUJJAR
DA,(BOWI)
,an Ca. Vn,, P1TAI.,

!
‘. 1 • 470076.
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "LARYNGOSCOPE - Adult "
GMDN name Laryngoscopes
GMDN code CT1723
1 Clinical purpose For viewing vocal folds and glottis. Surgical and mechanical
ventilation/ intubation
2 Used by clinical
0.T / ICU / NICU/ Casualty.
department/ward
3 Technical characteristics 1) A non-sterile, portable, battery-powered device intended
(specific to this type of device) to provide the light source for a laryngoscope (i.e.rigid
intubation type) when fitted into the laryngoscope handle.
It typically consists of a removable cylindrical cell that
produces light which is emitted from the laryngoscope
handle via a fibreoptic laryngoscope blade for airway
illumination. The device may be kinetically or electrically
recharged. This is a reusable device.
2) A light source on or via the blade illuminates the larynx
to allow viewing and tube passage. The unit is handheld
with internal batteries and has interchangeable, rigid,
straight blades of different Adult sizes.
3) Fiber optic Laryngoscope- preferably should be reusable
using the latest LED technology. The main body of the
handle should incorporate an excellent grip & should feel
even wearing a gloves. There should be a freely moving
light intensifier of light from the light source through to the
tip of the fiber optic blade to prevent any possibility of
cross contamination. The unit should allow the blade to
be inserted easily & should provide a positive locking
mechanism when moved in to the closed position.
4 User's interface Manual
5 Communication Not Applicable
6 Dimensions (metric) Not Applicable
7 Weight (Ibs, kg) Light weight (up to 500 gms)
Handheld unit, single piece when in use; On/off switch to be
8 Configuration robust and easy to use; External material to be non-ferrous;
Blades to be surgical grade stainless steel; Supplied in
protective, re-closable container.
9 Noise (in dBA) Not Applicable
10 Heat dissipation Not Applicable
(Mr. Manish re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Rajelidra Patil) (Dr. Narayan humal) (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
Bio Medical Bio Medical Physician Anesthesiologist Anesthesiologist
Engineer Engineer Medical Sudt Medical Officer Medical Officer-1
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Women Hospital Dist Hospital, Women Hospital
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Jalna Aurangabad Jalna
m.
Ks: sY'
N iN GU.JJAR
0.4.(ROM)
ss,
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "LARYNGOSCOPE — Adult "
GMDN code CT1723
11 Mobility, portability Yes, storage box should be provided
12 Power Requirements Independent of external source.
Internal batteries, rechargeable preferred Battery charger (if

13 Battery operated rechargeable), Battery compartment (if reusable) to be
sealed against liquid ingress, yet easily opened.
Tolerance
4 Not Applicable
15 Protection TO be declared by the supplier
16 Power consumption 3V lithium battery; 2 Nos.
Accessories (mandatory, 1. Rechargeable Batteries-02 sets, appropriate charger,
standard, optional); blades of Adult sizes (1 & 2 Qty -02 No Each Size)
17 Spare parts (main ones);
2. Spare Handle
(open, closed system) 3. 3 bulbs / 3LED should be given as spare
Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature

Atmosphere /Ambiance (air of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% Capable
8 of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40
deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Liquid splash
resistant. Blades should be autoclavable.
19 Should be autoclavable.
Certificates (pre-market, FDA/CE; ISO 7376:2009 gives general requirements for

sanitary, ..); Performance and laryngoscopes used for intubation, and specifies critical
20 safety standards (specific to dimensions for the handle and lamp of hook-on type
the device type);Local and/or laryngoscopes. It also addresses the interchangeability of
international blades and handles.
21 Local and/or international Manufacturer / supplier should have ISO certificate for quality
standard.
22 nature, values, quality, Not Applicable
tolerance
4 Training of staff (medical,

paramedical, technicians) Not Applicable
aCC-ito_
(Mr. Manish Madre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Rajen ra Patil) (Dr. Narayhum'al) (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
st;76.KIN GUJJAR
Mit) n sir 1-11
17
3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "LARYNGOSCOPE - Adult "
GMDN code CT1723
25 Warranty 3 years ; LED up to 6 months
26 Maintenance tasks Autoclave
Service contact No,
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented.
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in
Operating manuals, service
28 English, Marathi language, along with machine diagrams.
manuals, other manuals
List to be provided for procedures required for routine
maintenance.
Other accompanying
29 Not Applicable
documents
details (Hierarchy Wise;
30 Not Applicable
including a toll free/landline
number)
31 Recommendations or warnings Any recommendations for best use and supplementary

warning for safety should be declared.
(Mr. Manish Mag e) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Rajen i ra Patil) (Dr. Narayan Dhumal) (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "LARYNGOSCOPE - Pediatric"
ONION name Laryngoscopes
GMDN code CT1723
For viewing vocal folds and glottis. Surgical and mechanical
1 Clinical purpose
Used by clinical
2 0.T I ICU / NICU/ Casualty.
department/ward
(specific to this type of device) to provide the light source for a laryngoscope (i.e. rigid
to allow viewing and tube passage. The unit is handheld
straight blades of different Pediatric sizes ( Size 1 & 2)
7 Weight (Ibs, kg) Light weight (upto 500 gms)
robust and easy to use; External material to be non-ferrous;
8 Configuration
(Mr. Man Madre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Bharat' gre) (Dr. Narayan umal) (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
Bio Medical Bio Medical Pediatrician Anesthesiologist Anesthesiologist
Engineer Engineer Medical Officer -1 Medical Officer Medical Officer-1
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Dist Hospital, Dist Hospital, Women Hospital
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Aurangabad Aurangabad Jalna
.?"
'INAPQN GUJJAR
M.D., DA.(BOM)
HEAD
r, HOSPITAL.,
Off&
2
GMDN code CT1723
Tolerance
14 Not Applicable
16 Power consumption 3V lithium battery; 2Nos.
standard, optional); blades of Pediatric sizes (1 & 2 Qty -02 No Each Size)
2. Spare Handle

of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% Capable
19 Should be autoclavable..
standard.
tolerance
Training of staff (medical,
24 Not Applicable
paramedical, technicians)
(Mr. ManisfirAabre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. [Thar gre) (Dr. Narajaithumal) (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
. 741i
D PINAKIN GUJJAR
t.I.A.(bOttl
VIZ° &
AWALS1r 11,0:)7..00Y
cOR.FGT:.
co 005,
3
GMDN code CT1723
Service contact No,
28 English, Marathi language, along with machine diagrams.
List to be provided for procedures required for routine
maintenance.
Other accompanying
29 Not Applicable
documents
30 Not Applicable
number)
Any recommendations for best use and supplementary
31 Recommendations or warnings
(Mr. Mnish M gre)

Bio Medical
(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical
(Dr. Bharat.' N gre)
Pediatrician
(Dr. NarapThrflumaf)
(Ai
(Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
Anesthesiologist Anesthesiologist
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "LARYNGOSCOPE - NEONATAL"
GMDN code CT1723
For viewing vocal folds and glottis. Surgical and mechanical
1 Clinical purpose
Used by clinical
2 0.T / ICU / NICU/ Casualty.
department/ward
(specific to this type of device) to provide the light source for a laryngoscope (i.e.rigid
to allow viewing and tube passage, The unit is handheld
straight blades of different neonatal sizes (00 & 0)
7 Weight (Ibs, kg) Light weight (up to 500 gms)
8 Configuration robust and easy to use; External material to be non-ferrous;
(Mr. Ma a re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Bharat' N gre) (Dr. Narayan Dhumaf) (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
Engineer Engineer Medical Officer -1 Medical Officer Medical Officer-I
IAKIN GUJJAR
lost, D.A.P0M)
t:tsrm & HEAD .
Mt7;10',G,',1‘. /".,(A.1EGE
TC r 1. )i()SittrAi.,
..• 038,
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "LARYNGOSCOPE - NEONATAL"
GMDN code CT1723
Tolerance
14 Not Applicable
16 Power consumption 3V lithium battery; 2 Nos.
standard, optional); blades of neonatal sizes (00 & 0 Qty -02 No Each Size)
2. Spare Handle

of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% Capable
conditioning, humidity, dust .)
19 Should be autoclavable.
standard.
tolerance
paramedical, technicians) Not Applicable
Service contact No,
(Mr. Maniere) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Bharat' Nage) (Dr. Narayan Dhumal) (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
DR. PINAKIN GUJJAR

M.P., V.A.i7,0m)
PROFESZOP.:',
.7)17.,PAIZTIZZItT OF ANICTIY11;c, LOGY
N. z.finitr.;PICOLIFic.Ai.
'•;Q:c0 10.
3
TIONS "LARYNGOSCOPE - NEONATAL"
- -- -- -
GMDN code CT1723
Operating manuals, service English, Marathi language, along with machine diagrams.
28
manuals, other manuals List to be provided for procedures required for routine
maintenance.
Other accompanying Not Applicable
29
documents
details (Hierarchy Wise; Not Applicable
30
number)
Any recommendations for best use and supplementary
End user Specialist Meeting Date 07/09/2017
on_
vr-
(Mr. Mantsfi Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Bharati Nagre) (Dr. Narayan Dhumal) (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
MAKIN GU flAR
M.D., D.A.(90M)
& HEAD
L
rjt, HOSTIIA
(MIL
Surgery
1 Autoclave High Pressure Horizontal
2 Autoclave HP (Horizontal) 2 Drum
3 Autoclave HP (Horizontal) 4 Drum
4 ETO Sterilizer
5 Hospital Bed with Backrest with Foam Mattress & Pillow
6 Bedside Lockers
7 Cautery Machine (Surgical Diathermy)
8 Dressing Trolley
9 Foot Suction Machine
10 Suction Pump Portable (Electric)
11 Fowler Bed with Mattress
12 Instrument Trolley
13 Linen Trolley
14 Operation Table (Ordinary)
15 Operation Table (Hydraulic)
16 Operation Table (Electro Hydraulic)
17 Patient Stool / Attendant Stool
18 Double Dome Shadow less Ceiling Mounted O.T.Light
19 Shadow less O.T.Light (Mobile)
20 Stretcher on Trolley
21 Wheel Chair
22 Examination Table with foot steps
23 Examination Lamp
24 Xenon Light Source with Cord
25 Crash Cart
26 Catheter Tray
27 Dressing Drum - Big
28 Dressing Drum - Large
29 Dressing Drum - Medium
30 Dressing Drum - Small
31 Hand wash Basin with stand
32 Jumbo Oxygen Cylinder
33 Jumbo Nitrous Cylinder
34 Kidney Tray
35 Bedside Screen
36 Pedestal Fan
37 Medicine Cabinet Display Type
7
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Autoclave Horizontal"

GMDN name Autoclave High Pressure Horizontal
An airtight vessel for heating and sometimes agitating its
1 Clinical purpose contents under high steam pressure; used for sterilizing, with
moist or dry heat at high temperatures.
2 Used by clinical department/ward CSSD & All wards

3 Technical characteristics (specific to this type of device)
1) High Grade strong stainless steel, Triple walled construction.
2) Positive radial self-locking safety doors.
3) Hydrostatically tested to withstand 2.5 times the working pressure.
4) Sealed with Neoprene/Silicon long-lasting and durable gasket.
5) Digital display for Jacket and Chamber pressure and temperature.
6) Outer jacket insulated to prevent heat loss with a high grade insulation material
7) Mounted on 304 stainless steel frame with ground leveling flanges.
8) Temperature and pressure cut-off device.
9) Auto cut-off at low water level
10) Rust-proof 304 grade stainless steel.
11) Cylindrical construction for four (12"x15") drums
12) Equipment should have separate steam release valve and drainage system.
13) Minimum of two safety valves with auto-release at 16 and 20.
14) Operating temperature 121° C to 134° C
15) Operating pressure 1.2 to 2.1 Kg / cm2 , 10-20 psi
5 Dimensions (metric) 20" x 48" Chamber Size150Ltr to 250Ltr
6 Heat dissipation Heat Dissipation: Should maintain nominal Temp and the heat
should be disbursed through a cooling mechanism
7 Mobility, portability Portable
8 Power Requirements Recharging unit: Input voltage - 440V AC, 50Hz ,3 - Phase
9 Protection Should have over-charging cut-off with visual symbol.
10 Power consumption Up to 18kW
11 Accessories (mandatory) Spare parts
1) Automatic Pressure Control Switch - 2 No.
2) Automatic Water Cut-off Device - 2 No.
3) Micro Processor PID Controller with Timer & Auto Stop Facility
4) Digital Pressure Indicator- 2 No
5) Perforate basket(rust-free stainless steel)
6) Cord-plug- 4 No.
7) Biological and chemical indicators-1 set
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Dr. D Motipava le) (Dr.Govardha

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer RGEON SURGEON
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Supdt Civil Surgeon
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Rural Hospital Bhokardan, District Hospital
Dist Jalna Aurangabad
nein
DE ARTMENT GENERAL SURGERY
1
DR. R. N. COOP HOSPITAL & PROFESSOR
ASSOCiPATE 6)r.
H. B. T MEDICAL COLLEGE Department of General Surgery
MUMBAI-400 056. Seth. G S. Mecticel Cofey :A
K.E.m. He$ottal, Pare!,
Mumbat - 4b0 012.
2
1) Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in
ambient temperature of 10 to 50° C and relative humidity of
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 15 to 90% in ideal circumstances.
12
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) 2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in
ambient temperature of 0 to 50° C and relative humidity of 15
to 90%.
1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come
into contact with the patient or the operator should either be
13 capable of easy disinfection or be by a single use/disposable
cover.
2) Sterilization not required.
14 Certificates
1) Should be FDA/CE/BIS approved product.
2) Manufacturer and Supplier should have ISO certification for quality standards.
3) Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical safety IEC 60601-General requirements
(or equivalent BIS Standard)
4) Shall meet internationally recognized for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) for electro medical
equipment: 61326-1.
5) Certified to be compliant with IEC 61010-1, IEC 61010-2-40 for safety.
6) Vessel pressure testing
standard.
Pre-installation requirements: 1) Required Availability of socket 15 amps should be specified

16 by Manufacturer.
2) Safety and operation check before handover.
17 Requirements for sign-off Certificate of calibration and inspection from the manufacturer
Training of staff (medical, 1) Training of users on operation and basic maintenance.
18 2) Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented
Three year on site with free servicing (min.03/year) during
19 Warranty warranty & provide technical support and required spares and
consumable for 7 yrs after warranty period.
20 Maintenance tasks 1) Maintenance manual detailing.
2) Complete maintenance schedule.
Service contract clauses, The spare price list of all spares and accessories (including
21
including prices minor) required for maintenance and repairs in future after
guarantee / warranty period should be attached;
(Mr. Manis (Dr. D-V d Motipavale) (Dr.Govardha

re) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer GEON SURGEON
Au ra ngabad Hospital Nashik Rural Hospital Bhokardan, District Hospital
&'1111"6°d'cr')
eV)
DEPARTMENT OF GENEr.Al. SURGERY ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR

DR: R. N. CO.OT'ER HOSPITAL & Department of General Surgery
E. N1FTYCAL Seth. G. S. Medical College a/4
K.E.M. Hospital, Parel,
MUMBPJ-400 056. Mumoal -4100 01;
3
Operating manuals, service manuals, other manuals
D Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy and soft-copy) of :-
1) User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English/Marathi Hindi language along
with machine diagrams;
22
2) List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance;
3) Service and operation manuals (original and copy) to be provided;
Certificate of calibration and inspection
List of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers
23 Other accompanying documents
and cost;
Service Support Contact details Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent
24 (Hierarchy Wise; including a toll to be provided Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared
free/landline number) by the manufacturer;
25 Recommendations or warnings Any warning signs would be adequately displayed
End user Specialist Meeting Date : *09/2017
4\41
(Dr. Da otipavale) (Dr.Govar . Gaikawad)
(Mr. Ma ish M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
DE.PAP.TMENT i?F.'1714),,Al. SURGERY

DR, R, N,
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
H. 2. T. EtEiDi.,:.:AL. Department of General Surgery
MUMEAi-1:10 056. Seth. G S. Medical College &
K.E.M. Hosottal, Pere,
Murroal -400012,
a
o
SPECIFICATIONS For Auto Clave HP (Horizontal) 2 drum
Sr. No. Technical Specification

1 Horizontal Cylindrical High Pressure Steam manufactured as per BIS specification No. IS: 3829
(Part- I ) — 1978, with the latost amendments and bearing [SI Mark IS: 3829 (Part-I).
2 SHAPE & DIMENSION:
CYLINDRICAL 400MM X 600MM approx.
3 MODE OF HEATING:
Electrically heated by immersion heaters of 6kW electric load wired for operation on 1phase 3-
wire, 230 volts 50Hz A.C. Supply.
4 Working Pressure:
20 lbs/Sq. Inch. 1.26 kgf/cm 2
5 Operating Pressure:
1.05+0.15Kgf cm2 Approx. (2opsi).
6 Operating Temperature:
About 121°C.
7 Hydrostatic Test:
The shell should be subject to hydrostatic test to twice the working pressure.
Material of Construction:
a) Chamber & Back Plate: SS Sheet of grade (04CrI8Ni10) 304 non-magnetic 10SWG.
b) Jacket & Boiler: SS Sheet of grade (04CrI8Ni10) 304 non-magnetic 12SWG.
c) End Ring: SS 304L non-magnetic.
d) Piping & Connections: Made of Stainless Steel having mirror finish.
e) Dished Door: Stainless Steel 304 quality 14mm thick.
DISHED DOOR: Fitted with one Dished Door SS-304 and brass Hinges, with SS radial arms to
manipulate smoothly by well-insulated handles, and shall have gunmetal Door Locking
assembly & automatic pressure locking device to provide complete safety to the operating
personnel against any explosive opening of the door under high pressure. Provision is made to
tighten the dished door while in locked position. A moulded steam and heat resisting silicone
joint less gasket shall be fitted to the door.
OPERATING VALVE: - to control the cycle of sterilization as per 151 standards.
SAFETY VALVE: As a pressure switch for controlling pressure is provided on the jacket, spring-
loaded safety valve should be provided to the jacket as a safe guard against excess pressure in
the jacket.
EJECTOR: A powerful ejector system to create partial vacuum (help in quick drying).
DRYING SYSTEM: All lows filtered air into the clamber during drying cycles.
VACCUM BREAKER:
Prevents formation of accidental vacuum in jacket due to steam condensation.
PLUG SCREEN:
Fitted in Chamber, prevents Chamber from clogging with lint and sediment.
DIAL THERMOMETER:
Indicates the working temperature in the Chamber accurately.
PRESSURE GUAGE:
Indicates the actual pressure of steam in the jacket.
COMPOUND GUAGE:
Indicates the vacuum and pressure in the chamber.
A POCKET( FOR THERMOGRAPH):
Provision to fit the bulb of temperature recorder.
STEAM (Float) TRAP AND CHECK VALVE: j
Fitted into the discharge line for automatic removal of residual air and condensate to give
optimum sterilization temperature.
BOILER (STEAM GENERATOR):
Cylindrical type and fitted to underside of jacket. It should be fitted with:
1 Immersion type heating elements (Total 6kw Load).
2 A Low Water protection Float Level Switch for heaters to cut off electricity supply to heaters
through a float switch and Contactor if the water level runs below heater level.
3 Water Level gauge glass tube top indicate the level of water in boiler which is capable of
selflocking in case of it breakage.
4 Water inlet valve with Non return Valve and drain valve etc.
5 Pressure control switche to control and keep pressure constant in the Jacket.
6 Heater mounting plate (10mm thick) and nut bolts are made of Stainless Steel 304.
7 Pressure gauge provided to the boiler for indicating pressure in the boiler.
8 In addition, equipped with magnetic air break contactor, Toggle switch & RED & GREEN
indicators.
9 It should be CE or US FDA Approved.
TRAY (STAINLESS STEEL). Provided in the Chamber of suitable size.
Whole unit should be mounted on a tubular pipe stand with leveling flanges and duly
painted with best heat resisting epoxy paint
,_Let
4166"i \gam
LettNrij
ic5L Wkr
ke el'
li toreealk
\pre-c&
a, \ rh--rìrt
Sf-nrA
V7-1-3
Cr'
C"-Cr%
SPECIFICATIONS For Auto Clave HP (Horizontal) 4 drum
SPECIFICATIONS OF HORIZONTAL CYLINDRICAL HIGH PRESSURE STEAM STERILIZER BIS MARK IS:
3829(PART 1)
Horizontal Cylindrical High Pressure Steam Sterilizer, manufactured as per BIS Specification No.
IS: 3829(Part -1) - 1978, with the latest amendments and bearing ISI Mark IS: 3829 (Part 1).
SHAPE & DIMENSION: CYLINDRICAL 500MM X 1200MM - 9kW
MODE OF HEATING: Electrically heated by immersion heaters wired for operation on 3-phase 4-
wire, 400/440 volts 50 Hz A.C. Supply.
WORKING PRESSURE: 20 Lbs / Sq.Inch. 1.26kgf/cm2.
OPERATING PRESSURE: 1.05 + 0.15 kgf/cm2 approX. (20psi).
OPERATING TEMPERATURE: about 121 degrees centigrade
EXHAUST: FAST EXHAUST within 7 minutes & SLOW EXHAUST from 7 to 30 minutes.
HYDROSTATIC TEST: The Shell is subject to hydrostatic test to twice the working pressure.
PERFORMANCE: The Sterilizer shall be capable of performing the following operations

constituting one full cycle of sterilization.
1. Generate steam and build up working pressure in the jacket, without admitting it to the
chamber.
2. Admit steam to the chamber and allow it to build up to working pressure and temperature
(maintaining pressure in the jacket) and retaining working temperature for at least 2 hours.
3. Exhausting the chamber pressure, retaining the jacket pressure; and
4. Drying of load in chamber (if required) through the circulation of dry filtered air entering
through a drying system
DISHED DOOR: Fitted with One Dished Door 55-304 and brass Hinges, with SS radial arms to
manipulate smoothly by well-insulated handles, and shall have gunmetal Door Locking
assembly & automatic pressure locking device to provide complete safety to the operating
personnel against any explosive opening of the door under high pressure. Provision is made to
tighten the dished door while in locked position. A moulded steam and heat resisting silicone
joint less gasket shall be fitted to the door.
MATERIAL OF CONSTRUCTION:
a) Chamber & Back Plate: SS sheet of grade (04Crl8Ni10) 304 non-magnetic - 10 S)SIG
pc-)ectA
b) Jacket: SS sheet of grade (04Cr18Ni10) 304 non-magnetic - 12 SWG
c) End Ring: SS 304 non-magnetic - 10mm.
d) Connections & Piping: Made of Stainless Steel having bright finish.
e) Dished Door: Stainless steel 14/16mm thick
f) Outer Cover: SS sheet 304 Quality
OPERATING VALVE: To Control the cycle of sterilization as per MI standards
SAFETY VALVE: As a pressure switch for controlling pressure is provided on jacket, spring-
loaded safety valve is provided to jacket as a safe guard against excess pressure in the jacket.
EJECTOR: A powerful ejector system to create partial vacuum, which shall help in quick drying
DRYING SYSTEM (Vacuum): Allows dry filtered hot air into the Chamber during drying cycles.
VACUUM BREAKER: Prevents formation of accidental vacuum in jacket due to steam

condensation.
PLUG SCREEN: Fitted in Chamber, prevents the Chamber from clogging with lint and sediment.
DIAL THERMOMETER: Indicates the working temperature in the Chamber accurately.
PRESSURE GUAGE: Indicates the actual pressure of steam in the jacket.
COMPOUND GUAGE: Indicates the vacuum and pressure in the Chamber.
A POCKET (FOR THERMOGRAPH): The provision to fit the bulb for the temperature recorder
STEAM TRAP AND CHECK VALVE: Fitted into the discharge line for automatic removal of
residual air and condensate to give optimum sterilization temperature.
BOILER (STEAM GENERATOR): Fitted to under side of shell. Boiler shall be fitted with:
1) Immersion type heating elements 9kW Load.
2) A Low Water protection for heaters provided to cut off electricity supply to heaters through a
vertical level device maggnetic air break contactor if the water level runs below heater level.
3) Water Level gauge glass indicates level in boiler (capable of self-locking in case breakage).
4) Water inlet with non-return valve and drain valve etc.
37 5) Pressure control device to control and keep pressure constant in the Jacket.
6) Boilerplate (10/12mm) & Nuts and Bolts shall be of STAINLESS STEEL.
4,/
7) An extra pressure gauge and safety valve is provided in the boiler.
8) In addition, equipped with Toggle Switch and indicating RED & GREEN Lamps.
TRAY (STAINLESS STEEL): Provided in the Chamber of suitable size
The whole unit shall be mounted on a tubular pipe stand duly painted with best heat resisting
paint. The unit shall be made as per I.S.I. Specification No.IS:3829 (Part 1) and bear I.S.I. Mark IS
3829 (Part 1).
c-D;: A -V eearlaa
iftP-Pr tAto-ti t:aeet_tkii
b\ftna,
g)‘
P1 TM1°V\fri:LcA elrkra
/4 :
'.MX\ CAI
'WA NICA"(C‘
;
\ijr1 rd---
Technical Specification of Ethylene Oxide Sterilizer (ETO Sterilizer)
1 Clinical purpose (E0 or EtO) gas is commonly used to sterilize objects sensitive tc
temperatures greater than 60 °C and / or radiation such as plastics,
optics and electrics. Ethylene oxide treatment is generally carried out
between 30 °C and 60 °C with relative humidity above 30% and a gas
concentration between 200 and 800 mg/I, and typically lasts for at least
three hours.
2 Used by clinical Operation Theater
department/ward
3 Technical characteristics 1. Interior made of 304 stainless steel mirror sterilization,anti-corrosion.
(specific to this type of 2. Equipped with a thermal barrier layer.
device) 3. Double protective doors, insulation, sealing and leak-proof.
4. Sterilization process automatic computer control, LCD/digital panel
display.
5. anti-leak vacuum pumping system.
6. automatic humidification system
7. automatic heating system
8. Auto exhaust system should be sound proof.
/ 9. Efficiency and prevent environmental pollution discharge residual
heating air purification system
10. Audio-visual alarm system for temperature,pressure and leakage.
11. Exhaust pipeline to be above the top floor of the building ; copper
pipeline
12. Temperature accuracy: ± 1 °C
13. Vacuum pressure: -7 --70Kpa
14. Composition of gases (90% Ethylene oxide and 10% carbon dioxide
or 100% Ethylene Oxide)
15. Operating temperature to be settable at 35 degree celsius and 55
degree celsius.
4 User's interface Software,Automatic (stages to be displayed or recordable for printing)
5 Dimensions (metric) Max: 450 mm x 450 mm x 1200 mm
6 Noise (in dBA) Noise-free system
7 Heat dissipation Heat Dissipation: Should maintain nominal Temp and the heat should be
disbursed through an cooling mechanism
Mobility, portability Portable
9 Power Requirements Recharging unit: Input voltage- 220V-240V AC, 50Hz Single-phase
10 Battery operated eitik '
12 Power consumption Can be operated on UPS
13 Accessories (mandatory, Should have a detector to be installed in sterilizer room.
standard, optional); Spare pt ei rptedf-i A Cr
parts (main ones);
51'c t4W L- PIA'S I-a P-
Consumables / reagents $$ ?Vika
' l
Greic -firtlibirk$ 0
14 Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 1) Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient
c()»-
ATI,e,‘
ou 4,4 0 try c-C?
c eftecitcsal NO "-Q. Pyrr
reerPtifir
(ypieSa' 1^-mtk Cfrb (A6,A-ockarrek
h P-914, ,A ry,y-air
v,„ w osiv-"fr
conditioning, humidity, dust temperature of 5 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 80% in
ideal circumstances.
2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in ambient
temperature of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
15 User's care, Cleaning, 1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into
Disinfection & Sterility issues contact with the patient or the operator should either be capable of
easy disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable cover.
16 Certificates (premarket, 1. Should be FDA/CE/BIS approved product.
sanitary, ..); Performance 2. Manufacturer and Supplier should have ISO 13485 certification for
and safety standards quality standards.
(specific to the device 3. Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical safety IEC
type);Local and/or 60601-General requirements(or equivalent BIS Standard)
international 4. Shall meet internationally recognised for Electromagnetic
Compatibility(EMI/EMC) for electromedical equipment: 61326-1.
5. Certified to be compliant with IEC 61010-1,IEC 61010-2-40 for safe
17 Local and/or international Manufacturer / supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality
standard.
18 Pre-installation 1) Availability of 5 amp socket;
requirements: nature, 2) Safety and operation check before handover;
values, quality, tolerance 3) To be installed in a separate room
19 Requirements for signof Certificate of calibration and inspection of parts from the manufacturer
paramedical, technicians) 2) Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
21 Warranty 3 years
22 Maintenance tasks 1) Maintenance manual detailing;
2) Complete maintenance schedule;
23 Service contract clauses, The spare price list of all spares and accessories (including minor)
including prices required for maintenance and repairs in future after guarantee /
warranty period should be attached;
24 Operating manuals, service Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy and soft-copy) of:-
manuals, other manuals 1) User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in eng14)
hindi language along with machine diagrams;
2) List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and
routine maintenance;
3) Service and operation manuals (original and copy) to be provided;
25 Other accompanying List of essential spares and accessories, with their part numbers and
documents cost;
26 Service Support Contact Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be
details (Hierarchy Wise; provided; Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the
including a toll free/ landline manufacturer;
number)
warnings 7
Technical Specification of Hospital Bed with Backrest with
Foam Matress
1 Overall Size :- 2090mm (L) X 915mm(W) X 550mm(H) Height from
Ground level to top surface of main frame only
2 Frame of the bed : a) Rectangular tube CRCA 60mm X 30mm, 185 WG
b) Three support at middle, in equal distance, it must be
CRCA square tube 25 x 25mm, 16SWG.
c) Provision for mosquito curtain pol at four corner.
d) For I.V. rod insertion, four hole should provide at each
corner of longer side frame with metal bush inserted
vertically with rubber bush at the top surface and un-
detachable cap should be provide to cover each hole.
e) To hang urine bag "J" Hook — two numbers welded at
the inner side on longer frame
1 f) "Govt. of Maharashtra Public Health Dept. & Mfg
date" must be embossed at visible sight, must be
easily readable.
3 Top of Cot: a) Two section top should be made from CRCA 18SWG
sheet, uniformly long perforation with extra extruction.
b) Backrest panel should be operated by screw
mechanism with folding SS handle, incline angle upto
80°.
4 Head Bow (H- detachable bow should be made of 32mm OD, 16SWG,
450mm) & Leg Bow S.S, wall protector provide to each side. Two number of
(H-310mm) horizontal & vertical
supports as shown in drawing. All joints should be
seamless argon welding, mat finished.
5 Legs : a) Four legs should be made of metal CRCA tube 32mm
OD, 18SWG. With horizontal support of 20mm OD,
18SWG CRCA tube.
b) Legs should be fitted with level adjustable nylon bush..
c) All nuts should be nylorri & nut, bolts of chrome plated..
6 Colour : Off white Shade, except SS all metal part should be pre-
treated & coated with epoxy powder with film thickness of
minimum 60 microns and oven baked at 180 -200° C.
7 I.V. attachment : Telescopic S.S. 19.2 & 16mm OD, suitable height ,with
6mm S.S.' round hook should be provided at top, plastic
cover at welded joint.
8 Mattress : a) Two section mattress suitable for the bed, made from
25mm thick Soft from top layer & 75mm thick firm
grade of density 70 to 79 g/dm3 Indentation hardness
9 tO 11.9 as per IS 8391 of 1989 or latest, bottom coir
/ v -..-- layer for the patient comfort and better pressure care.
-
3- a
24 mciota, k9))(7\ Ce0
A acs
ittPPr*
NI° ig CO3 '-tr
y t1,..,:•:
: \ ftj
ecbuct\ Or
yd_n_w\ r pt , yr
V3vr
3/4251 "tie
b) And must covered with the Rexene which shall be
conformed to Type A grade 1 class A of IS 8698 of
1984 or latest. Both section cover have good quality
full zip fitting.
9 Load Bearing Capacity should be 135 Kg. & 810 Kg
10 Foam 25 mm Soft
25 mm Hard
With kxene (Type A Srbover e
A.3.-
A) BASIC MATERIAL : The basic material to be used for fabrication of all items shall
be as follow
1) All stainless steel sheet & stainless steel tubes used in
manufacturing shall be of 304 52 grade confirming to IS 6911
of 1992 or latest.
2) All mild steel shall be od CRCA and as per IS 513 of 2008 or
latest.
3) All ERW tubes used in manufacturing shall be of ERW1 (Tube
designation) confirming to IS 3074 of 2005 or latest.
B) FINISH : 1) All components shall be thoroughly pre-treated chemically
to remove rust and foreign matter like grease, oil etc by dip
tank processes, including separate Degreasing, Derusting,
Phosphating each followed by water rinsing, passivating and
hot air drying to give phosphate coating confirming IS 3618
of 1966 Class 'C' or latest.
2) The treated metal surface should then be coated with epoxy
polyester powder with film thickness of minimum 60
microns and oven baked at 180-200°C .
3) Powder coating shall be of grade A & shall pass requirement
specified in Table 1 of IS 13871 of 1993. This finish should
exclude stainless steel parts and hardware if any.
C) GENERAL 1) The hospital-beds shall be properly constructed with all
REQUIREMENT: welded joints grounded, cleaned and well-formed. Unless
otherwise specified, the vertical members shall be
perpendiculars to the wheel base and parallel to each other
and the horizontal members shall be at right angles to the
vertical members.
2) The hospital Beds shall stand on all the legs at the same time
on a level surface. All the surfaces shall be smooth and free
from pitting. Welding shall fully penetrate and shall be
sound in every detail and it shall be finished flush. In the
finished stage, there shall be no exposed sharp edges in the
frame-work or other unsealed formations which may harbor
dirt or foreign matter.
3) The hospital furniture must be sturdy, vibration free and self
/11_2 bace. a-
it utak
cot Viv 4
4) Frame Stiffeners shall be used of regular interval as a
m
support to the body fpame
5) The sketch shown in the specification is only indicative for
the bidder.
6) All dimensions will be considered — Length, Width, Height in
millimeter(mm), thickness in gauge (SWG — Standard Wide
Gauge), Diameter should consider as Outer Diameter (OD).
7) Tender committee has reserved rights to change dimensions
& sketch at any stage of tender.
Food Table Over the bed
1 Overall Size :- 750mm (L) x 375mm(W) X 300mm(H) Height from Ground level
to top.
2 Top & frame : a) Top both side pre-laminated wood base particle board
18mm thickness, mounted on frame structure
b) Frame — ERW tubular 25mm x 25mm, 18SWG
c) All legs must provide neoprene rubber shoes.
d) "Govt. of Maharashtra Public Health Dept & Mfg date" must
be embossed at visible sight, must easily readable..
3 Finish & Material : a) Top section should besmooth edges and burr free and
corners should be round off so that there should be no sharp
corners.
b) All components shall be thoroughly pre-treated chemically
to remove rust and foreign matter like grease, oil etc by dip
tank processes, including separate Degreasing, Derusting,
hot air drying to give phosphate coating confirming IS 3618
of 1966 Class 'C' or latest.
c) The treated metal surface should then be coated with epoxy
polyester powder with film thickness of minimum 60
microns and oven baked at 180 -200° C .
d) Powder coating shall be of grade A & shall pass requirement
4 General Requirements: a) All dimensions will be considered — Length, Width, Height in
b) The stretcher trolley must be sturdy, vibration free and self
balance.
c) The stretcher trolley shall be properly constructed with all
welded joints grounded, cleaned and well-formed. Unless
vertical members.
d) The stretcher trolley shall stand on all the legs at the same
time on a level surface. All the surfaces shall be smooth and
free from pitting. Welding shalt fully penetrate and shall be
e) The sketch shown in the specification is only indicative for
the bidder.
f) Tender committee has reserved rights to change dimensions
r,-w-wka St119)
)17 iN,P,4%)ci ‘
t fat
1Q SI-k r Y\ v
14\ I,)11
6‘,r
nbe iitivir‘vit
f14211 iria.
ib
1>rb ‘'
Technical Specification of Bed Side Locker
1 Overall Size :- 405mm(L) X 405mm(W) X 820mm(H) Height from Ground level to top
2 Top & Frame, Legs : a) Top S.S. sheet 18SWG, with raised edges upto 25mm, at three side, double
bend on front side.
b) Top must be fitted to the frame.
c) Frame S.S. tubular 25mm x 25mm, 18SWG.
d) Four legs S.S. tubular 25mm x 25mm, 18SWG, at the bottom nylon shoes,
3 Locker : a) Five Side of locker should be covered by S.S. Sheet 20SWG, three side must
be machine pressed by single S..S Sheet. Fitted internally on vertical legs.
b) Door — S.S. sheet 2OSWG, double bended, having 100mm "D" Shape S S
handle must be welded & have hinges to freely open with magnetic lock.
c) "Govt. of Maharashtra Public Health Dept & Mfg date" must be bossed at
visible sight, must be easily readable
4 Finish : a) All S.S. should be deep fully argon seamless welded and polished finished.
b) Tow section tops should be smooth edges and burr free and corners should
be round off so that there should be no sharp corners.
5 General a) All stainless steel sheet & stainless steel tubes/pipes used in manufacturing
Requirements: shall be of 304 S2 grade confirming to IS 6911 of 1992 or latest.
b) All dimensions will be considered — Length, Width, Height in
millimeter(mm), thickness in gauge (SWG — Standard Wide Gauge),
Diameter should consider as Outer Diameter (OD).
c) The bed side locker must be sturdy, vibration free and self balance.
d) The bed side locker shall be properly constructed with all welded joints
grounded, cleaned and well-formed. Unless otherwise specified, the vertical
members shall be perpendiculars to the wheel base and parallel to each
other and the horizontal members shall be at right angles to the vertical
members.
e) The bed side locker shall stand on all the legs at the same time on a level
surface. All the surfaces shall be smooth and free from pitting, Welding shall
fully penetrate and shall be sound in every detail and it shall be finished
flush. In the finished stage; there shall be no exposed sharp edges in the
frame-work or other unsealed formations which may harbor dirt or foreign
matter.
f) The sketch shown in the specification is only indicative for the bidder.
g) Tender committee has reserved rights to change dimensions & sketch at any
/ stage of tender
rit\to4.Lete
a \I 1'1 1•ksj)/14-04 Ala.\ v‘k°
vith,,,nkeckic-4 El&
ii)6)q '
R R SA(1,4\anynvoq
Technical Specification of Surgical Cautery
1 Clinical purpose Cautery uses an electric current to produce heat deep inside a
targeted tissue. It can reach areas as deep as two inches from the
skin's surface. The diathermy machine does not apply heat directly
to the body. Instead, the current from the machine allows the body
to generate heat from within the targeted tissue.
2 Used by clinical Operation theatre
department/ward
3 Technical 1) Facility for Monopolar, Bipolar and underwater cutting.
characteristics specific Monopolar cutting and coagulation
to this type of device) 2) Micro-processor based technology
3) Monopolar cut in minimum 3 modes
4) Bipolar-coagulation in 3 or more modes ( forced coagulation,
spray coagulation and soft coagulation)
5) Blending of cutting and coagulation -in minimum 2 levels
6) Automatic cut-off technology with self check on every start.
7) Foot and hand switch
8) Auto monitoring and display of set parameters
9) Touch-controlled interface to set parameters
10) Four or more programmable memory
11) Simultaneous use of Monopolar and Bipolar Coagulation.
12) Output Power of 400 Watt(Minimum)
13) Monopolar Cutting and Coagulation power adjustable from 0-
400 Watt
14) Bipolar Coagulation power adjustable from 0-50 W, Micro
Power Range- 0.1 to 9.9 Watt increment of 0.1 Watt, Macro
Power range from 1-50 Watt increment of 1 Watt
15) Audio-Visual Alarm for disconnection of Neutral Plate
5 Software and/ or In-built
Standard of
Communication
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) Max : 10kg
should be disbursed through an cooling mechanism
9 Power Requirements Recharging unit Input voltage- 220V-240V AC, 50Hz
10 Tolerance ±10%
(to variations,
shutdowns)
12 Power consumption 60W
13 Accessories 1. Power cord: 1pc
(mandatory) 2. Electrode lever: 1 pc
3. Electrode: 2sets
1
&2,4 jJL v dlo • d J)—

-
NI\J Ctetal(C9__
ittAtt a V ) rbcaT Arno
'PAC ) II '
IZ3\ 0 1N1-eCIINC Cel 1;31"
keri r...errr
R nA l (Newroy Z.- .N€41 U-0
T
t•n
• PIM #174 :. <-41 l-T4
TRait
,—Serw'
4. Collective electric bulb: 2pcs switch
5. Trolley, Foot switch
6. Reusable electrode handle with cutting/coagulation switch
7. Disposable REM plate
8. Cable for electrode handle
9. Neutral plate for adults and pediatric
14 Atmosphere / 1. Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in
Ambiance (air ambient temperature of 10 to 40° C and relative humidity of
conditioning, 15 to 90% in ideal circumstances.
humidity, dust) 2. Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in
15 to 90%.
15 Users care, 1. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come
Cleaning, into contact with the patient or the operator should either be
Disinfection & capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a single
Sterility issues use/disposable cover.
2.„Steriliiatioil not re. uired
16 Certificates ...-----1) Should be FDA/CE/BIS approved product.
2) Manufacturer and Supplier should have ISO certification for
quality standards.
3) Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical
safety
IEC 60601- General requirements (or equivalent BIS
Standard)
17 Local and/or Manufacturer / supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate for
international quality standard.
18 Pre-installation 1. Availability of 5 amp socket.
requirements: 2. Safety and operation check before handover.
nature, values,
quality, tolerance
19 Requirements for Certificate of calibration and inspection from the manufacturer
sign-off
20 Training of staff 1.Training of users on operation and basic maintenance.
(medical, 2.Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
paramedical,
technicians)
21 Warranty 1) Three year on site with free servicing (min.03/year) during
warranty & provide technical support and required spares
and consumable for 7 yrs after warranty period.
2) In warranty period — for the repair if required more than 24
hours, provide standby same cautery machine.
22 Maintenance tasks 1. Maintenance manual detailing.
2. Complete maintenance schedule.
23 Service contract The spare price list of all spares and accessories (including
clauses, minor) required for maintenance and repairs in future after
including prices guarantee / warranty period should be attached.
24 Operating manuals, Should provide 2 sets (hardcopy and soft-copy) of:-
service 1. User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in
"MIciL,=
manuals, other E9glish/Marathi Hindi language along with machine ,
\--Sper
f\‘ (-12411(4„
----a.:— tvA
k aye cerrt
13)16 i\ el. 90 tfritrav cr
manuals diagrams.
2. List of equipment and procedures required for local
calibration and routine maintenance.
3. Service and operation manuals (original and copy) to be
provided.
4. Advanced maintenance tasks documentation.
5. Certificate of calibration and inspection
25 Other accompanying List of important spares and accessories, with their part
documents numbers
and cost.
26 Service Support Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service
Contact details agent
(Hierarchy Wise; to be provided, Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be
including a toll declared
free/landline number) by the manufacturer
27 Recommendations or Any warning signs would be adequately display
warnings A
\i•kac)-21,
12;b rAeMcci 19^^4-
P t 4\1tsnia
C2
'‘\;,-2-js
A`re-ri
re)Thr --EN-5 • .
c,er _ -,x‘15zYsticeri
,-.3:tgCatc..;;
4
gritticiz“
Specification of Dressing Trolley
No. Technical Specification Dressin• Trolle
1 Overall size : 686 mm L x 457 mm W x 813 mm H
2 Stainless steel Tubular frame work should be made from 25.4 mm OD
X18 G vertical & horizontal tubes -----
3 3Trolley should be mount on 125 mm dia non rusting swiveling castor
wheels
4 Two S.S. shelves with protective railing on three sides
5 One S.S bowl of 6 inches dia & one S.S. tray of 8 x 6 inches should he
provided
6 Only 304 grade S.S. should be used
7 All S.S. sheet used in manufacturing of furniture shall be of 304 grade
conforming to IS 6911 1992
8 The company should have ISO 9001-2008 & ISO 13485 Certification.
The product should be 'CE'
9 One S.S. bowl of at least 9;5 inches diameter & one SS tray of 8/6 inches
should be provided 1
0,014119Livi
--9( • -etti 6Q4-
-PqC'
k-CUVWn'-
Arm) N4u-cilia-4—
wome_j_licsal rveerr-
R ves, nryrevyoil
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " SUCTION PUMP FOOT OPERATED "
GMDN name Emergency suction systems
1 Clinical purpose To aspirate fluids, secretions, or other foreign materials from a

patient's airway by means of suction.
2 Used by clinical department/ward All Wards
1) A portable assembly of devices primarily intended to be used by emergency medical services
(EMS) to aspirate fluids, creations, or other foreign materials from a patient's airway by means of
suction. It typically consists of a manually-powered (hand or foot-operated) mechanism to drive the
suction pump, tubing, a collection container, a vacuum gauge and control knob, and a microbial
filter. The pump creates a vacuum in the suction tubing, which is used for the removal of materials
into the collection container. This system is typically used during patient transport or for emergency
situations.
2)0-600 mm Hg ± 10 mm reusable, flutter free vacuum control knob.

5 Dimensions (metric) Max spec: 32 x 17 x 30 cms
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) 2.5kg max
7 Noise (in dBA) 50 dB A ± 3
9 Accessories(mandatory) Collection bottles, a vacuum gauge.

Microbial filter, tubing.
Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 0 to 50 °C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of
10
conditioning, humidity, dust) operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40° C and
relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
User's care, Cleaning, Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using both
11
Disinfection & Sterility issues alcohol and chlorine agent.
12 Certificates
2) Manufacturer should have ISO certificate for quality standard.
624,
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Dr. Da nand Motipavale) (Dr. G. -; -ikawa
(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer S RGEON SURGEON
T('
GE:'.11EFPL SURGERY ofjP")
)
DEPARTNIF:?,?1,,̀7
E.P.
DR. R. i•-•!. COOP 7 rtZ
(4-
ASSOCIAle\PROFESSOR
DeparttfMint ofGeneral Surgery
Seth. `G S. Me.Oicol College &
lc. E. M. Hospital, Ps*,
Mumbai - 400 012
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " SUCTION PUMP FOOT OPERATED "
GMDN name Emergency suction systems
15 English, Marathi language along with machine diagrams.
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for
local calibration and routine maintenance.
List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with
16 Other accompanying documents their part numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and
inspection to be provided.
Service Support Contact details
17 (Hierarchy Wise, including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the
free/ landline number) manufacture
18 Recommendations or warnings Any recommendations for best use and supplementary warning
for safety should be declared.
Specification Done by : Govt. of Maharashtra, Public Health Department
(Mr. Manigh Mare) (Dr. D d Motipavale) (Dr. G. . Gaikawad

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Au rangabad Hospital Nashik Rural Hospital Bhokardan, District Hospital
Si3,9.GET(
71 ' t s7!
DEPAR
R.
H. B. T.
tAk.3,141BieV-4C0 'sj543.
ASS() PROF ESSOF
wh-ten of General Surgpr
, C. S. Medical Coliego.. 8
K.E.O. Hospital, Parel,
Mumbai - 400 012.
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " SUCTION PUMP PORTABLE (Electric)
. ,"
GMDN name Suction systems
1 Clinical purpose To aspirate fluids, secretions, or other foreign materials from a
patient's airway by means of suction.
1) An assembly of devices designed to evacuate fluid, tissue, gas, or other foreign materials from a
body cavity or lumen by means of suction. It generally consists of mains electricity (AC-powered)
suction pump, tubing, plastic/glass collection container(s), a vacuum gauge, a vacuum control
knob, an overflow trap, a moisture filter, and possibly a microbial filter. The pump creates a
vacuum in the suction tubing, which is inserted into the body for the removal of materials into the
collection container. This system can be used in a wide variety of settings within healthcare
facilities.
2) 0-760 mm Hg ± 10 Regulable, 1/2 HP; single phase 1440 RPM motor; flutter free vacuum control
knob,; Wide mouthed 2 x 2 LITRE (Polycarbonate) with self-sealing bungs and mechanical over
flow safety device.

5 Dimensions (metric) Max: 43 x 30 x 68 cms
6 Weight (lbs. kg) Max: 27Kg
8 Heat dissipation Should maintain up to 36.5 ° temp and the heat disbursed
through an exhaust fan.
10 Power Requirements 220 V, 50 Hz, 2 ± 0.5 Amps, 370 watts.
Tolerance Voltage corrector / stabilizer to allow operation at ± 30% of local
11
(to variations, shutdowns) rated voltage. Use of SMPS to correct voltage.
replaceable fuses fitted in both live and neutral lines.
13 Power consumption 200 W
Collection container & its cap, suctions tube tips, a vacuum

14 Accessories (mandatory) gauge and control knob. Tubing: 8 mm IDx2mtr (PVC nontoxic),
2 x 2 One Ltr polycarbonate jar.
(Mr. Manis ag e) (Dr. I.: . - . Motipavale) (Dr.Govard n.Gaika ad)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer URGEON SURGEON
#11
•:•.c.rty
DEPARTMENT G
DR. R. N.
H. B. T. iciP.).. • • es
wv9
K,tel?))
IMUMBA 1.41 :i SSC:t rnoOFESSOE
tuc • of General SurRer.
h. C; S. Medidal Collej4 R.
K.E.M. Hospital, Parel.
Murnbai - 409 012„
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " SUCTION PUMP PORTABLE Electric "
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 0 to 50 ° C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of
15
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 ° C
Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using both
16 User's care, Cleaning,
Disinfection & Sterility issues alcohol and chlorine agents

17 Certificates
Pre-installation requirements: Availability of 15 amp socket, safety and operation checks

18
nature, values, quality, tolerance before handover.
20
22 Operating manuals, service
manuals, other manuals English, Marathi language along with machine diagrams.
for safety should be declared

Specification Done by : Govt. of Maharashtra, Public Health Department
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Dr. D Motipava le) (Dr.Govard

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer URGEON SURGED
DE AR ENT OF GEUERAL SURGERY

HOENTAL
OR. R. N. coo ! c)}))
H. FL T. v..:1E0Cfr , Cr
,erbr
ASSC)qATE PROFESSOR
DaDacfment of General Surgery
. c S. Malice)Cellege 4
K E M Hospital, Parel,
Murneitu 100 012.
Technical Specification for Fowler Bed

1. Overall size 2090mm L x 910mm W x 600mm H mattress size 1980mm L x 910mm
W x 100mm thick. The main frame should be made from 60mm x 30mm x 18G
rectangular tubes. Four sections top should be made from 18G C.R.C. sheet uniformly
perforated and should be suitably fitted to the main frame.
2. Back-rest and Knee rest should be manoeured by 2 separate screw system provided
with thrust ball bearing. Additionally, the leg-rest section should be adjust on three
different inclinations on ratchet being supported on ratchet.
3. Detachable head and leg Bows: shall be made from 31.7mm dia. X 18G SS tubes at
both the end of each bows for inserting into welded tube socked on four corners of bed
frame.
4. Wheels: The base frame shall be fitted with non-rusting swivel castor wheel 125mm
dia. 2 with brake, 2 without brakes.
5. Four IV Rod Locations.
6. A mattress suitable for the bed made of 100mm thick high density.
7. Foam covered with good quality rexine.
8. The company should have ISO 9001:2008 & ISO 13485 certification.
9. The product should be 'CB' certified.
10. S.S. Collapsible railing of approximate 1320mm length.
11. Only Back rest & knee rest adjustable by screw mechanism.
12. Load capacity of 135kg.
13. Top must be burr free and have no sharp edges.
‘e-t—
•,
\a\g'\
prcirca-tAcc Oho eJe

&cgl-r&coti
Not-1 NATobal".
Technical Specification of Instrument Trolley
3. Overall Size :- 750mm(L) x 450rnm(Vv) x vuummkro meigm HUM VIU1.111U Ievel to

top.
2 Frame & Shelves of a) Tubular vertical frame S.S. 25.4mm OD, 18SWG..
the Trolley : b) Two shelves of S.S. Sheet 18SWG. With raised edges upto
25mm, at three side.
c) Each shelves with protective railings on three sides of tubular
S.S.pipel 9mm OD,18SWQ.
d) Supported with non-rusted 100mm x 25mm OD,PU Wheels with
double bearing & double lock arrangement, nut for mounting of
wheels should be fitted inside vertically in tubular bar.
e) "Govt of Maharashtra Public Health Dept & Mfg date" must
be embossed at visible sight, must be easily readable.
Finish : a) All S.$ should be deep fully argon seamless welded and
polished finish.
b) Top section should be smooth edges and burr free and corners
should be round off so that there should be no sharp corners.
4 General a) All stainless steel sheet & stainless steel tubes/pipes used in
Requirements: manufacturing shall be of 304 S2 grade confirming to IS 6911 of
1992 or latest
Gauge), Diameter should consider as Outer Diameter (00). i
c) The instrument trolley must be sturdy, vibration free and self
balance.
d) The instrument trolley shall be properly constructed with all I
perpendiculars to the wheel base and parallel to each other and
the horizontal members shall be at right angles to the vertical
members.
e) The instrument trolley shall stand on all the legs at the same
time on a leVel surface. All the surfaces shall be smooth and
free from pitting. Welding shall fully penetrate and shall be
frame-work or other unsealed formations which may harbor dirt
or foreign matter.
f) The sketch shown in the specification is only indicative for the
bidder.
g) Tender committee has reserved rights to change dimensions &
sketch at any stage of tender.
\I-171
/k leij‘c--
rr yrs'
I lei Is/oc/lk,
C--(12'r; 9fA L1101( 1\1\ittegiccO
C1\11 (
l'3'ic) *meet:1\ c
Pa R rid( A envar-J1
Technical Specification of Linen Trolley
1 Overall Size :- 1066mm (L) x 508mm(W) x 838 mm(H) Height from Ground
level to top.
2 Frame & Shelves of a) Vertical & horizontal frame CRCA tube 25.4mm OD,
the Trolley : 18SWG.curved bended at top side. Lengthwise half side
structure have Two shelves & other side bottom have tubular
horizontal five supports at equal distance, 19mm OD,
18SWG. For detail please refer given sketch.
b) Two Shelves CRCA sheet 18SWG internally fitted at bottom
& top in half side.
c) Provide detachable square plastic bean suitable at half side
structure. /
d) Supported with smooth moving & non-rusted 100mm x25mm
OD,PU Wheels, double bearing with brake facility, should be
fitted at bottom.
e) "Govt. of Maharashtra Public Health Dept. & Mfg date"
must be embossed at visible sight, must be easily readable.
3 Finish : a) All components shall be thoroughly pre-treated chemically to
remove rust and foreign matter like grease, oil etc by dip tank
processes, including separate Degreasing, De-rusting,
Shot air drying to give phosphate coating confirming IS 3618 of
1966 Class 'C' or latest.
b) The treated metal surface should then be coated with epoxy
polyester powder with film thickness of minimum 60 microns
and oven baked at 180 -200°C .
c) Tow section tops should be smooth edges and burr free and
corners.
d) Powder coating shall be of grade A & shall pass requirement
e) Alt mild steel shall be od CRCA and as per IS 513 of 2008 or
latest.
4 General a) All dimensions will be considered — Length, Width, Height in
Requirements: millimeter(mm), thickness in gauge (SWG — Standard Wide
b) The linen trolley must be sturdy, vibration free and self
balance.
c) The linen trolley shall be properly constructed with all welded
joints grounded, cleaned and well-formed. Unless otherwise
specified, the vertical members shall be perpendiculars to the
wheel base and parallel to each other and the horizontal
members shall be at right angles to the vertical members.
d) The linen trolley shall stand on all the legs at the same time
on level surface. All the surfaces shall be smooth and free
f pitting. Welding shall fully penetrate and shall be sound
SY*
03;offedt'icci
nc-"3° 00\1001 IQf~ i ,Ninytsrveitj
e L
in every detail and it shall be finished flush. In the finished
stage, there shall be no exposed sharp edges in the frame-
work or other unsealed formations which may harbor dirt or
foreign matter.
e) The sketch shown in the specification is only indicative for
the bidder.
f) Tender committee has reserved rights to change dimensions
keer
r;e
cif 94' pperAvit‘
fororA,
is.entecuca
p p 91-kr r\m/-6'41
Technical Specification of Simple Operation Table /
Ordinary Operation Table
1 Clinical purpose An operating table, sometimes called operating room table, is
the table on which the patient lies during a surgical operation.
This surgical equipment is usually found inside the surgery
room of a hospital.
department/ward
3 Technical 1) Should have Stainless steel top 18 SWG. SS 304 grade.
characteristics specific 2) Over all Size 1830mm x 560mm x 760mm ( with variation of
to this type of device) 50mm)
3) Kidney Bridge.
4) Removable & folding foot end with S.S. drainage tray.
5) Height adjustable & head low / up ( T & TR) position bt
screw & lever mechanism.
6) Lateral tilt position with belts to hold the position.
7) Lithotomy Crutches.
8) Gear up type angular arrangement for lithotomy bars.
9) Suitable mattress 25 mm thick should be tear proof covered
with non pinching Rexine, seamless joint, washable and
water-proof, haying welcrow for fixing on table top.
10) Aluminum top antiskid step stool having two steps. & Arm
Boards with cushion.
11) Stainless steel removable side railings.
12) Should have Castor wheel for easy mobility, foot lock to
floor.
5 Weight (Ibs, kg) Should be able to bear patient having weight up to 180 kg
6 Accessories 1) Side rail clamp.- 01 No
(mandatory) 2) Shoulder support.
3) Arm support ( Qty 2 Nos )
4) I V pole
5) Body restraining belt
6) Leg supports :( Qty 2 Nos )
7) Lateral supports
7 Atmosphere / 1) Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in
Ambiance (air ambient temperature of 10 to 40° C and relative humidity of
conditioning, 15 to 90% in ideal circumstances.
humidity, dust ...) 2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in
to 90%.
8 User's care, 1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come
Cleaning, into contact with the patient or the operator should either be
Disinfection & capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a single
i),t6rilization not required.
krt1901(a44,-
'1'1"71 i Mos?'
0,01% isa" 6 ler .
Certificates 1) Should be FDA/ CE approved product.
io Training of staff 1) Training of users on operation and basic maintenance.
(medical, 2) Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
paramedical,
technicians)
ii Warranty Three Years
12 Operating manuals, Should provide 2 set of User, technical and maintenance
service manuals to be supplied in English/Marathi language along with
manuals, other diagrams.
manuals
warnings
0•01/14 LPoli
rArnol Wodekcsa•
(.111
(Nbrnecktol (4 111n92--
1316 ‘c( s?)-1, ‘nrorreNta1/44
‘,..A v.,,
re
_ .7t-757 ,97E7; Thr Thrtr-
_ MP; CA, LA en I
•
Technical Specification of Hydraulic Operation Table
1 Clinical purpose An operating table, sometimes called operating room table, is the
table on which the patient lies during a surgical operation. This
surgical equipment is usually found inside the surgery room of a
hospital.
2 Used by clinical department/ward Operation theatre
3 Technical characteristics specific to 1) Should be a manually controlled operating table, working range
this type of device) from floor level: 800-1040mm.
2) Should be adjustable to all essential positions.
3) Should be equipped with movement controls at side of the table.
4) Should have Frame and bottom Made of Stainless Steel 304
material.
5) Should have reinforced three section stainless steel top.
6) Height should be adjustable by oil pump from 28" to 42", by foot
step control.
7) Should have detachable head rest which can be easily adjustable
to any desired position, above or below table top. •
8) Table top can be rotated 360° through base.
9) Trendelenburg: S..25°-30° •
10) Reversed Trendelenburg:/..30°
11) Head Section Raised from the Horizontal: 20°-30°
12) Head Section Lowered from the Horizontal: 28°-30°
13) Back Section Raised from the Horizontal: .>:60°-70 °
14) Leg Section Lowered from the Horizontal: #40°-50°
15) Kidney Position should be achievable by breaking the table.
16) Table-top should be radio-lucent.
5 Dimensions (metric) Table top dimension (1900 mm x 525 mm) ± 15%
Table elevation: (700mm -1000 mm) ± 10%
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) Should be able to bear patient having weight up to 180 kg
Should be disbursed through an cooling mechanism
8 Accessories (mandatory) 1) S. S. Arm Rest 1 No
2) Anesthetic Screen 1 No. l'
3) Lithotomy Leg Holders with stir- Ups 1 Set
4) Leather Wristlets 1 Set
5) Padded Leg Rest (Gutter Type) -2 Nos
6) Anti-static mattress - 2 Nos
7) Side rails - 2 Nos
9 Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 1) Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) temperature of 10 to 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% in
10 User's care, Cleaning, 1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into
Disinfection & Sterility issues contact with the patient or the operator should either be capable of
easy disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable cover.
11 Certificates 1) Should be FDA/CE/BIS approved product.
2) Electrical Safety Conforms to the standards for electrical safety IEC
/ 60601 - General requirements (or equivalent BIS standards) and
1 \1 fi- Ay\ nt,wadekw-

r
\9 I
44 IL 1-Stt‘p 10-AcomectiCcel f=n neQ
4;wyreorettf,
IEC 60601 -2-46 for Usability.
3) Shall meet internationally recognized !EC 60601-1-2 for
Electromagnetic compatibility ( EMC ) and Electromagnetic
Interference ( EMI )
standard.
13 Pre-installation requirements: Safety and operation check before handover.
14 Requirements for sign-off Certificate of calibration and inspection from the manufa
16 Warranty Three year on site with free servicing (min.03/year) during warranty &
provide technical support and required spares and consumable for 7
yrs after warranty period.
17 Maintenance tasks 1) Maintenance manual detailing.
2) Complete maintenance schedule.
18 Service contract clauses, The spare price list of all spares and accessories (including minor)
including prices required for maintenance and repairs in future after guarantee /
warranty period should be attached.
19 Operating manuals, service Should provide 2 sets (hardcopy and soft-copy) of :-
manuals, other manuals 1) User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in
English/Marathi Hindi language along with machine diagrams.
2) List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and
routine maintenance.
3) Service and operation manuals (original and copy) to be provided.
4) Advanced maintenance tasks documentation.
20 Other accompanying documents List of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers
and cost.
21 Service Support Contact details Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent
(Hierarchy Wise; including a toll to be provided;
free/landline number)
22 Recommendations or warripee Any warning signs would be adequately displayed
v4,,,Itgascut_
itfig,o„iipiv5?
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Electro - "
GMDN name Electro - Operation table
An operating table, sometimes called operating room table, is the
1 Clinical purpose table on which the patient lies during a surgical operation. This
surgical equipment is usually found inside the surgery room of a
hospital.
2 Used by clinical department/ward Operation theatre
3 Technical characteristics, (specific to this type of device)
1. Should be Electrically controlled (Remote)operating table, working range from floor leve1:700 -
1000 or more ±10%
2. Should be adjustable to all essential positions.
3. Should be equipped with movement controls at side of the table.
4. Should have frame and bottom made of 304 grade Stainless Steel material.
5. Should have reinforced five section stainless steel top.
6. Height should be adjustable by Remote control.
7. Should have detachable head rest which can be easily adjustable to any desired position,
above or below the table top.
8. Table top can be rotated 360° through base.
9. Head section raised from the Horizontal:20°-30°
10. Durable and leak-proof hydraulic pump.
11. Head section lowered from horizontal:28°-30°
12. Back section raised from the horizontal:60°-70°
13. Trendelenburg:25-30°
14. Reverse Trendelenburg:.)230°
15. Leg section lowered from the Horizontal:40°-50°
16. Kidney-position should be achievable by breaking the table.
17. Table-top should be radio-lucent.
18. Should have handset for position selection by in-built stand-by control.
4 User's interface Manual & Remote control

5 Dimensions (metric) Overall 1910 x 530 mm
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) Should be able to bear patient weight (180 Kg)
8 Mobility, portability Not portable
9 Power Requirements Input voltage- 220V-240V AC, 50Hz
10 Protection
Should have over-charging cut-off with visual symbol.
(Mr. Manish ag ) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Da a n'J Motipavale) (Dr.Govar an.Gaikawad)
OEPAR1W414EGENERAL SURGERY a-V")

DR. R. N. COOPER, HOSPITAL 61-12
YCr
e.On
LE;E: „.,cce
H. a T. MECACAL.
MUMGAi-400 Of;3. ASSOrgAlt PROFESSOR
DepattOirt of General Sorcery
Seth. C. S. Medical College &
K.E.M. Hoe pita!, Parel,
Mumbei - 4000 Oil.
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Electro - "
'
1. S.S Arm Rest : 2 No.

2. Anesthetic Screen : 1 No.
3. Lithotomy Leg Holders with Stirr-Ups 1 set
12 4.Leather Wristlets : 1 set
Accessories (mandatory)
5. Padded Leg Rest (Gutter type)
6. Anti static mattress
7. Side rails — 02 No
8. Spare Remote — 01 No
1. Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in

13 Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 15 to 90% in ideal circumstances.
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) 2. Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in
to 90%.
1. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come
User's care, Cleaning, into contact with the patient or the operator should either be
14 capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a single
use/disposable cover.
2. Sterilization not required.
1. Should have FDA/CE/BIS approved product.

2. All mechanical tests. Electrical safety conforms to the
standards for electrical safety IEC 60601-General
requirements( or equivalent BIS standard) and IEC 60601-2-
15 Certificates 46 for usability.
3. Certified to be compliant with IEC 60601-2-2 Medical
Electrical Equipment Part 2-2 :Particular requirements for the
safety of High frequency Surgical Equipment if applicable or
equivalent
16 Local and/or international Manufacturer / supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate for
quality standard.
Pre-installation requirements: 1. Availability of 5 amp socket;
17
nature, values, quality, tolerance 2. Safety and operation check before handover;
18 Requirements for sign-off Certificate of calibration and inspection from the manufacturer
Training of staff (medical, 1. Training of users on operation and basic maintenance;
19
paramedical, technicians) 2. Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
(Mr. Manish (Dr. D nand Motipavale) (Dr.Govar an.Gaikawad)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer S RGEON SURGEON
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SURGERY

DR. R. N. COOPER HOSPITAL. & Acirna9
Vsin
ne
H. B. T. MEDICAL. COLLEGE
MUMBA1-400 ASSOLP, PROFESSOI:
Depkent of General Surger
Seth. G S. Medic.' College
Hc,spital, Pare',
klumoai - 4010012,
3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Electro - Operation table "
1. Maintenance manual detailing;
21 Maintenance tasks
2. Complete maintenance schedule;
22 Service contract clauses, The spare price list of all spares and accessories (including
minor) required for maintenance and repairs in future after
i ncluding prices
guarantee / warranty period should be attached;
Should provide 2 sets (hardcopy and soft-copy) of:-
1. User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in
English/Marathi/Hindi language along with machine diagrams;
2. List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration
23 and routine maintenance;
provided;
4. Advanced maintenance tasks documentation;
24 Other accompanying documents List of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers
and cost;
Service Support Contact details Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent
25 (Hierarchy Wise; including a toll to be
free/landline number) provided;
End user Specialist Meeting Date : 4(09/2017
(Mr. Manish-r019
ag e) (Dr. D#. - • I otipavale) (Dr.Gova an.Gaik wad)
(Mr. Madhav Katre)
DEPA Jr Or GE1',IERAL SURGERY

DR. R. N. t., " ER HOSP:TAL 1 (A
H. i:3. T. MEDICAL. CO } i..EGF
MUM3Ac-40(.3 015:A,
.
f`
e
ASSOCTAM PROFESSOR
DeP4ilinent of General Surgery
Se h. (7: S. Medical College &
pt4
K.u .fta
Eri . r,
, L
Technical Specification of Attendant Stool
Overall Size :- 305mm (L) X 305mm(W) X 545mm(H) Height from Ground level to
top.
2 Top & Frame : a) Top S.S. Sheet 18SWG, double bend at each side, mounted on
frame structure
b) Frame — S.S. tubular 25mm x 25mm, 18SWG
c) All legs must provide neoprene rubber shoes.
d) "Govt. of Maharashtra Public Health Dept & Mfg date" must
be embossed at visible sight, must easily readable.. _J
3 Finish : a) All S.S. should be deep fully argon seamless welded and
polished finished.
b) Tow section tops should be smooth edges and burr free and
corners
Requirements: manufacturing shall be of 304 S2 grade confirming to IS 6911 of
1992 or latest.
c) The stretcher trolley must be sturdy, vibration free and self
balance. gillrelbtreer iirlel"-
d) The-stretthertroffey shall be properly constructed with all
perpendiculars to the wheel base and parallel to each other and
the horizontal members shall be at right angles to the vertical
memberslerrecnainei -'re'-
e) Tho-rAceteMer trel4ey shall stand on all the legs at the same time
on a level surface. All the surfaces shall be smooth and free
from pitting. Welding shall fully penetrate and shall be sound in
every detail and it shall be finished flush. In the finished stage,
there shall be no exposed sharp edges in the frame-work or
other unsealed formations which may harbor dirt or foreign
matter.
f) The sketch shown in the specification is only indicative for the
bidder.
g) Tender committee has reserved rights to change dimensions &
skeh at any stage of tender.
A yrfcicttei Act&
IVOiriNectkai etrkey;
kr-011, A Cf\rev\itiq
Technical Specification of Double Domes Shadowless
Lamp Ceiling Mounted
1 Clinical purpose Luminescence shadow less lamp adopts light sources
different positions for focus to eliminate shadows of
different parts of medical workers.
department/ward
3 Technical 1) Double dome (Main and Satellite)
characteristics specific 2) Intensity Control in 9 steps for individual
to this type of device) 3) Height Adjustment :600mm
4) Action Radius :1850mm
5) Possible Movements Radial, Angular
6) Color Temperature :4500K and above
7) LED technology : minimum 50,000 hours lamp life,
Light intensity measured at a distance of 1 meter @
130000 to 160000 LUX
8) Intensity, brightness, constrast and power switch to be
made available on handle/wall-check.
9) Focal distance(d1-Fd2)=0.8 to 1.2
10) Temperature rise on the keep of
11) CR± approx. 95 or more
12) 360° rotation for both arms
heat
Should be disbursed through an cooling mechanism
6 Mobility, portability 'Handheld device
8 Tolerance Voltage:±10%,Frequency:±2%
(to variations,
shutdowns
9 Protection Should have over-charging cut-off with visual symbol
11 Accessories All Standard Accessories %I h 1ottA40Ciell e
(standard) Hega a i -e- h Mcsifisil csko NV_ ,
12 Atmosphere / 1) Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously
Ambiance (air in ambient temperature of 10 to 40° C and relative
conditioning, humidity of 15 to 90 % in ideal circumstances.
humidity, dust ...) 2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored
continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50° C and
13 User's care, 1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to
Cleaning, come into contact with the patient or the operator
Disinfection & should either be capable of easy disinfection or be
Sterility issues protected by a single use/disposable cover.
00.1 Lio(a-a- C 74-673 $‘114eXititto

C
(R) Wc•-t 3eke
!WI bie
6*0I e/k‘\p
• Amv-dortavt
i&G p)ell co-k (k. (1-(irc
14 Certificates (pre- 1) Should be FDA/CE/BIS and ISO approved product
market, 2) Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical
sanitary,) safety IEC 60601-1General requirements(or equivalent
Performance and BIS Standard)
safety 3) Shall meet internationally recognized for
standards (specific to Electromagnetic. Compatibility(EMC)and
the device Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) for electro medical
type) Local and/or equipment: IEC 60601-1-2
international 4) Certified to be compliant with IEC 60601-2-4 for
usability.
15 Pre-installation Safety and operation check before handover.
requirements:
nature, values,
quality, tolerance
16 Requirements for Certificate of calibration and inspection from the
sign-off manufacturer
17 Training of staff 1) Training of users on operation and basic maintenance;
(medical, 2) Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
paramedical, documented
technicians)
18 Warranty Three year on site with free servicing (min.03/year) during
warranty & provide technical support and required spares
and consumable for 7 yrs after warranty period.
19 Operating manuals, Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy and soft-copy) of -
service 1) User, technical and maintenance manuals to be
manuals, other supplied in English/Marathi/Hindi language along with
manuals machine diagrams.
2) List of equipment and procedures required for local
3) Service and operation manuals (original and copy) to
be provided.
warnings _
hii-6611, I
ittaha (evil W-c9) r\rnoI W
ovum 04 Ill) ntn (n-ec.0 Evki n'ef2512--_
r 4Voircw-0-1
Technical Specification of Mobile 0.T.Light
1 Clinical purpose Luminescence shadow less lamp adopts light sources
different positions for focus to eliminate shadows of different
parts of medical workers.
department/ward
3 Technical 1. Dome Head : 515mm Die
2. LED lights - 2 Nos
characteristics specific
to this type of device)3. Lockable castor stand with minor dome
4. Light intensity at 1 mt. :1,00,000 Lux
5. Intensity Control: Continuous
6. Height Adjustment :600 mm approx
7. Action Radius :1250mm
8. Possible Movements :Radial, Angular & Axial
9. Color Temperature :4500K or above
10. Temp. Rise in field: 3°-6° c from Amb. Temp
11. Control Panel at the dome
12. CR± 95000
13. Lamp life:40,000 hours
14. Battery back-up:1 hour
15. Auto-power off and over-charging cut-off:
heat should be disbursed through an cooling mechanism
8 Battery operated Yes, Rechargeable battery at the base with the frame.
9 Protection Should have over-charging cut-off with visual symbol
lo Atmosphere / 1. Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in
Ambiance (air ambient temperature of 10 to 40 ° C and relative humidity
conditioning, of 15 to 90 % in ideal circumstances.
humidity, dust ...) 2. Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously
in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 ° C and relative humidity
of 15 to 90%.
11 User's care, 1. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come
Cleaning, into contact with the patient or the operator should either
Disinfection & be capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a single
12 Certificates (pre- 1. Should be FDA/CE/BIS and ISO approved product.
market, sanitary,) 2. Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical
Performance and safety IEC 60601-1General requirements(or equivalent
safety BIS Standard)
standards (specific to 3. Shall meet internationally recognized for Electromagnetic
the device Compatibility(EMC)and Electromagnetic Interference(EMI)
type) Local and/or for electro medical equipment: IEC 60601-1-2
international 44Certified to be compliant with IEC 60601-2-4 for usability.
rn(A Micte\c26-02_
itstt fispin-7 tacymect cci
X 2 \"1 (3_ Tvo A nw-t‘NAte
13 Pre-installation Safety and operation check before handover.
requirements:
nature, values,
quality, tolerance
14 Requirements for Certificate of calibration and inspection from the
sign-off manufacturer
15 Training of staff 1.Training of users on operation and basic maintenance.
(medical, 2. Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
paramedical, documented
technicians)
16 Warranty Three Years
17 Maintenance tasks 1. Maintenance manual detailing.
2. Complete maintenance schedule.
18 Service contract The spare price list of all spares and accessories (including
clauses, including minor) required for maintenance and repairs in future after
prices guarantee / warranty period should be attached.
19 Operating manuals, Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy and soft-copy) of:-
service 1 User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in
manuals, other English/Marathi/Hindi language along with machine
manuals diagrams.
2. List of equipment and procedures required for local
provided.
4, Advanced maintenance tasks documentation.
20 Other accompanying List of important spares and accessories, with their part
documents numbers
and cost.
21 Service Support Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service
Contact details agent
(Hierarchy Wise, to be provided.
including a toll
free/ landline
number)
warnings
rA
P-c9S All\cYal‘
Technical Specification of Stretcher Trolley
1 Overall Size :- 2100mm (L) X 560mm(W) X 820mm(H) Height from Ground
level to top.
2 Frame of the a) Trolley frame work, S.S tubular deep fully argon welded with
Trolley : vertical upright 31.75mm OD, 18SWG tubes. Tube should
be reinforced at the bottom with 35mm OD , 18SWG tube
for fitting the wheels.
b) All horizontal stay shall be of 25.4mm OD, 18SWG.
c) Supported with non-rusted 200mm x 50mm OD, noiseless
smooth moving PU Wheels (04No) with double bearing &
double lock arrangement to each wheel.
3 Removable a) Stretcher should be removable from trolley.
Stretcher Top : b) Top - S.S. 18SWG Sheet, dished horizontally in middle.
c) Stretcher dished sheet should be fitted on 25mm
OD,16SWG SS. Tube.
d) Three Additional 31.7 x 6 mm S.S. stiffeners should be fully
argon welded to main frame, to support S.S. dished top from
underneath widthwise.
e) Four legs - S.S. 25mm OD,I6SWG SS. tube having190mm
height fitted rubber bush.
f) Push Handle at both ends 25mm OD,I6SWG SS. Tube &
covered with PVC Sleeves.
4 Govt. of Maharashtra Public Health Dept. & Mfg date" must
be embossed at visible sight of frame & removable stretcher,
must be easily readable
5 Finish : a) All S.S. should be deep fully argon seamless welded and
polished finished. .
b) Tow section tops should be smooth edges and burr free and
corners.
Requirements: manufacturing shall be of 304 S2 grade confirming to IS
6911 of 1992 or latest.
b) All dimensions will be considered — Length, Width, Height
in millimeter(mm), thickness in gauge (SWG — Standard
Wide Gauge), Diameter should consider as Outer Diameter
(OD).
c) The stretcher trolley must be sturdy, vibration free and self
balance.
d) The stretcher trolley shall be properly constructed with all
vertical members.
e) The stretcher trolley shall stand on all the legs at the same
tinyon a level surface. All the surfaces shall be smooth and
\r"7"r!
)71----
6k}j3
iztot4wa-ia-- ei`cyrne 'En
)/461)q PLgh-li
arr else*" mat (a„,)
9,4
Prok
10-1 tic%
f) The sketch shown in the specification is only indicative for
the bidder.
g) should attached inbuilt small cyliner trolley
h) Tender committee has reserved rights to change
dimensions & sketch at an sta e of tender.
Y"
rn L FM.
Technical Specification of Wheel Chair
1 Overall Length :- 1050 mm Width : 680mm. Height : 910mm
2 Seat Height from floor at the 500mm.
front:
3 Seat Height from floor at the 450mm
back:
4 Arm Height from seat : 225mm.
5 Seat : Length : 430mm Width between armrest pipes: 430mm
6 Back- Height : 380mm, Width at seat level : 430mm. Width at the Top:
430mm.
7 Clearance of footrest to floor : 90 to 200mm
8 Back Clearance of frame to 100mm
floor:
9 Mean Rim Diameter : 500mm
10 Front Ringing : Foldable cast aluminum foot res& 200mm OD Strong
swiveling PU wheels, double bearing, provided in front
11 Rare Axel : single position 12mm
12 Rare Wheel : solid rubber tyre wheels-02 Nos, for self propulsion to
hoops of 15.8mm OD, 18SWG tube, mounted on rims,
with brake facility.
13 Material of frame : 25.4mm OD, 18SWG round tube, S.S.
14 Seat & Back : 18SWG, S.S.
15 Finish: All section tops should be smooth edges and burr free
and corners should be round off so that there should be
no sharp corners
16 General Requirements: a) All stainless steel sheet & stainless steel tubes/pipes
used in manufacturing shall be of 304 S2 grade
confirming to IS 6911 of 1992 or latest.
b) All dimensions will be considered — Depth, Width,
Height in millimeter(mm), thickness in gauge (SWG —
Standard Wide Gauge), Diameter should consider as
Outer Diameter (OD).
c) The wheel chair must be sturdy, vibration free and self
balance.
d) The wheel chair shall be properly constructed with all
welded joints grounded, cleaned and well-formed.
Unless otherwise specified, the vertical members shall
be perpendiculars to the wheel base and parallel to
each other and the horizontal members shall be at
right angles to the vertical members.
e) The wheel chair shall stand on all the wheels at the
same time on a level surface. Welding shall fully
penetrate and shall be sound in every detail and it
shall be finished flush. In the finished stage, there shall
be no exposed sharp edges in the frame-work or other
/4 .1,,zol unsealed formations which may harbor dirt or foreign
2,tocl
t,t,Act6s27t
011
ra,,- /9_ Arnol \drxi,ek ce92_
c, c-
•
(w-Ak“-A Woolvecticol
Asl-kp mv-tkivrAi
bettaLK
matter.
f) The sketch shown in the specification is only indicative
for the bidder.
g) Tender committee has reserved rights to change
dimensions & sketch at any stage of tender.
h)"Govt. of Maharashtra Public Health Dept. & Mfg date"
embossed plate must be riveted at visible sight,
Embossed font can easily readable.
cN'
yd3/4,_ kiartiejrr ‘
44".4:1
FIN
Technical Specification of Examination Table with Foot Step
1 Clinical purpose An examination table on which the patient lies during a
examination. This table is usually found inside the examination
room in hospital.
2 Used by clinical Examination room
department/ward
3 Technical 1) Over all Size 1820 -1830mm Length x 600-610mm Width x 750-
characteristics specific 760mm Height.
to this type of device) 2) All mild steel sheet used shall be CRCA quality.
3) Two section table top CRCA 18SWG, all side double bent &
fixed on tubular frame.
4) The table top have perennial recess made from 18SWG CRCA
Sheet & SS box to leg end with "C" channel sliding,
5) Complete with the pair of SS lithotomy rods made from 12mm
Dia SS 304 Grade, round bars with rexin ankle straps insert
gear arrangement.
6) The top should be support of 31 x 35 x 2mm made from CRCA
sheet one side having. support of 31 x 3mm to receive the back
section.
7) The back section shall have 18 SWG CRCA Sheet in double
bent at three sides & one side closed beading having sipport
must be provided with 25 x 5mm HR flat having welded to the
support flat.
8) A ratchet flat shall be provided to wit MS Support rods 3/8".
9) The head flap adjustable on several indications both up & down
& by easily accessible racj.
10) Head & Foot end welded tubular frame work made od 31.70D
X 18SWG tube for vertical & 25.5mmOD X 18 SWG horizontal.
11) Gap between two legs must be 950-960mm lengthwise & 520-
530mm widthwise.
12) Legs must be fitted with rubber shoes nylon inserts.
13) One drawer 12 " x 15 " with reversible channel fitting, centrally
locked with 3 keys.
14) Aluminum top antiskid step stool having two steps.
15) Suitable mattress 25 mm thick & pillow should be tear proof
covered with non pinching Rexine, seamless joint, washable
and water-proof, having welcrow for fixing on table top --Qty 02
No.
16) All components shall be thoroughly pre-treated chemically to
remove rust & foreign matters like grease, oil etc by deep tank
seven process, including separate degreasing, derusting,
phosphating each followed by water rinsing & hot air drying to
give phosphate coating confirming IS 3618-1966 class C. The
treated metal surface should then be coated with epoxy
polyester powder with paint film thickness of 60 microns &
oven baked at 180-210°C. This finish should exclude stainless
steel parts, some hardware, ebonite rubber if any.
OttA4
),A\rc Tl o,ticyiii);295 r2v)' ni-entte'e-A CcArl na, n7 011/4
91
cet 016419, errnIrdfrutif‘
17) The examination table.must be sturdy, vibration.freaand self
balance.
18) The examination table shall be properly constructed with all
otherwise specified, the vertical members shall- be
vertical members.
19) The examination table shall stand on all the legs at the same
time on a level surface. All the surfaces shall be smooth and
frame-work or other unsealed formations which may harbor dirt
or foreign matter.
20) Tow section tops should be smooth edges and burr free and
corner.
Weight (Ibs, kg) Should be able to support the weight of the patient up to 180 kg.
5 Atmosphere / 1) Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in
Ambiance (air ambient temperature of 10 to 40° C and relative humidity of 15
conditioning, to 90% in ideal circumstances.
humidity, dust ...) 2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in
ambient temperature of 0 to 50° C and relative humidity of 15 to
90%.
6 User 's care, 1) Disinfection : Parts of the Device that are designed to come into
Cleaning, contact with the patient or the operator should either be capable
Disinfection & of easy disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable
Sterility issues cover.
7 Certificates 1) Should be FDA / CE approved product if any.
2) Manufacturer should have ISO certificate for quality standard
warnings /
,
ep„,00tiut mdk
ftrAesical
\ k,‘;4t w is m_ Pow&
•
EXAMINATION LAMP TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS:
I. Portable, easy to move
2. 360 degree rotation of dome

3. Cool light
4. Articulated spring loaded arm with on/off
switch and incorporated electronic
transformer
5. Length of arm 85 cm
6. Voltage: 230 V
7. Bulb 12V SOW
8. Dome: Double wall light head construction to
minimise heat
9. Base: chrome plated
41 0
acor,eokk- AL S-
„Aorry-avati
Specificaiton for Xenon Light Source
S r. No. Technical Specification Qty

Cold Light Fountain with one 300 Watt and one light outlet,
power supply 100 - 125/220 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, including: 1
1
400 A Mains Cord
Fiber Optic Light Cable, with straight connector, extremely

2 heat-resistant, with safety lock, diameter 4.8 mm, length 250
cm
All instruments should be European CE and USFDA approved

and of Single Parent. Company
ar, R f m
-e 6*R
ra m
)2 e Pthu 1 le)(Asz__
T\J y
rnAr lent\ Vit tt..ekdcta___
(-12 c) Ineelic_m\ E 'cfrbro,va-4C\-1
0,15fAuct-L-0-446-U:1
AnOtte:Refl ?F',f-,S3rf,C.;`;
Diar.1„ C'Xi14:ny
G, 8. MedicIai GrAc,ags
-
K.E.M. 'ricespitz!, Pa?*:, %Junta' - 00012
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Crash Cart "
GMDN name Crash Cart
A trolley it could be carry material required to handle emergency
1 Clinical purpose
situation to treat the patients
2 Used by clinical department/ward All wards
1. Overall Size :- 525mm (L) X 950mm(W) X 1500mm(H) Height from Ground level to top.
2. Frame & Shelves of the Trolley :
a) Top & vertical frame, tubular S.S. 25.4mm OD, 18SWG.
b) Top shelve of S.S. sheet 18SWG. with raised edges upto 25mm, at each side & having
with protective railings on each sides of tubular S.S.pipel9mm OD,18SWG.
c) Below the top two modular storage system of three drawers each one with lock S.S.
(three separate compartments horizontally dived by one sheet to convert into six
sections)
d) On long vertical frame on top side in single plate, symmetrical five coloured plastic
(heavy duty) beans should attach horizontally.
e) Bottom shelve of S.S. sheet 18SWG. with raised edges upto 25mm, at each side &
having with protective railings on each sides of tubular S.S.pipe19mm OD,18SWG.
f) Supported with non-rusted 100mm x 25mm OD,PU Wheels with double bearing &
double lock arrangement, nut for mounting of wheels should be fitted inside vertically in
tubular bar.
g) Oxygen cylinder cage shall be provided for oxygen cylinder at one side, another side
should have dual push handle.
h) "Govt. of Maharashtra Public Health Dept. & Mfg date" must be embossed at visible
sight, must be easily readable.
3. Finish :
a) All S.S. should be deep fully argon seamless welded and polished finished.
b) Tow section tops should be smooth edges and burr free and corners should be round off
so that there should be no sharp corners.
4. General Requirements:
a) All stainless steel sheet & stainless steel tubes/pipes used in manufacturing shall be of
304 S2 grade confirming to IS 6911 of 1992 or latest.
b) All dimensions will be considered — Length, Width, Height in millimeter(mm), thickness in
gauge (SWG — Standard Wide Gauge), Diameter should consider as Outer Diameter
(OD).
c) The crash cart must be sturdy, vibration free and self balance.
(Dr. Da otipavale) (Dr.Govardhan Gaikawad)

(Mr. Math Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer -SU GEON SURGEON
es)), Cern
em
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Department of General Surgery
Seth. G. S. Medical College &
K.E.M. Hospital, Pare!,
Mumbai - 400 0171,
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Crash Cart "
GMDN name Crash Cart
d) The crash cart shall be properly constructed with all welded joints grounded, cleaned
and well-formed. Unless otherwise specified, the vertical members shall be
perpendiculars to the wheel base and parallel to each other and the horizontal members
shall be at right angles to the vertical members.
e) The crash cart shall stand on all the legs at the same time on a level surface. All the
surfaces shall be smooth and free from pitting. Welding shall fully penetrate and shall be
sound in every detail and it shall be finished flush. In the finished stage, there shall be no
exposed sharp edges in the frame-work or other unsealed formations which may harbor
f) Tender committee has reserved rights to change dimensions at any stage of tender.
6 Accessories (mandatory) Spare parts
1) Non-rusted 100mm x 25mm OD,PU Wheels with double bearing & double lock
arrangement — Qty 02 Nos.
2) five coloured plastic (heavy duty) beans — Qty 01 Set.

User's care, Cleaning, into contact with the patient or the operator should either be
7 capable of easy disinfection or be by a single use/disposable
cover.
8 Certificates - Manufacturer should have ISO certification for quality standards.
9 Warranty Two year on site
End user Specialist Meeting Date : 0k/09/2017
(Dr. D Motipavale) (Dr.Govard Gaikawad)

(Mr. Manis Ma re) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
41/ dIRA)
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SURGERY ecki Cr°
DR. R C7JOPF9 HOSPFIAL & e DA. 3. ketin
H r t::' ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
Seth. G S. Medical College /t
Mum bai - 400 012,
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Catheter Tray"
GMDN name Tray, Instrument SS with cover
1 Clinical purpose To keep surgical instruments
Used by clinical
2 Operation Theater, Wards
department/ward
1) Tray, instruments, 225 x 125 x 50mm, with cover. Seamless tray with cover, rectangular with
rounded corners, smooth surface
2) Material: Austenitic stainless steel composition: 18 to 20% holmium, 8 to 10% nickel
3) Length: 215-235 mm. Width 120-130 mm. Height: 45-50 mm. Thickness: 0.75 - 0.85mm.
4) Artery Forceps Curved 8" — Qty 02 Nos
5) Sponge Holding forceps 10" — Qty 02 Nos
6) Bowel 50m1— Qty 01 Nos
5 Dimensions (metric) Estimated volume: 0.115 m3
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) Estimated weight: 0.525 kg
Operating room temp. Up to 40 ° C
8 Storage room temp. Up to 60 ° C
conditioning, humidity, dust)
Relative Humidity Up to 90% non condensing
User's care Cleaning,
9 ' The case is to be cleanable with alcohol.( autoclavable)
10 Certificates The company should be ISO certified and products should be 1S1
mark.
11 Warranty Two Years
End user Specialist Meeting Date : 0(09/2017
(Dr. Da pavale) (Dr.Govardhan.Gaikawad)

(Mr. Manis M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
DEP Ail OF: GENERAL SURGERY

:CO
DR. R. N. c:::1(vER •rio,
:p:FAL&
H. B. 1. EGE ASSOCIA E PROFESSOR
MUMDA1-4J0 056. Department of Genera! Surgery
Mumbei -400 012._
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Dressing Drum Big "
GMDN name Drum Sterilizing Big
Cylindrical container used to sterilize dressing material (gauze
compress or cotton etc.) in a stem sterilizer (autoclave), and to
1 Clinical purpose
keep them as "sterile dressing materials for medical activities (i.e.
dressing, injection etc.)
Used by clinical
2 CSSD & All
department/ward
1) Should have an effective closing lid with a clip lock, a carrying handle, and air vents system to
allow steam to circulate freely during the sterilization cycle.
2) vents to be manually closed after sterilization
3) Air vent system (opening and closure mechanism) must be efficient and easy to operate
4) Lateral air vents systems is preferable to top and bottom air vents
5) Material: Austenitic stainless steel, smooth surface. Austenitic stainless steel composition approx.
8 to 10% nickel, 18 to 20% chromium.
5 Dimensions (metric) Diameter 15" Height 12", Thickness.0.6 to 0.7mm
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) >0.65 Kg
Operating condition : operating temp 140 ° C
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air Storing Condition : Information for particular storage condition
8
conditioning, humidity, dust) (temperature, pressure, light, humidity, etc) as per appropriate (or
equivalent harmonized symbol)
User's care, Cleaning, The case is to be cleanable with alcohol or chlorine wipes
9
Disinfection & Sterility issues Autoclavabal
10 Certificates Should be FDA / CE approved product; Manufacturer should have
ISO Certificate for standard quality.
12 Maintenance tasks Maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining schedule.
13 Recommendations or warnings Any recommendations for best use and supplementary warning for
safety should be declared.
End user Specialist Meeting Date : 1 /09/2017
(Dr. Motipavale) (Dr.Govar

(Mr. Manis ag e) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
sfri Clarn
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SURGERY
op.. R. N. COOE'ER HOSPITAL &
H. T ASSOolATE PROFESSOR
IVIL;MEs. OLLZGE: Department of General Surgery
Seth. G. S. Medical College 81
K.E.M. Hospital, Pars!,
Mumbai -400 012,
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Dressing Drum Large "
GMDN name Drum Sterilizing
Cylindrical container used to sterilize dressing material
1 Clinical purpose (Orthopedic Implants, gauze compress or cotton etc.) in a stem
sterilizer (autoclave), and to keep them as "sterile" dressing
materials for medical activities (i.e. dressing, injection etc.)
Used by clinical
2 CSSD & All
department/ward
5 Dimensions (metric) Diameter 17" Height 11", Thickness.0.6 to 0.7mm
Operating condition : operating temp 140 0 C
8 Atmosphere / Ambiance (air Storing Condition : Information for particular storage condition
9 User's care, Cleaning, The case is to be cleanable with alcohol or chlorine wipes
;14
(Dr. Da fa4
(Mr. Manish M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) Motipavale) (Dr.Govaro".; aik wad)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer EON SURGEON
1,
4 qfirAak.)
r tvt: 5161Y1
DEPARTMarr CF GENERAL SURGERY
DR. R. N. COOPE,R 1.10E.:PMAL ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
H. T ME'. tCP,:., Department of General Surgery
Seth. O S. Medical College eis
K.E.M. Hospital, Perot,
Mumbal - 400 012,_
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Dressinu Drum Medium "
GMDN name Drum Sterilizing Medium
1 Clinical purpose compress or cotton etc.) in a stem sterilizer (autoclave), and to
keep them as "sterile" dressing materials for medical activities (i.e.
Used by clinical
2 CSSD & All
department/ward
5 Dimensions (metric) Diameter 11" Height 9" Thickness.0.6 to 0.7mm
Operating condition : operating temp 140 u C
8
User's care, Cleaning, The case is to be cleanable with alcohol or chlorine wipes
9
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Dr. D d Motipavale) (Dr.Govar n.Gaika ad)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
./fr,C16entlit‘i)
DEPARTMENT OF GENERAL SURGERY e -Jc(i n
DR. R. N. COOP.T:1R HOSPITAL & 0)4.
ASSOCIATE PROFESSOR
H. B. T. MEDiCAL. COLLEGE Department of General Surgery
MUMBAI-400 056. Seth. G S. Medical College
Mumbal -400 01/
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Dressing Drum Small"
GMDN name Drum Sterilizing
1 Clinical purpose compress or cotton etc.) in a stem sterilizer (autoclave), and to keep
them as "sterile" dressing materials for medical activities 0.e.
Used by clinical
2 CSSD & All
department/ward
2) vents to be manually closed after sterilization Air vent system (opening and closure mechanism)
must be Efficient and easy to operate
3) Lateral air vents systems are preferable to top and bottom air vents Material: Austenitic stainless
steel, smooth surface. Austenitic stainless steel composition approx. 8 to 10% nickel, 18 to 20%
chromium.
5 Dimensions (metric) Diameter 9" x Height 9" Thickness approx.0.6 to 0.7mm

6 Weight (lbs, kg) >0.50 Kg
Operating condition : operating temp 140 ° C
8
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) (temperature, pressure ,light, humidity, etc) as per appropriate (or
User's care Cleaning, The case is to be cleanable with alcohol or chlorine wipes
Disinfection & Sterility issues Autoclavabale
10 Certificates Should be FDA / CE approved product; Manufacturer / supplier

should have ISO Certificate for quality standard
(Dr. D. • ate Motipavale) (Dr.Govardha . aika ad)

(Mr. Manish M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
4IRGEON SURGEON
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer
DEPARTMENT or CriNERAL SURGERY ASSO FESSGF

DR. R. N. COC.VER FiraSPiTAL & Deparynot eners1Sumer
H. B. T. MEDICAL. COLLEGE Seth. G'S. Medicel Geneve
MUIABAI-400 K.E.M. Hospital, Pare!,
-Murnbai - 400 012.
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Hand Wash Basin with stand"
GMDN name Hand Wash Basin with stand
1 Clinical purpose sturdy stand is designed for washing hand after surgeries and
operations by doctors, surgeons and nurses
Used by clinical
2 Operation Theater and examination rooms
department/ward
1) Light weight 350mm
2) Resistant to rust (Rust proof) Pre-treated and Epoxy powder coated, Easy maintenance
3) Made up of CRCA pipes. Five leg PVC base mounted on 5cms dia.
4) Provided with one SS basin. Dimension: 350mm die x 850mm H 915 mm
4 Dimensions (metric) 350 mm die x 850 mm H 915 mm

Atmosphere / Ambiance (air Operating room temp. Up to 40 ° C

6 Storage room temp. Up to 60 ° C
Relative Humidity Up to 90% non-condensing
7 The case is to be cleanable with alcohol.
8 Certificates The company should be ISO certified and products should be 181
mark.
Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks
10 Maintenance tasks before handover Local clinical staff to affirm completion of
installation
End user Specialist Meeting Date 1 (x,1/09/2017
(Dr. Da nd Motipavale) (Dr.Govard n.Gaikawad)

(Mr. ManisF Ma re) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer -SURGEON SURGEON
Bio Medical Engineer
ova,
D.PARtWNT (-.* GENERAL SURGERY
DR. P. N. COOPER HOSPITAL & &CI"
9)191j
H. P. TMEDICAL COLLEGE
MUMBA(400 056. ASSOOtATE PHOFESSOR
Seth. G S. Medical College &
K.E.M. Hospital, Parel,.
Mumbai - 400 012,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "JUMBO OXYGEN CYLINDER"
GMDN name Medical gas Cylinders
GMDN code CT 659
A container designed as a refillable cylinder used to hold
compressed medical oxygen (02) under safe conditions at high
1 Clinical purpose
pressure; 02 is used as an essential life support gas, for
anesthesia, and for therapeutic purposes.
1) It should be a standard ID' type molybdenum steel cylinder.
2) Water capacity 47 Lts i.e.- 7 cu mtr. at pressure of 1800 - 2000ibs/square inch.
3) A Pressure regulator/flow meter capable of reducing the pressure to appropriate level to run either
a ventilator or provide oxygen therapy.
4) Should be seamless.
5) Brass with chromium plated Valve, with valve guard.
6) Cylinder filled with Medical grade Oxygen. (Empty cylinders not accepted)
7) Each cylinders must be manufacturing date having current year.(three months prior date of
manufacturing will be acceptable)
8) Each cylinder should have explosive safety certificate obtained from Chief Controller of Explosive.
User's interface Manual
4
Setting flow meter for controlling flow of oxygen.
The capacity should be of 5000 to 6000 Liters at pressure of
5 Dimensions (metric)
1800 - 2000ibs/square inch.
6 Mobility, portability Yes, on its trolley
7 Accessories Humidifier bottle, key and flow meter— 01 No each.
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 0 to 50° C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.Capable of
8
conditioning, humidity, dust .) operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40° C and
Cylinder should have NI mark and ISO certificate for quality
standard or BIS equivalent; IS 3224. Cylinder should have
9 Certificates
explosive safety certificate and should be provided along with
each cylinder during installation.
Pre-installation requirements: Certificate of Calibration, PESO certificate and inspection from
10
nature, values, quality, tolerance the factory.
11 Training of users in operation.
12 Warranty Two years
13 Recommendations or warnings Color Codes to be displayed on the cylinders.
(Dr. D Motipavale) (Dr.Govardhan Gaik wad)

(Mr. Manish Ma re) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Su pdt Civil Surgeon
al
er I
OEPA ThiENT OF GENERAL :SURGERY ASSOC P erFitS OR

OR. R N. COOPER HOSPITAL & Depart o Sumer
H. B. T. MEDIC:Pi, CO' 4 EGE Seth. 0. -)01 9lchI College &
H= !Sal, Parel,
Mutely* - 400 0127
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " JUMBO NITROUS CYLINDER "
GMDN name Medical gas Cylinders
GMDN code CT 659
A container designed as a refillable cylinder used to hold
1 Clinical purpose compressed medical oxygen (NO2) under safe conditions at high
pressure; NO2 is used as an essential life support gas, for
anesthesia, and for therapeutic purposes.
2 Used by clinical department/ward Operation Theater
1) It should be a standard 'D' type molybdenum steel cylinder.
2) The capacity should be of approx 15 cu mt. at pressure of 900 - 1000ibs/square inch.
3) Should be seamless.4.cylinder valve, with valve guard. Valve seating should be non
interchangeable with other types of cylinders.
4) Cylinder filled with Medical grade Nitrous Oxide. (Empty cylinders not accepted)
5) Each cylinders must be manufacturing date having current year.(three months prior date of
manufacturing will be acceptable)
6) Each cylinder should have explosive safety certificate obtained from Chief Controller of Explosive
User's interface Manual
4
Setting regulator for controlling flow of NO2
5 Dimensions (metric) The capacity should be of 15000 to 17000 Liters at pressure of
900 - 1000/square inch.
6 Mobility, portability Yes, on its trolley
7 Accessories key and two stage regulator — Each One
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.Capable of
8
conditioning, humidity, dust.) operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40 deg C
Cylinder should have ISI mark and ISO certificate for quality
9 Certificates standard or BIS equivalent; IS 3224. Cylinder should have
explosive safety certificate and should be provided along with
each cylinder during installation
Pre-installation requirements: Certificate of Calibration, PESO certificate and inspection from
10
nature, values, quality, tolerance the factory.
11 Training of users in operation.
13 Recommendations or warnings Color Codes to be displayed on the cylinders.
End user Specialist Meeting Date : 0409/2017
(Dr. D-trAveits Motipavale) (Dr.Govardhan Gaikawad)

(Mr. Manish MagFe) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer NURGEON SURGEON
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Medical Supdt Civil Surgeon
Regional Referral
Aurangabad Rural Hospital Bhokardan, District Hospital
Hospital Nashik
se al
D •A;r ' I IT OP GE.NERAL SURGERY • ern

DR. R. N. COOPER I-1C--bF3PrIAL. ASSC$ - • rfikssoR
H. F.3. T. MEDICAL. COI
Depart ‘u ntAti, 4:- natal Surgery
LECIE Seth. p9S: Medical College Si
ItAiiME3Ai-400 (”1-16. K.E.M. Hospital, Pare!,
MuMbai - 400 012.
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Kidney Tray"
GMDN name Kidney Tray
Used in surgery and medicine. equipment for nursing and surgical
1 Clinical purpose care
Used by clinical All wards, OT
2
department/ward
1) Container, kidney shaped kidney dish, stainless steel, and smooth surface.
2) Material: Austenitic stainless steel composition: 18 to 20% chromium, 8 to 10% nickel.
3) Length: 240-260 mm.
4) Width: 130-150mm.
5) Height: 30-50mm.
6) Capacity: 800 to 850m1.
7) Thickness: 0.75-0.85mm.

5 Dimensions (metric) Estimated volume: 0.063m3
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) Estimated weight: 2.8kg
Operating room temp. Up to 40 0° C
8 Storage room temp. Up to 60 C
9 The case is to be cleanable with alcohol.( Autoclavable)
10 Certificates The company should be ISO certified and products should be ISI
mark.
Operating manuals, service Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented.

12 User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English,
Marathi language.
End user Specialist Meeting Date : 0i/09/2017
(Dr. D Motipavale) (Dr.Govardh . aika ad)

(Mr. Manisfi
i Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
DEPARtMLNT OF GENERAL SURGERY utt926

7echR°rA
DR. R. N.
COOPER HOSPITAL &
h. B. T. MEDICAL COLLEGE
MUMBAI-40g 056. ASSCPATE PROFESSOR
Mumbai - 400 0121
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Bed Side Screen"

GMDN name Bed side Screen
1 Clinical purpose Widely used in hospitals and clinics, this screen is basically
designed to create a partition or to conceal some area.
Used by clinical
2 All Wards
department/ward
Hospital Bed Side Screen, four-Fold Frame work of bed side screen constructed with MS Steel tubes.
Features:
1) Wheels : 4 wheels
2) Folded bedside screen
3) Three-part folded bedside screen
4) Unfold size: L1500 x H1800mm x W500
5) Folded size: L500 x H1800mm x W500
6) Material: Steel pipe,( Frame work made of ERW tubular pipe) Pre-treated and epoxy powder
coated, colour White
7) Caster Wheels : 5 cms Castors Size : 244 cmx165 cm
8) Supplied with spring wire and Green Color curtains.
3 - parts folded bedside screen

4 Dimensions (metric) Unfold size:- L1500 x H1800mm x W500
Folded size:- L500 x H1800mm x W500
Size:- 244 cm x165 cm
5 Mobility, Portability Yes
6 Accessories (mandatory) One set of curtains with spring wire.
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air Operating room temp. up to 40°.0

7 Storage room temp . up to 50°.0
Relative Humidity up to 90% non condensing
8 Certificates The company should be ISO certified, & product should ben Mark
End user Specialist Meeting Date : 0ol/09/2017
the
•
(Mr. Manish (Dr. D tipavale) (Dr.Govardha rf. Gaikawad)
Au ranga bad Hospital Nashik Rural Hospital Bhokardan, District Hospital
SURGERY
DEPARTMIHNT T.yrp,t_ ASSOCIATE PROFESSOr.
DR. R. Department of General Surgery
Seth. G S. Medical College /3.
MUMBA1-400 056. K.E.M. Hospital, Par*,
Mumbol - 400 012.
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Pedestal Fan "
GMDN name Pedestal Fan
1 Clinical purpose provide efficient air cooling and circulation for comfort
2 Used by clinical department/ward all wards
3 Technical characteristic (specific to this type of device)
1) Residential pedestal and stand fans are made of high quality Materials for long lasting durability
and dependability.
2) Fans provide efficient air cooling and circulation for Operation Theater, all wards, office, and
more.
3) 3-speed push button control allows air conditioning setting adjustability. Large blades ensure
optimal air flow and quiet operation.
4) Adjustable height and tilt with 90° oscillation for wide area coverage. Voltages are 110 and 120.
CFM high ranges from 480 to 2100. Colors are Black and White.

5 Noise (in dBA) < 50 dba
6 Heat dissipation Heat Dissipation: Should maintain nominal Temp
8 Power Requirements 220-240V + 15%, 60/60 Hz + 3%
Operating room temp. Up to 40 DC
9 Storage room temp. Up to 60 0 C
10 Certificates The company should be ISO certified and products should be ISI
mark.
11 Warranty Two Years and should provide technical support and required
spares and consumable for 7 yrs after warranty period is over
12 Maintenance tasks before handover Local clinical staff to affirm completion of
installation
13 Any recommendations for best use and supplementary warning
Recommendations or warnings
End user Specialist Meeting Date : 0409/2017
(Mr. Man (Dr. D. . . Motipavale) (Dr.Govard

Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer GEON SURGEON
DEPARTMENT OF C.4ENERAL SURGERY

DR. Ft N. COOPER HOSPI1AL &
H. B. T. MEDIC/AL r:OLLE3F.
MUMBAI-400 058. ASSV:arei€ PROFESSOR
Derement of General Surgery
Seth. G S. Medical College &
K.E.M. Hngpital, Pare!,
Murltyi - 400 012_
Specification of Medicine Cabinet Display Type
•
1. Overall Size :- 900mm(W) x 450mm(D) x 1980mm(H) Height from Ground level to top.
2. Top, Back, Bottom, Side : should be CRCA sheet 22SWG
3. Lower & Upper Section as per drawing.
a) Lower Section Over all Size 900mm(W) 450mm(D) 940mm(H) +100mm pedestal
1. Two Shelves to make three compartments.
2. 900mm(W) x 420mm(D), should be double bended.
3. Each shelves have lipped flanges 25mm (W) &15mm(D), One stiffener should be given
horizontally at the base of shelves.
4. Each shelves should be supported on frame self bracket, & constructed that shelves
securely supported & adjustment in side the bracket can move easily.
5. Four rack strips should be provided for supporting the shelves, covering full height.
6. Shelves & Rack Strips should be made from CRCA Sheet 20SWG..
7. Two Doors — Sheet of CRAG 22SWG, having metal stiffeners suitably welded to stiffen the
doors. Centre to center distance between two adjustcent hinges, with two "D" handle; & key
slot for key, with in belt brass lock, in three keys. One door should have tower bolt welded at
internal side.
•
8. Two pedestal — mild steel 20SWG, 75mm (W) 450mm(D) 100mm(H), it must be properly
stiffen; shall not project outside of the cabinet.
b) Upper Section — Over all Size 900mm(W) 300mm(D) 940mm(H)
1. Four shelves to make five compartments, 8mm thick glass. Glass edges must be diamond /
smooth polished.
2. Each glass shelves should be fitted on four Aluminum/MS brackets, it can be easily move.
3. Doors — two sliding 5mm glass doors, fitted in aluminum "E" section channel, with SS locking
arrangement in three keys.
4. Colour : Ivory shade overall side, highlighter strips of light green.
5. Finish & Material :
a) All section tops should be smooth edges and burr free and corners should be round off so
that there should be no sharp corners.
b) All components shall be thoroughly pre-treated chemically to remove rust and foreign matter
like grease, oil etc by dip tank processes, including separate Degreasing, De-rusting,
Phosphating each followed by water rinsing, passivating and hot air drying to give phosphate
coating confirming IS 3618 of 1966 Class 'C' or latest. ,
c) The treated metal surface should then be coated with epoxy powder with film thickness of
•
minimum 60 microns and oven baked at 180 -200° C .
d) Powder coating shall be of grade A & shall pass requirement specified in Table 1 of IS 13871
of 1993. This finish should exclude stainless steel parts and hardware if any.
k a 0D
'V
0 0
f.
Arno \ wetAikt4_ g . ivir 1
,
12)%5 rked4 cc3 el "C a a fl1/411/41e
IQ grp!e PrynyttLe
"-"/X-
Medicine
1 Computerized ECG Machine
2 Digital B.P. Apparatus
3 Digital Thermometer
4 Finger Pulse Oximeter
5 Pulse Oximeter with adult, Pediatric & Neonatal Probe
6 Nebulizer
Specifications for ECG Machine
• The ECG Machine should be able to acquire all 12 Leads simultaneously and interpret them
(Reporting).
• Should acquire simultaneous 12 lead ECG for both adult and pediatric patients.
• Should have Real Time Color Display of ECG waveforms with signal quality indication for each
lead.
• Should have Artifact, AC and low and high pass frequency filters.
• Should have storage memory of at least 800 ECGs with easy transfer by optional modem and data
card.
• Should have full screen preview of ECG report for quality assessment checks prior to print.
• Should have interpretation facility of the amplitudes, durations and morphologies of ECG
waveforms and associated rhythm for adult and pediatric patients.
• Should have alphanumeric /qwerty Keyboard for patient data entry on main unit
• It should have function of paper less recording and reanalysis for saving papers.
• Machine should have inbuilt algorithm for interpretation in main unit ,it should not be on patient
cables.
• Should have High Resolution inbuilt thermal A4 size printer
• Should have report format of 3 x 4; 6 x 2; 12X1 Rhythm for up to 12 selected leads; 12 lead
extended measurements, 1 minute of continuous waveform data for 1 selected lead.
• Should have battery capacity of at least 400 ECG reports or 1 hour of continuous paper recording
or hours of paper less recording on single charge.
• It should measure and display vent rate, PR interval, QRS duration, QT/Qtc interval, P/QRS/T axes
on report.
• Should be able to connect to HIS I LAN I Wireless LAN .

• Should display ECG on LCD / TFT Display of flinch with 800 x 480 pixel resolution(optional touch
screen)
• It should have USB output for taking out patient ECG reports on external printer.
• Machine should be light weight with less than 5kg weight including main unit, battery and recorder.
• System Configuration Accessories, Spares and Consumables :

• ECG Machine 12 Leads with Interpretation — 01.
3
Technical Specification of Digital BP Apparatus
Sr. No Technical specification

1 Fully Automatic inflation and deflation
2 Hypertension indicator (Above 140 Systolic/ 90 diastolic)
3 Memory for at least 5 sets of last readings
4 Display Digital. Machine should be portable
5 BP Measurement Range - (0- 299) mm of Hg
6 Pulse recorder - 40 - 180 beats/ min
7 Accuracy: Pressure + 4 mm of Hg
Pulse reading + 5% of reading
8 Inflation : Electric Pump
9 Deflation : Automatic pressure relax value
10 Power Supply : 4 AA Battery 1.5 V (Rechargeable batteries +charger)
11 Battery life : Approximately 300 measurements
12 Operating Temperature - 10 to 40 degree Celsius
13 Cuff Material : (Double stitched) Nylon or Polyester
14 Medium Size cuff Qty- 02Nos:, Large Size cuff Qty- 01No.with arterial indicator
15 2 years Manufacturer warranty
16 Laminated pictorial user Manual
17 ISO certificated
te-
• S?2l cr6
N. S50 0— (C O )L-
r e-EV^ 'NCO
TA; 2.< ' koviatm
Go.t\- "—
Ofcku;SYut/
cpki\
11111111111111111111111111MEMIIIIIM
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Thermometer digital"

GMDN name Electronic Patient Thermometers
GMDN code CT1954
1 Clinical purpose to measure body temperature
2 Used by clinical department/ward All
1) Range of temperature measurement 320C- 420 (89.60E-109.40F).
2) Can be calibrated in both centigrade and Fahrenheit, but if only one option is available, then
Fahrenheit is preferable.
3) Buzzer signal function.
4) Takes 60-90 seconds to measure temperature.
5) Can be used in the armpit/maxilla, orally and rectally.
6) Accuracy of temperature ± 0.1degC and ± 0.2 F.
4 User's interface LCD display

5 Communication inbuilt
7 Battery operated Yes
Tolerance
8 ± 0.1 deg C
9 Accessories (mandatory) Batteries 2 Nos
CE OR US FDA approved product.

10 Certificates Manufacturer should have ISO certificate for quality standard.
Certificate of Calibration and inspection from the factory.
11
12 Warranty One Years
1 Specification Done by : Govt of Maharashtra, Public Health Department
(Dr. Rajerltira Patil) (Dr. Santos es pande)

(Mr. Manish Magre) (Mr. Ma Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer PHYSICIAN PHYSICIAN
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Medical Supdt Medical Sudt
Regional Referral
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Women Hospital, Rural Hospital Phulambri
Jalna Dist. Aurangabad
Technical Specification --Finger Pulse Oximeter
Sr.no Technical Specification
1 Display type - LED
2 Displays Sp02 and pulse rate
3 Low power consumption, Auto-off function
4 Approximately 30 hours of normal operation
5 Accommodates a wide range of finger sizes from pediatric to
adult / 5fret3 Ii KL Seem's' 4., nernatal (kg- •
6 Power requirement - two AAA batteries.
Instrument should CE (should be from notified body) or USFDA
7
approved.
alA016-
(yecje_
17-0)Nri teal C9-A e-r1
42at )-k P elYYStik r
C..
4\ t''
as"
,fib,,
icire.
bf • N •csAfrin LArt hn
Asserciat, Perf-cmcne
4aA4 ( Stir TJH
D-r ,,ortt-4 Primw

vi‘tAn (C)/ q
Technical specifications for Pulse Oximeter C Pct I9e C:1), en 0 nl j'o-y'
OXIMETER FEATURES
1. Simple, intuitive operation and space-saving design.

2. Distinctive digital signal processing technology from Gevidien.
3. Variable pitch beep tone which enables clinicians to hear pointby-
4. point changes in Sp02.
5. Five-hour battery life with an optional ten-hour battery.
6. 96-hour trend memory captured every four seconds.
7. Patient trend data can be stored on a PC for archive and analysis.
8. Easy-to-use jog dial for simple navigation and control of the
9. display and monitoring system functions.
10. Compact, portable, lightweight, durable, easy-to-transport
11. design with a built-in handle.
12. Multiple-language graphical user interface.
13. Capable of displaying plethysmographic waveforms, pulse
14. amplitude, and current measured Sp02 and pulse rate.
15. Multicolor display screen with a black background which
16. provides ideal contrast.
17. Back-up audible alarm.
18. On-screen help messages to assist the user in the use of the
Monitor
FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS
PERFORMANCE
Measurement Range
Sp02: 1% to 100%
Pulse rate: 20 to 250 beats per minute (bprn)
Pulse amplitude: 0.03% to 20%
ACCURACY
Saturation (%Sp02 ± 1 SD)
Adult: 70% to 100% ± 2 digits
Neonate: 70% to 100% ± 3 digits

Low perfusion: 70% to 100% ± 2 digits
Pulse rate: 20 to 250 bpm ± 3 digits
Low perfusion: 20 to 250 bpm ± 3 digits
ELECTRICAL
Instrument
Power requirements: 100 to 240 VAC, 50/60Hz, 45 VA
Fuse rating: Fast-acting 2A 32VAC/DC, Fast-acting 500mA 32VAC/SODC
Battery
Type: Li-Ion
Battery capacity: Minimum of 5 hours using new, fully charged battery with no alarms
ENVIRONMENTAL
Operating Temperature
Instrument: 5°C to 40°C (41°F to 104°F)
Transport/Storage Temperature (in shipping carton):
-20°C to 60°C (-4°F to 140°F)
Operating Humidity
15% to 93% noncondensing
Operating Altitude
-170 m to 4877 m (-557 ft to 16,000 ft)
PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS
Weight
1.6 kg (3.5 lbs) —I
Site
82 H x 255 W x 165 D (mm) "-I % 7 to-- 2 60 lov X i6 0- 17-oD
(3.23 H X 10.04 W x 6.50 D (in))

EQUIPMENT COMPLIANCE
STANDARDS COMPLIANCE — c C mixt) cructike-4 )1/ U pp

IEC STANDARDS Stn bad .Ptd Kr; \ \Q-)
EQUIPMENT CLASSIFICATIONS
Type of protection against electric shock: Class 1 (internally powered)
Degree of protection against electric shock: Type BF - Applied part
Mode of operation: Continuous
Electromagnetic compatibility: IEC 60601-1-2:2007
Liquid ingress: IPX2
Degree of safet suitable for use in the presence of flammable anesthetics
OUTPUT
Trend data download
Nurse call capability
DISPLAY/INDICATORS
Pulse amplitude indicator (8-segments)
Visual indicators: Pulse search, audible alarms silenced or -off, interference indicator, battery charging,
and SatSeconds alarm management clock, Pleth
ALARMS
Audible and visual alarms for high/low saturation and pulse rate
SatSeconds Alarm Management settings: 10, 25, 50 and 100, or OFF
Audible and visual warning indicators for low battery and sensor off
Audible and visual sensor disconnect alarms
ACCESSORIES
Mounting adapter
Interface cables
10 hour battery feibcd LI—
Sp02 probe for- Adult 2 nos, Pediatric 2 nos, Neonate 2 nos( wrap type reusable)
rg-
Nagueen
rid 141 fylo \Nick d -etc4_ kNillnicr
lk
i 131Q mCSiciai new 43- iq
RP- S p A-rtvanial
Technical Specificathin Nebuliser
Sr.no
Technical Specification
Should be li htwei ht, ortable and corn act.
Should have a dust filter.
3
Should be able to deliver a flow rate > 7 1 in
4 Should have air ressure > 35'Si.
Should have a check valve to protect the device against contamination

5 due to backward inhalation
Should be corn atible for continuous use
7 Should works on 200-240Vac/50Hz.
8
Should be supplied with nebulization accessory kit with mask for adult
and aediatric — 2 nos. each
9
Nebulization mask for adult and aediatric — 10 nos. each
:1-+‘ tI5 ku'fiel Addl-t juv --r-7ri LAAA, p .at,

Pathology
1 Microscope (Binocular)
2 Centrifuge
3 Hot Air Oven
4 Incubator
5 Invasive Digital Hemoglobinometer
6 Water Bath
7 Biosafety Cabinet
8 Fully Automated Chemistry Analyzer
9 Semi Auto Bio Chemistry Analyzer
10 Electrolyte Analyzer
11 Fully Automatic Blood Gas Analyzer
12 Cell Counter 3 Parts
13 Cell Counter 5 Parts
14 Microscope with Computer
15 Variable Volume Micro Pipettes
Specification of Binocular Microscope
Sr. Technical specifications

No.
1 Microscope should have colour corrected infinity Optical system.
Yfrgonomic Binocular Eyepiece tube siedentopf type 30 degree inclined.
:rgonomie Binocular Eyepiece should be 360 degree rotatable with interpapillary
I' distance of 48 mm to 75 mm
iWde field plan should be 5X for all numbers & additional 10X is required for all
,Wide
4
!numbers.
5 'Field of view number for 5X is 14 & for 10X should be 18.
6 IDioptric adjustment should be on binocular head.
7 Reversed Quadrupe nosepiece.
4118 Colour corrected infinity system should be plan Achromat.
9 Nose peace should be Quadruple.
0 The standard 4x, 10x, 40x & 100x HI Plan Objectives should be supplied.
he Microscope stand should have coaxial fine and Coarse focusing mechanism with
11 T
tension adjustable.
The mechanical stage dimension should be for travel range 75 mm X 50 mm with hard
1
12 coated surface of 142 mm X133 mm & it should be double plate moving on ball
1bearings.
The mechanical stage should resistant against routine usage abrasion and most lab
13
Chemicals
[he Abbe Condenser should be fixed & Lockable with 1.25 Numerical Aperture with
4 1:
1 kris diaphragm and slot slider for phase / Dark field.
5 The bases unit should have 45 mm diameter Blue Filter.
' he microscope illumination should be working on LED (3watts) illumination with

16 T
iintensity control.
17 The microscope should be work on universal power supply 220v-240v, 501-1z.
18 The microscope should be supplied with the power cord and Dust cover.
:The Microscope should be up gradable to light emitting diode (LED) fluorescence
19
',system with at least one filter.
20 The microscope should be supplied with LED light with one more extra LED as spare.
Sr.
No. Technical specifications
Microscope should be either ISI marked to 1s:4381:1967 or CE marked from notified

body.
Environmental Factors:- Packing & Packaging should be as per procedures in 1S-5204-

77
1969 with latest amendments.
Warranty & Preventive Maintenance: 1.Comprehensive warranty including preventive

maintenance of three years from the date of supply. The comprehensive warranty must
include replacement of lens also if needed. The bidder must also enter into an agreement
with the buyer for providing an annual maintenance contract for a further period of IRO
ears. For any malfunction, the supplier shall replace the parts or repair the same at the
ser site free of cost within 15 days of the receipt of the complaints. During warranty
period all services/ replacement ensuring smooth functioning of the Microscopes must
be done free of cost by the supplier.
D_91
- A • Glquekt 4i ,
eiekri-tr\trA,
•
fats°
cpycis— ek1)%f r-Aeckrt•A Co it` 'YQ-( ,
rock,3,46e,_,1- -ti t) 0 ocg
hshim
toc
.t
3g nAnSfl -S ft( nil P -

-p Arlo Loci ist
Specifications for table-top Centrifuges
1. Capacity 16-24 tubes each

2. Total number: 2 centrifuges
3. Volume: EACH CUVETTE upto 10 ml
4. Samples: blood, urine
S. RPM maximum- 4000-6000
6. Rcf(g) maximum- 2750-5000 g
7. Machine should be portable and tabletop.
prevent cover opening during
8. Biosafety- it should be closed-lid type with safety door lock, to
centrifugation.
9. Power supply- 220-240 volt; SO Hz; single phase
10.
Dimensions of tube holder: Volume 5 ml to 10 ml (for, tubes of size 100 mm x 12 mm)
11. It should have rubber cushions or bungs at the bottom to protect glassware.
12. It should have non refrigerated, quiet operation.
13. It should have digital countdown timer 0-60 minute with alarm system.
14. It should have digital speed indicator.
15. It should have Imbalance detector
16. It should have Quick deceleration with dynamic brake <Sa1A)
17. It should have Fixed angle rotor 14.i Noise
18. The company should provide 3 years warranty for the machine from the date installation starts. The
company should also quote for CMC for 7 years (breakdown into cost per 1 year each) after the end of
warranty period
19. Manual to be provided and demonstration to be given to technical staff.
20. The machine should incorporate safety device for the working motor.
21. The company should have a service centre within Mumbai/Navi Mumbai.
22. The company should provide 4 preventive services in the warranty /CMC period.
23. The company should provide unlimited breakdown calls during the warranty/CMC period.
24. Any of the breakdown calls should be attended to within one working day.
25. The company should maintain enough required spares in stock so as to have a downtime on not more
than two working days.
26. All the services should be provided preferably between the working hours of this office. Breakdown calls
should be attended at anytime of the day, 24 x 7 , whenever required.
)111a-M...e
HOD, Pattfology
0 SP I IR— raV```dr• 'fit P1A ksktect
scrt-k-c. ?co-lcsicre.
B.Y.L Nair hospital.
„A_ 4 ec,,skA,A0".
Professor & Head
Depanment of Pathology riy,,,I4c.4 0.-)„.<
T. N. Medical College and fr LOPOJ:-PJ
11.Y.L Nair Hospital
.4100 oog
t ot.‘3.10‘
reve I W Acej.aro- V-1—j9-
A
13-ie uncoil 02-1 Gte-54— D g.. sAnsii sk VP, ear
P.P Sirit Aiy111-ok PattolTrict, cApic
RR raas-h
Nash,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Hot Air Oven"
GMDN name Hot Air Oven
1 Clinical purpose To dry Laboratory glassware.
Used by clinical Pathology Laboratory, Blood Bank
2
department/ward
1) Should be made of double walled chamber -inner made of stainless steel ss304 grade and
powder coated outer surface (chamber size length 45"xBreadth45"xHeight45"minot size
variation acceptable
2) Should provide with three heating elements on three sides of the equipment for uniform
temperature on all shelves (temp. range 50° C to 180° C
3) Should be Provide with air circulating Fan
4) Should Provide with a variable microprocessor based digital temperature controller with digital
display and thermometer should be provided separate
5) Should have a minimum chamber size of ( Lx B x H ) each 450 mm. with 2 Stainless steel trays
with holes.
6) Should provide with air ventilations.
4 User's interface, Setting Manual
Heat Dissipation: Should maintain nominal Temp and the heat

5 Heat dissipation
Tolerance Voltage corrector / stabilizer to allow operation at ± 30% of local
(to variations, shutdowns) rated voltage.
8 Protection 220 to 240V, 50 Hz
9 Power consumption To be declared by manufaOture
Operating condition:— Capable of operating continuously in ambient
Atmosphere /Ambiance (air
10 temperature of 0 to 50 deg C. and relative humidity of15 to 90% in
.
Users care, Cleaning,
11 The case is to be cleanable with alcohol or chlorine wipes
Disinfection & Sterility issues .
Should be FDA / CE approved product; Manufacturer / supplier
ry , ..); Performance and
should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality standard. Electrical
12 safety standards (specific to
safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601-1 Shall
the device type);Local and/or
meet IEC-60601-1-2
. international
(Dr.Rajendra Shejule) (Dr.PaShik • kal)

(Mr. Manisti Mare) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
Pathologist Pathologist
Bio Medical Engi leer Bio Medical Engineer
Medical Officer Medical Officer-1
H.E.M.R.O/o DOHS Regional Referral
District Hospital, District Hospital
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik
Jalna Aurangabad
CHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Hot Air Oven-
GMDN name Hot Air Oven
13 nature, values, quality, Availability of 5 amps /15 Amp. Electrical socket
tolerance
Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before
14 Requirements for sign-off handover Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be
Training of staff (medical, provided Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
15
documented
16 Warranty Three years
Service contract clauses, Warranty of Three year with free servicing (min. 3/year) during
18
including prices warranty.
User, technital and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English/
Marathi language. Certificate of calibration and inspection to be
provided. List to be provided of equipment and procedures required
19 for local calibration and routine maintenance List to be provided of
important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to
be provided.
Other accompanying
20 documents
User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English.

details (Hierarchy Wise;. Any Contract (AMC/MC/add-hoc) to be declared by the
21
including a toll free/landline manufacturer.
number)
Any recommendations for best use and supplementary warning for
. End user Specialist Meeting Date : 07100/2017
Panel Specialist Meeting Date : 10902017
(Dr.Rajen'dra Shejule)
Cr (Dr.Pad kal)
(Mr. ManisIfi Mare) (Mr. Madhav Kate)
Pathologist Pathologist
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer
Medical Officer Medical Officer-1
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral
District Hospital, District Hospital
Jalna Aurangabad
INCUBATOR
1. Description of Function: It is a closed chamber which heats a sample at a preset temperature for
long term for applications like incubation for cross matching, Indirect Coomb's tests and
serological tests performed in blood bank.
2. Operational Requirements
2.1 Microprocessor/Microcontroller/Microcomputer controlled system.
3. Technical Specifications
3.1 Capacity: 90-150 Its (if more than two models please quote separately)
3.2 Interior chamber: Stainless steel for easy cleaning and decontamination
3.3 Timer: 1 min. to 100 hours and hold position
3.4 Minimum turbulence and no cross contamination
3.5 Adjustable safety thermostat for temp setting at 1°C increment
3.6 Temp Accuracy ± 1% of required temp, with inbuilt Temperature Sensor
3.7 Internal glass door for the observation
3.8 With minimum two adjustable shelves
to 3.9 Audiovisual Alarm to Indicate when temperature deviates more than 1°C from set point, and
when program or time has finished. Alarm may be muted. •-
3.10 Peltier heating with continuous air circulation and Heating by natural/forced convection for
homogenous temperature distribution
3.11 Temperature range: +5°C to 80°C
3.12 There should be a Membrane Keypad with LCD/LED to set and display operating
parameters, current status, running time and alarm conditions for time and temperature.
3.13 Interior lighting facility, insulated door fitted with heavy hinges handle locking, mechanical
door lock.
4. System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables As specified
5. Environmental factors
5.1 Shall meet IEC-60601-1-2 :2001(Or Equivalent BIS) General Requirements of Safety for
Electromagnetic Compatibility.
5.2 The unit should be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50°C
and relative humidity of 15-90%
5.3 The unit should be capable of operating in ambient temperature of 20-30°C and relative
humidity of less than 70%
aV. Power Supply
W 6.1Thwer input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug
62 Suitaille UPS (quote separately) with maintenance free batteries for minimum two-hour back-
upshould be supplied with the system.
7. Standards, Safety and Training
7.1 Electrical- safety conforms to standards for electrical safety,JEC-60601
/ IS-13450
7.2 Should be compliant to ISO 13485: Quality systems - Medical devices - Particular
requirements for the application of ISO 9001 applicable to manufacturers and service
providers that perform their own design activity
7.3 Should-be-FDA or-GE or BIS-approved-product
4 ecii,RJ v -c chr
r • I.- 'T. ifq.a..[Aa. 0,9-0- V ac gpt
T .
KPMfit. .42, I7
(XV\ 1 livs9,1)-eut-r'Acy,-c_ 7:rafesjcr ut Pathology
.lead Department of Blood Bank
&pa.
. :J. Circup of Hospitals
bo- -A S- fro---Av 0.-LNLItiej4 00 003
•
As-aac— gt; trteatoi
iz- H Reinv\gt
Technical Specifications of Invasive Digital Hemoglobinometer
Sr.No, Technical S ecification Comments

1 Name Digital Hemoglobinometer
2 Clinical Purpose Direct hand held battery operated device used for hemoglobin
testing clinical setting/ population based screening. The device is
intended to be used for quantitative measurement of haemoglobin
in capillary, venous or arterial whole blood samples taken from
forearm, upper arm, hand thigh, calf or fingers.
3 Should be used by Medical Officer/Laboratory Technician/ Staff Nurse/ANms/Mid-
level health •roviders at }{WCs.
Technical Characteristics
1 Working principle Reflectance Photometry/Absorbance Photometry
2 Parameter Blood Haemoglobin level
3 Ran:e of Hb estimation 0-25 .1n/di
-screen atients result dis 1 Yes LCD Dis
Maximum volume of sample Not more than 50 ul (One full blood drop)
re uired
Sample Material Ca ill ,venous or arterial whole blood
Measuring time Less than one minute
Auto-calibration Auto/Self calibration
Sensitivity More than 80% Findings should be pusblished in two
S ecifici More than 80% peer reviewed indexed journals. The
11 Bias (Limits of agreement a
0.5 gm/c11 I gm/dl) studies should be done in two
differenct Indian settings by two
independent teams of investigators.
Users Interface
Memory to store data Desirable - upto 500 tests with date and time
2 Bluetooth connectivity Desirable
Data transfer Desirable provision for data transfer to printer and PC
Physical Characteristics
Dimensions (metric) Not more than I5 cm X 10 cm X 20 cm
2 Weight (grams) Should not be more than 500 grams
Mobility/Portability Should be mobile and portable
Energy Source
er requirements Perferably battery operated
Should also be able to work on direct connection with electricity
source (AC). The manufacturer must provide the charger and the
cable for electricity power connection, whenever required by the
ui.ment
Battery 3.7 volt Lithium-polymer rechargeable battery/1.5 volt 4 AA
batteries/ etc. Should be able to perform up to 500 tests when full
char ed.
Automatic shutdown On battery power the device should turn off after approximately of
5 minutes of no use.
v1/4\ DALIN
A is ambhule
(Dr. Bhavana Sharambe) (Mr. P.G. Bhoyar) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Vijay Ka-9, vad)
(Dr. Arney Rojekar) Lab holden
Associate Professor Lab Technician Sr. Biomedical Engineer J4 Director,
Asst. Professor ZP Gedchlroll
(Adhoc) ZP Gadchiroll RRH, Nashlk
Pathology, Health Services
KEM Hospital, JJ Hospital, Mumbal PHC/SC/Disp, Mumbal
Mumbal
Technical Specifications of Invasive Digital Hemo lobinometer
—i. ...uvula' Lonsrderation

I Workin: tern .erature
2 Should be able to • erform in the tern .era ure ran • of 10-50 "c
Working Humidity 5-95%
3 user's care/ Cleaning
The part of the equipment which comes in contact with blood
should be easily cleanable. The factors which affect the
hemoglobin estimation (ex.haziness of lens) after repeated use
should be clearly mentioned in the manual. The cleaning
material for the lens and cuvette/s i. should be easil available.
Accessories
Cuvette/Strip (Working
environment Disposable and stable at specified environmental (Working
2 tern serature - 10-50'c, Workin! humditi - 5-95% condition.
Cuvette/Strip (Storage
environment Should be stable at temperature of 10-50se and humidity of 5-95%.
Shelf life for stora.e should be at least one ear.
Quality Control
1 Intra-sample variation (Accuary) Should be less than 5%
2 Control solution to check quality
Should be available for low, normal and high haemoglobin vainest
3 Calibration facility should be available 1111r
Certification
USA FDA/European CE/Any other equivalent certification
Preferable : ISO 9001:2008 certification
Service Support
1 Service support contact details
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to
be provided
2 Training
Free onsite training should be provided for the doctors, ANM and
ASHA. At least, two trainings (one training at the time of
installation and another training after six months i.e. refresher
training)
3 Warranty and on-site AMC should be 3 years each
AC5----
2.2,13
(Dr. Amey Rojekar) (Dr. Bhavana Bharambe) (Mr. P.G. Bhoyar) (Mr. S.M. Jambhule) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Vijay Kan
Asst. Professor Associate Professor Lab Technician Lab Technician Sr. Biomedical Engineer Jt. Directot
Pathology, (Adhoc) ZP Gadchiroli ZP Gadchiroll
KEM Hospital, JJ Hospital, Mumbal RRH, Nashik Health Services
Mumbai PHCISC/Disp, Mumba
Specification of Water Bath
Sr. No. Specification
I. Elegantly designed & Fabricated Water Bath with Lid and Thermometer
stand.
2. Outer wall : Made of Mild Steel duly powder coated after.surface
treatment.
3. Inner Chamber: It is rectangular in construction & is made of seamless
(Mild steel stainless sheet polished bright)
4. Insulation: High grade Insulation filled around.
5. Power Supply: 230 Volt, 50Hz, Single Phase A.C.
6. Heating Element: Embedded heater element plate.

7. Temperature Controller: Micro Processor Based Digital.
8. Temperature Range: 30°C to 70°C + 1°C.
9. Chamber Size(mm): 240(L)X 150(W)X 50(D) approx.
.ofr<e&mer, ked (al 13 piA

do,
cra-iss.\to,-105.1/4
ivy icii--6105
Ng.0 cl cck Po ofCSSeV unit froh
pt
nnrin C 2, LT
"3- H Oirk
q rnc_ Nclovv1/4
-0
Prin-d-ck B\no3cJe flp,shtiniffi g,v.

Gio-rneekoi P-n 1rn eei fi Ritofr
NR\;rr, Le‘ c
-,• 41csi • finhAk-i

Q\2
. • 1, •
Technical specifications. foPiBio-.Safety Cabinet f
.
1 Class II Bio safety cabinet, type A2, open front, ventilated cabinet in ergonomic design vertical
type.
2 Should have specific system or filters that should protect the operator from cytotoxic
substances
3 ULPA/HEPA- filtered, re-circulated mass airflow within the work space
4 Exhaust air from the cabinet is also filtered by ULPA/HEPA filters
5 Size: approx. 4 ft.
6 Air inflow velocity: approx. 0.45 m/s
7 Air down flow velocity : approx. 0.30m/s
8 ULPA/HEPA filter with minimum 99% efficiency against 0.3 pm particles, minimum 99% filter
efficiency at MPPS (most penetrating particle size)
9 Low noise (<65 db), low energy consumption and heat output
10 Microprocessor controlled functions with LCD display
11 Audible and visual alarms
12 Florescent light intensity >_ 1000 Lux
13 Standard UV light along with additional UV- inter lock i.e. 254 nm with display and sufficient
illumination for work space and reduce operator fatigue.
14 Main body constructed in mild steel with epoxy powder coated. Work surface seamless scratch
free high quality 18 gauge stainless steel grade 304. Back wall and side wall made of stainless
steel grade 304. Front door made of imported poly carbonate sheet or toughened glass with
sloping front for better access samples. To avoid contamination from outside to inside and easy
working with comfort. Secure and comfortable arm rests.
15 Electric supply requirement: 220-240 VAC, 50 -60 Hz
16 NSF/ANSI-49/ETL/CE/FDA certification
17 Compatible stabilizer __
18 Should have support stand with caster wheels for Oft cabinet
19 Warranty 2 years from the date of installation
20 Company engineer should attend breakdown call within 24 hours after sales.
21 User list with phone number and email id
22 Quote for the price of AMC for 5 years after the expiry of standard warranty.
23 Should perform calibration / validation yearly and preventive maintenance half yearly of the
equipment during warranty.
199--
Name: b-c' KeAnolte Name:
Designation: 19,fdl"-6,i Designation: sv isimed,i-cd fir-Tray2Q4.
Organization: CAP/NM-et-1 FltES 1Wler-3
1.3 Organiz. n: • C14 Mkt
Sign: Sign:
Name: DT .nt- k-, v Name: Fris-P,

circ.
Designation: /14,9-[ • P'fb &&s ea. • Designation: rath
,rt
Organization: t_'( • stbA. Organization: 'CP Tle'n c--
Sign: Sign:
Name: Qturr; c.SuAli.i{,Scsmick •

Designation: „rec. brrelth-gi 9- C 00 Ipeiwn
Organization 0)0,1i ,044 "ea-6mi ometai 5
Sign:
fr iiirlikAy Fully Automated Chemistry Analyzer
Technical specifications
1) System:- Heavy duty floor model open integrated discrete multichannel, random access analyzer
withautomatic run capable of performing test like blood sugar, HbAIC, Amylase. Lipase, Uric Acid,
Lipid profile (Cholesterol, TG and direct HDL), Hormones, Apolipoprotien, ADA, Serum Proteins.
Lipid Profile, Calcium, Phosphorous, Amylase, Lipase, Liver Function Tests ( Bilirubin, AST, ALT,
Alkaline Phosphates, Gamma GGT), Kidney Function Tests (Urea, Creatinine, Cystain C),
Immunoturbidimetric and Electrolytebased on ISE etc.
2 )Throughput:- Must be 600 Tests / Hour chemistry with ISE.
3)On Board Tests:-Not less than 30 tests using two reagents at time. It should have 2 reagents arms
alongwith 2 separate mixtures for performing double reagents tests.
4)Programmable Parameters:-Should have 96 photometric tests with facility for 40 calculated tests
serum indices.
5)Assay Mode:-End point kinetic on: two points rate A, rate B, dichromatic and monochromatic
readingfaci ity available.
6 )Calibration:- Linear, Non-linear, multipoint possibility of pointcalibration not less than five
points.
7 )Sample Disc:-Rotor type sample carrier with minimum 70 position includes 25 stat positions in
patient run 20 positions for standard 2 blank, 8 controls and 2 ISE solutions.
8 Sample Cups:-Normal and primary tubes / any sample container.
9)Sample Types:-Plasma, Serum. CSF and other body fluids.
10. Stat Facility:-Facility for continuous loading of stat samples container.

11 )Sample Aspiration Volume:-2-70 micro liters (in 0.2 micro liter increment)
12.) Sample Pre Dilution:-Facility to pre-dilute a sample in range of 5 to too times.
13) Incubator-Shielded water bath or pettierelement with auto regulation.
14). Sample Probe:-Probe with capacitance based liquid level sensor and washing facility.
15.Reagent Disk:-Cooled reagent disk to hold at least 50 reagent containers and barcode reading
facility.
64C141-fr
16.Auto Dilution:-Facility for auto dilution and auto re-run for all types ofreagents st-o(F'etil
17. Reagent Volume:-For Aspiration-I0-300 micro liter in step of 1 micro liter. hipatt
18.Reagent Probe:-Minimum of2 probes with capacitance based level sensors and auto washing
19.Reagent Stirrer:-On board stirrer. xitc
20. Reaction Disk:-70-80 permanent hard glass cuvette maintained at 37'C t 1-
21. Cuvettes:-Permanent and possibility to change each cuvette
4.4+41
22 Cuvette Washing:-Automatic on board washing and drying facility.
23 Safety Mechanism:-Sample clot detection facility and vertical obstruction detection .
CM-
24Quality Certificate:-The manufacturer / supplier should be ISO / CE certified with proven track
kh gl
i
recordin India with excellent service network throughout the country. (Service network details to be
provided).
\c.v) • sP os.\
1--a-z1:1114w911vx fanrrt, pres 0--kok
7117razi L-4ttrtrct
ESSOR QAip A cck. cv-27kocA,Lionsi‘„,
kraT10-4, WIlTaaT, DEPARTMENT Cr iTIOC /-:;
Tti 7t. s t - 7, e_ek.bms-v-Le--- nS \\11,1-t-
Agt — -doe oat. c-rtAtriz c-\
•
-1 ;Nicol 1,--)t-)
25)Photometer:-Multi wave length diffraction grating photometry with 12 fixed wave lengthin the
rangeof 340 to 750 nm.
26. Lamp Source:-Halogen lamp 12 vl 20W
27. Photometric:-Range 0 to 2.5 Absorbance
28 ISE Facility:-should have integrated flow cell electrode for Na K CI
29 )Controland Monitoring:-Dedicated Computer with color monitor, keyboard, mouse and laser
printer. Facility to monitor reaction data, review data, correction, reagent monitoring. Facility to store
patientdata and good memory backup. System should have Bidirectional interface for PC.
30. Quality Control:-LevyJennings quality control prograrnmersand twin plot.
31 )Reagents and Consumables:-The manufacturer / supplier should supply QC Material, other

reagentsas and when required
32)Alarm System:-The system should be supplied weight based level sensing platform with facility
togive alarm for keeping the demonizedwater tank cleaning solution tank, biohazard waste tank and
norrnalwaste tank.
33 )Other Requirements:-Start up reagents, preventing maintenance kit, suitable deionizer plant
with reverse osmosis, UPS with min two hrs batteries backup to be supplied with the system. The
instrument should have the capability to interface a computer and data acquisition also barcode
readingfacility. The system should have appropriate serial port.
34) The instrument should be accompanied with two (02) tonsplit AC, 350 lit two (02) in numbers
standardMicrocontroller laboratory refrigerator for proper storage of kits and reagent ofthe
equipment, Addition latest and advance conlruter 500 GB along with printer, scanner and copier.
35 )The reagents for like blood sugar, Amylase, Lipase,

Hormones, AST, ALT, Alkaline Phosphates, Urea, Creatinine, Cystain C, Gamma GGT'
for at least 200 tests for each chemistry along with controls andUric acid, Cholesterol, TG and direct
HDL Immunoturbidimetric (CSF protein)for at least 200 tests for each chemistry along with controls and
calibratorand an electrode with ISE buffer to be provided for at least 200 tests and for ISE electrode
should accompany with instrument free of cost for stat up instrument.
36 Freezing ofcost excluding ofGST of Close item reagents, Tubing, Auto wash solution for
Chemistry, Multi calibrator, control of normal and abnormal for chemistry, probe wash solution,
Halogen bulb, Cost of Probe, preventing maintenance PM kits suitabledeionizer plant
maintenance etc for Five Years for work load of3000 chemistry tests per day and 100 ISE tests per
dayof electrolytes(include electrode OfNa*K*C1- and reference electrode separately), ISE reagent
Module (One test include Na* K*C1- ).
37. During warranty period all consumables, tubing and preventing maintenance kit (PM-Kit) and Ocelit
other spareparts should be provided by company free ofcost. St sot__
38.Ll Will bedecided by the sum of price ofthe equipment and close system consumables excluding New_
ofGST for 5 years for the above mention workload.
39 Warranty:-Two years warranty from date of installation.
40 Instrument should be compatible with HMIs with preloaded software free of cost. Aca--(* L.
41. The Instrument should be CE Certified (EC Declaration of Confirmity from Original ManufactPrerrl) 117-5 )
alongwith ISO 13485 (Full Quality assurance) or USFDA approved. C-10f\ rthrlerlifvf
.13VN A rY\
Drarcli:
'rrr: tiff-fc
0 c-59°R ;.
es „c . cp...fr.,cstanaski•
5:1'.z
•crtr4;-,7)1, ' e\izekm --rtn`s-
•:;!. t;Pitc C. ?. t_ryt cn etas,c'e" *ScS CC-ein
M In
4‘..°
TyckspAa•3
.
SpecificationOf semi Auto Biochemistry Analyzer
150 open user-defined test programs

9Assay modest Point Linear,2 Point Linear,1 Point Non Linear,2 Point Non-linear,Rate A Linear,Rate A
Non-Linear,1 Point Sample Blank Linear,l-Point Sample Blank Non-Linear,Absorbance
Mono &Bichromatic measurement
Photometric range from 0 to 3.0 OD
Photometric resolution up to 0.0001
Automatic zero setting
Static Photometer: 340-630 n.m.
Wavelength: 340, 405, 505, 546, 578, 630 n.m.
Multi-Point calibration with graphical display
Levy-Jennings graph for quality control
1000 Test patient pesults storage
Peristaltic pump aspiration system with calibration facility
Dual cuvette system:
• Flow cell volume-33 p.I

• 10 nun external glass / Polystyrene
Aspiration volume from 350 to 999

Temperature control at 25°, 30° & 37° C
Repeat measurement by read key
Collated report date wise, ID wise (Alphanumeric)
Inbuilt Thermal Printer
Direct Printer Connectivity through USB Port
USB Connectivity to PC
Connectivity to external Incubator (Optional with 16 position)
Aft
VA,b2- L •
r tvito 1191,3,11
vs,1)qp, coAl H °Aril
ics:omd, —nr Anne-
\ IP
-4
csii-6\ck Vc-e cc
M64 4 11 sTrairM, lrEssOR Arlo He:;!) kSAti
roc•r; eicA Crc
kri.tta mgiNtrFtr a C„ IC - •
w 7. M. WAT wzrgrar. .-reto, S.
voo 006. K.E.M. rinsuw,t • \re-er
lat — tolsmtikii• • \IQ CL.
CS' \A
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR ELECTROLYTE ANALYSER
1. It should be an easy operation instrument for electrolytes Na`, K Cl-
based on the principal of Ion selective electrodes.
2. It should perform the test using whole blood, serum, plasma and urine.
3. The required sample volume should not be more than 100 micro litres
for whole blood, serum and plasma and 400 to 450 micro litres for urine.
4. It should have separate electrode for sodium, potassium and chloride in
case of electrode-based technology.
5. It should have automatic calibration,1 point for every sample and 2-point
time bound (4th hour, 8th hour,12th hour) calibration.
6. Apart from automatic calibration the user should be able to calibrate the
machine as and when required.
7. It should have measurement range for: Nat: 40.0 — 205.0 mmol /L,
:1.5 — 15.0 mmol/L, CI- :50.0 — 200.0 mmol/L
8. Resolution should be at least 0.1 mmol/liter for each parameter.
9. It should have air bubble detection facility.
10. It should track reagent consumption and give alarm for low volume.
11. The sample processing time should not be more than 60 seconds (for
whole blood, serum and plasma) and 100 seconds for urine samples.
12. The instrument should be able to store minimum 1000 patients result in
its memory and should have last 1-month calibration record.

13. It should have QC memory storage of at least 2 levels.
14. Stand-by mode should be user controlled and automatic.

15. The electrodes should be preferably maintenance free or easily
maintainable with minimum possible keys of the instrument.

16. The reproducibility of the result should not be more than (OM 2% (f
rn" ir
whole blood, serum and plasma) and more than (CW) 5% (for urine)
17. It should have printing facility.
18. It should work on 200-240 Vac 50Hz power supply.
19. The amount and rate of various reagents required to perform 1500 test
/month (50 samples per day) shall be quoted separately.

20. Realistic cost per test chart with all required reagent volume
consumption of startup, shut down, calibration considering 50 samples
per day should be quoted and this rate will be taken for evaluation.
21. Prices for all reagents and consumables including electrodes should be
freezed for 8 years.
22. It should have compact disposable reagents pack containing calibrating
solutions for measuring Nat, Kt, CI and collecting waste.

23. Operators manual and detailed service manual should be supplied along
with the machine.
24. It should have CE certificate/US FDA Certificate.
--r-
CS")C;;;'pato G-rtfta
ack°Nr,'tt)ra
isc rervci,reSI
s
S‘4 •
\c)
c-•CA
ier.)-4-OrbA_
C_cC)
)
\\i-e—c—•C
cL cS..)
\r—c-Thr
fir -9 c--X7
"
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Fully Automatic Blood Gas Analyzer "
GMDN name Blood gas monitors/monitoring systems and associated devices
GMDN code CT262
Determining the level of blood gases, Ph of blood, electrolyte level,
1 Clinical purpose
metabolites level in whole blood.
2 Used by department / ward ICU, NICU,PICU

1) ABG Analyzer must be fully automatic upgradeable, fast electrolyte combi analyzer
2) Essential parameter : pH,pCO2, P02, THB, barometric pressure, Na+, K+, Ca++, CI- all these
parameters should be measured simultaneously.
3) Should measure analyze pH and minimum measuring range 6.8 -7.8 pH Units with resolution of
0.01;
4) Should measure analyze P02 and minimum measuring range 0-760mmHg.
5) Should measure analyze pCO2 and minimum measuring range 5-100 mm Hg.
6) Should measure analyze Na+ and minimum measuring range100-180mmol/L.
7) Should measure analyze K+ and minimum measuring range 1-10mmo1/1.
8) Should measure analyze Ca++ and minimum measuring range 0.25-5.00mmo1/1;
9) Should measure analyze Hct and minimum measuring range 15-70%;
10) Should calculate analyze THB and minimum measuring range .0 -23g/dL.
11) Calculated parameters should include BE, BEecf, Hco3, Lactate, Anion Gap, Sao2.
12) Sample Value < 100u1.
13) Fast Analyzing time should have < 60 seconds.
14) Maintenance free electrodes with individual electrodes ON/OFF facility
15) Should provide automatic error detection.
16) Software includes printouts of Levey - Jenning charts for quality control requirements.
17) Should have disposable cartridges for 300 a minimum of 300 samples; no membrane
maintenance or replacement is required.
18) Fully automatic liquid calibration of all parameters at user — defined intervals without the use of
gas calibrated reagents, external gases, tanks or regulators.
19) Continuous reagent level monitoring with graphic display.
20) Data display on well-illuminated, adequate size LCD color touch screen display
21) Should have feature of data storage for minimum 50 samples results
22) Data print out on built in graphic printer.
23) Built in auto quality control facility.
24) Automatic result processing test ordering & transmission to the LIS/HIS system (laboratory
information system/Hospital Information system) Automatic data archving & customizable layout.
Data backup with read / write CD ROM drive.
(Dr.Rajeridra Shejule) (Dr.Padma Bakal)

(Mr. Manish Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Pathologist Pathologist
Aurangabad District Hospital, District Hospital
Hospital Nashik
Jalna Aurangabad
2
GMDN code CT262
25) USB Port for easy connection of e.g. flash drive key boards etc. Hospital Network integration
trough ASTM & HL7 standard communication protocols.
User's interface Backlit display with easy viewing in all ambient light levels
4
Settings Method to recalibrate/save current calibration, set sample size.
5 Software Electronic Software inbuilt
6 Weight (lbs, kg) Max. 10 kgs excluding the cartridges
7 Configuration Should have compact size;
8 Noise (in dBA) < 60dB
9 Heat dissipation Heat disbursed through an exhaust fan (if applicable).
10 Mobility, portability Easy and safe transport to be possible by hand, stable when tabletop
mounted.
Resettable overcurrent breaker shall be fitted for protection
11 Power Requirements Power input 220-240V / 50Hz, AC Single phase or 380-400V AC
50Hz Three phase.
UPS of suitable rating with minimum 30minutes backup.
12 Battery operated Yes
Tolerance Voltage corrector/SMPS, stabilizer to allow operation at ± 10% of

13 rated voltage, Electrical protection by resettable over-current
breakers or replaceable fuses fitted in both live and neutral lines.
14 Protection Resettable over-current mains fuse to be incorporated;
Power consumption/energy Power cable to be at least 3mtr in length; Power consumption TO be
15
supplies declared by the supplier
Hard and splash-proof case to be supplied Two sets of /replaceable
fuses.
Reagents for one year @ 20 samples/day.
Capillary tubes sufficient for 100 tests.
16 Accessories (mandatory) Cartridges-combination of various tests
External source of gas (if applicable)
Electrodes for all the parameters specified -01 Set
Quality control tools/ reagents for one year @ 20 samples/day 01 Set
Cost of reagents should be quoted for comparative evaluation.
(Dr.Rajendra Shejule) (Dr.Padma Bakal)

(Mr. Manish M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Medical Officer Medical Officer-1
Regional Referral
Au rangabad District Hospital, District Hospital
Hospital Nashik
Jalna Aurangabad
3
GMDN name Blood gas monitorslmonitoring systems and associated devices
GMDN code CT262
1) Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 5 to 50°C and relative humidity of 15 to 80% in
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air ideal circumstances.
17
conditioning, humidity, dust.) 2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in
ambient temperature of 0 to 50°C and relative humidity of 15 to
90%.
1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into
User's care, Cleaning, contact with the patient or the operator should either be capable of
18
Disinfection & Sterility issues easy disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable cover.
Certificate of calibration and inspection.
Pre-installation
21 Availability of 5 Amps/15Amps. electrical socket;
requirements:

23
Three year with free servicing (min.03/year) during warranty &
24 Warranty provide technical support and required spares and consumable for 7
yrs after warranty period.
1) Maintenance manual detailing;
2) Complete maintenance schedule
1) The spare, accessories & consumables price list required for
Service contract clauses, maintenance and repairs in future after guarantee/warranty period
26 should be attached;
including prices
2) Warranty of three years with free servicing (min. 6) during
warranty;
Should provide 2 sets (hardcopy) of:-
1) User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in
27 Operating manuals, service English/Marathi language along with machine diagrams;
manuals, other manuals 2) List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and
routine maintenance;
3) Certificate of calibration and inspection;
1G, (Dr.Rajenera Shejule)

(Mr. Manish Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr.Padma Bakal)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Pathologist Pathologist
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik District Hospital, District Hospital
Jalna Aurangabad
4
GMDN code CT262
Other accompanying List of important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and
28
documents cost;
details (Hierarchy Wise; Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to
29 be provided any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the
manufacturer;
number)
Recommendations or Any recommendations for best use and supplementary warning for
30
warnings safety should be declared
End user Specialist Meeting Date
07/09/2017
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Dr.Rajendra Shejule) (Dr.Padma Bakal)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Au rangabad Hospital Nashik District Hospital, District Hospital
Jalna Aurangabad
Technical Specifications of Cell Counter (Automated Hematology Analyzer)
The Committee approved technical specifications of cell counter (Automated Hematology

Analyzer) as follows.
1. The equipment is meant to determine the count of various blood cells & hemoglobin
estimation for the screening of blood donors.
2. Should be a fully automated hematology 3 part differential analyzer with option to print
the results with histograms of basic 8 parameters like RBC, WBC, Platelets. Hemoglobin
(HGB), MCH and others.
3. Printer: Built-in thermal printer can be connected to external computer and printer.
4. The reportable RBC indices should be: Total RBC, HCT, HGB, MCV,MCH,MCHC and
user definable settings for RDW-CV and RDW-SD, RB count Linearly should above
6.5X 106/uL.
5. Reportable Platelet indices should be: Total platelet count: MDW and P-LCR
6. The system should give the differential count as lymphocytes mix population and
neutrophils in percentage as well as absolute count.
7. Rapid result turnaround time upto 60 samples-Per-hour throughput
8. Display:large color LCD, show all parameters and histograms at same screen.
9. Reagents for validation/training up to the time of installation to be provide by the
manufacturer free of cost.
10. The system should have autoprobe wiper to clean the sample probe automatically after
sample aspiration.
11. The system should have automatic floating threshold for correct separation of
WBC,RBC's and platelets during over lap of microcytosis / large platelets.
12. The system should use cyanide free reagents.
13. Should be able to perform all blood counts from whole blood and blood components at
different dilutions for the purpose of quality control.
14. Power supply: 220/240 volts, 50 cycles, single phase, with inbuilt FIE safety against
high load vollage.
15. On line voltage corrector of appropriate rating as per standard configuration.
16. Interface: USB for printer. Mouse and keyboard, internet port.
17. Storage Capability for: Detail results including histograms up to 3 months.
18. Calibration: Three test modes offer auto and manual calibration, provide original
calibrator and control.
-4j_f_Ay„--
L"
way 6,..si---tt&.-
fr-
Dr. Hitesh Pagare
Medical Director
Sir J.J. Mahanagar RaktaPedhi
cart
oCeoli-rt.
gr. 1W Pp IA t1/416p
5-
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Cell Counter 5 Parts"
GMDN name Automated 5-part differential hematology analyzer
Clinical purpose Automated differential blood count: Automated hematology
instruments using multiple parameters and methods (such as
1 fluorescence, flow cytometry and impedance) are used to
count and identify the 5 major white blood cell types in blood
(so-called 5-part differential count): neutrophils, lymphocytes,
monocytes, eosinophil and basophils.
2 Used by clinical department/ward Analytical laboratories.
1) Five-part differential.
2) 24 parameters, all different WBC's should be measured directly,
3) Advanced, integrated self-cleaning system.
4) On-screen patient results trending.
5) Stores 5, 000 test results with histograms and scatter grams.
6) Integrates with common practice management systems.
7) maximum sample required 100 pL sample size permits whole blood analysis from venous
collections.
8) Parameters Total Leukocytes (White Blood Cells) and Differential (in absolute numbers and %)
for: Neutrophils, Lymphocytes, Monocytes, Eosinophil, Basophils.
9) Sample Material Capillary or venous (EDTA) whole blood.
10) Linearity of all parameters. (Hematocrit, platelet,
)
11) Measuring Time Within 60 Sec.
12) System must have throughput of at least 60 samples per hour in all discrete modes.
13) Manual mode.
14) Stat mode.
15) Pre-diluted mode and whole blood mode.
4 User's interface Printer, keyboard, barcode reader, PC, optional.
5 Software Inbuilt.
should be disbursed through an cooling mechanism.
7 Mobility, portability Stationary lab Installation
8 Power Requirements Recharging unit: Input voltage- single/3-phase
Tolerance
9 ±10%
(Mr. Manish Maf re) (Dr.Rajendra Shejule) (Dr.Padma Bakal)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Jalna Aurangabad
2
10 Power consumption Up to 500VA
1. 2D-Barcode Scanner.
2. Reagents: All the reagents required for 1000 tests should be
11 Accessories (mandatory) supplied with the equipment along with one set of tri level
control.
3. Closed System rates to be closed for all test.
4. Online UPS System for 30 minutes back up.
Analyzer: 4-50 °C (39-122 °F).
Capillary samples from finger stick:18-25 °C (67-77 °F).
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air ambient temperature of 10 to 50° C and relative humidity of 15
12
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) to 90% in ideal circumstances.
2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in
to 90%.
Users care, Cleaning, into contact with the patient or the operator should either be
CE or US FDA approved product.
Certificate of calibration and inspection.
15 Local and/or international Manufacturer/supplier should have ISO certificate for quality
standard
16 nature, values, quality, 1) Availability ofr
i(5 amp socket;
tolerance 2) Safety and operation check before handover;

paramedical, technicians) 2) Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented;

18 Warranty provide technical support and required spares and consumable for
7 yrs after warranty period.

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Jalna Aurangabad
3
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy and soft-copy) of:
1) User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in
English / Marathi language along with machine diagrams.
2) List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration
19 and routine maintenance.
3) Service and operation manuals (original and copy) to be
provided.
5) Certificate of calibration and inspection;
20 Recommendations or warnings Any warning signs would be adequately displayed.
f-m--r

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Jalna Aurangabad
SPECIFICATIONS OF MICROSCOPE WITH COMPUTER
1. 5 Megapixel integrated digital camera with 3 inch LCD screen.
2. Images should be captured directly onto an SD card and can be transmitted to
computer.
3. LCD screen for easy viewing.
4. USB for direct connection to computer.
5. Objectives — 4X, 10X, 40X and 100X. Parfocalled, parcentered and chromatic.
6. Eyepieces- Binocular head with 10X with 20MM. (Widefield)
7. Total Magnification- 40X, 100X, 400X AND 1000X.
8. Condenser- 1.25 NA spiral condenser with IRIS Diaphragm.
9. Stage — Mechanical for slides.
10. Focusing- Coaxial slip- clutch for preventing damage to focusing mechanism.
11. Illumination — 3.4V LED.
12. Swift CAN II imaging software.
13. Camera- 5 Megapixel digital with SD card.
14. 3 inch LCD screen.
15. SD card reader and writer for saving images without the use of computer.
16. User should be able to edit the images.
17. USB output for integration with computer, S-Video, RCA output for integration with TV
monitor and video projection.
18. Data format- BMP, JPG and or MIG.
19..15300 three-axis joystick controller / keypad.
20. Computer should be supplied with offline pure sine-wave UPS which will provide
minimum of 1 hour backup.
21. Warranty- 2 years including all spare parts.
Ju4cr-cv7
moc rf-ediSoV
r epe 67 \ FCA
SJ dirchi Cci"
Sir chaiQyk0ty At
rAior-
g ms
Variable Volume Micronlyettes
Variable Volume Micropipettes feature built-in tip ejectors and autoclavable tip cones.
Should work on a click-stop digital system, are easy to calibrate and maintain, and easy to
disassemble for autoclaving.
Manufactured as per ISO 9001:2008,. Each pipette should be individually calibrated according to ISO
8655 standards. A calibration certificate must be provided with each pipette.
• Accuracy and Precision values should be those laid down in the ISO 8655 standards.
• Built-in, streamlined tip ejector facilitates easy tip ejection and access to narrow necked
bottles and tubes.
Increme Accuracy (±) % Precision (±) 0/0

Volume Range [pi] Volume [pl]
[Pil nts
5.0 1.5
2.5
Variable Volume Pipette 5.50 pl 0.5 0.3
0.7
50.0
50 0.6 2
Variable Volume Pipette 50-200 pl 1 0.3
200 1
200 0.9 0.3
Variable Volume Pipette 200-1000 pl 5 0.2
1000 0.6
Warranty Period 2 Years and AMC 3 years

n „,)(
-rtc-11 I
N R.14 fn. rntitnbc..Czo`l e- -
71' ha_ r
p,tp..enevAssie-
16P-1.801.
->- rt.,/ -Kest'
V-e44. Cre-tr4
.clno-mclittri
e rpr
cc(ikic
Histopathology
1 Tissue Processor
2 Paraffin Embedded Station
3 Electronic Rotary Microtome
Soerifications for Automatic Tissue Processor
Specifications for Auomatic Tissue Processor for Dematology Department.

BlY1_, Nair C Hospital
No. SPCS/T1053/2013-14
The equipment should bench top one. capable of processing mini tun Or SO
standardtassettes at a time.
The equipment should have a permanent memory of at least 9 selectable stored
processing protocols.
The equipment should be supplied with minimum ten reagent vessels, made up of
generally used reagent resistant matearial and shall each be capable to hold
2 liters of reagent,.
The equipment should have membrane and LCD screen with display of
date, time, temperature of paraffin, processina step step number, etc.
The equipment should have a feature of programmable agitation. The agitation
should be centrifugal both in clockwiSe and anticlockwise wdth speed selection
and vertical agitation.
The equipment should have a feature to avoid carryover contamination.
Sturdy paraffin baths. min. 2 Nos., each @ 2 litre capacity to be supplied vrith
temperature programmable in the 61; range)0' to 75°C and with over temperature
cut off facility.
The equipment should have facility like battery back-up for safety of tissues
during power failure so that the tissues are immersed into the nearest station'and
not allowed to dry.
The equipment should have facility to lift the carousel with-minimum manual
intervention to remove the tissues in case of long power failureSt,.
The equipment should have built-in features like error thessage,(audibteialarms,
warning signals, etc. for maximum reliability, saretirofsampleaand the:Orpelator.
'The equipment should have option of locking the keypad 'for inadvertent
operation during program run. -.
The infiltration time should beProgram113aI6 up tff 99 hrs..
.
The 40ipmeotstiOOld have the facility ldlselect theldelaYIlmet,with au
calculatidn, without tithe lima.
The equipment should be supplied with a
cassettes such that the sample does not tfinat 13Ftopes,
Oenerafr.v.
Operating manual detailed service manual to be providediftt.
equipment should be CE marked f US FDA approved
eelAilatiObtiipiebeniyOWarratiOLE!!Oh 5 yetufsltCOMprehenSlive Maintenancet
thereafter: to be 'quoted seperafely.Thchnicat supOortc'requiredlanares'
:Contract,,
consumables fdr2 years after ClvlOPeriod shall be ensured.
ionCOANTOOrYl6:: for routine
ipmelf functional-and any.
abcels'sSOrieSlltd.M4OLhe- cqu
intetiance shall be supplied.
ProiCSSOt & Head
tiling temp' upto artmelt of Pathotogy
al College and
Orage:teMpynpth 60 degree, saititv4
f ogy
LIMO Hospita
400 02:
6
Technical Specifications for Embedding Station
1) 1 Microprocessor controlled two piece tissue embedding system consisting of heated paraffin
station and separate cold plate.
2) 4 Liters paraffin reservoir with temperature setting range from 50°C to 70°C in 1° increments.
3) LCD display and integrated capacitive touch keys.
4) The paraffin flow is activated by means of a height-adjustable, pivotable clip - activated either
manually by pushing or via a foot switch with controllable flow rate.
5) Working start time and end time settings, Weekly working days setting with real time setting.
6) Continuously adjustable paraffin flow rate with Rectangular shaped Peltier cooling unit/
integrated cold spot in front of the nozzle-A.1,2i A-eimrctkcs-e- t4's_at-
C C -5°
7) Rapid provide the heating function for quicker paraffin melting.
8) Provide the error message for operation condition monitoring.

9) Optimum illumination of the working surface by LED lamp, controlled by the key on LCD control
panel.
10) Large heated working surface and integrated mold tray and cassette bath with temperature
adjustment from 50 to 70°C in 5°increments.
11) Cassette bath and mold tray should be interchangeable to accommodate changes in embedding
work flow.
12) Programmable for weekly timer, work days, work starting time, work end time, real time and day
of week for automatic switch on and off of the instrument
13) Padle Facility for Paraffine wax dispensing
14) Cold plate of a constant temperature of -6°C to hold up to 70-80 standard cassettes.
15) Large peltier element cold spot to assist tissue orientation.
16) Adjustable work surface height for optimum ergonomics.
17) Two Heated removable waste tray & Heated removable forceps 6 nos. holder easily accessible
from either side.
18) The instrument should be CE & US -FDA approved.
19) Accessories such as a Magnifier, Embedding rings, pack of 1000, Stainless steel embedding molds
24 x 24 x 5 mm-12 qty, Stainless steel embedding molds 24 x 30 x 5 mm--12 qty, Stainless steel
embedding molds 24 x 24 x 12 mm-12 qty should be quoted along with the instrument
Sc 4_4\ -sV`'Ì) V------

.
to • MtVaD° 1
mac ca-"m
%2-er
o sp f tc Alit
((yet_ '
p Cc1S(VC*
tinof Fyisk Professor and Head.

7acimItcrnivt
12-01
1, Group i.:7?r,",d, lae
IN HOD
DC)41 L-Nov:\ rite
J )kt#3---
ivey, o1
(a\ 1"e- c
RICIVII A
Technical Specificaiton for Electronic Rotary Microtome
1. Semi automatic microtome with stepper motor driven specimen feed.
2. Vertical and horizontal cross roller bearing mechanism to ensure accurate reproducibility
of section thickness.
3. Section thickness selection from 0.5µm to100 p.m.
4. Section thickness range : 0.5km- 100 pm increment
o 0.5km-5 p.m in 0.5 p.m increment

o 5 p.m -20 rim in 1 p.m increment
o 20 p.m -60 p.m in 5 p.m increment
o 60 km - 100 p.m in 10 p.m increment.
5. Trimming thickness setting from 1 p.m to 600 pm with step rim function.
6. Programmable retraction of 51.tm to 100 pm in 5 pm.
7. Retraction can be deactivated when not required
8. Two forward and backward coarse feed speed and electric course feed at 300 µm/s and
900µm/s.
9. The microtome should have two sectioning modes like Continuous sa6.4e-
acutocking -44404kiVnta
cvniUnle wk
10. Hand wheel should have gravitational force compensation system which makes rotating the
hand wheel extremely smooth and light, which is especially beneficial during manual
sectioning applications.
11. The microtome should have rocking mode action of sectioning to minimize the risk of
developing repetitive motion disorders.
12.Horizontal feed of 28 mm via stepper motor and vertical stroke length of 70 mm
13. The instrument should have visual and acoustic remaining feed indication.
14. Specimen orientation of 8 degree both horizontally and vertically.
15. The instrument should have section counter and section thickness totalizer on the
microtome.
16.All controls on the instruments with external control unit.
17. The instrument should have both high & low profile disposable blade holder with lateral
displacement.
18.0ne hand operated universal cassette clamp, Standard Specimenn Clamp and magnetized
section waste tray.
19.The instrument should be certified with CE c-CSA-us, US-FDA, & DIN EN ISO 9001.
20. Instrument with High profile blades 100 unit
040-L51- 040.9-
V-
cti viorfr
e-
sArsht sli fm f stecia-131 U,
cal-t Ons cc/Yet 12. "V"--ck
jwia/),A natillOr sad Nadi
Depentillt of Pathology.
Grant Govt. *Meal College &
jo-2)14,ta-m-A
Dy- K 510'4)1S- nosr. t0:,
p_ 4o(f101104_
Gbriiubx_
Sir 7. 1;r
PY0/ in H VD r.f
t iNola
+/Ali VoL)
Dental
1 Diagnostic Instrument
2 Dental X-Ray with RVG
3 Dental Unit
Sr. Specifications
Nameof theitem(Instruments)
No.
..
b.
0
0r
Autoclavable.
,
Exactsharpnessandhighcontrastreflection,no double. image, frontsurfacecoated,

00- 4
17t
9
4
5) cn
a
0
:3 CA
Scratch & Rustresistant

v
Nonreflecting:Stainless Steel
Mitoctlavable.
-9.
Rustresistant
—
w
Nonreflecting Stainless Steel

PU
m. z
a g 8 V.
.-..
w ra, ,e,-
Or
0.
L
0,
v
a-
4g
0.
n
0
.
g
.
0
5) 2) 3) 4) 5)
t ia
1) 2) 3) 4) 1) 2) 3)
e:ps
,-..
,
e,
2
0
1)Auto°lovable,RemovableTop,No.5.
1 „ 2) Exact 'sharpnessand high contrast rare-Chan,
I Front Sutface Coated Mirror Tops No, 3) No double image, frontsurfacecoated
IV. 5 •
4) Scratch & Eng reSiStant.
g'Stainless Steel
Nun-reflectin — • -
2)DENTALPROBE
_ ..
I) Thin,straight,sharp,singlecodex! forcaries detection, 13.5-linn diameter.
Madeupof stain PSS steel
Should follow international standards ISO/ISIin.all its features
tv
E
Should beatttoclavable
should notrustandcortode incommon disinfectingsolution,
I)Madeupof-Stainless Steel
2) Shouldhavelaseretch markings
Periodontal Probe(INC-15Probe) 3) Should followInternational standards ISO/ISI inall its features
4) Should hesubaclavableshould netrustand corrodeincomet o disinfectingsolution.
Arid tA n/
Rectified Specifications of Dental XRay with RVG
Sr. No. Specifications

1 Operations should be conventional as well as automatic.
2 Completely microcontroller based digital timer assuring the accuracy
3 Ease of operation as all the functions can be selected from the remote control
4 Feather touch keypad
5 Digital timer with accuracy of 0.01 sec (0.01-4.0 sec)
6 Patient selection switches (child and adult)
7 Film speed selection switches (3 speed)
8 RVG mode for RVG sensor
9 High voltage protection for x-ray tube
10 An excellent output of 65-70 kvp, 8-10 mA
11 Audible and visible indication of "X RAY ON" (Radiation indications)
12 Built in digitally controlled voltage stabilizer (190Vac- 250 Vac)
13 Excellent mechanical manoeuvrability, long reach and balanced arms
14 Available in wall mounted/ pedestal scissor arm
15 Unit should be CE/ FDA/ AERB Approved
16 A lead partition and lead apron (1 each) for operator's safety
17 Tube warranty 2 years with AMC of 5 years after warranty period
18 The spares should be available for next 7 years
SPECIFICATIONS FOR RVG
1 CCD/ Super CMOS Technology

2 Sensor size : - range : - 24 x 37 x 5mm — 28 x 38.2x 6.3mm/ size universal no. 1
Active areas: - range : -30 x 20mm — 31.5mm x 23mm
3 Maximum gray level 3333,
4 No. of pixels 20 Ip/mm (trlie resolution) * 1 lacks/pixel (2 million)
5 Pixel size 18.5 x 18.5um — 20 x 20um
6 Exposure life should be minimum 4 lakhs
7 Should provide TWAIN compatible software such as IOC, scanner and digital
camera
8 Sensor cable length upto 3 meter extendable
Reinforce for durability and reliability (fibre optic and scintillator tech)
Preferably detachable cable from sensor
9 warranty 2 years with AMC of 5 years after warranty period
10 Compatible computer (desktop) with latest operating version along with suitable
printer
Software :-
Easy interface, Compatible
User friendly
Image storage format In DICOM convertible to JPEG or TIF
Automatic storage
Should be able to transfer images.
The software should have various image enhancing tools.
The software should be able to store every image against the name of the patient and should
provide the information about the region of radiograph
The images can be reviewed easily
SPECIFICATIONS FOR DENTAL CHAIR UNIT AND DENTAL UNIT AND ALL ACCESSORIES &
ATTACHMENTS
• Body contoured electrically operated dental chair unit, having up/down, back/front
movement with linear actuators having feather touch controls (doctor's tray, foot
control, and assistant side) and manually operated switches (at the side of patient's
backrest for up/down, back/front). Switches for tumbler and spittoon (Doctor's tray
as well as assistant side).
• Shockproof gargle and also control by foot for chair movement with synchronized
movements. Microprocessor control with safety systems.
• Chair can be tilted for head low (trendelenberg) position (Pre-programmed
trendelenberg and zero position).
• Moulded cushion, laminated artificial leather upholstery with smooth euro moulded
• Wide doctor's tray with removable stainless steel tray.
• Right arm should have rotation/ collapsible for easy access for patient.
• Chair side ceramic spittoon and tumbler, time controlled with bio system.
Operating light- dual control sensor and electronic switch, variable intensity control
white LED Light with 15000-25000 lux. Switches should be at foot control, doctor's tray
and touch free sensor at the light.
• Chair mount modular delivery system with straight tubing for two airotor
connection, one micro motor connection, one scaler point, three way syringe unit at
doctor's tray as well as assistant side with hanging below the tray system, chair
mounted LED Xray Viewer
• Chair should be rigid and sturdy. It should have pneumatic doctor's tray which
should be stabilized at any position.
• Chair should be ergonomically designed.
• Pneumatic Doctor's stool with wheels
• With up and down movement — back rest tilt
• Stool should be ergonomically designed.
• Motorized high and low suctions with auto flushing system, auto drain and auto on/
off system.
• Air compressor- 2 HP noiseless, with 50-75 litre capacity, dust and oil free pressure
regulator with outlet pressure gauge, pressure indicator with safety valve, odour free
air, automatic cut off and protective epoxy paint internally to avoid internal
corrosion.
• Air Rotor Handpiece- three super torque with ceramic bearing single spray high
quality, high torque short head with one spare cartridge for each hand-piece. It
should also have quick change coupling, non-retraction valve. Lubricant spray should
be provided.
• Chair side clinical micro motor- with 30000 RPM, along with electronic speed
control, forward/backward rotation and hand and foot control. With one straight
and one contra angle hand-piece with one lubricant spray for each handpiece.
• Piezoelectric ultrasonic scaler- hand-piece with two sets of autoclavabie titanium
tips (3 surface + 3 interdental + 1 endo tip), power selection control.
• Pulp tester- with digital display, preset speed mode (high-mid-low speed)
• A gentle, pulsed stimulus begins to increase at a rate easy to operate
• Should have patient comfort, convenient to operate
• Maximum stimulus- 80
• Standard battery : 9 volt batteries
• Cordless 5 W LED light cure
• Battery type rechargeable lithium ion (1400-2500Mah) with charger.
• Optics parameter, wave length 470nm to 600 luminous intensity
>1600mW/cm2, 800mW/cm2 (3W)
• Working voltage 100-220V AC, 50-60Hz with timer/ modes
• Apex Locator
• Precision digital apex locator, should ensure great accuracy in wet or dry
canal and superior to other apex locators
• Instant accurate measurement of canal length
• Automatic Calibration
• Audible warning system
• No Zero Adjustment
• Auto power shut off
• With reference point for measurement or enlargement and memory.
• Endo motor (rotary root canal instruments) 2 nos.
• Fits all standard/Uiliversal rotary files
• Variable torque control, variable speed, auto reverse function
• Programmable memory.
• Push type ultra-miniature head, on/off switch on hand piece.
• Two sets of rotary files. (Sx,s1,s2„f1,12,13)
• Autoclave
• Table top front loading autoclave
• Fully automatic micro-processor control based
• Temperature select 121°- 134°C
• Wet and dry cycle
• Specifications
• Chamber size : 18-28L
• Accessories to be provided
• 4-6 nos. SS Trays, 1 tray stand, tray holder
• Standard Distillizer Min. 5L Capacity
Ultra violet cabinet
• Specifications
• Body- overall size : 590*296*200mm
• Small trays.: 9
• Deep trays : 3
• Magnetic door latch
• Door actuated switch
• Mains switch
}Ultrasonic cleaner
• A high quality deep drawn stainless steel vessel housed in high grade elegant
fibreglass scaling
• Mesh basket made of stainless steel is provided to place instruments for
cleaning
• Specifications: tank capacity: UPTO 12 litres
• Glass bead sterilizer
• Micro sized glass beads, temperature selection mode, variable time control
from lOsec-Smin
1741W
.refri„ col5...4 tv.n
ts.31,4 en rmoiltacct
Audiology
1 BERA with ASSR & Oto-acoustic emission
2 Single Frequency Middle Ear Analyzer (Impedance
Audiometer)
3 OAE Screener (Otocoustic Emission)
4 Single Channel Diagnostic Audiometer (Pure Tone
Audiometer)
5 Hearing AIDS followed for Electro Acoustic Characteristic
1
Diagnostic SERA With ASSR & Oto-acoustic emission
1. Tests: Should cover all AEP applications ranging from E Coch G, ABR, MLR, LLR, VEMP.
2. Auditory Stimulus : Click, Tone Burst, Speech, Chirp (Broad band and Frequency specific)
3. Channels: 2 Channels ( Ipsi and Contra recording is mandatory)
4. Stimulus Intensity (Click): 0-100 dB nHL or (0-130 dB p.e.SPL).
5. Masking : White Noise contra lateral masking from 0 db to 80 db nHL (30- 110 db SPL).
6. Polarity : Rarefaction, Condensation and Alternating
7. Amplifier Frequency response : 0.2 - 10,000Hz
8. Input Impedance: > 1000 MD.
9. Stimulus Rate: 1-100/sec.
10. Attenuator steps: Increments/decrements in 5 dB steps or better
11. Stimulus Presentation Mode :
i. AC
Monaural
Binaural simultaneousR-FL
ii. BC
12. OAE Features: Should do Diagnostic DP and Diagnostic TEOAEls.

13. ASSR and VEMP: These special tests should be available.
14. Transducers:
A pair of headphones 49 or TDH-50P in Telephonics Headband or any
standard Headphones Bone Vibrator (Radio-ear B-71 / 81)
A pair of insert earphones.
15. Standard Accessories:-

a. Computer Hardware Specifications:
1 Intel i5 processor, Intel motherboard, 1 TB hard-disk, DVD Writer, RAM more n 4GB, Keyboard,
Mouse, Color LED Monitor (201 and Laser Color Printer.
b. Licensed Software of Windows 10, MS Office 365 and AEP tests.

12.
List of consumable for AEP system with OAE and ASSR.

Sr. No. Name of accessories
1 Air Conduction Headphones
Bone Conduction Vibrator
Insert Earphones
Connecting cable between Pre-amp and Main r4c€311n1
nit sritamr a fampr
ilver cup / Gold cup electrodes 10 mm wm, -Ivo a trR1T %Nig
Silver cup / Gold cup electrodes 6 mm
Electrode Linker STRIft-4. 4" rAti vizi
Y adapter or Jumper cable Ri7 to .'91g 2•14ulitiq
j&
—31g44tvie
@vvwfrvvili, e0-y1C_a1 6 avtA4, I '1"
i/ot9tt,1 \UKC.T: Telist.en-r)
N.
ti-Ct;OLOI&I- i1 /4„,tko AA) kAAAA,--630„, me -4 $41.-frv.aVd:
45 4n "1"-4...
9EJectrodes sna ds
16. Other features

a) Main ABR Unit should be interfaced with the Computer via USB for fast data exchange.
b) Main ABR Unit should be connected with amplifier via serial Interface cable for speedy
connectivity
a) Main ABR Unit should have bulk-in mains isolation transformer for providing isolated
power for notebook computer and printer.
d) ABR System Main unit must have separate output jack for left, right and bone transducers
and a free field Speaker output for eliminating time wasted switching between transducer
e) Amplifier should be small in size and weight for convenient placement near patient with
built-in impedance measurement with LED readout at the amplifier for minimizing
preparation time
f) Must be able to combine multiple samples to one waveform
a• It should be Certified by European notified body (CE) _or US.FDA approved ISO
Certified.
ar Must have !meek Service support.
10M012 (1 0 11,11
tutt,t: A- v
Dr Kris -o e-
6N1 T 50.61E0 0
N
M uoviim tN • JO.
6GM 'mai&
Cc(6A NAAAArfoo-='
Loa), k
0j5.9‘\1 r
O't
_ktabg.,d-16:1-
Ni cki• racgt
‘IffillrktAA-4_
virC*A-re
Sr- ism poi klchip__
Specifications for Single Frequency Middle Ear Analyser
(Impedance Audiometer )
1. Impedance Section
i. Probe tone frequency: 226 Hz
ii. Air pressure: Min.+200 to -400 daPa
iii. Test Types:
a. 226 Hz Tympanometry
b. Acoustic Reflex Threshold (Ipsi & Contra)
2. Reflex Measurement Stimuli Section
i. Pure tones 500, 1K,2K and 4K Hz
3. Standard Accessories.
i. In-built Monitor
ii. Hardcopy device
iii. Contra-lateral transducer : TDH 39 or 49 headphone or equivalent
4. a. Computer Hardware Specifications for desktop:

Intel i5 processor, Intel motherboard, 1 TB hard-disk, DVD Writer, 8 GB RAM,
Keyboard, Mouse, Color LED Monitor (20") and Laser Printer.
b. Licensed Software of Windows 7 or above, MS Office and Equipment software.
5. Two Year Comprehensive Warranty should be provided.
6. It should be CE Certified by European notified body ( under MDD ) along with declaration
of conformity or US FDA approved.
7. Demonstration of Quoted Equipment Model is compulsory before purchase.
Rio
Do
val-(t)
2,01g1-0 TIC
TS °me-
cl5k. Cck:VAB rr y4t
vi. —"T10-113-,21Adtt.
:2:
8. Power supply : AC 230V ± 15%, 50 Hz ± 3%.
9. Operational Training to user Department.
11. Operating and detailed service manual should be provided.
12. Tropicalization : Operating Room Temperature: 40 ° C.
Storage Temperature: 60 ° C.
Relative Humidity: Upto 90 % non condensing.
13.List of recommended spare parts and their rate and total cost shall also be quoted separately.
amt;
erAdd' -
G Kal-re
kl cretyl • Ata.ex. iff4
Sr- GME, Pf2Lt NI i,1 Assoc. PT*, AST
1\let:A, Het , KAAA-r-,
vowtti
(k1 1
/4 . -K.: Let 6§, mmAit,)
15 c laet- L i'etad
\
1 IkkAA .vvt
L--14T cur"
u-1 . \ CA. 101

O't-
5-
Cicel+‘
&
-41X01-710fr-
Vstjn ruse_ \ 14"
Specification for OAE Screener ( Otoacoustic Emission )
Test: i) Distortion product acoustic Emission (DPOAE)
ii) Transient Evoked Otoacoustic Emissions (TEOAE)
Version type : Screener
Frequency Range : DPOAE: Pair of Pure tones centered from 500Hz to 8.0 KHz
TEOAE: Clicks
Stimulus Intensity Range: DPOAE : 40 dB SPL to 70 dB SPL

TEOAE : 83 dB SPL peak equivalent
OAE pass criteria :
DPOAE: Configurable pass criteria of 6 dB SNR at 2,3 or 4 frequencies.
TEOAE : configurable pass criteria of 6 dB SNR in 2,3 or 4 half-octave bands (1-4KHz )
Power Supply : It should be battery operated.

In-built Lithium-Ion rechargeable battery.
Storage : Should be able to store upto 250 tests
Data Transfer provision : Should be able to transfer Data/Test results to computer
Warranty : Two Year Comprehensive Warranty should be provided.
Safety Standards: It should have CE certification (should be from Notified Body) or US

FDA approval. (It should follow International Safety Standards).
Manuals : Should provide Hard copy Operating and Service manual.
Demonstration: Demonstration of Quoted Equipment Model mandatory before purchase.
List of accessories for OAE screener : OAE probe biewav

Screener Battery An Vgai
Battery Charger TAC-0Stil-cnAu``' ° °
bfirrir
Standard consumables should be provided alongwith device. &voki% W\ 12—
N.
vc
npaciLt :;44/6tie(
II (Sot v-4,7 Pd vra

24thl ti _ 4 C. <;(4-re cfrtu•AltLAA-4-fr-) C:14 e rt re n?-e (7R-42,
eeP 11/414-aink. Assot.P.rot, A crlefi--.) a)r st
N Hescr• ,Ntwyn
t eet/i
•
q€Ntc 11/41/4-4-0
Specifications for Single Channel Diagnostic Audiometer
(Pure Tone Audiometer)
1. Input : Tone, Speech, CD
2. Output : Left, Right, Bone, L+R, Sound Field
3. Pure Tone : Continuous, Pulsed and Warble
4. Frequency wise AC and BC output
Frequency (Hz) Minimum OR Limit (dB HL)
AC BC
125 80 Nil
250 100 40
500 115 65
lk-4k 120 75
6k 110 50
8k 100 40
Speech 120 70
5. Masking Noise: Wide band, Narrow Band, Speech Band
6. Special Tests: STENGER - Pure Tone and Speech
7. Transducers: A pair of headphones TDH-39 or 49 or TDH-50P in Telephonic
Head-Band or DD45 Headphone or any standard headphones.
Bone Vibrator ((Radioear B 71 / B 72 ) or any standard Bone Vibrator.

olAMLL
A pair of insert earphones (ER 3A) or Etymotic EAR Tone or Kcji°°"-it.
TA,
Ear Tone 3A or 5A or any standard insert earphones. SkANJ
AN(\oS) Y ' IA pair of speakers for Sound Field Audiometry.

et
\KI'S
eYGM\ tj(S5 4)\b>:\:(6
:2:
8. Computer Hardware Specifications for desktop:
Intel i5 processor, Intel motherboard, 1 TB hard-disk, DVD Writer, 8 GB RAM, keyboard,
Mouse, Color LED Monitor (20") and Laser Printer. Licensed Software of Windows 7 or
above, MS Office and Equipment Software.
9. Two Year Comprehensive Warranty to be provided.
10. It should be CE Certified by European notified body ( under MDD ) along with declaration
of conformity or US FDA approved.
11. Demonstration of Quoted Equipment Model is compulsory before purchase.
12. Power supply : AC 230V ± 15%, 50 Hz ± 3%.
13. Service Training & Operational Training to user Department.
14. Operating and detailed service manual should be provided.
15. Tropicalization : Operating Room Temperature: 40 ° C.
Storage Temperature: 60 ° C.
Relative Humidity: Upto 90 % non condensing.

16. List of recommended spare parts & consumable and their rate shall also be quoted
separately..
PS: setnidi
ovpo 004.4-Ay0,,,edorm) aLt eit no
4.0 k4+re Ac50-c. ?nit- A-s-rbeth A-cy
Cr- 13 Air, clew niewhoc H_ rk.w. • Nciiv
0
-A-woget-5-'4--
k ti
SPECIFICATIONS FOR HEARING AIDS FOLLOWED FOR Electro Acoustic
Characteristic
Mild Moderate Strong Extra Strong
Max OSPL 90 <115 dB < 125 dB <135dB <140dB
AVG OSPL 90 105 to 114 dB 115 to 124 dB 125 to 134 dB 135 to 140 dB
Full on gain >45 >55 >65 >75
HF Avg.gain >40 >50 >60 >70
Frequency Range <250 to> 3150 Hz <250 to> 3150 Hz <250 to> 3150 Hz <250 to>3150 Hz
Total Harmonic 7% 7% 7% 7%
Distortion at 1.5 Y
Total Harmonic 10% 10% 10% 10%

Distortion at 1.0 Y
Equivalent Input 30dB 30dB 30dB 30dB

Noise
Current <5mA <10mA <15mA <20mA
Consumption
Effect of voltage <10dB <10dB <I0dB <10dB

drop
- Kindly quote digital hearing aid (BTE/RIC) as per audiological requirement

along with above specifications including custom made ear mould.
re AC
(01--ho cam. mtama Poda---4) c_q a VItr FOrr
$4, Kaci-re Ass tz, Pnb- 1-10010-C ° Eilte ✓

Sr. ei4c (P .14 Sc -ii Kuirn
NI ts- 0 ,i
ws • 'titc /2-0
9-0 4115 Wrig-)40 -4 yo
AC
(P1/44•71-c- ` Lk itc Rovvit, 4-1(0.1 6cTIA4e- v
Li-34r susotavk
AtAx1:4.0 fLuya
qct MC_ 530, tuutkvaaL
V5 q n tha—t_
ENT (Ear, Nose & Throat)
1 Micro drills with Hand pieces & Burr heads
2 ENT Head Light for OPD
3 ENT Head Light for OT
4 ENT Operating Microscope
5 Micro Ear Surgery Instrument Set
6 Tongue Depressor
DEPARTMENT OF ENT, GGMC MUMBAI
MICRODRILLS WITH HANDPIECES & BURRHEADS
SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS OF MICRODRILLS WITH HANDPIECES:
Autoclavable / sterilisable motor and cable
Operates smoothly without vibration in both directions of rotation
Ahould have standard ISO type E coupl i ng
(1) and Bend Hapd
apoL 0-r Picky' fv.i nosi ay
piecestcord, micro-saws and other surgical instruments)--) 1M4nAt mEj
with or without adjustable irrigation flow rate (30 to 130m1/min)
having mechanical controlled levels
With or without peristaltic pump selector and synchronised with or
without the motor with or without pump kit(irrigation stand,
irrigation lines, irrigation clips)
Complete with electronic table control unit
With or without most modern multifunctional foot control
(having functions for control of: start / stop functions, motor
forward/reverse selection, speed control selection and operation of
peristaltic pump)
High torque Instant stop
(quick power supply release push-pull connector on control unit to
motor )
Rotation speed: 500 to 40000 rpm with self-ventilated
Should 115-230 Vac voltage, good insulation and protection class
\ • kat6eArls.
\r/
coldes"
4Ci(C"? My. silfkarmr
murtrr clTr.rr luso
PIP/ E.94i tik
MT41, 91-0 , CTS91 .141111T
Th-r-a,c4 7,5-J trifittlici 4 4

vrt ;du. Yff\\93
di?\ R
SPECIFICATIONS OF BURRHEADS:
1. Bur, Cutting. IMP. Round, 0.6mm. Str. 7cm

2. Bur, Cutting. IMP. Round. 0.8mm. Str. 7cm
3. Bur, Cutting. IMP. Round, 1mm. Str. 7cm
10. Bur, Cutting. IMP. Round. 4mm. Str. 7cm
144-6\z
11. Bur, Cutting. IMP. Round. 4.5mm. Str. 7cm tS.W2 04(skriL
15. Bur, Diamond. IMP. Round. 0.6mm. Str. 7cm
17. Bur, Diamond. IMP. Round. 1mm. Str. 7cm
26. Bur, Diamond. IMP. Round. 5mm. Str. 7cm tY. 41tear wgrer
rain API
wssictr*
27. Bur, Diamond. IMP. Round. 6mm. Str. 7cm CFRT
‘; [ft,;
PrOttarati
29. Bur, T/Carbide. IMP. Round. 0.6mm. 7cm.
7;s. c;11. <itZ
30. Bur, T/C Carbide Imp. Round 0.8mm 7cm.
33. Bur, T/Carbide . IMP. Round. 1.8mm. 7cm.
38. Bur, T/Carbide . IMP. Round. 4mm. 7cm.
42.Bur, T/Carbide. IMP. Round. 7mm. 7cm.
‘10)-4,
4
rate . def 24-4m viwter

TrIpr
ramtvo falTPT
914, ! • 'TM-4 1K
IIVe tied; <'rt4 tri viOtalifFa , .

144 4fr. wurrag TCN`
Reka•O'rxe:
r\\0 ck
CPI; (uk
t-k\
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "ENT Head Light for OPD"
GMDN name Head Light
1 Clinical purpose Clinical treatment of ENT OPD patient
Used by clinical
2 ENT OPD
department/ward
3 Technical characteristics 1) LIQUID LENCE with high performance White colour LED for
(specific to this type of device) optimal depth illumination .should be a cold head light system
suitable for ENT operating procedures.
2) Optimally adjustable (up and down) size of illuminated fields
from 30mm to 150mm (at a distance of 40 cm) with focusing
sleeves for uniform quality illumination
3) Light intensity adjustments should be there
4) Lamp unit should be flexible
5) Head band with cross band proper adjustment of locks
6) Rechargeable battery packs attached to head light with proper
weight distribution (balance) battery operating time of minimum
10 hours on one recharge with low battery indicator
7) Forehead portion should be padded for comfort especially for
longer procedures
User's interface
4 manual
Setting
5 Weight (Ibs, kg) light weight
7 Battery operated Rechargeable battery with charger
8 Protection
10 Spare parts (main ones); Rechargeable battery with charger, forehead pads 02nos
Atmosphere /Ambiance (air The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in

11 ambient temperature of 10 —40 deg C and relative humidity
of 15-90%.
(Mr. Manish Mare) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr.Kirti Karhadkar) (D(Bhimsing Chava )
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer E.N.T. Surgeon E.N.T. Surgeon
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Rural Hospital, Partur District Hospital
Au rangabad Hospital Nashik Dist Jalna Jalna
/ to
DR. HEIM. MARFATIA DR. BAek -IIHead.

T. riATHIRMIA
PROFESSOR & NE AD
ENT
Professor & F-110.t.
Department ofColI ege & Department Of
Seth G. S. Medica1 T. N. Mectickai Coie
K. E No Hospital4 HoWasa
B. Y.L. NI* Oh DOR.
Reg. N. 6388 Mumbal - 400
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "ENT Head Light for OPD"

sanitary, ..); Performance and FDA approved The company should be ISO certified and
products should be ISI mark.
international
Manufacturer/supplier should have ISO certificate for quality
13 Local and/or international
standard
14 Requirements for sign-off before handover Local clinical staff to affirm completion of
installation
Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall
15 be provided Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented
16 Warranty 3 year
maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining
schedule.
Service contract clauses,
18 Service contact details and local deler /service details
including prices
English & Marathi language.
Certificate of calibration and inspection to be provided.
Operating manuals, service List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for
19
manuals, other manuals local routine maintenance List to be provided of important
spares and accessories, with their part numbers and cost
.Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service
agent to be provided.
Other accompanying User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in
20
documents English.
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr.Kirti Karhadkar) (6;.13himsingh hava )
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Dist Jalna Jalna
1. )1 t • 7.7;0
R. HETAL MARrATIA 0, -r eitATHSIAIM
PROFESSOR & HEAD pepd.r,.
Department of ENT I. N. riedioW EL.N. T.
Seth G. S. Medical College 8, C Niel! it
K. E M. Hospital Y.Y.Nair Cf Hoop**,
Reg. No. :63884 PA1,5 ton 003
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "ENT Head Light for OT"

1 Clinical purpose Clinical treatment of ENT OPD patient
Used by clinical
2 ENT afala 0 • 7- •
department/ward
3 Technical characteristics 1) LIQUID LENCE with high performance White colour LED for
(specific to this type of device) optimal depth illumination .should be a cold head light system
suitable for ENT operating procedures.
2) Optimally adjustable (up and down) size of illuminated fields
from 30mm to 150mm (at a distance of 40 cm) with focusing
sleeves for uniform quality illumination
3) Light intensity adjustments should be there
4) Lamp unit should be flexible
5) Head band with cross band proper adjustment of locks
6) should have a LED light source
• Very powerful bright white light
• Long life of LED ( approx.. 15000 Hours)
• With bright sunlight output it enhance the camera depth colour
resolution
• Very compact and cold light with intensity adjustment
• With inbuilt battery backup for mim 4 hours
7) Forehead portion should be padded for comfort especially for
longer procedures
8) Fiber optic cable of min 7 feet length (top quality fiber used
along with extra spring protection to avoid damage)
User's interface
4 manual
Setting
5 Weight (lbs, kg) light weight
7 Power Requirements Not Applicable
8 Battery operated Rechargeable battery with charger

standard, optional); Fiber optic cable of min 7 feet length (top quality fiber used
10 Spare parts (main ones); along with extra spring protection to avoid damage)s one
Consumables / reagents Nos
Atmosphere /Ambiance (air The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in

11 ambient temperature of 10 —40° C and relative humidity of
15-90%.
(Mr. Mani h Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr.Kirti Karhadkar) ( .Bhimsingh Chavan)
DR. BACHI T. HATHIRAM

Professor & Hseacl,
DR. HETAL MARFATIA
PROFESSOR '1 HEAD Department cif E.N.T.,
T. N. Medical Celtowl &
Department Si ENT
Seth G. S. Medical College & B.Y.L. Nair Ch Hospital.
K. E M. Hospital Mumbai - 400 00S.
Reg. No. 63334
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "ENT Head Light for OT"

sanitary, ..); Performance and
FDA approved The company should be ISO certified and
products should be ISI mark.
international
standard
installation
Training of staff (medical, Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall
documented
17 Warranty 3 year
18 Maintenance tasks maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining
schedule.
19 Service contact details and local dealer /service details
including prices
20
spares and accessories, with their part numbers and cost
.Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service
21
documents English.
(Mr. Man M re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr.Kirti Karhadkar) (Dr.Bhimsingh C avan)
Au ra ngabad Hospital Nashik Dist Jalna Jalna
ri<
031 SA
hoolap so, a. HATS-ONAM
DopartroeNn ot fc.:_1\4.
N. [Vic-loft:al C, At.4.
t3.1t 4^
.i._ Noir Ch Hospita/,
- too 008.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "ENT Operating Microscope"
GMDN name ENT Operating Microscope
1 Clinical purpose Micro Ear Surgery
Used by clinical
2 ENT Operation Theater
department/ward
3 Technical characteristics 1 Type : Optical.
(specific to this type of device) 2 Illumination
a) Light Source: LED illumination with fiberoptic transmission cable.
b) Light Intensity adjustment: Using a drive knob either on the light
source or on optics carrier.
3) Optics :
a) Optics should be fully Apochromatic.
b) Objective Lenses: with focal length 250mm & 400mm.
c) Binocular Tube : Straight tube with focal length 170mm, 0°480°,
with 10x or 12.5x wide field eyepieces.
d) Eye Piece : 10X - 12.5X wide field.
e) Field of view : 60mm to 10mm.
f) Fine Focus : Manual via focusing knob
g) Magnification: Manual 5-step apochromatic Magnification
changer.
h) Co-observation / Demonstration: Binocular (Compulsory).
User's interface
4 Manual
Setting
5 Weight (lbs, kg) Should not exceed 180Kg (with stand).
7 Power Requirements Should work on 230V, 50 Hz single phase AC.
Accessories (mandatory, 1CCD
standard, optional); Beam Splitter.
9 Spare parts (main ones); C mount
Consumables / reagents Dust covers.
(open, closed system) Drapes during surgery:- 10no.s
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in

10 ambient temperature of 10 —40° C and relative humidity of
15-90%.
care,
UserCleaning,
12 safety standards (specific to The company should be ISO certified and products should
the device type);Local and/or be ISI mark.
international
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (r.Kirti Karhadkar) (Dr.Bhi singh
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer E.N.T. Surgeon E.N.T. Sur
,0\<-6
DR. BACHI T. HATHIRAIVI

Professor & Hemi
Department et ECf.
E.N.T.,
T. N. Modia! Corka
Ei.VIL- Nati- 9p,
Ch
Mumboi - 400 Hcapriukt
OW
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "ENT Operating Microscope"

GMDN name ENT Operating Microscope
standard
14 nature, values, quality, 5 Amp Socket & Switch
tolerance
installation
Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall
documented
17 Warranty 3 year
maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining
schedule.
Service contract clauses, Minimum 4 routine maintenance services to be provided
19
including prices annually during Warranty.
20
spares and accessories, with their part numbers and cost.
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service
21
documents English.
22 Declare by Manufacturer
number)
(Mr. Man sh M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr.Kirti Karhadkar) (Dr ngh avan
19
NvacfrActo,c5
OH BSA :9- 41 1. roArti-RAfts
& Heieaul,
cozAs, . a )epcArt n lenZ at E.N.T.,
1/4"' -c\• R,o+c;')a N. rfibvciical Collor Si
kr•q-° tct 44. Nair Oh Hospital
vlumbai - 400 006.
%
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Micro Ear Surgery Instrument Set"
GMDN name Micro Ear Surgery Instrument Set
Micro Ear Surgery
1 Clinical purpose
Tympanoplasty, Mastoidcetomy, Stepedectomy.
Used by clinical
2 ENT OT
department/ward
Tympanoplasty Instrument set contains following
No Name & Specification Of Instrument Qty

1 Aural Speculum - All sizes, black finish, slotted, oblique Each Size 02 No
2 Drum Curret 03 No
3 Annulus drum Elevator 04 No
4 Micro suction cannula angled No. 3, 5,& 7 French Each Size 06 No
5 Micro Suction Tube Adaptors with finger control 04 No
Suction tube with finger control
6 110mm Length, 3mm & 4mm Each Size 04 No
120mm Length, 1.5mm, 2mm, 2.5mm, 3mm, 3.5mm Each Size 04 No
7 Sickle Knife Length 165mm 04 No
8 Flag Knife 04 No
9 Rosen circular cut Knife 45° , 25 cm(6") size, diameter 3mm, 2mm Each Size 04 No
10 Graft Holder (fascial press) 02 No
11 Myringotome 02 No
12 Freer double ended mucoperichondrial elevator 02 No
13 Periosteum elevator 02 No
14 Micro scissors 2mm blades, working length 7mm 04 No
15 Micro Alligator forceps 3mm long, extremely fine jaws working
length 7mm 04 No
Self retaining mastoid retractors right and left side with 2 distinct
16 arms, one with three prongs and other flat projection,
Each Size 04 No
both pediatric and adult size.
17 Curved scissors ,long and small Each Size 02 No
18 Right angled retractors small size 04 No
19 Cup forceps 2mm (granular forceps)
_....,a
04 No
us),"
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr.Kirti Karhadkar) (DrA msingh ava
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer E.N.T. Surgeon E.N.T. Sur. eon
A‘'1\\e'c TrilftAINII
OA. inlaCtil.
Pioleboo, g • iwikka,
F...r1.1.,
rie.parl nen t Colcollege
i. N. riloiclIcai &
Nolk Oh 1- (i..,siattal,
onn,h,l 400 B.
2

Micro Ear Surgery
1 Clinical purpose
Used by clinical
ENT OT
department/ward
Mastoidectomy Instrument set contains following

1 Hammer (Mallet) 02 No
2 Gouge All Size Each Size 02 No
3 Endural Retractor 02 No
4 Postaural Retractor (Mastoid Retractor) All Size Each Size 02 No
5 Mastoid Seeker 02 No
6 Aditus Seeker 04 No
7 Maleus Head Nipper 02 No
8 Farabeuffs Elevator 02 No
9 Electric Drill Machine with Burrs 01 No
High Speed motor, System with motor controlled, 40,000RPM
Vibration less Display, Noiseless, with straight & angled hand
piece (autoclavable). Facility to control by foot & hand.
Integrated irrigation system. Reverse & forward rotation.
US FDA approved.
Burrs
Cutting No. 0 to 5 Each Size 02 No
Polishing No. 0 to 5 Each Size 02 No
Diamond No. 0 to 5 Each Size 02 No
Stapedectomy Instrument set contains following
1 Pick Straight 16cm 02 No
2 Pick Angled 16cm (90° & 45°) Each Size 02 No
3 Perforators 06 No
4 Measuring Rod 01 No
5 Prosthesis Crimper 01 No
6 Self retaining ear speculum 02 No
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) ( r.Kirti Karhadkar) (D ; imsingh avan)
DR. BACH! T. HATHIRAM

Professor & Hoed,
Department c4
T. N. Medical Conn& &
B.Y.L. NOY Ch Hospittd,
Niumbal - 400 0019.
3

Micro Ear Surgery
1 Clinical purpose
Used by clinical
ENT OT
de.artment/ward
7 Crurotomy Scissor 02 No
Additional common Instruments
1 Sponge Holding Forceps Straight Plain 18cm 02 No
2 Sponge Holding Forceps with serration Straight 18cm 02 No
3 Fine Hemostatic Forceps 120mm without teeth Straight 04 No
4 Fine Hemostatic Forceps 120mm without teeth Curved 04 No
5 Medium Hemostatic Forceps 140mm without teeth Straight 02 No
6 Medium Hemostatic Forceps 140mm without teeth Curved 02 No
7 Hartmann 's Aural Dressing Forceps 04 No
8 Alli's Forceps with teeth 150mm 4x5 prongs 02 No
11 Needle Holder 150mm 04 No
4 safety standards (specific to Should be FDA / CE approved product; Manufacturer / supplier
the device type);Local and/or should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality standard
international
5 Requirements for sign-off handover Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation if
necessary
paramedical, technicians) provided Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented
7 Warranty 3 year
Specification Done by Govt of Maharashtra, Public Health Department
End user Specialist Meeting Date 07/09/2017
(Mr. Manisli Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr.Kirti Karhadkar) (Cr.Bhi singh haven)
DR BACtil T. 1-1ATHWIAM
a rcilesso, & Hcaraci,
Department of
1. N. Medical Corhage
Nair Ch H SPftdi.
Mumbal 400 000.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Tongue Depressor"
GMDN name Tongue Depressor
1 Clinical purpose Oral cavity examination
Used by clinical
2 ENT OPD
department/ward
Technical characteristics 1)Stainless Steel 304 Material
(specific to this type of device) 2)Right Angled " L" Shaped & "S" Shaped
3 3)Width 13mm,19mm & 22mm
4) Quality "I"-20 & "s"-10
User's interface
4 Manual
Setting
5 Dimensions (metric) Width 13mm,19mm & 22mm
User's care Cleaning,
7 ' The case is to be cleanable with alcohol, autoclave.
sanitary, ..);Performance and
8 safety standards (specific to The company should be ISO certified and products should be
ISI mark.
international
standard
(Mr. Manis Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr.Kirti Karhadkar) (Dr.Bhimsing Chav n)
e-
Vx
C—C't
()Fs. St all Y. AATHI" c4AM
Proles- ar & Had,
De.par tririen I ct T,
F. N. PASClieral Caner 4
EL Y. L. Mak C't HospAA
Mumbal 10) 0014
Physiotherapy
1 Lumber Traction
2 Muscle & Nerve Stimulator
3 Ultrasonic Therapy Unit
4 Transcutaneous Electrical Nerve Stimulator (TENS)
5 Continues Passive Motion (CPM) for Elbow & Shoulder
6 Continues Passive Motion (CPM) for Knee
7 Wax Bath
8 Deep Tissue Percussion Therapeutic Massager
9 Exercise Equipment’s
10 Exercise Bicycle
11 Shoulder Wheel
12 Shortwave Diathermy
13 Parallel Bar
14 Interferential Current Therapy Unit
15 Cervical Traction (Wall Mounting)
Specification of Lumbar Traction
1. Plevic belt, Spreader bar, Main cord, Traction table (four fold)/Split raction table.
2. Digital Display (Electrical Timer, Hold tome & release time)
3. Voltage : 220 volt 50 cycles
4. Traction force : upto 45 Kg.
5. Modes : Intermittent / continuous
6. Pt. Switch (Saftey switch) with acoustic signal.
7. Canvas for pelvic traction
Yv- a
cgii
A
mt.\ VI a aQk ct3)_

Zvi iouLetcoA
On-crY (0.
A -err
( mejko- a. mai) owosie„) PT)

Phy_s rt a -1-1,0 nrct_pisl-
6y; I flospi+c-4 Tkane_
Specification of Muscles &Nerve Stimulator
MODE
GALVANIC Pure DC current upto 100 mA

Interrupted Galvanic : Unipolar DC output at different rate & pulse
width Rate: 0.01, 0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1, 3, 30, 100 & 300 pps
Output 0 to 120 v / 0-50 MA
Faradic continuous pulse strength of 100 pps& width 0.5 msecs
Surged faradic Same output as faradic with slow rise sawtooth mode
Rise: 0.5 to 3 seconds in six steps
Rest: 0 to 9 sec in 10 steps
On time 2-8 sec.
Off time 2-8 sec.
Tens a) continuous: frequency variable from 4 to 150 Hz.
b) FM: it automatically generates impulse rates from 4
to 150 Hz
c) PWM: it automatically generates impulse of variable
pulse width from 30 to 300 microseconds
Display • Backlite, two line LCD display
Duel voltage current analog meter.
Rotatory Knobs.
Used for plotting SD curved.
It should have plastic shock proof cabinet.
Standard accessories : Surface electrodes : 4 pairs (4 Channel)
Point electrodes : 2 nos. with cable
Straps : 2 pairs
Carry bag : 1 no.
Three years comprehensive warranty and should provide technical support and required
spares and consumable for 7 years after warranty period is over duly signed by their
principals.
It should follow International standard / safety requirements
Demonstration compulsory.
Training to MEC Engineers.
Operating and detailed service manual should be supplied.
Power Supply: 230 V + 15%, 50 Hz + 3%,
Tropicalization: Operating room temp.: upto 40 Deg. C
Storage room temp.: Upto 60 Deg. C
Relative Humidity: upto 90% non-condensing.
cmasi)
CS'
Kv
pirv1 ,,e cter;
/4100 ,a <Fray II 013.111.(ca_
pa' oMeAkcti
Lich Tycyavtoti
Pi • )•Ict-eawelpe_cp,
Phys'icyl-ts3ra_pis-1-
(I v; I osp cf, Tkot,„2
Specification of Ultrasonic Therapy Unit
1. Modes - Countinous / Pulsed

2. Variable duty cycles 10%, 20%, 50% and continuous.
3. Repetitive rate of 16 Hz, 48 Hz or 100 Hz
4. Light weight design.
5. Auto detection of Ultra Sound application.
6. It should have digital display
7. Output 21 watts — Pulsed & 15 watts — continuous
8. Operating Frequency 1 MHz & 3 MHz Dual Frequency
Applicater
9. Extra Ultrasound head with connecting cable should be provided alongwith
the machine.
10. Two years comprehensive warranty and 5 years AMC should be provided
alongwith technical support, 2 ultrasound applicator - small and large (Two
units each) and required spares and consumables for 8 years after warranty
period is over.
11. It should follow International Safety Standards and requirement.
12. Users' list with the addresses and contact nos. To be provided.
13. Demonstration compulsory.
14. Operating and detailed service manual should be supplied.
15. Training to MEC Engineers.
16. Power Supply: 230 Volts +/ 15%, 50 Hz +/ 3%
17. Tropicalization: Operating Temp.: Upto 40 Deg. C;
Storage Temp.: Upto 60 Deg. C;
Relative Humidity upto 90% non-condensing.
(tor; I 1-)1/4/1 jNen, N4txthe

omeai <AA
° c 1`11
1:3 Neticipest rg CH aNYY44-1
/211Throatiati
P hys) oft, ea-o p44-
c)y I HosP11-0 ) Ti‘m"-Q-
Specification of Transcutaneous Eletrical Nerve Stimulator (TENS)
• 4 Channel (Timer upto 30 mins.)
• Frequency : 10,30,50,70,90,110,125,135, 140, 150 Hz.
• Preset Programms
• Three years comprehensive warranty and should provide technical

support and required spares and consumable for 7 years after warranty
period is over duly signed by their principals.
• It should follow International standard / safety requirements
• Demonstration compulsory.
• Training to MEC Engineers.
• Operating and detailed service manual should be supplied.
• Power Supply: 230 V + 15%, 50 Hz + 3%,
• Tropicalization: Operating room temp.: upto 40 Deg. C

Storage room temp.: Upto 60 Deg. C
Relative Humidity: upto 90% non-condensing.
frk. L-c-a.S2_ct
p•oterroftr)
1'1 as' e_ cIDT) pinevols ael-si-
abea- A Mel Wcoke6
C iv; I Hosp4a4 I ket R • S-H
191717aimetfri
p psH, 4\ gyve,
Specification of Continues Passive Motion (CPM) for Elbow & Shoulder
1. Micro-computer controlled unit
2. Digital LED Display
3. Timer
4. Proper fining of calt & thigh lengths
5. Necessary Accessories for supination & Pronation wrist roll & Elbow Passive
motions.
6. Arm setting (Right or Left arm can be set & exercised by little adjustments)
7. Preset Modes (Continuous/intermittent/Progresive/Passive movts.)
8. for Elbow ROM Setting (0°-130°) for elbow (-90 to + 90) wrist.
9. for Shoulder ROM Setting (limb in full extention (0°-110°) elbow fixed (30°-110°)
10. It can be used in wheel chair/bed
11. Necessary limb support
12. Ergonomic wrist for healthy arm & fully adjustable chair
13. Pause time - 0-99 sec.
14. Treatment Time - 0-99 min.
15. Inching Switch : Starting angle can be set according to patients.
16. Pt. Switch (Saftey switch)
17. Power Supply - 200 to 240 Volt AC at 50 to 60 Hz.
I At • k fa AA
-Mej ' cd-cA tookici P C-69- croavv) -(- A rake 1 Waeiekt4_

Phys 0-1-1,$)s pinivs;t4-11eretpiefF 1240f,ne clti \
freenr-
v;I p 11 6-1 TL q~2
mveat,
4-rnrwtvaki P PsH„r\
Specification of Continues Passive Motion (CPM) for Knee
1. Micro-computer controlled unit
2. Digital LED Display
3. Prefixed ROM Knee joint
4. Timer
5. Proper fitting of calt & thigh lengths
6. Necessary limb supprt
7. Preset Modes (Continuous/intermittent/Progresive/Passive movts.)
8. ROM Setting (0°-110°)
9. Pause time - 0-99 sec.
10. Treatment Time - 0-99 min.
11. Inching Switch : Starting angle can be set according to patients.
12. Pt. Switch (Saftey switch)
13. Power Supply - 200 to 240 Volt AC at 50 to 60 Hz.
tit9-4,424iireo(xocis
p. enryvizr 2_
Cfre2-ji_c_INica_cu,30sie) (P-0 A-m,1 1,N) Cie\ ekte,
p•roattvek+
7 M° ~iio M-ej)cJ
Phys LS -I 12, • s • h
Mglr?;
6 V ; I H 0_5 p i felj irka (4-Q— 01-17-npaahl
Specification of Wax Bath
1.Wax bath (Large) 20 X 14 X 10" hospital Unit
2. Chamber Made of SS 304 grade
3. Covering Lid : Metal
4. Capacity : MM. 10 kg., Max - 20 Kg.
5. Heater : 1000 watt.
- Cionvi
5\11 e la tictiodioael e9 ( P friAA3 Piurlatt"--
p o fLozrap yZ—
kilintvw
Civil Hospi-f0 —11,0(,12_
cf)-n‘b \ \to tkaeliccit

m-editc-ti P
A-Nvy-ckva(
Specification of Deep Tissue Percussion Therapeutic Massager
1.Variable Speed
2. Upto 3350 Pulses/Min. (intensity)
3. Spiral lock attachment
4. Long Power cord
5. Different Attachements (Flat, Disc., deep muscle, fortinger, accupoint)
C r7-1 Lg._ ivicutioo-3o,cieD(PT) ktAssi v-HARMeker

P kys io-1-1-,a_rcy
IR • Az- S •
; v; H I-Tha 44-rentuloki
l'\TY\b1 v-Pc10,80
\‘ 0 rn-e cr-,1 t\-eey
iritftvv-taf
Specification of Exercise Equipments
1.Therabands sets
2. Weight Cuff (1/2 Kg., 1 Kg., 2 Kg.)
3. Hand Gripper
4. Hand Exerciser
5. Wrist roller
6. Pronator, Supinator
am12_2
C °Lino asl-QD P 6,1, circsry r

PkAis ; 0
thy s--S 04-Aa39121-
4-
e.; v; l Horpilat P. H•
11,01_0
Anvcc-H
"At`f-f \ Vitaektet
6-o Nve otiCci ,\# n- een-
Specification of Exercise Bicycle
1. Operation Manual
2. Air bike prefferbly (magnatic wheel)
3. Seat Adjustable (Horizontal & Vertical dimentions)
4. Peded size adjustable.
5. Resistance level Setting
6. Digital Display (Timer, HR, Distance covered, Calories, Spped)
7. Movable Handles along with static handles.
8. Desingnation of Foundation Pipe (as per IS 1161) - 100 mm Nominal
9. Ergonomic Design
10. Foot rest shall be antislip/antiskid.
11. Quite belt drive system.
6,04y-p; \ army( be'

prfr9siooneooPialn rhy.c231 v\ici eki.52___
Ft• s' H Poia ma& cot) CriAt .
Artrieuvaiq S-011. spravilf
•
( Meako., AA. Natawaciej CPT)
Phis; o•1-1,0- pLc4-
eiy 1 Hasp 404 Thaw
Specification of Shoulder Wheel
Type -Two Wheel
All the GI Pipes are 151 marked
Main Central Pipe construction - 100mm Nominal Bore G.I. Pipe
Main Central Pipe, Class as per IS 1239 - Medium
Disignation of Main Central Pipe as per IS 1161- 125 MM
Ring ( Wheel) - 32mm Nominal Bore G.I. Pipe
Ring ( Wheel) Pipe, Class as per IS 1239 - Medium
Disignation of Ring Wheel Pipe as per IS 1161- 32 MM
Pipe of Spokes of Wheel - 15mm Nominal bore G.I. pipe
Pipe of Spoke of Wheel , Class as per IS 1239 - Medium
Disignation of Spoke of Wheel as per IS 1161 - 32 MM
Number of Spokes in Wheel - 4
Connector Pipe ( between Main Central Pipe and Wheel ) - 32 mm Nominal bore G.I. pipe
Connector Pipe, Class as per IS 1239 - Medium
Disignation of Connecting Pipe as per IS 1161 - 32 MM
MS Foundation Plate Thickness - 12 millimeter
Foundation Pipes with anchoring - 750mm deep GI Pipe, supported with M.S. Angle 25 X 25 X 4mm
Nominal Bore of Foundation Pipe - 80mm
Foundation Pipe, Class as per IS 1239 - Medium
Disignation of Foundation Pipe as per IS 1161 - 125 MM
Galvanization of all Pipes - Zinc coating on the tubes shall be in accordance with IS 4736 latest.
Nuts and Bolts for Assembly - G.I.
Knobs on the Wheel for Gripping - Polyurethane
Movement must be supplied with bearings
Bearings - Tapered Roller Bearing
Bearings shall be self lubricating and sealed for protection against Rain and dust etc
Closing Caps of open ends of the pipes, bearings, bushes and base - G I Caps
Thickness of closing caps ( min ) - 2 millimeter
All Plastic Components - U V stabilised, weather resistance
Ergonomic Design
There shall be no crushing or searing points for user between moving and / or stationary parts of
equipment during use
Equipment shall be free from entrapments and sharp edges
Installation Instructions must be provided & Installation included
Instruction Plate - Stainless Steel, Size 150 X 230 X 0.7mm, with indelible printing
tel H wcx_ciC
(P -- Civil f -1 os P 4ct--1
'Man
-C• P- crornvi
phy&; o -11-7e-a-ctrkt- 1))45L. h
mel Atou cy octu-L.
12' • H•
Pat et rn-eal c..1/41
trenr-evvail.
kevw-cortki-t‘
Specification of Shortwave Diathermy
1. Modes - Countinous / Pulsed
2. Power Qutput - 500 watts
3. Input Voltage - 20-240 Volts, 50 Hz
4. Output Frequency - 27.12 MHz
5. Wavelength - 11 mts
6. Dimensions approximately - 48 X 35 X 92 cms
7. Pad Electrodes - 2 pairs alongwith 2 pairs of cables extra. (Disc electrode)
8. Proper stability of machine should be given & freely transferable.
9. Heavy duty castors for easy moving of machine.
toSiskta 0 ownrk;
CS. P • Gem v;r) .1c too \ Weld tleek9)._
( 7-,Thel La. f•-icacti,3 a.fl e) rbNisio-hoiretrk+ fp io-nn-esLiCsi Pan
P kys i c4-kwa p 1 s4_ g' IR-C • 4-t • IR R / Ann-Yrnetti.
C; vil H © s p ; 4-aI , I ka 1,tsz_ 4mrevvea-i
0(26 -e) 04)
ht_cs a-rvask ant camel -€. •

Specification of Parallel Bar
1. Hight adjustable - Manually 75 to 100 cm
2. Hand reils - 3.5 to 4 mm long SS
3. Width adjustment - 40 to 60 cm
4. Glider - Padded forearm support with grip handles
5. Plat form - Hardwood construction with tapered ends & filled with non-slip matters.
Ivisi-jLoatux:004%
Arno\
MeJL0- N-lectak3046 (PT)
13breeotc°'l P-
(iv;
P rywcA
Specification of Interferncial Current Therapy Unit
01.4 Channel
2. Timer upto 30 mins.
3. Present programme with digital display.
4. Operating frequency : 220 volts A.C. / 50 Hz.
5. Therapy Modes : 4P, 4 PV, 2 P
6. Carrier frequency - 2 KHz, 4 KHz
7. Base : (0-150 Hz); Sweep (0-100 Hz)
8. Out put Current : (0-100 mA)
9. Timer : 0-99 minutes.
10. Constant beat frequency
11. Variable beat frequency
12. Intensity control.
6.actfni 1 (mina er (tiA°C;

cakke-
physio-lieoarekt-
aiorn-ecti cen
k • &, )4 ,
RR-SA-1,Arn
4-Yrravocki
grikeL Nettawcuic (fl)

(fly's, 1-1—erenap LI 4)
Ci vi H asp; 4-a- 71,4 e_
Specification of Cervical Traction (Wall mounting)
1. Cervical collar, Spreader bar, set of belts, Main cord, Digital display unit, electrical
timer, hold time, release time
2. Voltage : 220 volt 50 cycles
3. Traction force : 5 to 25 Kg.
4. Modes : Intermittent / continuous
5. Pt. Switch (Saftey switch) with acousitc signal.
6. Mouldable collar for cervical collar.
CLVIPL
rA,,,,c,1 ack Chlt9)_
io enel P Per
RRUI mitt:nal
40.12kw • tO
CM ka, A ettA wad eDCPT)

-Physidufb-ap
( Ci \i; I H o_s p i 4-04 / Tf a t-,R2)
Psychiatric
1 ECT Machine
2 EEG Machine
Technical Specifications for ECT MACHINE- Sine Wave
Description of Function
The main aim of Electroconvulsive Therapy is to cause a massive convulsion in the brain (a
massive epileptic fit). This is achieved by giving the brain an electric shock using an ECT
Machine. ECT machines are, basically, transformers which modify Mains Current so that it is
transmitted to the patient's skull in timed pulses.
Operational Requirements
1.The unit should have Parameter Display on LCD/LED

2. Should have AUTO Stimulus Voltage
3. Should have Auto Impedance Check
0110a, 4.Should provide Output Display in joules & millicoulomb and EEG-ECG Monitoring on
Thermal paper
Technical Specifications
Technical Data:
SINE WAVE ECT

1. LCD /LED Display for stimulus voltage & Time
2. Output voltage 90 to 190 V
3. Manual, timer & Ectonus Modes
4. Fitted in brief case.
5. Timer 0.1 to 5.9 sec. in step of 0.1 sec
6. Cerebral Stimulation 0 to 40 volts
7. Ultra isolation transformer for patient safety.
4
System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables
System as specified
All the accessories to make equipment functional as per specifications should be supplied.
Environmental factors
The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 -50 degree C
arid relative humidity of 15-90%
Power Supply
1. Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug

2. UPS of suitable rating with voltage regulation and spike protection for 60 minutes back
up
Standards, Safety and Training
1. Should be FDA, CE, UL or BIS approved product.

2. Manufacturer should have ISO certification for quality standards.
3. Comprehensive training for lab staff and support services till familiarity with the
system on site.
4. Comprehensive warranty for 2 years and 5 years CMC after warranty.
5. Certified to be compliant with Electrical Safety Standard for Medical Equipment- IEC-
60601-1-1 13R equivalent BIS OX international standard for electrical safety.
Cencl
Documentation
1.User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English.

2. Certificate of calibration and inspection.
3. List of Equipment available for providing calibration and routine Preventive Maintenance
Support. as per manufacturer service/ maintenance manual.
4. List of important spare parts and accessories with their part number and costing.
5. Log book with instructions for daily, weekly, monthly and quarterly maintenance checklist.
The job description of clearly spelt out.
6. Compliance Report to be submitted in a tabulated and point wise manner clearly mentioning
the page/para number with authenticated catalogue/manual, without which it will not be considered.
te (-Loco-
PSYCH1ATRfST CLASS 1/11

REGIONAlk MENTAL HOSPITAL. THANF
RN sityy-ct v, ack;
(iCK wail"; , Pt7c1^-in-Urrcti co-nsuitcli
iicglenevi 1.14,01)-A-/ Hcspi HePt L pm
oft.AAAA:cAdo ptine
8,000 mot 'ocst

Tk &Tame elt
Professor
t oi Psfenlant
OePalen
twi, Patel. M1/14 "1" rtsc-ft ,P\ro
"CAI
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "EEG Machine"
GMDN name EEG Machine
1 Clinical purpose Clinical overvaluation of neurological disorders
Used by clinical
2 Psychiatry
department/ward
Technical characteristics
(specific to this type of device) 1) No of channels : 32
2) ND Conversion : 16 bit
3) Sensitivity : 1 uV/mm and 1000 uV/mm & user definable
4) Low Pass Filter : 0.1,0.3 & 5 Hz
5) High Pass Filter : 15,30,70 Hz & user definable
6) Notch Filter : 50/60 Hz ON/OFF
7) Sweep speed : 7.5, 15, 60 & 60 mm/sec.
8) Input Impedance : >20 M Ohm
9) CMRR : > 110 db
10) Noice level : < 1 uv
11) Flash Rate : 1 to 60 Hz
FEATURES
1) Facility to record upto 32- Channels with montage bar 24 EEG, 8
Bipolar (2 EKG & 6 DC Channels)
2) USB interface, no external power or battery required
3) Brain Mapping with multiple option
4) Various options for EEG Scrolling
3
5) Resolution independent user interface
6) Coherence, FFT Graph and tabular data,
7) Simultaneous Analysis & Acquisition of EEG Data.
8) Facility to mark event and write comment in analysis mode.
9) Complete EEG data transfer from CD/DVD hard disc.
10) Easy connectivity with Laptop/Desktop.
11) Online impedance check with display of numeric values of all
electrodes.
12) Online /offline reformatting of filters ,low filters, sensitivity and sweep
in channels.
13) Use define photic stimulate protocols.
14) Advanced graphic Brain mapping with spectral arrary (CSA) & Density
Spectral array (DSA)
15) Split screen facility to study and event/montage carefully during
Acquisition.
16) Auto backup of patient data for easy recovery.
17) Long distance modular amplifier design with flexibility and reliability.
18) Simultaneous analysis and recording.

5 Communication Inbuilt
7 Weight (lbs, kg) Not Applicable
(Mr. Ma Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Mangal Mulay) (Dr. Nitin Pawar)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Psychiatrist CI 1 Psychiatrist CI 1
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral District Hospital District Hospital
Au ran gabad Hospital Nashik Jalna Jalna
2

CPU Processor i3 ,2GB RAM, 500GB HDD,DVD,R/w
Monitor 17" Colored
8 Configuration Printer Window supporting Inkjet colour Printer,
Operating System --- Window 7
Keyboard ,Mouse, Mouse Pad
9 Noise (in dBA) > 110 dbA
should be disbursed through a cooling mechanism
12 Power Requirements USB Powered
13 Battery operated USB interface, no external power or battery required
Tolerance
14 Not Applicable
15 Protection Electrical protection provided by fuses in both live and neutral

supply lines.
16 Power consumption to be specified by manufacturer
standard, optional); EEG Disc Electrode 50 Nos
17 EEG Paste Jar 02 Nos
Spare parts (main ones);
Consumables / reagents USP Interface Cable 01 No
(open, closed system) Photic Flash 01 No
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient
18
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) temperature of 10 —40 deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%.
20 safety standards (specific to FDA / CE ; approved The company should be ISO certified and
the device type);Local and/or products should be ISI mark.
international
standard
22 nature, values, quality, Availability of 5 amp/15 Amp. Electrical socket
tolerance
23 Requirements for sign-off Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before
handover Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
24 provided Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented
25 Warranty 3 year
(Mr. Manis a re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) angal Mulay) (1 . Nitin Pawar)
A , H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral District Hospital District Hospital
t") Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Jalna Jalna
3

Service contract clauses, warranty of Three year with free servicing ( min. 3/year) during
27
including prices warranty.
User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English
& Marathi language.
Operating manuals, service List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local
28
manuals, other manuals calibration and routine maintenance List to be provided of
important spares and accessories, with their part numbers and
cost. Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service
Other accompanying
29 User/Technical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English.
documents
details (Hierarchy Wise; Any Contract (AMC/MC/add-hoc) to be declared by the
30
including a toll free/landline manufacturer.
•
number)
(Mr. MarianM gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. angal Mulay) (Dr. Ni in Pawar)
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral District Hospital District Hospital
Au rangabad Hospital Nashik Jalna Jalna
Neonatology
1 Radiant Infant Warmer / Radiant Heat Warmer
2 Phototherapy Unit
3 Neonatal Ventilator
4 Neonatal Pulse Oxymeter
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Radiant Warmer"
GMDN name Infant warmer
GMDN code CT1452
Infant Radiant warmer is an electrically powered device with

1 Clinical purpose a radiant heating source intended to maintain the thermal
balance of an infant by direct radiant of energy in the infrared
region of the electromagnetic spectrum.
Used by clinical
2 Neonatal ICU/ SNCU
department/ward
3 Technical characteristics
(specific to this type of device) 1) It should be microcontroller based radiant warmer with manual
and servo options.
2) It should have facility to display skin set, skin observed
temperature in degree C and heat power separately
3) Should have user friendly touch panel control.
4) It should have ceramic or quartz infrared or calrod heater.
5) It should have audiovisual alarm facility for overheating
beyond set temperature range.
6) It should have alarm facility for patient temperature less than
or greater than the required temperature i.e. above or below
the set range. Machine should sense the skin probe failure
and cut off the heater.
7) Warmer head should be rotatable in different direction, so as
to allow taking X-ray.
8) It should have alarm for probe failure ,power failure, system
failure and heater failure.
9) Observation light of 90 to 100 foot candles or 1000 Lux ( color
temperature range 3700K to 5100K) should be provided for
inspection
10) Battery back up for Power failure indication during power fail.
11) The desired temperature range from 25 to 40 degree C and
settable temperature can be from 32 to 38 degC.
12) The resolution should be 0.1 degree C and accuracy should
be 0.2 °C.
13) Should have a facility to lock the keyboard to avoid unwanted
user modification of the set parameters.
14) The height of the warmer should be adjustable for different
types of bed.
15) It should have separate bassinet trolley, bed should be
tillable and have provision for x-ray cassette holder, Mattress
foam density should be minimum 25 kg/cm3, transparent
collapsible side walls easily detachable for cleaning. Mattress
size should be minimum 20"X30".
16) Should have a Feather Touch operation with large digital
display and comprehensive alarms. Control Panel should be
liquid proof and allow easy and hygienic disinfection.
(Mr. Marrisfi Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Kdtan Chavhan) (Dr. Bharati Nagre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer PEDIATRICIAN PEDIATRICIAN
H.E.M.R.O/o DOHS Regional Referral Medical Oficer Medical Officer-1
Au rangabad Sub Dist Hospital, District Hospital
Hospital Nashik
Vaijapur, Dist Aurangabad Aurangabad
teect,io.we..s,
Dr. S. B. l3avdekar
Dr. Su ma Malik Professor and Head
Professor, Incharge Neonatology Department of Pediatrics
Department of Pediatrics TN Medical College and
TN Medical College and BYL Nair Hospital
BYL Nair Hospital, Mumbei-8.
2
MBA name Infant warmer
17) Manual Mode can adjust Heater Output 10 -100 %, with 10%
increment, an auditory and visual alarm shall be given at least
every 15 min.
18) In manual mode, heater cut off / switch off , if the maximum
irradiance at any point of the mattress area exceeds a total
irradiance level of 10 mW/ cm2 (between 10 to 30 minutes).
19) Bed should be about 80 - 100 cms from the Floor and 80-
90cms from the heat source.
20) Should have lockable castor wheels.
21) Green indicator light shall be provided to indicate that warmer
is ready for normal use.
22) Markings on the bassinet and X-Ray cassette holder is
mandatory to enable proper positioning of the baby while
doing the X-Ray.
23) The size of the drop down sides should be such that it is 5"
above the mattress surface and should be atleast 6mm thick;
clear and transparent.
24) If there is more than 60% heater output for 10 minutes it
should cutoff with alarm.
25) For the purpose of cable management there should be at least
two number of tubing ports (edges covered by silicon rings) on
the side walls. The height of the side walls should be minimum
110mm over the mattress.
26) X-Ray cassette tray should be at least 750X350mm and
should adopt up to 20mm thick X-Ray cassette.
27) The baby bed should be crevice free for ease of cleaning,
infection control.
28) The mattress used should be of biocompatible material.
29) Thermister based skin temperature probe should be small in
size not more than 10mm diameter and 3-4mm thick to fix the
probe firmly on the infant. Baby contact material should be
biocompatible as per ISO 10993 standard requirement. It
should be insulated on one side and have well conducting,
non-rusting, non reacting, metallic surface on the other side.
Probe wire should be pliable, thin and soft. The attachment
side of the probe with the wire should also be pliable and non
stiff.
4 User's interface Manual and Servo controlled temperature regulation.

Setting 1. Should have Manual mode and Baby (Servo) mode
settings
2. Mode of operation should be clearly displayed.
3. In servo mode baby set temperature should be 32 to 38
deg C.
(Mr. M ag re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Ketan Chavhan) (Dr. Bha(t Nagre)
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Oficer Medical Officer-1
Au rangabad Sub Dist Hospital, District Hospital
Hospital Nashik
Dr. Sus ma Malik Dr. S. B. Bavdekar

Professor, Incharge Neonatology Professor and Head
BYL Nair Hospital, Mumbal-8. BYL Nair Hospital
3
5 Communication LED Display and inbuilt software; Interruption and restoration
(Where ever required) of the power supply does not change the preset values.
6 Dimensions (metric) specifications upto: 2000 mm (Height) X 900mm (Width) X

1100 mm (Length).
7 Weight (Ibs, kg) maximum spec: 150kg.
At least 60 degree angle adjustment must be possible in the
8 Configuration heat source and it should provide shielding to the infant in
case of breakage of tubes/bulbs, All surfaces to be made of
corrosion resistant material.
Auditory alarm shall have a sound level of at least 65 dBA at

9 Noise (in dBA) a distance of 3 m from the front of the infant radiant warmer,
and the sound level of the alarm shall not exceed 80 dBA on
the mattress.
Should maintain upto 36.5 deg temp and the heat disbursed
10 Heat dissipation through a exhaust fan , so that effect of UV light is not
disturbed.
11 Mobility, portability Yes, on castors (2 of the castors should have breaks; castors
size can be at least 4inch).
12 Power Requirements 220 to 240V, 50 Hz
13 Battery operated Power failure indication during power fail.
Tolerance
14 ± 10% of input
15 Protection OVP, earth leakage protection.
16 Power consumption maximum 800 Watt
Should have standard IV pole(sturdy ;non rusting; medical

Accessories (mandatory, grade stainless steel ;adjustable to a max height of 6 feet
standard, optional); from the ground level), monitor tray(12X10 inches;270 deg
17 Spare parts (main ones); swivel ;fixed at level of warmer display) and storage trays
Consumables / reagents Skin temperature probes ,Thermal reflector to fix the skin
(open, closed system) probe on baby.
Spare 2 Nos of the castors having breaks and spare two Nos
without brake castor size can be at least 4inch
(Mr. Ma Ma re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Ketarl Chavhan) (Dr. Bharat Nagre)
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Sub Dist Hospital, District Hospital
Dr. Sus a Malik Dr. S. B. Bavdekar

Professor, Inctiarge Neonatology Professor and Head
BYL. Nair Hospital, Mumbai-8. BYL Nair Hospital
4
Operating condition:
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of
18
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
circumstances.— an ambient air velocity is less than 0.3 m/s.
User's care, Cleaning, Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using
19
Disinfection & Sterility issues both alcohol and chlorine agents.
Should be FDA / (CE of class 11b) approved product. Shall

meet IEC-60601-1-2:2007 Medical electrical equipment--
Part 1-2: General requirements for basic safety and essential
Certificates (pre-market, performance - Collateral standard: Electromagnetic
sanitary, ..); Performance and compatibility - Requirements and tests (Or Equivalent BIS).
20 safety standards (specific to Shall neet IEC 60601-2-21: 2009 Medical Electrical
the device type);Local and/or Equipment — Part 2-21: Particular Requirement for the basic
international safety and essential performance of infant radiant
warmers . should meet IEC 60601-1:2005 standard
requirements. Baby contact material should be biocompatible
as per ISO 10993 standard requirement.
Manufacturer should be ISO 13485 certified.
standard.
22 nature, values, quality, Availability of 5 amp/15 Amp. Electrical socket (2 nos) for
tolerance each warmer.
paramedical, technicians) user training manual required
25 Warranty Nickel chrome wire filament and tube of quartz should have a
life time or minimum - 3 years.
Maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining

26 Maintenance tasks schedule The spare price list of all spares and accessories
(including minor) required for maintenance and repairs in
future after guarantee / warranty period should be attached.
27 Service contract clauses, warranty of one year with free servicing ( min. 3) during
including prices warranty
(Mr. Ma Mal re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Ketan Chavhan) (Dr. Bhara agre)
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Ducar Medical Officer-1
gca
Dr. S. B. Bavdekar
Professor and Head
' N '54 • TN Medical College and
BYL Nair Hospital
ina
5
28 Operating manuals, service Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-

1) User, technical, maintenance and service manuals to be
supplied along with machine diagrams;
2) List of equipment and procedures required for routine
calibration and routine maintenance;
3) Certificate of calibration to be provided by the
manufacture;
29
documents English
details (Hierarchy Wise; should provide complete contact details of sales and
30
including a toll free/landline service departments.
number)
31 Recommendations or warnings Any warning/ precautions to be declared
(Mr. Ma sh M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. K ankchavhan) (Dr. Bharat' Nagre)
61/4 effr:4=v,--toe—e_ka,,
Dr. S. B. Bavdekar
Dr. Sus ma Malik
Professor, Incharge Neonatology Professor and Head
8'11-Nair Hospital, Mumbal-8. BYL Nair Hospital
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Phototherapy Unit"
GMDN name Phototherapy units/systems
GMDN code CT 2066
Emits in the main radiation spectrum in the range between
1 Clinical purpose 400 nm and 550 nm for reducing the concentration of
Bilirubin
Used by clinical
2 New born stabilization unit, SNCU
department/ward
3 Technical characteristics
> Provides filtered light using radiant electric lights, not
(specific to this type of device)
fibreoptics.
> Infant supported securely in bassinette below bulbs.
> Monitors hours of radiant light exposure.
1) Phototherapy should be based on LED technology, which after
filtering should provide, a light of wavelength approximately
450 to 470 nm with peak wavelength of 450-460nm range.
2) Irradiance to be minimum 35 pW/cm2/nm at 40 cm height and
UV should not exceed 10-4 W/m2 in 180nm to 400nm.
3) Digital Hour meter showing total exposure time for current
patient to be clearly visible by operator.
4) Effective light field >700 cm2.
5) Lamp life should be minimum 20000 hours for LED and should
have timer to indicate its usage.
6) Over temperature safety cut out to be included.
7) Up, down and tilting of head should be possible.
8) The unit should be mounted with castor wheels with brakes.
9) Variation in intensity over 5-6 hours < 10%,
10) The irradiance ratio (min to max) shall be greater than 40 %
on mattress.
11) Green indicator light shall be provided to indicate that
equipment is ready for normal use.
12) Interruption and a restoration of the power supply do not
change preset values. LED heat can be reduced by natural
cooling.
13) LED should be protected from free fall.
14) It should not topple on 10 deg inclined angle.
15) The temperature of baby bed and metal surfaces should not
exceed 40deg C and 43 deg C for other accessible surfaces.
16) There should be intuitive method to indicate the light surface is
at the appropriate treatment distance. ro
17) Mobile stand with movable castors and height adjustment
facility along with easy swiveling of source box. Unit can be
used along with Infant care trolley, Radiant Warmer and
Incubator.
(Dr. Ketan Chavhan)

(Mr. Manisfi Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) PEDIATRICIAN (Dr. Bharati Nagre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer PEDIATRICIAN
Medical Oficer
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Officer-1
Sub Dist Hospital,
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik District Hospital
Vaijapur, Dist
Aurangabad
Aurangabad
g*,Joey tea
Dr. S. 13. Bavdekar
Professor and Head
Dr. Sushma Malik Department of Pediatrics
Professor, Incharge tieunatalOgy TN Medical College and
Department of Psc;atrica BYL Nair Hospital
BYL Nair Hospital, Martial-a
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Phototherapy Unit "
GMDN code CT 2066
4 User's interface
Setting Manual
UP/DOWN adjustment of Over Head Unit; The phototherapy
unit should be able to provide effective treatment for beds
and incubators of varying heights (generally 1.0 to 1.6m).
Adjustment of light intensity may be provided.
5 Communication LED Display and inbuilt software
6 Dimensions (metric) minimum spec: 1650mm Height X 750mm Width X 500mm
Length
7 Weight (lbs, kg) <20 kg
8 Configuration
Clear cabinet for observation of infant.
Infant bassinette to be an integral unit which should be
detachable. Unit to provide shielding of infant in the event of
bulb breakage .Bulb mount to have angle adjustment of at
least 30 degrees .All surfaces to be made of corrosion
resistant materials. Light unit tilting facility and height
adjustment facility.
9 Noise (in dBA) <60dBA
10 Heat dissipation The temperature of baby bed and metal surfaces should not
exceed 40deg C and 43 deg C for other accessible surfaces.
11 Mobility, portability Minimum 3 castors and at least 2 with brakes
12 Power Requirements 220 to 240V, 50 Hz
13 Battery operated Not Applicable
14 Tolerance
(to variations, shutdowns) ± 10% of input AC

replaceable fuses ,fitted in both live and neutral lines.
16 Power consumption Should not be more than 160 W
(Dr. Ketan Chavhan)

(Mr. Mani Mc re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) PEDIATRICIAN (Dr. Bharati Nagre)
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Vaijapur, Dist District Hospital
Dr. S. B. Bavdekar
Professor and Head
BYL Nair Hospital
3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Phototherapv Unit "
GMDN code CT 2066
Accessories (mandatory, Mains cable to be at least 2.5m length

standard, optional); Complete set of replacement tubes to allow 3 months'
17 Spare parts (main ones); continuous operation Two replacement sets of fuses, if
Consumables / reagents replaceable type used.
(open, closed system) Total 500 nos. Infant eye masks of both available sizes (term
and pre term babies).
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of

18 10 to 40 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal
circumstances.
User's care, Cleaning, Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using
19
Disinfection & Sterility issues both alcohol and chlorine agents.
Should be FDA / CE approved product
Shall meet IEC-60601-1-2:2007 Medical electrical equipment
-- Part 1-2:
General requirements for basic safety and essential
Certificates (pre-market, performance - Collateral
sanitary, ..); Performance and standard: Electromagnetic compatibility - Requirements and
20 safety standards (specific to tests (Or Equivalent BIS)
the device type);Local and/or Should meet IEC 60601-1:2005 standard requirements
international Shall meet IEC 60601-2-50: 2009 Medical Electrical
Equipment — Part 2-50:
Particular Requirement for the basic safety and essential
performance of infant phototherapy equipment;
Manufacturer should be ISO 13485 certified
standard.
22 nature, values, quality, Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks
tolerance before handover.
24 Training of staff (medical, Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall
25 Warranty 3 years for the machine and 20,000 hours for LEDs
26 Maintenance tasks Maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining
schedule
n
(Dr. Ketan Chavhan)

(Mr. Mao M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) PEDIATRICIAN (Dr. Bharati Nagre)
Dr. S. B. Bavdekar
Professor and Head
Dr. Department of Pediatrics
Professor,Sushtna
Incharge
Malik TN Medical College and
Neonatology BYL Nair Hospital
Departrnent of Pediatrics
TN Medical
College and
8n. Hair Hospital, Muinbaba.
4
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Phototherapv . _ Unit "
GMDN code CT 2066
27 Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
including prices
Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
Operating manuals, service User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in
28 English & Marathi language.
local calibration and routine maintenance
Other accompanying List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with

29 their part numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and
documents
details (Hierarchy Wise; Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service
30 agent to be
number) provided

31 Recommendations or warnings their part numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and
(Dr. Kan Chavhan)

(Mr. Ma e) (Mr. Madhav Katre) PEDIATRICIAN (Dr. Bharati Nagre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Medical Oficer
PEDIATRICIAN
Aurangabad
Aurangabad
Dr. S.
S. B. Bavdekar
Professor and Head
.121YL Nair Hospital
Specifications of neonatal ventilator with high frequency oscillator ventilator
with standard accessories
Microprocessor Controlled Time Cycled Pressure Limited Ventilator
1.Mode of Operation: Elecf-ical

2.Application: Neonatal
3.Driving Gas:
• Air source as in built or external compressor with facility for connecting to central
compressed air pipeline. Should have automatic switch over between ventilator's inbuilt or
external air source and compressed air source with priority to central compressed air source.
• High pressure tubing for both central oxygen and compressed air. Adaptors to fit hospital
connection of compressed air and oxygen to be provided.
4. Humidifier:
a) Thermostatically servo controlled with probe to monitor proximal airway temperature with
alarm facility. -e_ wak)te.
b) Having reusable heated wire adaptor suitable for •-,:osiable and-disposable circuity •
c) Includes neonatal humidifier jar : 2 nos with each unit
d) Facility for selecting active/ passive humidification.
5. Ventilatory Modes And Functions:

• Assist control.
• SIMV
• SIMV +Pressure support.
• Nasal CPAP mode
• PSV (with adjustable cyclerise and insp. Time).
• Inspiratory volume limit & volume guarantee / PRVC or equivalent
• HFOV and HFOV +CMV mode
• Adjustable flow cycled ventilation for all modes
• User adjustable, automatic and interactive apnea back-up ventilation
• PEEP.
• Flow sensor placement — at proximal (patient) end
• Adjustable I:E ratio
• Apnea back-up ventilation
• Manual breath
• Adjustable bias (expiratory) flow preferable
• Trigger sensitivity: both flow and pressure adjustable.
• FI02: adjustable (21 — 100%) and monitored.
• User adjustable Fi02 increment during oxygen flush for neonatal patients.
• Synchronised nebuliser for providing in line nebulisation
6. Alarms/ Indicators: Audio &/Or Visual With Adjustable Alarm Volume:

• Power failure
• Mode of operation: mains/battery
• Battery: fully charged/low.
• Unusual / incorrect settings message
• Gas supply failure for: oxygen and air.
• Insp. Time limit & i:e ratio limit
• Pressure/flow transducer [sensor] failure.
• Triggered breath indicator.
• Apnea.
• High peak pressure
• Tidal volume: high/ low
• Fio2: high/low
• Minute volume: high/ low.
s. e
kovi—re-
(kiNk-kNi tk)
\c\\ l9 <zri tc5 &‘Pl iz.7-7 RP.H
• Airway pressure: high/ low peak pressure
• PEEP/CPAP: high/ low
• Breath rate: high
• AutoPEEP indicator
7. Displays For Monitoring:

• Driving gas supply pressure (air & oxygen)
• PIER & PEFR
• F102.
• EtCO2
• Resp. Rate: ventilator & patient.
• Time: inspiratory, expiratory, I:E ratio
• Inspired tidal volume: ventilator — total & or per /kg, patient — total & or per /kg.
• Expired tidal volume: ventilator — total & or per /kg, patient — total & or per /kg.
• Minute volume: ventilator — total & or per /kg, patient — total & or per /kg.
• Airway pressures: Pmax. Pmean & Pplateau, PEEP
• % leak
• Auto PEEP
• Minimum 10" colour graphics display with adjustable scales, sweep speed & movable cursor
facility and touch screen
• Waveforms: flow, volume & pressure — airway(paw),coloured & freeze facility
• Loops: flow/volume, paw/volume with memory, coloured & freeze facility
• Trend of all monitored parameters for last 24 hrs.
• Compliance: dynamic
• Resistance
• Work of breathing (WOB)
8. Range Or Pattern For Settings:

• Fio2 : 21 to 100%.
• Inspiratory Flow rate : 1 to 50 l/min
• Inspiratory Flow waveform : user selectable square, decelerating
• Resp.. Rate : 1 to 130 /min.
• Insp. time : 0.15 — 3 sec.
• Inspiratory pause time :0.1-3 sec
• Expiratory time : min 250 cosec onwards.
• I : E ratio : 1:1 to 1:4
• Insp. Tidal volume limit : 3 ml to 500 ml
• PEEP : 0 — 35 ems of H2O.
• Pressure support : 0 — 40 cms of H2O.
• Flow cycle : 0 to 45% of peak flow
• SIMV rate : 1 to 120 B. P. M.
• Apnea time adjustable : 10 to 40 sec.
• Apnea backup rate : 12 B. P. M. Onwards
• Pressure trigger : 0.1 to 10 cm H2O
• Flow trigger : 0.1 — 10 L.P.M.
• Bias flow/base flow : 0.4 to 5 L.P.M.
• Volume Limit : 2m1 to 500 ml
For HFOV
frequency 3-20 Hz
Amplitude 4-180 mbar
MAP 0-45 mbar
I.E ratio 1 :1 to 1:3
S
C7_51-fr
-1) sing; t
Is/1110km ,
i s 01 Sr Pplocy eP1-1
9.Standard Accessories ;
1) Reusable, autoclavable, dual limb (preferable) neonatal heated breathing c cuit with water
trap- 2 with each ventilator.
2) Stand with support ann for breathing circuit- 1 no each
3) Test lung — 1 nos each for neonatal ventilator
4) Patient Circuit Arm -1
5) Oxygen & Air Hose Set - 1
6) Disposable circuit and chamber for neonatal application, including its adaptors: 75 pieces per
ventilator.
7) Nasal CPAP prongs: 2 different sizes (5 nos each size) supply with each unit
8) Compressor -I (230V/50 Hz) optional
10. Flow sensor: If reusable — 4 / machine or if disposable 60/ machine
11. Ventilator Trolley- should be sturdy, robust having anticorrosive coating.

- with support arm
12. CIVIC Should Include Following for neonatal ventilator

n • Rgnsable breathing circuits : two no each per ventilator per year
1 T.,--zs •
• Disposable breathing circuits with chambers: 60 per ventilator per year
Nr A
/ • Flow sensors if reusable — two each per ventilator per year
• Humidifier jar reusable :- 2 each per ventilator per year
13. Ventilator & Compressor- should be from same manufacturer /OEM.
14. All Software Upgrades shall be provided free of cost.
15. All Standard Accessories should be provided with the machine.
16. Power Supply:

a] 230 v +/- 15%; 50 Hz +/- 3%.
b] Built in facility to work over a wide range of voltage fluctuations. Each unit to be
supplied with true online UPS with rechargeable battery backup upto minimum
one hour (internal or external) for complete system including air source (compressor).
17. Consumables: Rates will be freezed for 8 years

a) Reusable autoclavable dual limb neonatal breathing circuit with water trap.
0 NiI:I'est Lung
qrsc.4n
c„)) isposable circuits
d) Flow sensor
e) Humidifier jar reusable
0 Sample tubing with adaptors
g) Nasal prongs
18.Training of hospital engineers & staff

19. Warranty of 3 years and CMC for 5 years after completion of warranty period.
S•5. teilc
D I .C710-01 Lei Q-
M•Tii'I c46
Ptki
ti
r 146)44&
(Cd .1% A4g, i2Eq
Technical Specification of Pulse Oximeter with Neonatal Probe.

1. 1. Technical
a. Sp02 measurement range at least 40-70 and 70 to 99 %, minimum
gradation 1%.
b. Accuracy of Sp02 better than ± 1% for range 40-70 and better than ± 3%
for range 70-99.
c. Pulse rate range at least 30 to 240 bpm, minimum gradation 1 bpm.
d. Accuracy of pulse rate better than ± 5 bpm.
e. Signal strength or quality to be visually displayed.
f. Audiovisual alarms required: high and low Sp02 and pulse rate (operator
variable settings), sensor disconnected, sensor failure, low battery.
• q. TFT Screen.
h. Plethysmograph (may be in form of bar) display is mandatory.
1. Settings:- Shoud have minimum 24 hrs trend memory for Sp02 & PR.
2. Users Interface:- Easily accessible touch button to operate the machine.
3. software and/or standard of communication:- In Built.
2. Physical Characteristic:-
1. Weight (lbs, kg):- Should be less than 5kg
2. Configuration:- Case is to be hard and splash proof.
Display must allow easy viewing in all ambient light levels.
Supplied in protective case for clean storage and safe transport.
3. Noise (in Dba):- <50dBA
4. heat dissipation:- Dispersed through exhaust.
5. mobility, portability:- Mobile.
3. Energy Source (electricity, ups, solar, gas, water, c02 ....)
1. Voltage (value, ac or Dc, monophase or triphase):- 220 to 240V, 50 Hz.
2. Battery operated:- Internal, replaceable, rechargeable battery allows
operation for at least four hours in the event of power failure.
Battery charger to be integral to mains power supply, and to charge battery
During mains power operation of unit.
3. Tolerance (To variations, shutdowns):- Voltage corrector/stabilizer/UPS to
allow operation at ± 30% of local rated voltage.
4. Protection:- Electrical protection by resettable circuit breakers in both live
and neutral supply lines, Alarms should include Power failure.
5. Power Consumption:- 50-100 W.
6. Other energies supplies:- Mains supply cable to be at least 3m in length.
4. Accessories, spare parts, Consumables
accessories (mandatory, standard, optional):- Two rexabl rabeslach for eV/4
. .n C:z•n .,,
paediatric and infant use, Y Probes with clips for e-ana orehead Sp02 Ok(,14
sensors for detection of low saturatin levels (less than 70%)/flex probe with
provision of fi xation.(2-nit9 C\,,, ✓ W....- S. .54LnAld) 62_ 5b N— an/044w(
Spare parts (main ones):- Two sets of spare fuses (if non-resettable fuses used).
5. Environmental and Departmental Considerations
1. Atmosphere / ambiance (air conditioning, humidity ,dust ...):-
Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of s C R..)
0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal circumstances.
2. User's care, cleaning, Disinfection & sterility issues:- Cleanable with alcohol or g-H1
c . LO
19 1 gH
1,k) (nS
Vic Ka—fit
entei OckK
chlorine wipes
6. Standards and safety
1. certificates (pre-market, sanitary, ..); performance and safety standards specific
to the device type); local and/or international:-
a. Should be FDA/CE (from Notified Body) approved product ISO 80601-2-
61-2011: Medical Electrical equipment- part 2-61: Particular requirements
for the basic safety and essential performance of pulse oxymeter.
b. Electrical safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601-1,
EMC safety confirms to IEC 60601-1-2 standard requirement.
c. Manufacturer/supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality
Standard.
7. Training and Installation
1. training of staff (medical, paramedical, technicians):-
a. Training of users on operation and basic maintenance
b. Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented.
8. Warranty and Maintenance
1. Warranty:- 2 yrs.
2. maintenance tasks:- a. Maintenance manual detailing
a. Complete maintaining schedule.
9. Documentation
I. User and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English language.
2. list to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local
calibration and routine maintenance List to be provided of important spares
and accessories, with their part numbers
s • S• Lt.\ e_
D r e_\
An; }-ck - e_
19 kill
'qg Gk-4-rn-
ar e G\i
Pediatric
1 Pediatric Ventilator
2 Pediatric Rigid Bronchoscope
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Ventilator Pediatrics"
GMDN name Intensive care ventilator
GMDN code CT2175
1 Clinical purpose To provide automated, alveolar ventilatory support for patients in

emergency situations
Used by clinical
2 Emergency /Critical Care (NICU/PICU)
department/ward
3 Technical characteristics 1) Should have facility for Invasive and Non-Invasive ventilation;
(specific to this type of device) 2) Microprocessor Control suitable for Neonatal and Pediatric ventilation;
3) Should have modes of ventilation equipped with newer modes of
ventilation:
3.1) Assist/ Control
3.2) Volume control
3.3) Pressure control
3.4) Pressure support
3.5) SIMV with pressure support (Pressure and volime control)
3.6) PEEP
3.7) Inverse ratio Ventilation
3.8) Non invasive ventilation-BIPAP, CPAP
3.9) Apnea ventilation, user selectable, volume & pressure control;
4) Should have built in color screen TFT/LCD display of minimum 8" for
display of waveforms and monitored value;
5) Should have inbuilt facility to upgrade with EtcO2;
6) Should have facility to measure and display of the following parameters:
6.1) Airway Pressure (Peak & Mean)
6.2) Tidal volume (Inspired & Expired)
6.3) Minute volume (Inspired & Expired)
6.4) Respiratory mechanics
6.5) Spontaneous Minute Volume
6.6) Total Frequency
6.7) Fi02 dynamic
6.8) Intrinsic PEEP
6.9) Plateau Pressure
6.10)Resistance & Compliance
6.11)Use selector Alarms for all measured & monitored parameters
6.12)Occlusion Pressure
6.13)Pressure Flow & Volume curves;
7) Automatic compliance and leakage compensation for circuit and ETtube;
8) Should have facility of log book, for events and alarms with date & time;
9) Should have following setting;
9.1) Tidal volume (Minimum 2m1, Maximum up to 2000m1); pre-set
range for both neo-natal & pediatric modes to be provided
9.2) Inspiratory pressure (upto 60cm of H20);
9.3) Respiratory rate 1 to 80 bpm;
9.4) Apnea back up rate;
9.5) CPAP/PEEP;
9.6) Pressure support;
(Mr. Man s a e) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Bharati Nagre) (Dr. Santo eshpande) -Th
\
(Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
Bio Medical Bio Medical Pediatrician Physician
Medical Officer -1 Medical Supdt Anesthesiologist
Engineer Engineer
Dist Hospital, Rural Hospital, Medical Officer-1
Aurangabad Phulambri Dist Women Hospital
Aurangabad Jalna
coest-o---
Dr. S. B. Bavdekar
GUJJAR Professor and Head
BYL Nair Hospital
01 LEGE. 3
Y.L. ii0Strud.,
noB.
2
9.7) Fi02 setting range between 21% and 100%;
9.8) Pause time;
9.9) Pressure/flow Trigger;
9.10)Inspiratory flow up to 120 Lpm;
10)Oxygen cylinder/central pipeline connector/(to be supplied along with
the machines) should be compatible with ventilator;
11) Disposable Heat Moisture Exchanger, qty 100 to be supplied with unit
4 User's interface Manual and Automatic

5 Communication 1) Inbuilt software;
(Where ever required) 2) Convenient and quick USB interface;
6 Dimensions (metric) As per standards

7 Weight (Ibs, kg) <50kg including trolley
8 Configuration 1) Compatible hanged arm for holding the circuit;

2) Should have caster with braking system;
1) Noise of device operation max- 50dbA 2)
9 Noise (in dBA) Should have audio visual alarm for battery low, source gas low and
high/low pressure in the breathing circuit or source gas inlet;
3) Alarm volume - min. 65dB
10 Heat dissipation Heat Dissipation: Should maintain nominal Temp and the heat should
be disbursed through a cooling mechanism
12 Power Requirements Input voltage 220 VAC, 50Hz;
1) Battery powered, silenceable alarm for power failure.
2) Battery charger to be integral to mains power supply, and to
13 Battery operated charge battery during mains power operation of unit.
3) Internal, replaceable, rechargeable battery allows operation for at
least four hours in the event of power failure
Tolerance Voltage corrector / stabilizer to allow operation at ± 10% of 220V AC.
14
(to variations, shutdowns) Use of SMPS to correct voltage
1) Electrical protection, resettable over current breakers or

15 Protection replaceable fuses (fitted in both live and neutral lines);
2) Leakage
(ed
(Mr. Ma ' M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Eh rati Nagre) (Dr. Santosh beshpande) C--\
\
Bio Medical Pediatrician Phys cian (Dr. Pradeep ulkarni)
Bio Medical
Engineer Medical Officer -1 Medica Supdt Anesthesiologist
Engineer
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Dist Hospital, Rural Hospital, Medical Officer-1
Regional Referral
Aurangabad Aurangabad Phulambri Dist Women Hospital
Hospital Nashik
Aurangabad Jalna
N GUJJAR Dr. S. B. Bavdekar

D.A.(80B) Professor and Head
r et E,A1 Department of Pediatrics
Ntl'ici2;ij TN Medical College and
CCItt.F.G:: 4 BYL Nair Hospital
• it.07titAL
••
3
Accessories (mandatory, 1) Full face mask- 5 Nos each of 0,1 and 3
17 Spare parts (main ones); 2) Nasal cannula for neonates- 5 Nos
Consumables / reagents (open, 3) Reusable breathing circuit of silicone material (5Nos)
closed system) 4) Air & oxygen hose- 1 No each
1) Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient
Atmosphere /Ambiance (air temperature of 5 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 80% in
18 ideal circumstances.
1) Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into
User's care, Cleaning, contact with the patient or the operator should either be capable of
19
Disinfection & Sterility issues easy disinfection or be protected by a single use/disposable cover.
20 safety standards (specific to 1) FDA (US) /CE (EU) from authorized third party and BIS/ISO 13485
the device type);Local and/or 2) Relevant IEC-60601-Part 1 & 2, certificates by a notified agency
international
standard.
Pre-installation requirements: 1) Availability of 5 amp/15 Amp. electrical sockets;
22 nature, values, quality, 2) Oxygen supply;
tolerance 3) Medical air supply;
1) Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before
23 Requirements for sign-off handover;
2) Local clinical staff to affirm completion of installation
Training of staff (medical, 1) Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be
24 provided;
2) Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
25 Warranty 3 years
26 Maintenance tasks 1) Maintenance manual detailing;
2) Complete maintenance schedule;
1) The spare, accessories & consumables price list required for
27 Service contract clauses, maintenance and repairs in future after guarantee / warranty period
including prices should be attached;
2) Free servicing during warranty period;
4c-
(Mr. Manis Ma re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Bhar ti Nagre) (Dr. Santos eshpande)
Bio Medical Pediatrician Physician (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
Bio Medical
Engineer Engineer
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Dist Hospital, Rural Hospital, Medical Officer-1
Regional Referral
Aurangabad Aurangabad Phulambri Dist Women Hospital
Hospital Nashik
Aurangabad Jalna
t)-1 ,ct, I
.2! OUJJAR
DA.(130M) Dr. S. B. Bavdekar
• fiy. Professor and Head
LIGE & TN Medical College and
:01MTAL, BYL Nair Hospital
, Z0 003,
4
Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy) of:-
1) User, technical, maintenance and service manuals to be supplied
Operating manuals, service along with machine diagrams;
28
manuals, other manuals 2) List of equipment and procedures required for routine calibration
and routine maintenance;
3) Certificate of calibration to be provided by the manufacture;
Other accompanying List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with their
29
documents part numbers and cost.
Service Support Contact 1) Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to
details (Hierarchy Wise; be provided;
30
including a toll free/landline 2) Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the
number) manufacturer;
(Mr. Man re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr. Bhara agre) (Dr. Santo shpande)
Pediatrician Physician (Dr. Pradeep Kulkarni)
Bio Medical Bio Medical
Engineer Engineer
Dist Hospital, Rural Hospital, Medical Officer-1
Aurangabad Phulambri Dist Women Hospital
Aurangabad Jalna
easi A.14
Dr. S. B. Bavdekar
ION CU./JAR Professor and Head
M.D., D.A.(5014) Department of Pediatrics
& HEAD TN Medical College and
BYL Nair Hospital
;,„ Ri
03yr:ft,
1,0 810 Oafs.
gran! ,, ,---7--t .., 4-,14 2, • }i ,f; ; I?*
L
% 4.
t `v
. ....._,
,.
u
.
_
GiaIdtag,Pitite, shalt, for suction catheter far children an -bat
Adjustable
,i, Magn ersts, 1 -away lYPej, WO 609,, r
- • 4 -" tg. T:4:;I. .V..." ;anZ,S,1°Mitt@-'
In - . g.: : t5 st - la :.
' A,
14 d 0 4. 6
.. -6.1 . —. ,... et. 'di .il
lrl -- 1/ natni A
,Tel cig posrdn befit tlbe':
4 t i . 0 0. - :-./- ypYp
:Witt/.
I' - ;e4,0 7.0, ;!.. 0...44 .24e. Jr 0 II It ... ...-L 00 1 0 d
'..0-
- tli 1. i
f b ; A. • k
18 e t 1,, ,1,644a..4.14<-44.0.4A-44S-
-‘ '; • s,
Optical Or use B ouch t -T e,- - ...-

y
. - mita °sr,. 6 _ Y --
6 . i.- co es ad °SOO ~
; o ,g4 , ,
sPing bodies double -a 0

22ante - working length
a -, 6 (4tibi-ac
s2 _ ;
— if ti t
, . ... 0
Anillt rff ts 4.
)41
, iz - er.dbm r
.
,.4.
[ , Fcry +d a1 .
_ '
--- tt - i crtiziu. -
--i•
t--
- v7te, cr v 4 raf @ i • - . S fS sar 2°
5‘.
Orthopedic
1 C-Arm Machine
2 C-Arm Compatible Operation Table with Radiolucent top
& Fracture Attachments
3 Power Bone Drill
4 Pneumatic Tourniquet
SPECIFICATIONS OF C-ARM WITH FLAT PANEL DETECTOR
A) C-ARM MOVEMENTS:
1.Rotation: ±180 Degrees.
2. Motorized Up/down: 400mm or more
3. Horizontal Travel: 200 mm or more
4. Arc Orbital Movement: 90° + 30°.
5. Wig Wag: ±12.5 Degrees.
6. Source to Image distance should be more than 900mm.
7. Depth of "C" should be more than 600mm
B) X-RAY GENERATOR:
I. High Frequency (50 KHz)
2. Output power should be 5KW or more.
3. Fluoro & Rad. KV 40 to 120 KV.
4. Radiographic mA: 70mA or more
5. Pulse Fluoroscopic mA: 0.1- 4mA or more (Normal Mode), High definition Fluoro should be
more than 8mA.
C) X-RAY TUBE:
• Monoblock tube head having dual focus rotating anode X-Ray tube of focal spot 0.3mm (small
focus) & large focus (0.6mm) should be provided.
• Anode Heat Storage capacity should be 2501cHU or more.
• Parallel shutter collimator with Preview should be provided.
D) CONTROL: Control should have the following:
A very compact, soft touch control panel(APR with 20X3 (column x rows) LCD display on
which KV, radiography mAs, fluoro time, FmA, Error inter lock for KV,filament, thermal are
displayed on wide angle LCD.
Console panel should have following functions & indications.

• Machine ON/OFF switch.
• In built radio timer that enables to select mAS from 1 to 200 in 23steps for radiography.
• Fluoroscopy timer (Five minute cumulative timer with buzzer that activates after the completion of
• 300seconds of exposure and to reinitiate the exposure reset switch is provided.
• ABS (Automatic brightness Stabilization) selection for hands free operation.
• KV and mAs increase and decrease switches.
• X-Ray ON Switch with indicators.
• Switches for up/down movement of "C" on both side of panel.
• Emergency OFF Switch on the control panel.
• Radio Mode Selection:-
• APR Mode (Anatomical programming) that is pre selected parameters are programmed in machines
as per body parts selected/to be exposed. APR covers Head, chest, abdomen and extremities.
• Radio and Fluoro Exposure ON Switches on Panel.
• Various Interlocks are displayed on LCD Screen for self diagnosis.
a) KV Interlock
4107 b) Filament Interlock
c) Thermal Interlock
t)\
V
.P\ \ (06 \ 17)
• Image rotation & Image flip horizontal & Vertical & save to 2nd monitor
E) DETECTOR SPECS
• Receptor Type: Amorphous Silicon with CSi conversion screen
• Pixel Area-Total: 30cm X 30cm
• Pixel matrix: up to 1.5K x 1.5K
• Pixel Pitch: 194 gm
• Limiting Resolution: up to 2.58 1p/mm)
• A/D conversion: 16 Bit
• DQE:-Should be 75% or more at Olp/mm
F):- Grid
Carbon fiber grid should be provided with ratio of 8:1 or more & 851p/inch or more lines
G). MONITOR:
• (2 Nos): 19" Medical Display monochrome monitors, for Live & Reference Image
display should be provided.
• High end monitor trolley with foldable arms for monitors and actuator driven height
adjustment of monitors should be provided.
H) SOFTWARE SPECIFICATIONS should include the following: -
• Dedicated PC based Image acquisition software with Image storage capacity of > 50,000
Frames.
• Image acquisition, processing & storage in lklk matrix with 16bit
Operating Modes
• Fluoroscopy
• Boost Flouro/ Cine
Pre-Processing Features
0 • Pulse fluoroscopy facility with Frame rate up to 25fps.

• Cine loops storage up to 150 frames (Multiple cine Loops storage).
• Patient data entry & Patient work list. Emergency Patient entry
• Last Image Hold facility
• Pre-programming of different imaging parameters for different operating modes, as per procedure &
as per user.
• Frame averaging (Recursive) for smoothing of images real time up to 16 frames.
• DICOM 3.0 version.
Post processing features.
• Image reversal-Left to Right & Top to Bottom

• Image rotation Clock wise & antic clock wise
• Window width (WW) & Window level (WL) adjustment for brightness & contrast.
• Dynamic Zoom with pan
) It) 4-clo
‘) PI"
,Lotio\i't
• Image Invert / Negative Image
• Tile/ mosaic/Thumbnail view for multiple image
• Frame by frame review of Cine loops
• Copy to 2nd monitor
Text & Annotation
• Addition of text
• Addition of pointer
Measurements Features
• Length / Distance measurement
• Area measurement
• Angle measurement
Connectivity.& storage Features
• Storage of Images on CD/DVD with inbuilt DICOM viewer software enables to view
images on any PC.
• DICOM 3.0 ready to connect with any DICOM 3.0 modality (like PACS, RIS/H1S/ DICOM
Printer)
• LAN connectivity to transfer the image to another system.
I):- POWER REQUIREMENT:

• The unit should be operable on Single Phase 230 V ± 10% AC, 50 Hz.
• Suitable rating voltage stabilizer for complete unit should be provided. 1
• UPS with 15min. backup mounted in trolley for the software should be provided.
• 'Ck)
t occr9
pi s
,-4,tat /62/v S
(Pr viiaca 0.40(ewp As. stx Rob A 7,
A„,,•,, Ho JAtlat
Q31,f a;
Ili) 1 ay, crn ortra
Li m GH
Ro,o_dr,
vtik" ‘rn
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS- C-Arm Compactable Operation table with
Radiolucent Top & Orthopedic attachment
GMDN name Orthopedic Operation table
An operating table, sometimes called operating room table, is the
table on which the patient lies during Orthopedic surgical
1 Clinical purpose
operations. This surgical equipment is usually found inside the
surgery room of a hospital.
2 Used by clinical department/ward Orthopedic Operation theatre
1. Should be Electrically control ed (Remote) operating table
2. Should be adjustable to all essential positions.
3. Should be equipped with movement controls at side of the table.
4. Should have frame and bottom made of 304 grade Stainless Steel material.
5. Should have reinforced five section having fully radiolucent top & C-Arm Compatible.
6. There should be no wobbling during orthopedic surgery.
7. Table top should be eccentrically centers for good access to C-Arm, should be compatible of
screening from neck to toe with C-Arm without any disturbance .
8. Table Colum size should be very slick polyurethane detachable cushion top, is provided on the
table top.
9. The column, table top frame fraction bar & all accessories are made of non-corrosive high
quality steel.
10. Sturdy ss rail fitted on both side.
11. Table base must have SS/plastic cover exterior for easy maintenance. It should have both side
opening without any hindrance for very easy C-Arm access & maneuverability It should be
possible to enter C-Arm from both side of the table right into the central top area so that spine
imagine can be done very easily. There should be no central pillar coming in the way of C-Arm.
12. The table should adapt to various type of advance retractors & flexible arm.
13. Leg attachment should be detachable, radiolucent & single piece.
14. Weight baring capacity of table should be up to 300kg (at each point 200kg)
15. Detachable headrest should be provided. There should be also detachable fracture attachment,
detachable orthopedic base attachment ( universal telescopic design)
16. Accessories for orthoscopic surgery, shoulder & knee surgeries, lateral position- traction
attachment for hip, Toronto drace/lumber spine attachment.
17. Height should be adjustable by Remote control.
18. Table top can be rotated 360° through base.
19. Head section raised from the Horizontal:20°-30°
20. Durable and leak-proof hydraulic pump.
21. Head section lowered from horizontal:28°-30°
22. Back section raised from the horizontal:60°-70°
23. Trendelenburg:25-30°
24. Reverse Trendelenburg:30°
25. Leg section lowered from the Horizontal:40°-50°
26. Kidney-position should be achievable by breaking the table.
27. Table-top should be radio-lucent.
28. Should have handset for sosifion selection b in-built stand-by control.
(Mr. Manish M gr ) (Dr.Asha'Patni) (Dr. a mteke)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Orthopedic Surgeon Orthopedic Surgeon
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Officer Medical Supdt
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Sub District Hospital Rural Hospital Karmad
Vaijapur,Dist. Aurangabad Dist. Aurangabad
Co
(A)J (-1
D. S. V 71L11.2.1.112: A
PROFEE$C.1-4 GH:rt: DR. SURE.-
Additiort -)
KEM Hospthi ClAkTir; Dz2i I.
-.11(r) 312. K.E.M.
CV) ("ILA AAA-thn Pa rel
2

4 User's interface Manual & Remote control
Length 94", Width 19", Vertical 30" minimum, to 42" Max,
5 Dimensions (metric) tendelenberg & Rev.Tr 30 either side, lateral tilt 20 left & right,
backrest (should be suitable for orthocopies also) +90° to 45°
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) Should be able to bear patient weight (180 Kg)
1. Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in
8
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) 2. Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in
to 90%.
1. Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come
User's care' Cleaning, into contact with the patient or the operator should either be
1. Should have FDA/CE/BIS approved product.
2. All mechanical tests.
3. Electrical safety conforms to the standards for electrical safety
IEC 60601-General requirements( or equivalent BIS standard)
10 Certificates and IEC 60601-2-46 for usability.
Electrical Equipment Part 2-2 :Particular requirements for the
safety of High frequency Surgical Equipment if applicable or
equivalent
Training of staff (medical, 1. Training of users on operation and basic maintenance;
11
paramedical, technicians) 2. Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented
12 Warranty Three years
13 Maintenance tasks 1. Maintenance manual detailing;
2. Complete maintenance schedule;
(Mr. Manish M))agr r (Dr.Ashish Patni) (Dr. usharr‘mteke)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
1-7'43
S. -IT. -',11.-‘11DVA
Pr?. rtta'a^- `, eflJ UNIT CHIEF S ib c""
m;:m'It Orthopaedics \)-(
Dit. 1 t •
(1;,
:V;14:1 1;r2ai - '4!)11 31?,
r-ec strb-, • are 1. [

3

D Should provide 2 sets(hardcopy and soft-copy) of:-
1. User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in
English/Marathi/Hindi language along with machine diagrams;
2. List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration
14 and routine maintenance;
provided;
4. Advanced maintenance tasks documentation;
Contact details of manufacturer, supplier and local service agent
15 Service Support Contact details
to be provided;

(Mr. Manish Magr (Dr.Ashisi Patni) (Dr.: ushanReteke)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Orthopedic Surgeon Orthopedic Surgeon
-710
T.] Qi
• cs..,U 0'•
,l7 CHIEF
'1!,
DR. st. • '•• ••
Ad
- 4C0
ov)
Pawl, M
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Power Bone Drill "
GMDN name Power Bone Drill
1 Clinical purpose For Fixation of fracture. e.g. plating & nailing.
Used by clinical
2 Orthopedic Operation Theater
department/ward
3 D Drill and Reamer Hand Piece

Selection of Drill and Reaming with the built in switch option in same hand piece Selection of Drill
and Reaming with the attachment should have dual trigger for forward/reverse and oscillation
mode Max. Speed of 1200 rpm in drill, 270 rpm in reaming should have variable speed control on
the hand piece should deliver max. torque of 150 in/lbs drill torque should be 35 in/lbs Should
have DC brush less motor for low maintenance with appropriate adaptors for drilling, reaming and
pin placement and wire placement Future up gradation option for navigation interface for joint
replacement surgeries weight of the hand piece with battery should be < 3.5 lbs Fully cannulated
4.0 mm hand piece should have piston grip hand piece tool less 360 deg .attachments insertion
should be autoclavable dedicated forward and reverse switch with safe mode.
,...-> Sternum Saw Hand Piece
1) should have safe mode
2) should have min. 14000 CPM
3) Should have DC brush less motor for low maintenance weight of the hand piece with battery
should be < 3.5 lbs
4) should have piston grip hand piece
5) Should have tool less mounting of accessories
6) saw noise level should not more than 93 db
7) should be autoclavable
8) should have min. 13500 CPM
9) should have option of sternum guard.
S> Saeital Saw Hand Piece
should have two speed controls with standard and fast mode. Free speed of 10000- 12000 cycles
per minute.
Saw Noise level should not more than 90 db
weight of the hand piece with battery should be < 3.5 lbs
Blade mount should be adjustable to different angles with 360 deg. rotation
Should have tool less mounting of accessories
should have DC brush less motor
should be autoclavable
cr.....k. In .1 —
(Mr. Manis re) (Dr.A4h Patni) (P Bfirr, Ramteke)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
6 6.)1u,
DR. SatSt! D S 1',!
Additional Fic:f:?..;:;c:
Dept. of
K.E.M. Hospital ii2Seih G. S. MeLlical ol cp±,
Pall, Mumbai - 400 012.
2
should have safe mode
D Reciprocating Saw Hand Piece
should have min. 13500 CPM
should have DC brush less motor
should have piston grip hand piece
Saw Noise level should not more than 93 db
should be autoclavable with different blades it should have max. Speed of 13500 CPM
D Precision Saw Hand Piece

should have two speed controls with standard and fast mode. Free speed of 10000- 12000 cycles
per minute.
should move only blade tip for better precise cuts
Should be able to hold the blade for more precise patella and precision cut
Saw noise level should not more than 89 db
Blade mount should be adjustable to different angles with 360 deg. rotation
should have piston grip hand piece
should be autoclavable

5 Weight (lbs, kg) < 2.5 Kg with stand and accessories
6 Noise (in dBA) < 93 dBA
7 Heat dissipation Heat Dissipation: Should maintain nominal Temp
9 Power Requirements 220-240V + 15%, 60/60 Hz + 3%
(Mr. Manish a e) (DrAshcilatni) (Dr. husZamteke)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Officer Medical Su pdt
ctat
(1)(01(A
~i c.al Ccifi,:2ge,
Par., 21,11,/,,ohlhai - 00 012
o V '14/1^
3
10 Battery operated
1) Battery Charger
220-240 v charger and should have the feature to count the charging cycle for a particular battery
should have capability to identify the worn out battery
should have to charge four batteries at a time
should have an indicator to provide battery cycle ( no of time and total time)
should have reconditioning futures for battery
should be able to charge different batteries with same charger
2) Battery Kit
,,,,tiv Ni Mh batteries with low internal impedance to deliver higher current than other battery types
---- Ni,Mh cell with capacity to produce more torque and non autoclovable with life of 300 approximate
charging cycles
should have a run time of min. 21 minutes
should include autoclavable outer housing
shield to protect battery from the housing
180 deg .opening of battery housing for easy insertion of battery
should have option for the autoclave batteries GO-Li0 Li Ntpc
11 Accessories, mandatory
). Drill and Reaming Attachment
1) 1/4" drill attachment with key
2) Keyless chuck
3) Hudson modified tinkle attachment
4) Pin collect
5) K wire collect
D Sterilization Case
1) should be accommodate all hand piece, attachment and accessories for autoclave
1) Operating room temp. :- up to 40°C
12 Atmosphere! Ambiance (air
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) 2) Storage room temp . :- up to 60° C
3) Relative Humidity :- Up to 90% non condensing
13 User's care Cleaning,
' The case is to be cleanable with alcohol.
Certificates Performance and FDA / CE approved It should follow International Standard/safety
14
safety standards requirements The company should be ISO certified and products
should be ISI mark.
15 Requirements for sign-off The company should be ISO certified and products should be ISI
mark.
(Mr. Mani (Mr. Madhav Katre) (DrAsha Patni) (D .Bhusl ar7Ramteke)

Au rangabad Hospital Nashik Sub District Hospital Rural Hospital Karmad
DR.
c .
K.E.M. Hcc:c:1:2;
c,„-, Nth Î( v4r-

4
documented
Three year with free servicing (min. 3/year) during warranty &
18 Maintenance tasks Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before
Service contract clauses, Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be
including prices
documented
20 Operating manuals, service Operating manual and Quick guide 2 copies in English/Marathi
manuals, other manuals language
21 Other accompanying Maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining schedule.
documents
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) (Dr.Ashish Patni) (Dr. e. ushaI
rf<mteke)
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Officer Medical Su pdt
Aura ngabad Hospital Nashik Sub District Hospital Rural Hospital Karmad
;A
vu
_1 ,193 `L
ocai coilege,
Parei, - 100 012.
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Pneumatic Tourniquet Electronic "
GMDN name Pneumatic Tourniquet Electronic
1 Clinical purpose During surgery to get bloodless field & to avoid blood loss.
Used by clinical
2 Orthopedic
department/ward
1) Cuff Pressure :- 100 to 500mm Hg
2) Start Delay :- 0 to 120 minutes
3) Duration :- 0 to 250 minutes
4) Inflation :- Motorized Pump
5) Pressure Resolution :- 2mm Hg
6) Deflation :- EMV or Manual Over-ride
7) Accuracy :- + 3 mm Hg ( set Pressure)
8) Display :- 16x2 Backlit LCD Display
9) Operation :- Micro Controller based control
10) Elapsed Time Display :- MM : SS format
Pressure Leakage / Elapsed Time /
11) Alarms
5 min before Auto — Deflation
12) Tourniquet :- Neoprene Cuffs
Lower Limb 7.5 x 74 cm
13) Cuff Sizes :- Upper Limp 6 x 33 cm
Upper Limp 4 x 28 cm

5 Inbuilt
Communication
6 Dimensions (metric) 164(w) x 75(h) x 140(d)
7 Weight (Ibs, kg) 1.5 Kg Approximately
9 Power Requirements 6 V DC Battery ( Built -in charging circuit)
10 Battery operated 6 V DC Battery ( Built -in charging circuit)
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient
12
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) temperature of 10 to 40° C and relative humidity of 15-90%.
Disinfection & Sterility issues The case is to be cleanable with alcohol.
(Mr. Mani M re) (Dr.Ast ish Patni) (Dr.Bhusan Ramteke)

(Mr. Madhav Katre)
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Pneumatic Tourniquet Electronic "
GMDN name Pneumatic Tourniquet Electronic
FDA aproved The company should be ISO certified and products

14 Certificates
should be 151 mark.

standard
The company should be ISO certified and products should be ISI
mark.
Training of staff (medical, Manufacturer/supplier should have ISO certificate for quality
17
paramedical, technicians) standard
Three year with free servicing (min. 3/year) during warranty &
19 Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before

Maintenance tasks
Service contract clauses, Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be
including prices
documented
Operating manuals, service 3 year Operating manual and Quick guide 2 copies in
21
manuals, other manuals English/Marathi language
Other accompanying
22 Maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining schedule.
documents
4
(Mr. Man (DrAsh(1(Patni) (Dr.Bhush amteke)
gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre)
Gynecology
1 Fetal Monitor / CTG Machine/NST Machine
2 Gynaec Electric Cautery
3 Gynaec Examination Table with foot steps
4 Labour Table
5 Mucus Extractor
6 Delivery Instrument Set
7 Cervical Cautery
8 High Vacuum Pump Portable (Electric)
J
Foetal Monitor

1 The system should be Microprocessor based Foetal Monitor providing
continuous monitoring of foetal heart rate (FUR) alongwith maternally
sensed foetal activity during antepanurn testing for NST (Non-StressTest)
and for intensive monitoring of active labor, with twin foetal monitoring
facility at the same time.
2 Transducer
Type. Multicrystal wide —beam transducer
Technique: Autocorrelation
Quantity :2 nos (FHR 1, FUR 2)
Frequency : 1MHz to 2 MHz.
Intensity - Less than 10mW/Sq cm
Resolution: I BPM.
Heart Rate counting Range: 30 to 250BPM
3 Printer : Facility to print on Inbuilt thermal printer (On thermal paper) as
well as on plain paper via any Deskjet/Laser printer.
Paper : Z —fold Pre-printed chart scale.
Speeds: 1/3cm/ minute
4 Features:
1.Twin fetal monitoring with TOCO transducers.
2. It should have clinical event marker.
3. It should have monitoring of Bradyearrgt& Tachycardia alarm events.
4. It should have facility to control the volume of FHR sound.
5. It should have battery back up of 4-6 hours.
6. Power Supply: 230Vae, 50/60Hz
5 Accessories :
1. Should provide rechargeable battery along with recharging unit
(Charger/ Adaptor).
2. Should provide a pre-cut non-fray elasticized belt with buckle shall
enable easy transducer positioning for more accurate traces.
3. Vibroacoustie stimulator -- 01 No.
6 Display:
1.Display Minimum 5.6'
2. Actual FHR1 & FHR2 in BPM.
3. Uterine Contraction/Activity in %.
4. High / Low FEIR limits.
5. Alarm Message Display.
6. Battery charging and Low indication.
7. Blinking corresponding to each beat ..
, pry, ov-f
A"
\ .0-73J)--- ?PI
itrscr
AThrk
PI •
/04,0 -())
qgi 9- 0 ov\? Cvn)
7 Patient Database: It should store more than 10 hours, memory to store all
the data. In case the printer goes out of order, machine should continue
monitoring and then download to printer afterwards for printing or be
viewed.
8 Computer interface through RS232 connection.
9 System should be Virus Protecting
10 System Should be upgradable features like interne connectivity,
wireless central monitoring upto 4 bed.
11 Unit quoted should have unique model number
12 Units supplied should hold a unique Serial/Identification number.
13 Three years comprehensive warranty and next 5 years CMC / AMC should
be quoted.
14 Should be CE or USFDA Approved
15 Should quote along with all standard Acessories.
16 Should Provide Extra Ultrasound Transucer-01 No. & TOCO Transducer
— 01 No.
17 Demonstration is compulsory.
18 Should Provide Training to the end user.
19 Tropicalisation :
1. Operating room temp. 40 deg.0
2. Storage room temp. 60 deg. C
3. Relative Humidity 90% Non-condensing.
hipsp4-1
02_
i
scr\
PA' Nmk
QQ 4\e\ 4\P
Techncial Specification of Gynaec electric Cautery
Sr. No. Techncial Specifications

1 The unit should have mono-polar, bi-polar modes and underwater cutting.
2 The unit should have separate generator for mono-polar and bi-polar.
3 Should be compatible for both open and laparoscopic surgery.
4 Should have facility to connect two mono-polar electrodes.
5 Should have separate digital display of power settings for bipolar and mono-polar cut and
coagulation modes.
6 Should have return electrode contact safety.
7 Should have different audible alarm for cut and coagulation modes.
8 Should have maximum range mono-polar cut power of at least 300 Watts variable in Steps of 2
watts in lower power and 5, 10 watts in high power.
9 Should have mono-polar coagulation power 120 Watts's variable in steps.
10 Should have maximum bipolar coagulation power of at least 50 in steps.
11 The unit should be provided with suitable power cord and should be compatible with Indian
standard wall socket.
12 Should have a volume control for the audible alarm.
13 Should be supplied with reusable flexible silicon rubber patient return plate with return
electrode safety 1 No.
14 The performance of the unit should not be affected by electro-magnetic interference radiated
or conducted through power lines from another device.
15 The working of the equipment should not interfere with the functions of other devices.
16 Standard accessories to be supplied along with each equipment
a. Should be supplied with disposable 3 pin hand pencil 10 nos. with cable.
b. Should be supplied with reusable mono-polar active handle with cable compatible for foot
operation. (With complete set of electrodes) - 5 nos.
c. Should be supplied with reusable insulated bayonet shaped bipolar hand piece with cable
compatible for foot operation - 2 no.
d. Should be supplied with color coded pedals water proof foot switch for mono polar and
bipolar.
e. Additional Patient Plate Cable-1 No
17 Disinfection: Parts of the Device that are designed to come into contact with the patient or the
operator should either be capable of easy disinfection or be protected by a single
18 Standards & Safety :
a. Should be US FDA or European CE approved (Notified Body)
b. Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality standard
19 Documentation:
a. User, technical, maintenance and service manuals to be supplied along with machine
diagrams.
b. List of equipment and procedures required for local calibration and routine maintenance.
c. Certificate of calibration and inspection.
20 Operating condition: Capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40
deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90% in ideal circumstances.
Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of 0 to 50 deg
C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
v (14\9a ( 6
y,3
c(\o/t-F-
(TIC Pi". LISCP(C1111 COY.
^NCIN°E,A ei4CA
(V)
U AN-
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Gyane Examination Table with foot steps "
GMDN name Table for examination
A portable, collapsible table for performing an OB/GYN
1 Clinical purpose
examination or procedure,
2 Used by clinical department/ward Gynae Examination room
1) Should have Head side adjustment 75° up on ratchet

2) MS tubular construction with SS 304 material Top
3) Frame Stiffeners shall be used at regular interval as a support to the body frame.
4) Perineal cut-out
5) Should be Mounted on PVC shoe
6) Stand for mounting B.P. apparatus, with stethoscope hanger.
7) Pre-treated and powder coated
8) In built sliding side foot steps having non-slippery aluminum top ,two steps.
9) Adjustable Lithotomy Rods with rexine covered padded crutches
10) U-Cut at leg end

5 Dimensions (metric) 1830 mm L X 610 mm W X 760 mm H(minimum)
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) Should be able to support patient weight up to 160kg
Suitable mattress 25 mm with U Cut thick should be tear proof
7 Mandatory accessories covered with non pinching Rexine, seamless joint, washable and
water-proof., having welcrow for fixing on table top. Qty- 02 No
8
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) 2) Storage condition: Capable of being stored continuously in
to 90%.

into contact with the patient or the operator should either be
Disinfection & Sterility issues use/disposable cover.
Certificates, Performance and Manufacturer should have ISO 13485 certificate for quality
10
safety standards standard.
(Dr. Aparna Joshi) de)

(Mr. Manish Ma( re) (Mr. Madhav Katre) Gynecologist & ologist &
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Obstetrician Obstetrician
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Officer Medical Officer
Aurangabad Hospital Nashik Rural Hospital Kannad, Rural Hospital Bidkin,
Dist Aurangabad Dist Aurangabad
C-1 III
c Dr • Y-00
~~ /off 7Aor rthirrit nt &avrI
( Di • Rul.v.4I trl iv, 0. Hospital &
)(4)-Itfnent CPI ,_. M. COMP.
M a HOK" a Muiltrii4C0
S" titinbelACO 022
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Gyane Examination Table with footsteps"
GMDN name Table for examination
12
13 Warranty Five years
14 Recommendations or warnings Any warning signs would be adequately displayed.

4 ri
(Dr. Aparna Joshi) (Dr. n ali pande)
(Mr. Manish M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) Gynecologist & ecologist &
lot/Vt., Li neli
(DI (11-0i10(qe c1 ,,,s14cole311 0'9
ie nta bS
tnt K C& ) pert
Hospital & i,.1 v /Vital &
r.V.M. G011ega. _.v M. Galege,
Vt.ritai403 Y•.,--plikwo yr
Techncial Specification of Labour Table
Sr. No. Techncial Specifications

Specifications of Labour Table
1 Obstetric labour table with three section table top, leg-end section can slide completely
under the main section.
2 To obtain the labour position, pull out leg section manually and raise to level of body
section.
3 To obtain delivery position, A small hand lever is used to release leg section
4 Permitting it to drop into position to telescope into body section
5 Facility for Trendelenburg position, backrest adjustable on lithotomy rods with straps.
6 A heavy SS sink is provided for drainage purpose.
7 The labour table must be sturdy, vibration free and self balance.
8 The labour table shall be properly constructed with all welded joints grounded, cleaned
and well-formed. Unless otherwise specified, the vertcal members shall be perpendiculars
to the wheel base and paraller to each other and the horizontal members shall be at right
angles to the vertical members.
9 The labour table shall stand on all the legs at the same time on a level surface. All the
surfaces shall be smooth and free from pitting. Welding shall fully penetrate and shall be
sound in every detail and it shall be finished flush. In the finished stage, there shall be no
exposed sharp edges in the frame-work or other unsealed formations which may harbor
10 All S.S. should be deep fully argon seamless welded and polished finished.
11 Tow section tops should be smooth edges and burr free and corners shold be round off so
that there should be no sharp corners.
12 European CE certification or USFDA certification or BIS / 151 certification
Footstep
1 Overall appox size 505mmlx305mmW
2 First Step height 230 mm & second step size 450mm
3 Step made of CRCA sheet fitted with aluminium tread flats by pop rivets
4 Finish should be pre-treated epoxy powder coating
5 Frame made of 1"x186 tubes fitted with PVC stumps.
6 Quality Certificate of manufacturer like OHSAS-18001, ISO 9001- 14001,9001-2008, 9001-
13485 and CE certificate/US FDA/BIS should be attached to ensure quality otherwise the
bid will not be considered
GGHIC.1 J. J. :Fir..
20030,121..1 34:
P \)-YL- 0\1#44
(1-ck.j; -,2r
dicuL °fit E rptt.1
cerviceS ou
Regirinat
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Mucus Extractor"
GMDN name Mucus Extractor
1 Clinical purpose Used for aspiration of secretion from oropharynx in newly born
babies to ensure free respiration,
Used by clinical
2 Gynae OT / Ward
department/ward
1) Clear transparent container permits immediate visual examination of the aspirate.
2) Also suitable for obtaining mucus specimen for microbiological examination.
3) Plug cap is provided to seal the container for safe transportation of specimen to the laboratory or
aseptic disposal of container.
4) Low friction surface catheter should be provided with open end silk smooth round tip, for trauma
free insertion.
5) Manufactured from transparent medical grade PVC, gamma irradiated sterile ready for use.
6) Individually packed in peel ab e soft blister pack for aseptic handling.

6 Spare Consumables Spare plug cap is provided to seal the container for safe
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air Operating room temp. up to 40° C, Storage room temp up to 60° C
7
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) Relative Humidity Up to 90% non-condensing
8 Certificates, Performance and The company should be ISO certified and products should be IS!
safety standards mark.

pviti-t; tc-a-Q-
(Dr. Aparna Joshi) (Dr. ' lali Deshpande)
(Mr. Manish Mag e) (Mr. Madhav Katre) Gynecologist & ynecologist &
LII( 4.1/2
( Dv 31'11;014^ kOte)
of of 4'444) Joututireent of Abet. 84 avr
(skiki)4'141/4'1r
Dop
L.TRA.G., Hospital L.T M s Ho
T.M.M. Calk"
.4 W. Munlia1403 322 - iar. Mum in
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Delivery
GMDN name Delivery Instruments set
1 Clinical purpose Instruments used during delivery procedure
2 Used by clinical
department/ward Gynae OT, Labor room

No Name Of Items Qty
1 Dressing Forceps 250mm 01 No
2 Sponge Holding Forceps 250mm 01 No
3 Dissecting Forceps Plain 15cm 01 No
4 Dissecting Forceps Tooth 15cm 01 No
5 Artery Forceps Fully Serrated 15cm 02 No
6 Artery Forceps Fully Serrated 20cm 02 No
7 Umbilical Cord Cutting Scissor 01 No
8 Episiotomy Scissor 01 No
9 Needle Holder 15cm 01 No
10 Needle Holder 20cm 01 No
11 Female Catheter Metal 02 No
12 Bowel Wash 35cm
01 No
13 Stain Steel Cup (wit) 50m1
01 No
14 Kidney Tray 20cm 01 No
15 Straight Scissor 15cm
01 No
16 Kocher Artery Forceps Curved
01 No
17 Sterilization Tray 01 No
18 Suitable Cover Bag
01 No
All Instruments required Stainless Steel 304 grade,
4 User's interface, Setting Manual, free movements.
5 Dimensions (metric) As mentioned in para no 3
Atmosphere /Ambiance (air Operating room temp. up to 40°.0
7 Storage room temp . up to 60°.0
8 User's care, Cleaning,
Al instruments should be washable hard or soft water &
Disinfection & Sterility issues autoclavable
Certificates (pre-market, sanitary,
9 ..); Performance and safety
standards (specific to the device The company should be ISO certified and all products should be ISI
mark.
type);Local and/or international
Manufacturer/supplier should have ISO certificata fnr rinnlih„
(Dr. Marna Joshi) (Dr shpande)

(Mr. Manish M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) Gynecologist & ecologist &
Bin Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Obstetrician Obstetrician
1 ,t)-%---
L-1 I ,( i .k' •aliejl, pyre)
til l°, s,,.„
•geditAl metrnikialar""
L . -S
• -, 1 nt 1 as a Nrk
i,, gent OT - 4 finn , ` w i PaPTTai &
I' . r Hospital Al N'.. Collap3,
. . M. COikige• vu,11s6400 12*.5:
7.. , i ( , Yu in+01-400 Iri
2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "Delivery Instruments Set "
GMDN name Delivery Instruments set
standard
The company should be ISO certified and products should be ISI
mark.
Operating manuals, service Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be documented.
14
manuals, other manuals User, .
Other accompanying
documents
Any recommendations for best use and supplementary warning for
• Panel Specialist Meeting Date : /09/2017
•
p 0 Fik ko-A-
(Dr. Aparna Joshi)

1 1
(Dr. Anjal De • sande)

(Mr. Manish Magre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) Gynecologist & Gy ologist &
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Obstetrician bstetrician
11 -1
-44
It /fat rti.Pr
L, I o 1 ?
cDt,sk.i fr-OTe-
)
CDT •Rahul roritelemobslot !Altai- it (4 Obst.
D past neof of or Lir
• I M.G. Hospital &
L.T.M.G. Hospital & T.M.W College,
L.T.M.M. Collage), r V --itial-401
ri, 027
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Cervical Cautry "
GMDN name Cervical cautry
It is thermal heat effect caurty used by gynecologist for
1 Clinical purpose
cervical erotion.
Used by clinical
2 Gynae OPD & Operation theatre
department/ward
1) Three different types of electrodes.
2) Pistol handle with lamp & push button switch.
3) Five Step intensity control for lamp.
4) Illuminated on / off switch.
5) Input voltage — 220 to 240 Vac, 50Hz.
6) Light Output — adjustable ( 0 to 10)
5 Dimensions (metric) Approximate 165
6 Weight (Ibs, kg) <3kg
heat should be disbursed through an cooling mechanism
8 Mobility, portability Portable & Handy
9 Accessories (mandatory) Set of three electrodes — Qty 02 Nos.
Pistol Handle — Qty 02 Nos.
FDA Approved , CE Certified & Manufacturer / supplier
10 Certificates
should have ISO certificate for quality standard.
1) Training of users on operation and basic maintenance;
11 2) Advanced maintenance tasks required shall be
documented
.(\
pri—eirrA
(Dr. Aparna Joshi) (Dr. Anjali
(Mr. Manish IV agre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) Gynecologist & necologist &
1(-241 , cvir
,S14. kove)
ne)8, (3)
i.• ?tat Obst rt twrit of Obit 8, •Th
.1 v; Hospital H aputal %
r. v.114 College, M
Mu nbai-400 122 Yu no14021or
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "HIGH VACCUM PUMP PORTABLE (Electric) "
GMDN code CT1272
To aspirate fluids, secretions, or other foreign materials from
1 Clinical purpose
a patient's airway by means of suction.
Used by clinical
2 For MTP, All Wards
department/ward
Technical characteristics 1) An assembly of devices designed to evacuate fluid, tissue, gas,
(specific to this type of device) or other foreign materials from a body cavity or lumen by means
of suction. It generally consists of a mains electricity (AC-
powered) suction pump, tubing, plastic/glass collection
container(s), a vacuum gauge, a vacuum control knob, an
overflow trap, a moisture filter, and possibly a microbial filter. The
pump creates a vacuum in the suction tubing, which is inserted
3
into the body for the removal of materials into the collection
container. This system can be used in a wide variety of settings
within healthcare facilities.
2) 0-760 mm Hg ± 10 regulable, 1/2 HP; single phase 1440 RPM
motor; flutter free vacuum control knob,; Wide mouthed 2 Ltr
Polycarbonate jars with self sealing bungs and mechanical over
flow safety device.
6 Dimensions (metric) Max: 43 x 30 x 68 cms
7 Weight (lbs, kg) Max: 27Kg
8 Configuration Not Applicable
10 Heat dissipation Should maintain upto 36.5 deg temp and the heat disbursed
through a exhaust fan.
12 Power Requirements 220 V, 50 Hz, 2 ± 0.5 Amps, 370 watts.
13 Battery operated Not Applicable
Tolerance Voltage corrector / stabilizer to allow operation at ± 30% of
14
(to variations, shutdowns) local rated voltage. Use of SMPS to correct voltage.

replaceable fuses, fitted in both live and neutral lines.
16 Power consumption 200 W
(Dr. Aparna Joshi) (Dr. A jali •ande)

(Mr. Ma M gre) (Mr. Madhav Katre) Gynecologist & Gy cologist &
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer Obstetrician bstetrician
11/ 1-0,'<
Crn Muidtat) HoD c_Thrstodlis kart)
JePartnell of & GYn .,c pet-lent of abet & 3Yri
iteplta' Hawke' g
L..TAUS. GONE" .MIL Wig%
lark Ittornie1400 022 'Tan, Plumlial400 021
n 2
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "HI
GMDN code CT1272
Collection container & its cap, cap gasket,suctions tube tips,
a vacuum gauge and control knob - Qty 01 No
17 Accessories (mandatory) Silicon Food Grain Tubing : 8 mm ID x 2 mtr (non toxic,
Autoclavable) — Qty 02 No.
02Ltr polycarbonate jar — Qty 02 No.
18 Atmosphere / Ambiance (air of 0 to 50 deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable
conditioning, humidity, dust ...) of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40
deg C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%.
19 User's care, Cleaning, Complete unit to be easily washable and sterilizable using
Disinfection & Sterility issues both alcohol and chlorine agents
20 Certificates FDA & CE Certified,

Manufacturer should be ISO Certified
21 Local and/or international Not Applicable

22 nature, values, quality, Availability of 15 amp socket, safety and operation checks
tolerance before handover.
24 Training of staff (medical, Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall
25 Warranty 3 years
26 Maintenance tasks Maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining
schedule
27 Service contact No,
including detail Address Manufacturer, Sole Distributors, Local dealer.

Operating manuals, service User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in
28
manuals, other manuals English , Marathi language along with machine diagrams.
29 Other accompanying List to be provided of important spares and accessories, with

documents their part numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and
yAntc.,;4
(Dr. Aparna Joshi) (Dr. s n . ieshpande)
(Mr. Manis ag e) (Mr. Madhav Katre) Gynecologist &
Bio Medical Engineer G ecologist &
Bio Medical Engineer Obstetrician
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Obstetrician
Regional Referral Medical Officer
Aura ngabad Medical Officer
Hospital Nashik Rural Hospital Kannad, Rural Hospital Bidkin,
(Dr Oliti) Oltiftry_s_rW,_ tore}

ii,iAI
pdt
H ellt if U0
Nociitni ?1-6441
L C9-r-C '
‘,/ &
JAY CAI" Hatilibk
L. JUL Colowa.
ltamb41400 - Ion, Monaskit101
3
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS "HIGH VACCUM PUMP PORTABLE (Electric) "
GMDN code CT1272
Service Support Contact details
30 (Hierarchy Wise; including a toll Any Contract (AMC/CMC/add-hoc) to be declared by the
free/landline number) manufacture

warning for safety should be declared
(Dr. Aparna Joshi) Deshpande)

(Mr. Manish-C -e) (Mr. Madhav Katre) Gynecologist & ynecologist &
kuat IRA/ Y J.?
&
ttio ( m-skt, ,, j2. 1/ /cafe)
JupadrIlent Of M 841(11`
L.T.MA nuwir NOON' 3
L.T.PAAL Cale* J.M.M. CONS"
illteribil400 022 .11 Murtilnii-400
Forensic
1 P.M. Set
2 Two Body Mortuary Cabinet
3 Four Body Mortuary Cabinet
Technical Specification of P.M.Set
1 Amputating and resection saw Charriere 35 cm, 14" SS- 01 No.
2 Operating Knife SS handle, 17 cm/2", SS - 01 No.
3 Operating Knife SS handle, 17 cm/1", SS - 01 No.
4 Collin amputating knife SS blade 19 cm. SS - 01 No.
5 Esmarch Bandage Scissors 20 cm heavy duty SS - 02 Nos.
6 Standard Operating Scissors 14 cm, BL/SH STR.SS - 02 Nos.
7 Dressing forceps 20 cm STR serrated SS - 02 Nos.
8 Dressing forceps 18 cm STR serrated SS - 02 Nos.
9 Probe Grooved directors 14 cm, SS - 01 No.
10 Partsch mallets 18 cm, 22 mm dia, SS, 400 gm.- 01 No.
11 Probe 14 cm.- 01 No.
12 Lucas Chisel 16 cm, Chisel 1" width.- 01 No.
13 Spare blade for Saw - 01 No.
14 Alluminium Case - 01 No.
15 Measuring folding tape 5 feet.- 01 no.
16 Rachitome.- 01 no.
17 Measuring glass of 500 ml. capacity with calibration of 50 ml.- 01 No.
18 Dissecting forceps 2 x 3 teeth length 144 mm - 02 Nos.
19 Magnifying glass of 10D with Led light - 01 No.
20 Double curved PM needle - 10 Nos.
21 Post-mortem threads N-88 two bundle - 02 Nos.
22 Scalpels with mental handle no-4 with detachable blade no-20 & 23 - 02 Nos. each
23 Organ/baby digital weighing machine (Table Top) capacity 5 kg.- 01 No.
24 It should be CE or USFDA Approved.
5tat-ozi
19
7e2 2/(q
MC'
ppm
Technical Specification of Two Body Mortuary Cabinet

1 Length or Depth (mm) : 2400 mm
2 Width (mm) : 800 mm
3 Height (mm) : 1600 mm
4 Height with cooling unit and PCC platform (mm) : 2000 or compact size
5 Refrigeration system : Unitary type - RTU type -06, ISI marked,Hermetically sealed CFC
free compressor & forced air circulation. Refrigerant Used - R134a.
o o
6 Temp. Range : 2 to 8 C.
7 Power Supply : 230 +/- 10 % / Single phase / 50 hz.
8 Height of cooling unit above mortuary cabinet : 400 mm or compact size
9 Material & Insulation : Fornt finish in stainless steel (SS type 314 grade with 24 guage)
and Antirust prepainted coating on high quality Stainless steel material with sandwiched
polyurethane foam 75 mm thickness.
10 Doors : Higned doors with locking facility and also provide slot for label on door
11 Vapor proof incandescent lamp in each cabinet.
12 Electronic tempreature indicator (for Cabinet temp.) cum controller with display. One
more temperature indicator for room temp. (Surrounding area) Display & Control panel
must be on Top-front.
13 One piece stainless steel tray (SS type 314 grade with 16 guage ). Telescopic with Three
piece carriage assembly with smooth sliding polymer wheel on rust proof track and auto
lock arrangement.
14 Cadaver Tray in each cabinet must be of rust proof stainless steel with rounded edges &
handles.
15 In built one spare refrigeration system.
16 Should provide Internal Drainage with locking system.
17 AMC and warranty as per norms.
18 Two sets of module and catalogue.
19 System compatible UPS must provide Power backup of minimum 4 hrs for refrigeration
system.
Special Note :- All the units must be supplied in dismantled state & all parts, panels, frames and
cooling unit must assembled at the exact site of installation.
Zt
prt.* 1-aD
op
Kr 3-Pit ,
4)9 07 bet; -
(561-00
IvICKenfra_
.13171cA Phi Id
Technical Specification of Four Body Mortuary Cabinet

1 Length or Depth (mm) : 2400 mm
2 Width (mm) : 2110 mm
3 Height (mm) : 1600 mm
4 Height with cooling unit and PCC platform (mm) : 2000 or compact size
5 Refrigeration system : Unitary type - RTU type -06, ISI marked,Hermetically sealed CFC
free compressor & forced air circulation. Refrigerant Used - R134a.
o o
6 Temp. Range : 2 to 8 C.
7 Power Supply : 230 +/- 10 % / Single phase / 50 hz.
8 Height of cooling unit above mortuary cabinet : 400 mm or compact size
9 Material & Insulation : Fornt finish in stainless steel (SS type 314 grade with 24 guage)
and Antirust prepainted coating on high quality Stainless steel material with sandwiched
polyurethane foam 75 mm thickness.
10 Doors : Higned doors with locking facility and also provide slot for label on door
11 Vapor proof incandescent lamp in each cabinet.
12 Electronic tempreature indicator (for Cabinet temp.) cum controller with display. One
more temperature indicator for room temp. (Surrounding area) Display & Control panel
must be on Top-front.
13 One piece stainless steel tray (SS type 314 grade with 16 guage ). Telescopic with Three
piece carriage assembly with smooth sliding polymer wheel on rust proof track and auto
lock arrangement.
14 Cadaver Tray in each cabinet must be of rust proof stainless steel with rounded edges &
handles.
15 In built one spare refrigeration system.
16 Should provide Internal Drainage with locking system.
17 AMC and warranty as per norms.
18 Two sets of module and catalogue.
19 System compatible UPS must provide Power backup of minimum 4 hrs for refrigeration
system.
Special Note :- All the units must be supplied in dismantled state & all parts, panels, frames and
cooling unit must assembled at the exact site of installation.
Mitvg-Ar 2/ tow17
)
31{Gicoi-R
PR1-1
Blood Bank
1 Refrigerator Centrifuge (Component Separation)
2 Blood Bag Refrigerator (2-6°C)
3 Plasma freezer -80° Celsius
4 Deep Freezer -40° Celsius for Plasma
5 Platelet incubator cum Agitator
6 Laminar Air Flow
7 Donor Chair/Couch
8 Donner Bed
9 Blood Collection Monitor with Shaker
10 Di-electric Tube sealer
11 Plasma Expresser
12 Electrical Weighting Balance up to 2 Kg.
13 Elisa Reader & Washer
14 Elisa Processor Fully automated 4 Plate
15 Coagulometer
16 pH Instrument
Technical Specification of Refrigerated Centrifuge
1. For separation of blood components like packed cells, platelet rich plasma,
platelet concentrate, plasma
2. Micro processor controlled system to make operation automatic.
3. Programmable memory : Memory with temper proof facility.
4. Stainless steel chamber : Easy to Clean, corrosion resistant.
5. CFC free refrigerant.
6. Swing bucket blood bank rotor : with metal buckets, 6x2000m1, Suitable
adapters for 16 blood bags of 350 ml & 450 ml.
7. Removable plastic cubs to hold single/double/triple/quadruple blood bags
with partition in every bucket.
8. Insert with hook adapter to spin buffy coat or small volume of blood and
balancing weights for inserts.

9. Equipped with automatic lid lock.
10. Centrifugal force : 5000-6000 g.
11. Speed variation :Micro processor controlled rotor speed to within 10 rpm of
set value. Acceleration and deceleration profiles shall be available.
12. Temperature range : -10°C to +40°C.
13.Micro processor controlled rotor temperature within 1°C of set temperature
regardless of the centrifuge speed.
14. Programmable time: 0-99 minutes with minimum resolution of 1 minute.
15. Digital display of temperature, speed and time. Minimum no. of 3 digit
resolution.
16. Motor imbalance detection : Automatic shut down of centrifuge of rotor load
is out of balance with appropriate indicator should incorporate alarms for
imbalance detection lid interlock, over temperature, rotor over speed.
17. Power requirement : 220/240 volts,50 Hz. Single/ Three phase AC supply.
18. The equipment shall be suitable for operation from 0 to 40°C at 90% Relative
humidity. Electronic circuitry shall be tropicalised for this ambient condition.
19. Noise levels within 60 decibels.
20. The equipment shall have lockable castors.
21. Protection of data : In event of power interruption or complete failure data
should remain stored.
22. Should have a provision for external connectivity.
23. It shall have a security lock to prevent unintentional switch off an d also
unauthorized opening of the equipment.
24. Automatic Line voltage corrector/Voltage Stabilizer : A line voltage corrector
of appropriate rating should form part of standard configuration. Copper
wound single phase automatic line voltage corrector conforming to Is : 9815
(Pt.I)/94 with latest amendments or equivalent international standards fitted
with a voltmeter and switch to indicate output/input voltage as under :
a. Capacity/rating : 10 KVA : As per the requirement of the equipment.
b. Input voltage : 140 to 280 volts, 50 cycles.
c. Output voltage: 220 volts+10% volt, Input- out voltmeter and
amperemeter. Protection : High-low voltage cut-off, overload and short
circuit protection.
d. The equipment should be supplied with 2 meter cord at input and fitted
with pluge of appropriate rating (15Amp.)
e. Make of the line voltage corrector shall be indicated.
25. Certification:
i) Product certification: CE or US FDA certified.
ii) Quality certification: ISO certified.
iii) Electrical safety : Equipment meets electrical safety specification
such as that of IEC (class I)
VI" a %do
SS KAA"-c'tia„,
(1)7r
q I rOA;tzfir— vd0
Dr. Hitesh Pagare
Medical Director (Jig FPI/
Sir J.J. Mahanagar Raktapedhi
Cdt--
14-C40-ftly
Sir' LK,. IQ U Miskik
Technical Specifications of Blood Bank Refrigerator
The Technical Specification of blood bank refrigerator as follows:
1. Purpose of Equipment: A refrigerator for storing whole blood or cell packs in a
blood Bank.
2. Type of Equipment: Compression type refrigerator that uses CFC -free refrigerant
gas/ green gas.
3. Capacity: As required by the blood bank (lltr blood bags of about
350/450m1.each. bob fh-,•
4. Construction
• Internal: stainless steel (min.22g)
• External: corrosion resistant (CR at least 1mm thickness)
• CFC-Free insulation
• Drawers: Roll out type, stainless steel scratch resistant material.
perforated on the bottom for perfect and homogeneous distribution
of cold air. The separators, if provided in the drawers, should be
such that blood bags are held in a vertical position with the label side
visible.
• Door:
➢ Glass door, automatic closing of the front door below opening angle
90° and opening angle limited to 110°.
➢ Insulation and gasket should be silicone.
➢ Polyurethane insulation minimum 80mm.
➢ Door opening audio and visual display alarm.
5. Temperature range:
2°c to 6°c and adjustable with setting accurancy of ±0.1 °c with set
temperature of 4°c
User parameter setting: set point high alarm point, low alarm point, buzier
off time, C/F Temperature choice
6- Electrical characteristics : input voltage 220/240V 501-1
• Equipment meets electrical safety specification such as that of IFS
(classl)
• A line voltage corrector of appropriate rating will form part of a
standard configuration.
7. Minimum compressor starting voltage: 22% below nominal voltage
8. Internal Temperature Control:
Electrical temperature control Range +2 °c to +6°c with setting accurancy
of +l ac whatever the load.
Fan air cooling
9. External ambient temperature: performs in an ambient temperature of +10 to
+40°c
10.Hold-over time: A full load of packs at +4°c (±1°c)takes at least 30 minutes to rise
to above +6°c
11.Internal temperature hold over time in case of power failure should be at least 1.5
hours
12.Cooling down time: A full load of blood packs at +25°c takes a maximum of 13
hrs for all the packs to reach below +6°c
13.Temperature Monitoring
• Digital temperature (LED) display with 0.1°c graduation.
• Microprocessor based temperature controller with integrated audio
visual temperature and power alarm function with digital monitoring
display.
• Independent safety thermostat to avoid negative temperatures.
• At least 2 temperature sensors: sensor for temperature monitoring
shown on front display sensor for managing use of compressor.
14. Temperature recording device:
• Visual and audible alarm system indicating unsate temperatures.
• Battery backup for alarm and temperature recording device.
• Facility for remote alarm contant.
• Seven days graphic temperature recorder with range of -10°c to
+20°c with
• data logger, with supply of free charts for a period of warranty.
• Ideal compressor running time of 27% at room temperature.
• Door lock shold be available.
• Audio and visual alarm for varination in temperature.
• Interion lighting.
• External ambient temperature+10°c to +40°c.
• Auto defrosting.
• Cooling time — maximum 13 hours for all the packs to reach below
+6°c.
15. Certification:
Product Certification: CE CLASS II A or US FDA certified
Quality Certification: ISO certified.
Electrical Safety : Equipment meets electrical safety SP
Specifications such as that of IES (Class I)
i3-0A .4\1
Hv
AA O
L-4-
0_ . 1 0. odadc_
Dr. Hitesh Pagare
Medical Director
Ct-04--rt
cyr. .va Akribfk_
Specification of Deep Freezer -80 C as Follows:
1. Purpose Of Equipment: To Freeze and store plasma

2. Type of Equipment: Compression freezer with CFC free refrigerant
3. Capacity : As required by the blood bank 600Itrs
4. Construction:
Internal: Stainless steel (min.22g) (S.S.V2 A-1.4301)
External:Soild outer Cabinet Corrosion Resistant ( at least 1 mm
thickness)
CFC-Free insulation
Design: Upright Type
Door: Solid Door, Automatic closing of the front door below opening
angle of 90° and opening angle limited to110°
Insulation and gasket should be silicone.
Separate inner doors to prevent cold loss
Drawers: Roll out type
Heating device on frame to avoid condensation.
5. Electrical Characteristics:
Input voltage: 220/240V 50HZ
A line voltage corrector of appropriate rating should form part of
configuration.
6. Minimum compressor Starting Voltage: 22% below nominal voltage

7. Internal Temperature Control:
Electronic temperature Control
Operating temperature reachable lowest up to -45° C with setting
accuracy of + 1° C whatever the load
Fan air cooling
Automatic defrost within safe temperature range
Casing & door should have insulation panel with polyurethane foam 80
mm thicknesses.
8. Refrigeration:
Heavy duty hermetically sealed compressor air cooled refrigeration

system, maintains inner temperature below -40° C.
Option for duct from equipment to connect to common main duct to
throw hot air out the room.
•
Refrigerant CFC free/green gas
Optional: Access port for CO2 backup system for refrigeration.

9. External ambient temperature: Performs in an ambient temperature of
+10 to +40 ° C
10. Hold over Time: 2 hrs at ambient temperature.
11. Cooling Down Time:
A full load of plasma packs at +25° C takes a maximum of 5 hrs for all
the packs to reach below -5° C
A full load of plasma packs at +25° C takes a maximum of 30 hrs for all
the packs to reach below -20° C
12 Temperature Monitoring:
Digital temperature (LED) display with 01° C graduation
Temperature recording device:
Microprocessor control for operation with integrated audio visual

temperature alarm function with digital monitoring display. There should
be a method to check alarm system.
Seven days inkless graphic temperature recorder with range of 0°C to 50°
C with data logger, with supply of free charts for a period of warranty.
Battery backup for alarm and temperature recording device.
Provision to connect with central (temperature) monitoring system
Mounted on Lockable Castor wheels.
Alarm history: Temperature maximum and minimum, average
temperature during alarm period. Time of duration of alarm.
Desirable:
Noise factor should not exceed 60 decibels.

Should have compressor running time 60 to 70 %
12. Additional Requirements
All equipments should specify Design qualifications, Installation
qualification Operational Qualification and Performance qualifications.
Validation and calibration reports should have traceability towards
applicable national/ international standards.
Complete with comprehensive set of spare parts including a spare
compressor, refrigerant gas cylinder etc. and a suitable capacity voltage
stabilizer. The make, rating, model. description, specification, price,
quantity of each item shall be furnished separately.
Necessary catalogues, technical write up in English shall be attached with

the offer both in hard and soft copies.
Performance, efficiency other factor such as distortion etc. as applicable

be also furnished.
Complete construction, details in respect of material specification

thickness, finish etc.are to be funished.
Certificatons:
Product Certification: CE Class or US FDA certified
Quality Certification: ISO Certified
Electrical Safety Equipment meets electrical safely specifications such as
that of IEC ( Class I)
elg
Y
(1)-‘ 3.-C VAs'At-e-etc.v
Dr. Hitesh Pagare et— t re---el—C1
Medical Director
Sir J.J. Mahanagar Raktapedhi GKU
60,
C
Sr • $114 flu t4c40i4_
Technical Specification of Deep Freezer-40 °C
1. Purpose of Equipment : To freeze and store plasma.

2. Type of Equipment : Compression freezer with CFC-free refrigerant
3. Capacity :600 Ltrs
4. Construction :
• Internal : Stainless steel (min. 22g) (S.S.V2 A-1.4301)

• External: Solid outer cabinet Corrosion Resistant (at least 1mm thickness)
• CFC- free insulation.
• Design : upright Type
• Door : Solid door, automatic closing of the front door below opening
angle of 90 and opening angle limited to 110°
• Insulation and gasket should be silicone
• Separate inner doors to prevent cold loss
• Drawers : Roll out type
• Heating device on frame to avoid condensation.
5. Electrical Characteristics :
• Input voltage : 220/240V 50 HZ
• A line voltage corrector of appropriate rating should form part of configuration.
6. Minimum Compressor Stating Voltage : 22% below nominal Voltage

7. Internal Temperature Control :
• Electronic Temperature Control.
• operating Temperature reachable lowest up to -45 °C with setting accuracy of +
1°C whatever the load
• Fan air cooling
• Automatic defrost within safe temperature range
• Casing & door should have insulation panel with polyurethane foam > 80mm
thickness
8. Refrigeration :
Heavy duty hermetically sealed seated compressor air cooled cascade
refrigeration system, maintains inner temperature below -40°c.
Option for duct from equipment to connect to common main duct to throw
•
hot air out of the room.
• Refrigerant CFC free/ green gas.
• Optional : access port for CO2 backup system for refrigeration.
9. External Ambient Temperature :Performs in an ambient temperature of
+10 to +40 °c
aes
10.Hold over time : 2 hrs at ambient temperature
11.Cooling Down Time :
• A full load of plasma packs at+ 25°c takes a maximum of 5 hrs for all the
packs to reach below-5°c
• A full load of plasma packs at+ 25°c takes a maximum of 30 hrs for all the
packs to reach below-20°c
12.Temperature Monitoring :
• Digital temperature (LED) display with 0.1 °c graduation

• Temperature recording device
• Microprocessor control for operation with integrated audio visual
temperature alarm functional with digital monitoring display. There should
be a method to check alarm system.
• Seven days inkless graphic temperature recorder with range of 0°c to 500c
with data logger with supply of free charts for a period of warranty.
• Battery backup for alarm and temperature recording device.
• Provision to connect with central (temperature) monitoring system.
• Mounted on lockable castor wheels.
• Alarm history : temperature maximum and minimum, average temperature
during alarm period, time of duration alarm.
• Desirable :
> Noise factor should not exceed 60 decibels.
➢ Should have compressor running time < 60 to 70%
13. Certification :
➢ Product Certification :CE or US FDA Certified
ilk ass M
Dr. Hitesh Pagare Hu -
Medical Director
C Icaffio
g• 611 1c. (201 ktQinitc
Technical Specification of Platelet Agitator:
Construction.
• Internal : Stainless steel (min 304 grade)
• External : Corrosion Resistant ,at least 1 mm thickness.
• Capacity : Designed to hold random platelet packs or aphacresis
platelet packs or a mixture of both types (minimum 48 random
platelet concentrate packs).
• Transparent Door.
• Design of Shelves : Shelves are made of non slip, corrosion
resistant material, coated with bacteria resistant material,
perforated to ensure air circulation and with sufficient clearance to
minimize noise.
• Gentle side to side agitation at 3.6-4 cm side to side. 60-70
strokes/minute.
• Heavy duty ball bearing gear motor for noise less and continuous
operation for 24 house a day thoughout the year.
• Motor with internal fan.
2. Temperature
• 7 days chart recorder with free charts till warranty period.
• Temperature controller with sensor.
3. Refrigeration: Non- CFC air cooled refrigeration.
4. Safety feature
• Audio alarm for temperature fluctuation.
• Auto stop for agitation when the door is opened.
• Power failure alarm
5. Push buttons switch with pause functions for temporary stoppage of the
motion.
6. Power supply : 220-240 volts at 50 Hz.
7. Product certification : CE or US FDA certified.
a
bcylf
sr 81\4E, et
Dr. Hitesh Pagare

Medical Director
f-f
cr~v -
Technical Specification of Horizantal Laminar Air Flow Workstation:
• Fully constructed in SS 304.

• Working table top made of stainless steel grade of 304.
• Working Area 2'x2'x2'/32-x2=x-2'/4'x2'x2'.
• Size of Filter 2'x2'/3'x2'/4'x2'.
• Complete protection to product.
• Floor standing model .
• Work chamber will be on positive pressure
• Class 100 environment.
• High grade 0.3 micron supply HEPA filter efficiency 99.97 % .
• Pre filters 95 % efficient at 5 microns.
• Germicidal utra violet tube light.
• Fluorescent tube light for illumination of work surface.
• Supplied complete with S S Table top Transparent front door,
Pressure Manometer.
• Built in U V Germicidal Light and Cock for gas, HEPA filters and
pre-filter.
• Dynamically balanced blower motor assembly.
• Low noise and vibration.
• Acrylic pressure Manometer.
• Air velocity up to 100 ft/min.
• Aesthetically designed and constructed.
444-
Dr. Hitesh Pagare

Medical Director CA . - t —(C)/Y)
M CLGA-f`P
Sr gfr1G, V-PL■ 1.4q
Technical Specification of Donor Couch
The technical Specification of donor couch as follows:
1. Blood Donor Couch is a completely automatic enveloping, variable tilt chair

and specially designed to make blood with drawals easier, safe and
functional, and also for other diagnostic and therapeutic areas.
2. Variable positioning for either arm with comfortably wide arm-rests with
swimming out as well as up and down moving facility.
3. Reclining and upright body position with a smooth shifting to any position.
4. Both sides should have supporting brackets for material required for blood
collection.
5. Ergonomically designed comfortable chair type for donor comfort. Mattress
should be comfortably cushioned with elegantly thick washable upholstery.
6. Seat back rest and leg rest size designed for donor comfort. It should have
step less electric remote controlled height adjustment.
7. Easily tilted to head low position, electrically operated.
8. Should be mobile with lockable wheels.
9. Comfortable working level for the operator Lifting capacity-Approx 200 Kg.
10. Certification:
• Product Certification: CE or US FDA certified.
• Quality certification : ISO certified
• Electrical Safety: Equipment meets electrical safety Specifications
such as that if IES (class I)
je22./
37- J. a'
Dr. Hitesh Pagare CA —1
Medical Director ci-ru. —3
146.1:cal1e
St • Elyitz„ POI 1\kiiitc
Technical Specification of Folding Donor Bed
1. Size : Should have metallic frame, rust proof with following dimension.
2. Length : 6.5 feet.
3. Width : 2 1/4feet.
4. Height : 2.5 feet.
5. Capable of bearing weight 150kg or more.
6. Should be one fold.
7. Cushion 2 inch thickness covered with durable Rexene.
8. With provision for foot elevation detachable BP apparatus holder with two
handles to carry.
9. Bed material should be light weight for carry.
10. Should be CE approval.
11. Warranty period 2 years and AMC 3 year.
12. Uptime of equipment should be 98% and downtime is less than 2% service
time for Mumbai at in 4 hours and out of Mumbai 24 hrs.
(pir ss, ivvra.-tc

Dr. Hitesh Pagare --- `4)-C4D)-
Medical Director (flu L9
-
vorM
ei_cv ()top qubiri,
Technical Specification of Blood Mixer & Collector
The technical Specification of Blood Mixer and Collector as follows:
1. The System is used to collect donated blood from the donor at the same
time mixing the blood for quality collection of blood.
2. It is meant for stationary and mobile use. Gentle end to end mixing and
control of collection time to give high quality blood suitable for all blood
bags.
3. Volume setting: pre-selection of volume to be collected. Tarring of bag
volume before collection. Tarring range:0-600g. automatic storage and
recall of set volume. Measure volume with best accuracy.
4. LED indication on commencement of collection.
5. LED indication and audible alarm at the end of collection.
6. Indication of time taken for collection.
•
7. Indication of blood flow with audio alarm when flow is higher or lower than
desired.
8. Continuous display of collected volume, flow time during collection.
9. Automatic clamping at termination of preset volume collection.
10.Automatic release of bag when lifted.
11.Continuous agitation of blood bags during collection: 12-16 rpm
12.Equipment carry case for BCM Should be provided for probability.
13.Should operate on mains as well as rechargeable battery. On battery it
should operate for minimum of 5-8 hours.
14.The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature
of 10-40°C and relative humidity of 15-90%
15.Power input to be 220-240 VAC, 50Hz/440 V 3 phase as appropriate with
fitted with Indian plug.
16.Resettable over current Breaker shall be fitted for protection.
17.Suitable Automatic Voltage Regulator/Stabilizer Meeting I51 Specifications
should be supplied, board specification Are: Automatic type input 150-280
V, output 220 V+/- 7%, 50Hz single phase AC with automatic 2-4 sec cut off
and 6-9 minutes restart delay. Quick start arrangements for by passing the
start delay. Suitable MCB on input voltmeter and indicators on front panel.
Input pore with 15A plug and six way output terminal strip for two outlets.
18. Certification:
• Product Certification:CE or US FDA certified
• Quality Certification :ISO certified
sdke
Technical Specification of Dielectric Tube sealer
1. Blood Bag Tube Sealer is a compact equipment to seal the blood Bag pilot
tubing.
2. The System should be heavy and be able to seal the blood bag etc quickly
and effectively.
3. Should be simple to handle.
4. System should gently seal the tubing with no hemolysis using radio
frequency.
5. Should be capable of making wide seal of 4 mm thickness.
6. Should be for bench-top use.
7. The sealing time should not be more than 2 seconds.
8. Sealing trigger should be automatic.
9. Should also have extended portable hand unit Sealing hand should be with
coaxial cable of 1.5-2.0 meter.
10. Should have indication lamps for " Sealing Process" on handle as well as
main unit.
11. No warm-up time should be required.
12. Should ensure easy separation of tube segments after the sealing.
13. System should run on both mains and battery (more than 10 hrs. back up
and charger)
14. Back up battery should seal more than 500 seals on PCV- tube in continuous
mode.
15. The units shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature
of 10-40°C. and relative humidity of 15-90%
16. Power input : 220-240V/50 Hz AC Single phase or 380-400V AC 50 Hz
Three phase fitted with appropriate Indian plugs and sockets.
17. Suitable Autovoltage corrector with spick protector should be available.
18. Electrodes should be well protected by a cover.
19. Certification:
. Product certification : CE or US FDA certified
. Quality Certification : ISO certified
. Electrical safety : Equipment meets electrical safety specification such as
that of IEC (Class I) or Class II type-B device to protect against electric shock.
. Shall meet IEC -60601-1-2 :2001(Or Equivalent BIS)General Requirements
of safety for Electromagnetic Compatibility.
-(Dcs •C (han—A9A'
Dr. Hitesh Pagare --f
Medical Director
MCKot4-6
BVIEr pcn t1/4Cieri4-
IV V" 'sz
f-3
Technical Specification of Plasma Expressor
PLASMA EXPRESSOR
PARAMETER SPECIFICATIONS
Mode of operation Manual Mode
Pressing mechanism Spring loaded mechanism
Dimensions (W x D x H) in mm 165 x 230 x 240
Flow rate 180-220 ml per minute
Finish Power coating or SS dull finish
Equipment Weight Net Weight:4.25kg, Gross
Weight:5.5kg
Working Environment Temperature: 5°C to 40°C
Relative Humidity:20 to 90%
Atm Pressure:800 to 1060hPa
Storing and Transportation Temperature: -20 to 40°C
Relative Humidity:20 to 90%,
Atm Pressure:800 to 1060hPa
Dr.1-11tes ?agate
ector
Medicai 61f
Sir J.3. Mahanagar Raldspedhl
KQed-R.
6Vg7f (PPP kbcd
Technical Specification of Weighing Balance ( pan)
• Tare provision to account for the weight of the blood bag for better
balancing of refrigerated centrifuge.
• Compact model
• Abs molded body
• Auto Calibration
• LCD/LED Display
• Input voltage-230 vac
• Power supply-smps
• Transducer-load cell
• Weighing range- 2 Kg
• Accuracy -1 gm/ml
• Calibration-auto
411 • Display — lcd with back light
• Weight-4.5kg with battery
• Dimension-250x285 mm
• Pan -SS 304
• Size-145x205mm
• Body -abs mould
• Vision-audio & visual alarm
• CE or US FDA approved
Dr. Hitesh Pagare

Medical Director
frcal-re
Sr igioefE, pp14
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION ELISA READER & WASHER
1. Should be 8-channel optical measuring system.

2. Should work with a keypad on 20 keys.
3. Should be able to read U-, V-, or flat bottom 96-well plate.
4. Should be filter wheel based, halogen lamp with lamp-saver feature.
5. Should have capability for Mono chromatic, Bi chromatic measurements.
6. Measurement time 12 seconds in the Monochromatic measurement mode.
7. The Results i.e. Abs, Sample No. and interpretation must be seen on the screen in
matrix form. Graphs should be displayed on the screen and printable.
8. Should be provided with 405nm, 450nm, 492nm, 578 nm, 630nm and 700nm filters.
9. Should have facility for up to 100 user defined test protocols.
10. Should have large LCD display, with user friendly, for software operation.
11. Should have variable speed linear shaking facility for the Microwell plates for
removal of microbubbles and mixing of the well solution.
12. The Microwell plate position should have aerosol cover facility to prevent external
contaminants and stray light.
13. Should have photometric range 0.0 - 4.0 0.D
14. The On-board software should have capability of storing the calibration curve data
for at least 8 standards in all the test programs.
15. Report storage for last 5000 sample test results
16. The Curve should be displayed on screen & printable.
17. The system should have 1cutoffequations per qualitative test and gray zone in
percentage with upper and lower limit..
18. It should have facility for plate mapping. Plate mapping must allow positioning of
control, calibrators, blanks and samples at any location on the plate with lab
custom Patient IDs
19. The system must have internal printer & accept external dot matrix printer and
must print results in preformatted matrix form giving details such as Sample No.,
Value, Abs and interpretation, with cut-off equation for qualitative results.
20. Should have ports for external printer and even for transmission of data to the host
computer.
21. Should have host computer software for extensive data management capability
with QC function such as Levey Jennings graph.
Computer Link software - Eli-LIMS
ELISA WASHER
1. Should have 8 channel manifold or 12 channel manifold supplied with the instrument.
2. Should have a LCD Screen for operation.
3. Should have 4 bottles, one Rinse bottle, 2 Wash buffer bottle and One Waste bottle.
4. The Waste bottle should have sensors
5. The system should have 50 wash protocols.
6. Able to set wash volume of 50p1 to 3000p1
7. The system should have < 3p1 residual volume after washing
8. It should have wash head adjustment & precision < 2% C.V.
9. It should have soak facility for 24hrs.
10, The system must have Aerosol Cover to prevent particulate matter during wash
cycle.
11. Standard accessories must contain pin for cleaning manifolds, 1 power cord.
12. Easy decontamination of plate carrier should be possible.
par frp.f„,-.VA,
Dr. Hitesh Pagare
Medical Director
MCkorla Sir J.J. Mahanagar Raktapedhi
-1241g; ep 14‘172
Fully Automated system for Elisa
General specifications: - system should include sample pre dilution, dispensing reagents,multi
pipetting, plate incubation, plate washing, plate shaking, plate reading & data management
with Q.C.
1) Should be able to perform Elisa test for HIV, 1&2,HBSAg,HCV,VDRL,and M.P. etc.
2) Running mode:-Batch wise continuous loading.

3) Should have robotic arm (1-2),rotatable up to 270 2 for plate transportation.
4) parallel sample pipeting for high speed performance.
5) lot recording & control.
6) full data processing & evaluation with integrated Q.C. data management.
7) Integrated liquid level detection, reagent specific liquid handling.
8) Liquid control monitoring system for liquids, waste & reagents.
9) System should be open for use with any Elisa kit.
10) Preference will be given to "CE mark" instrument.
11) Vendor must supply one computer&printer, with UPS along with instrument.
12) Vendor must supply All required containers like Buffer bottles, reagent containers etc.
Safety features:-
1) Liquid detection.
2) Clot detection.
3) Color monitoring check.
4) Lot management.
5) Positive barcode identification of all lab ware(samples,microplate,reagents,controls
etc.)
6) Equipment built in software to manage multiple Elisa.
7) R5232 connectivity & data sharing ability with software.
8) Integrated with software which converts data in ASTM or ASCII format &
communicates with other software.
9) Integrated Quality control (Levey - Jennings Chart) should be operated.
Technical specifications:-
1) Plate capacity- 4 plates upgradable to 6 plates.
2) Sample capacity:-120 — 180 samples tube position & should have continuous
loading function.
3) Pipetting system:-
a) Pipetting channels-2/4 Pipetting channels (Washable or disposable tips).
b) Volume range: 10-1000 pl.
c) Needle size: 1000 µI.
d) ) Needle wash must be present in the system for complete wash of Needles
(inside & outside).
e) Reagent capacity: Adequate to conduct 4 or 5 Elisa test simultaneously.

f) Precision: (At 10 µI.) <5%
Precision:(At 100 µI.) <2.5 %
4) Incubator:-Ambient & Heated module capacity- 4 each.
5) Micro plate washer:-Should have 8 channels.
• 8 channels for Aspiration.
• 8 channels for dispensing.
• 1-8 wash cycles.
• Wash solution- container with level detector, Multi reagent washer module.
• Should have dispensing accuracy.
• Residual volume < 5 pl per well.
• Waste bottle should have level sensor.
6) Micro plate reader:-
a) 8 Measurement channel.
b) Wave length range- 400-800 n.m. & must have 405,450,492 & 620
n.m.filter.
c) Accuracy: Better than ± 10%.
d) Resolution: 0.001-0.100.
e) Built in shaking with Programmable speed& time.
f) Measurement mode: single &dual Wavelength reading (preferably 450 &
620 n.m.)
Warranty Period 2 Years and AMC 3 years

Uptime of equipment should be 98% and down time is less than 2%
Service time for Mumbai in 4 hours.
dek--
0-f
Dr. Hitesh Pagare
Medical Director
6\1 G- efSicr-
-1-
1/4 214g, POP Artshirk
Technical Specifications of Semi Automated Coagulometer
The committee approved the technical specifications of Semi Automated

Coagulometer as follows.
1.Coagulometer measures the blood clotting parameters
2. Should be microcomputer controlled
3. Semi automatic with at least 4 channels optics
4. Based on optical principle with LED
5. Should have integrated/external incubation block with pre-warming positions.
6. Suitable for PT. a-PTT, fibrinogen, thrombin time, factors: II, V, VII, VIII, IX, X
XI, XII, Fletcher, AT-Ill, Protein C, Protein S, Heparin, STAT
7. Results can be represented in seconds, % activity, ration, INR g/L, and mg/L
8. Should be able to store specific test parameters in the system
9. Should have LCD dispel
10. Complete system with printer or facility for printer connectivity is required.
11. Should generate the standard curve for factor assays
12. Power input to be 220-240 VAC, 50Hz fitted with Indian plug
13. Suitable UPS with maintenance free batteries for minimum 30 minutes backup
should be supplied with the system.
14. Open system for reagent and low reagent consumption
15. The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in ambient temperature of
0 -50deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%
16. The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10-
40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%
17. Userffechnical/Maintenance manuals to be supplied in English.
18. Certificate of calibration and inspection.
19. List of Equipment available for providing calibration and routine maintenance
support as per manufacturer documentation in service/technical manual.
20. Reagents for validation, training up to installation to be provided free of cost by
manufacturer.
21. Certifications :
• Product certification : CE or US FDA certified
• Quality Certification : ISO certified
• Electrical Safety : Equipment meets electrical safety specifications such as
that of IEC (Class I)
Dr. WISh Pagare

Mediae Director
se .1.4.11dtsweet Remained
Ac('
Pr2u
Technical Specification of pH Meter
Measures pH & mV
1. Digital pH Meters are ideal instruments for determination of pH

value of any solution.
2. The results should be displayed on a 3'/2 digit display.
3. Unique instruments that combine convenience with accuracy and
precision in analysis.
4. The temperature compensation facility, both automatic and manual
• should be available.
5. The measurement range is from 0 to 14 pH with a resolution of
1.01 pH.
6. Highly Stable and Accurate
7. Auto Polarity & Decimal Indication
8. Battery & Mains Operated Available
9. Accuracy - + 0.01 pH
+ 1 mV
10. Slope Correction - 80% to 120%
11. Power - 230V + 10%
12. Should have be CE or US FDA Approved
Mecical oh..ccor
Sir. J. J. Mahanagar Itaktapecilii
Managed By cc--
SWIG, Mumbai
(C yvt. of Maharashtra ) Ct-eu@D
ati
cgt.e41
s
macosl-re
Sr. smE, Pp% .40-61._
Cancer
1 Advanced Digital Linear Accelerator
2 C.T.Scanner & Virtual Simulation System
3 High Dose rate remote after loading Brachytherapy Unit
4 Medical Physics Dosimetry & Mould Room Equipment’s
5 External RT Treatment Planning System + Networking
6 Digital Colposcope
7 Digital Video Colposcope
8 Cryotherapy Unit
9 Loop Electrosurgical Excision Procedure (LEEP)
10 Cusco’s Speculum
Advanced Digital Linear Accelerator
Specifications
A ESSENTIAL PARAMETERS
Parameters Specifications
1 Photon Energy FF- 6MV,10MV,15 MV
FFF - 6x & 10x
Electron Energy Minimum 5 energies 4-18 MeV
2 RF Source Magnetron / Klystron. Please specify
3 Waveguide Type Standing / Travelling wave Please specify
4 Electron Gun Sealed / Unsealed
5 Treatment Modes Normal - TSD / TAD
Rotation - CW / CCW
ARC - CW / CCW
Dose rate - MU/degree
6 Dose-Rate Photons: 100 - 600 MU/min in steps or higher dose rates.
Please specify
FFF: Minimum 1000 Mu/min or higher, specify for individual
photon energy
Electrons: Minimumm 600 MU/ minutes at the isocentre or
• 7 Field Size (Photons)
higher. Please specify including in TSET
Maximum: 40 x 40 cm2 (or more) Please specify
Minimum: 0.5 x 0.5 cm2 Please specify.
Penumbra: 5 8 mm for 10 x 10 cm2 field at 10 cm depth
8 Field Size (Electrons) 4-5 applicators, please specify
A method to obtain irregular field shapes should be provided.
9 Beam Flatness ± 3% as defined in IEC 60976 / 60977 for entire range of field
sizes.
Stability of flatness with gantry rotation, please specify
10 Focal Spot size 53 mm dia. at the X-ray target
11 Beam Symmetry 2
±2 % for 10x10 cm and above
13 Gantry Rotation ±180° (360° total)
Read out - Digital and Mechanical
Accuracy dig-readout 0.5°
Control - Hand pendent and control-console
1/4 ,o
rs,4 Target - Axis. Distance : 100 ± 0.2 cm
ODI Range : 75 cm to 150 cm
Vir -2, ODI Accuracy ± 0.1 cm
\ a (SVC' Gantry Rotation Isocentre 5 2 mm dia. Sphere. Please
A, rip. : specify.
A . - .0,./gclatation:
•
14 CtslOrafgpte.,,\,A) ± 95° about mid position
'r•- 7-' C:L-. 1,\-°:\ Control: Hand pendent and control- console
Readout accuracy : ± 0.5°
v.,,...A-.,v2o -i‘., '—
Collimator Rotation Isocentre 5 2 mm dia. Sphere 1^S\ i<
1?) 1S"..
Virtual/ Dynamic Wedge 1A
15 Asymmetric X & Y both Asymmetrical
Collimators
Travel ranges & over travel range. Please specify
/cY;=-Yr.7,0\vie
Page 1 of 6
°)\ AisAtuvi
\A q{ (0
AkX 67.K6+1
rciL,C"" N .0}Y Sh
" gni C1 ri—
\
-<
16 Photon Arc Therapy Bi-directional arc therapy should be included with Automatic
calculation of Dose per Degree based on the Dose Rate
selected and the Arc angle set.
Rotational (Arc based) IMRT
No. of Leaves (120 leaves and above) please specify all
17 Multi-leaf collimator
options and quote separately for each option.
(MLC)
Independent drives for each leave
Maximum field size 40x40 cm2
Please specify MLC motor specifications and endurance test
report
Capable of performing Conformal therapy (IMRT, Rotaional
IMRT, SRT,SBRT) procedures.
Interface between MLC & latest R&V System should be
provided.
Facility to treat patients conventionally, using blocks without
MLC.
Work Station HW/SW — Specify details
In-Room monitor: please specify numbers and type
Integration (full Networking) with existing Planning System and
existing Simulator I CT Simulators, etc.
IGRT delivery please specify
Specify following parameters:
Max. leaf retracting position
Over travel (jaws)
Over center travel of MLC leaves (>10 cm) for IMRT treatments
Max. field length

Leaf height & material.
Coincidence of light & x-ray field
Penumbra
Tr Xrission
of leakage
of position accuracy
Max. carriage speed
Max. leaf speed
tSC- Positional accuracy of the leaves during treatment.
4*t. Inter-digitation of leaves if available
is Auto Field AFS should be available
Sequencing
Should fully integrate with Accelerator
19 Portal Imaging :
Should be able to take images at any Gantry angles with
variable X-Y-Z movements,
Flat panel (aSi) Imaging area should be 40x40 cm2 with all
available energies, with Pixel Matrix of min 1200 X 1200 or
more
20 IGRT System Retractable arms
X- ray tube: radiography, fluoroscopy, CBCT
Flat panel detectors of min 40 X 40 Cm or more, with Pixel
Matrix of min 1200 X 1200 or more
CB reconstruction, registration (MV-MV, KV-KV, KV-MV), PI
spe y the analytical tools
\4 n Page 2 of 6
\
. __........._
Fully integrated with latest R & V system and TPS, pl specify
the report generation tools
3D image data should be reconstructed from series of 2D
projection images acquired as the linear accelerator gantry is
rotated, pl specify all acquisition & review modes
Phantoms used for dosimetry, please specify.
21 Treatment Couch PI specify
(IGRT, Indexed
Couch) .
Longitudinal, Lateral, Vertical and Rotation: please specify
range of movements
Electrical / Mechanical Control
The system for robotic control of couch in all 3 dimensions (all
3 cardinal translational and rotational).
It should have the capability for remote controlled positional
correction facility in three translational and rotational axes with
respect to the shifts derived from the integrated to KV cone
beam CT and Orthogonal KV images acquisition system.
Electrical backup & Mechanical Control (in case of power
failure)
Minimum height from floor - specify
22 Networking Record & Verify System (latest hardware and software)
Transfer of all parameters from existing Simulator, CT-
simulators, MRI, PET-CT, USG, DSA etc & Treatment Planning
System, and other TPS to the accelerator (existing and new)
for automatic treatment setup & delivery should be provided.
Transfer of DRR/ Fluoroscopy images etc through R&V system

for comparison with portal imaging
Transfer & Execution of Conformal & IMRT treatment plans
from Existing and new Treatment Planning System should be
provided.
should be Networked with R & V and Existing Network System.
All required interfaces should be provided. Provision for future
networking options should be specified in detail.
Transfer and execution of MLC position parameter for normal
to6c \•
. and IMRT treatment including step & shoot and/or dynamic
• rti
• ..~ and/or rotational IMRT techniques from TPS.
.., orb Qomprehensive Antivirus software for linac, TPS and
V. \-
• -\;. 9eiirorking for 10 years
23 As,ce rtits‘' 0\0,- "edges — Physical (15°,30°,45° and 60° wedge Angle) if
i. '('-' \ P available
v P. co° . Mechanical Front pointer (SSD indicator)
z", Ili's Accessory mount - shadow block tray
**1* A..S--
i?” Blocks — set of divergent / non-divergent
Side Rails on both sides of Couch for Mounting Accessories. .
CCTV Camera (Two nos). One wide angle & one remote
control with remote zoom & focus facility.
In-room Colour flat Monitor LED 20" or higher
Laser Alignment System (4 cross Green laser system)
Page 3 of 6
Interface Mount to be provided for the existing Simulator to
simulate accessories like Shadow Block Tray etc. of the quoted
Accelerator model.
Manual retraction tool (manual crank) for couch in case of
power failure
24 Dosimetry System Built-in chambers. Two separate sealed chambers
Precision ± 1% or 1 MU
Linearity : ± 1% or 1 MU
Reproducibility ± 2% or 1 MU
Dose Rate Dependence :please specify
25 Safety System as per x-ray absorbed dose due to leakage radiation (excluding
IEC I AERB neutrons) out side useful beams (As per AERB)
standards
Emergency switches
Door interlocks
Collimator transmission: as per AERB specification- please
specify
Neutron dose inside the treatment area and outside the
treatment area, as per international standards
Last Man Out Switch
Various Beam off interlocks
26 Leakage Radiation as Head leakage. Please specify.
per IEC / AERB
standards
Collimator transmission. Please specify.
Neutron Dose: Please specify
Fcur high resolution monitor workstations with two dose
27 Treatment Planning
calculation engines (licences) and one contouring station
System
Latest HW/SW, upgradable for next 10 yrs
DICOM3 and full DICOM family
DICOM RT Import/export from all existing CT/MR/PET/PACS/C-
ARM etc
Multi modality (CT, MR, PET etc) Image registration (rigid and
manual). PI specify the solutions.
Manual and Atlas based contouring both should be available
Monte Carlo based or equivalent optimizaton and calculation
algorithm.
Specify fast dose calculation (CCC/AAA/Accuros XB, Monte
rlo equivalent) and optimization algorithm for
4DCWIMRT/Rotational IMRT/Electrons/other.
dose calcualtion solutions with HW/SW: PI specify
fiteogical modelling and optimization solutions (EUD, TCP,
.NTCP etc) with HW/SW, PI specify
Import /export- Image/structure set/plan/ dose etc. to all
machines and integration with network. (HW/SW)
Advanced Server ( safe and secured backup/restore) — latest
HW/SW and upgradable for next 10 yrs
Latest Network color Printer. Please specify.
Integrated Exit dosimetry feature, pl specify details for all
available energies
rator, stem and Schematic manuals. ad-"L>
28 Manuals / Data book
r
o\\;°\\11 ' *14's—
29 Essential Spare Parts Provide the list of standard spare parts supplied with the '0
.machine.
30 Up-gradation Accessories
Hardware / Software update for 10 years
31 UPS a: For complete system (for minimum of 60 minutes)
b: Individual UPS'for each TPS Workstation (including planning
and contouring stations)
B Optional
1 4D-Gating HW/SW, 2 systems (1 for Linac and 1 for CT SIM) should be
provided
C INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
1 Physical Dimensions Modulator
and Weights
Stand
Gantry
Auxiliary cabinet
Patient Treatment Couch
Control Console
2 Electrical Load - Standby
10 Requirements
Ready
Beam ON
Input Voltage -Typical International:
3 Cooling Water Temperature
(please specify) Flow
Pressure difference (To specify)
4 Air Conditioning Temperature
Relative Humidity
Air changes (To specify no. per hour)
5 Turn Key Project Vendor should give details of the scope of the turn key
Any requirements for installation of equipments should be
mentioned during negotiation otherwise handing over fully
functional machine will be the responsibility of the vendor.
D FINANCIAL BID Seperately
(specify separately for Cost
desirable items)
Insurance up to installation & commissioning.
Transport and rigging
s* Installation
ssential spare parts
• .V ,
.'.1_ itov p-gradation of equipment
E Va I icrQ780,tttrii ttspecify
„toe' Aoti ;tall,
pp- ev,c- .soo.O•
..
F Wariagyat81-n4110,"2 Years for complete System and 8 years CMC: includes 4
dat r preventive maintenance and all breakdown visits. All bought ‘
io,gP•14 e out items used in system should also be included in the \\r) i "
cominitsioning
warranty. riA\k‘
G Individual Warranty. Accelerator Guide (Beam Center Line).
Please specify No. of
Years
Bending Magnet
.--*
— I f PaRe 5 of 6 CIC h-i-no
A z —.a. \ Ark .V
(2,4Pi (1,10\
Electron Gun
Vacuum Pumps
X-ray Target
RF Source: Magnetron/Klystron
Uptime of at least 280 days per year (9 am to 7 pm - excluding
Uptime Guarantee
Sundays and holidays) during warranty or CMC/AMC period.
(95 %) / Penalty
The time will be calculated 2 hours after the reporting to
Clause enginner/ company by phone or email till engineers hand over
the machine for treatment. In case of failure the compensation
of Rs. 50,000 per day or part there of the lost period will be
payable to respective Institute
i Delivery Schedule Please specify
Module based oversees training for at least 2 weeks
1 Training of Staff
One Radiation Oncologists
One Medical Physicists
AERB type approval / NOC
Equipment
certification
US FDA ICE approvals: please enclose certifications.
If model quoted is introduced in year 2017 the above
clearances shall be obtained by vendor before the installation
of machine.
Enclose certification of calibration and inspection
Log book with instruction for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly
and yearly maintenance check list.
No. of similar models: India / World (enclose list of institutions)
Other Information
No. of certified engineers in India
(enclose list of names)
Remote Diagnostics Facility (India / Abroad) availability
II consumables required for installation, standardization
testing of system should be included in the cost
oio cne digital camera for patient position photograph
Actiftitilway communication system
M Any heteet lease specify
Gi
gmsmkt PPH Nakr ic
t ajtc),v _
re
de tic\
Ulm°
Page 6 of 6
May 25, 2017
CT SCANNER & VIRTUAL SIMULATION SYSTEM

SPECIFICATIONS
Please quote latest State-of-the-art equipments

Parameter Name of Equipment / Model
A Gantry
Aperture 80 cm or more
Multi-slice (minimum 16 slice per rotation)
Gantry tilt angle +30°
Inbuilt Lasers: Please specify
Controls - both local & remote locations
Patients' scan coverage
Digital readouts
- Gantry tilt angle accuracy
- Patients couch vertical position accuracy
- Patients couch horizontal position accuracy
B X-ray systems
• Anode size
Maximum Heat storage of anode
Maximum anode cooling rate
Continuous anode cooling rate
Focal spot size
Beam filtration
Generator
C Data Acquisition
Type of detectors
Detector aperture
Photon conversion efficiency
Dynamic range
D Patient support system

(Couch)
Vertical limits & accurate
Total travel
Horizontal limits & accuracy
Speed /'
Controls Qirt \*
,v
E Image Characteristics
Spatial resolution
Noise 141i1'
d r,
Image reconstruction algorithms0...S. .0. 1
Image reconstruction time 91I• tevekte . - 043
Mr 0 ...)Alt-t dA
F Scan Specification seastv°11)
i 1
Beam thickness - 2-8 mm sercictilk!
Scan kV - 80-140 kV
:11,m-ts>
evuk,..ah-k
h 16 4,
t.v4
1Thi
or -N.re;#
P" • caYk
I' rog-mac
Srr(3%1E, R NahiC
Please ruote latest State-of-the-art equipments
Name of Equipment / Model
Parameter
Scan mA — 30 — 400 mA
Scan field view
Facility for pilot scan: scan field size & its reconstruction
time
Hardware Feature
CPU & its architecture
Hard disk storage capacity
Image memory size
Graphic overlay
Image Bus Bandwidth
Software feature
Pan / zoom facility
Multiple image display
Image annotation facility
Readout of CT numbers
Window & leveling facility
Distance measurement facility
Manual Image Sequencing facility
Graphic user Interface
Oncology Special Protocol
4DCT data acquisition Phasedat acquisition software
/ ampl based acquisition
Binning of various phases
Export to TPS and third party system
Image Storage
Specify storage media
Specify storage capacity
K CT Simulation
Moving laser Marking System (3 lasers)
Flat Table Top
QA devices
Virtual Fluoroscopy
Virtual Simulation & Verification
1. Virtual Simulation SW: - CT-based 3D simulation

- Windows based platform
- MLC block fitting at PTV
- DRR & 3D reconstruction
- Field size DRR
- block drawing with projection
- Asymmetric collimators
- Rendering in various planes
- Non co-planner plans
- Beams eye view (BEVOINS-- 15 ; te-p-
- DICOM-RT & DICOM3 rejaira na
n esogv
- Interface to lasers Tualsitic_11:nech
- Any other — specify NIL`
2
Parameter Name of Equi•ment / Model
2. Virtual simulation HW
- Latest available PC & peripherals
- MOD drive.
- Color Laser Printer
- Additional Work station x2 — give details
L Radiotherapy Planning
Software (Optional)
Marking of Geometric Reference point
Calculation of Dose
Visualize Dosimetry
Geometric Plan
Dose Plan
DVH
M Other Information
Storage media for archiving
Export capability: Ethernet & TCP/IP consistent
Hard Copy device: Single & Multiformat film
DICOM-RT Ready
N Patient Viewing and Lead Glass (2 mm lead equivalent) for viewing from
communication system console about 2m(L) x 1.5 m(B)
An intercom and automated patient instruction system.
0 Digital camera Digital camera with USB connectivity

Data transfer to ROIS network
P CT Injector system State-of-the-art pressure injectors with 100 syringes

(provide make and specifications).
Q UPS For machine and separately for control workstations
R Installation Requirement
a. Physical Dimension & Gantry
Weight
X-ray generator
Patient support system (couch)
Control console
b. Electrical requirement
Input voltage
Frequency — 50 Hz x,
Stabilizer ., ,,4
UPS tk Zr4
.
:1
4
c. Air Conditioning v ;
Temperature S. S.' if
Relative Humidity
AssociateP- 1
d. Room size requirement Itsilititinn Oneel _-, :.,. Y!‘iat.
B Y.L. Nair Ch. liosp±al
3
Inner dimensions
Pit size (if any)
Other requirements
S Financial
Cost (specify separately)
Insurance up to installation & commissioning
Freight (Sea & Air)
Transport & Rigging
Installation
Up-gradation of equipment (HW & SW)
Essential spare parts
T Validity of Quotation
U Warranty
2 Years for Complete System & 8 Years free Service
after warranty
X-ray Generator
X-ray tube
Detector assembly
v Up-time Guaranty
95% up-time / Penalty clause
W Delivery Schedule
x Training of staff
Radiation Oncologist
Medical Physicist
Radiotherapy Technologist
v Regulatory Requirement Please enclose copies

AERB
International — 510K certification
z Other Information (Enclose list)

Number of similar models: India/ World
Number of certified engineers in India
Catalogue LrC \
Any other details cA'
Evaluation form attached (to fill in)
15 \
-6P
04 Cked-rig
Sr • tg3IL / esei-4 \\ILthik
4
;) 1\11 el y LV I I
HIGH DOSE RATE REMOTE AFTERLOADING BRACHYTHERAPY UNIT

SPECIFICATIONS
Please quote latest State-of-the-art Vendor's Comparative Analysis

equipments (Please specify details as
• applicable)
Name of Equipment / Model
A Treatment Unit A high dose rate
brachytherapy unit capable of
intracavitary, interstitial,
intraluminal, intraoperative and
surface mould radiation
therapy.
Unit should be on wheels for
easy mobility
Motorized head movement for
various heights
Check cable that ensures the
treatment path is clear and
free from obstruction
Separate stepper motors to
control the check cable and
source cable
Built- in radiation detector
Treatment channels -18 or
above
Source retractable mechanism
in the event of emergency or
power failure.
Battery backup for emergency
Start enable switch (Last Man
Out)
Source container
Transport contain&
Emergency container
Patient couch / trolley (2#) with
necessary accessories for
treatment: Please specify
Q details. Mention separately for
imported and indigenous
`robin couch.
B soktt rob: • . t Server Based should be able
Dvtibtimport/export plans and data
olo‘,q any planning workstations
„tan 011e , • .....-frOm
.sepaita,- . ry z , •• . • of brachytherapy/Stand alone
4 tat '
13:5l 'A. and independent PC based k‘rY
control unit with colour Flat
high resolution monitor,
keyboard, mouse, printer etc./
Network facility to treatment
N9VO
N V, \. , N
VI'S P.
WI 6" Ole • Pi
epH
Vendor's Comparative Analysis
Please quote latest State-of-the-art
(Please specify details as
equipments applicable)
planning system
Access to authorized user with
password protection
Automatic decay correction
Storage of multiple standard
configuration
Keeping track of patient's
fractionated treatment
Variable treatment length with
step size of 1-10 mm step size
Dwell position display
Dwell time display
Source maximum extension
length-specify
Display of indexer length,
activity and dose
In built protection circuit to
prevent treatment without
proper applicator connection
and eroser indexer locking
Online extensive display of
status code with an indication
of the action re•uired
Built in log book
Safe, secure and archival and
retrieval of patient data to an
external storage device
Antivirus package for 10 years
Radiation Co-60 source
source
Activity about —Specify
Active length —Specify
Active diameter-Specify
Capsule length
Capsule diameter
Treatment path curvature—
Specify
Accuracy of positioning of
source —Specify
Su ••I of sources : Minimum 3
Applicators Cervix applicators (3#)
CT/MR Uterine applicators
Compatible
Oeso•ha•us a licator
Bronchus ap•licator
NasopharYnx applicator t-
Tongue applicators
Bile duct applicator
Breast implant template set
\/.2
vellum b 1,-,Ullipaicitin. —.....,_•_
Please quote latest State-of-the-art
equipments
applicable)
Prostate implant template set
Perineal implant template set
Implant needles: needles &
trochar
Nylon tubes (plain & loop)
flexible(60 each)
Eye applicators
Transfer Tubes For ALL channels available for
flexible tubes or rigid needles.
Radio-opaque For all applicators (1 set each)
dummies A set for interstitial dummies
for implants
E TPS for HDR Server basedTreatment
brachytherapy planning system
3-D Treatment planning
system capable of carrying out
the planning of HDR stepping
source for all sites
Import of images from
multimodality imaging devices
(Isocentric C-Arm/CT/MR/USG
etc). Registration of those
images sets.
Reconstruction
Methods/techniques. PI
specify.
Calculation Algorithms. PI
specify.
DVH algorithm
Optimization algorithm: PI
specify.
Transfer of treatment planning
data to control console
Input devices: Film scanner/
DICOM-RT interface, import /
exportfrom any DICOM system
(PACS)
Interface for PACS (very 6
important for image based
\.c-> \ N__,/
plans)
Comprehensive Antivirus for
TPS and TCS
C. Vabfla
Facility for combining exicoata. .-,* ' t Dev
. ••';
t.
RT and Brachytherapy. 0:1' ,t.2.\
' .. ••
iSsis,„ nit
specify. tip-
F Quality Well type chamber and ,
Assurance electrometer, Cable leng0 A•1
Tools m or more (2 numbers)
Zone Monitor
Please quote latest State-of-the-art (Please specify details as
equipments a.. icable
Surve Meter GM Based
CC TV /Flat Monitor, Dual view
camera
Source osition check device
Source calibration 1
Auto radio ra h kit
indexer length measurement
tool
Essential Provide detailed list of spare

Spare Parts arts su lied
Manuals & lsodose charts
IsocentricC X-Ray unit with necessary
Arm X-ray unit accessories for Radiography
and Fluoroscopy. Integrated
to TPS with fully DICOM
connectivit
X-Ray Tube Operating
parameters (KV, mAs etc,
focal spot, Filtration, Table
top exposure etc) Pl. specify
Image Intensifier/Flat panel

Detectors- detector type and
FOV
Scan time & Resolution
Post-processing, archiving
and documentation
Monitors —High resolution

monitors
Fully DICOM compatible with

third party system. All
DICOM 3.0 functionalities
(including DICOM
Send/Receive, Storage
Commitment, Printljter
mao ta-
Query/Retrieve
UPS- Individual UFO o •

machine and computer with
minimum power backup of 1
Please quote iatest state-or-tne-art venuoi b 4-#V111pdi 121.1VC niiaiyaio 1,
ce -
equipments (Please specify details
applicable)
hour
AERB safety standard
J Electrical Voltage: line-to-line / 3

Rectuirements phase
Frequency - 50 Hz
K UPS One for machine, control
console and TPS
L Air Temperature
Conditioning Relative Humidity
Air changes (To specify
number per hour)
M Room Confirm the feasibility of
requirements installation of machine in
existing room
N Validity of
Quotation
0 Warranty 2 years for complete system &
5 years free service after
warranty
P Guaranty Uptime Guaranty (95 %) /
Penalty Clause please specify
Q Delivery
Schedule
R Training of - One Radiation Oncologists -
Staff In reputed institution (Number,
(Two weeks) Place)
- One Medical Physicists - In
reputed institution (Number,
Place)
-Two
RadiotherapyTechnologist(
RTT)- In reputed institution
(Number, Place)
S Regulatory Please enclose copies
Requirement
- AERB certification
- International — FDA 510K
certification
T Other No. of similar models: India / - p
Information World (enclose list of 1
institutions) \:
No. of certified engineers in
India (enclose list of names)
Catalogue (To be enclosed) .
Qr
Any other details '2A
U Financial (Separate bid)
Cost (specify separately for
Please quote latest State-of-the-art Vendor's Comparative Analysis
equipments
applicable)
optional item and radioactive
sources supply for 5 years {7
years including warranty})
Insurance up to installation
Freight (Sea/Air)
Transport
Installation
Up-gradation of equipment
(HW and SW )
Essential spare parts
9e% ° ol-k°
G,KcifFiz
Sr. gni e, co-) tiachic
S' te )e
1
0.oc.:%€4' • ,s" t
te •••
4-3%1
1
S.
6
May 25, 2017
MEDICAL PHYSICS DOSIMETRY & MOULD ROOM EQUIPMENT

SPECIFICATIONS
Please quote latest State-of-the-art equipments Vendor's Comparative Analysis

applicable)
A Radiation Field Water phantom —
Analyser Shape (Cubical/Cylindrical)
Dimensions: 40 x 40 x 40 cm and above
/ Diameter: 50 cm and above )
Water reservoir
Water phantom carriage
x, y, z precision movement arms
Detector holders
Scanning Mode: PI specify
Detectors —diodes / ion chamber type
Control Unit/electrometer
TPR measurement system
Advance software for comprehensive data
measurement
Conversion SW forall TPS systems
Linear array (mention detector and no.)
B Electrometer Universal Electrometer reader with digital display

&Chambers Cables (20M) [1 per machine]
Polarizing Voltage: 300-400V (max) in steps of 50V
Useful to Co-60, Accelerators, LDR and HDR
measurements
Sensitivity up to 200 nA
Range: 0.01 pC to 999.999 nC
Meter linearity: ± 0.5%
Option to select type of measurement (charge;
current / radiological)
Dose/Dose Rate mode
Auto switching of range
Signal input connector- Specify
Connection cable-20 m (n=2)
/\I, ,\,A, lG
ornac
pha mbwearste(rOp.r6pucfc)w(n
ite h2b)uild up
it=
p for
cobalt/6/10/15MV energy, water proof
,..V1S" Thimble ion chamber (0.125-0.13 cc) water proof
$•$-a 1.-, 40' 1
.)
5- • 01:41 v ..0kilature volume ion chamber (0.015 cc) water
VipeitooPrsos.9 proof (n=1) bra N.N.
3°S; CP. Parallel plate chamber NACP/Roos (n=1)
411 l'%°- OA - 0.055 cc
413r
$.' Well type chamber (n=1) 200-1000 cc (for
iiRcz\-‘
1
, CICakra kAcaz-
,1;.1Thl Pp Ni cik
,Ikr
\ csr
•A
civ.) Ay\
Please quote latest State-of-the-ad equipments (Please specify details as
a.•ficable
Name of E ui•ment / Model

Brach thera• source calibration
A device should be capable to measure

QA Tools Beam flatness, symmetry, energy, output FS, etc
(Daily QA for
Linac) check device
Isocentre check tool
Laser alignment tool
Detector array — specify (IC/Diode)

Spatial resolution
Software
Buildu• material
Volumetric dosimetry system for Patient dose
IMRT verification for IMRT! VMAT/FFF
Rotational
Film Dosimetry Vidar/Flat bed scanner
X-Omat/EDR2/Gafchromic films
System
Software
Phantoms
Accommodative of Ion chambers, TLD/OSLD
1. IMRTI3D QA chips, MOSFET, Diodes, Ready Pack Films and
Phantom EDR2/radio chromatic films n=1
3D volumetric/Death Dose verification
2. Solid Water 1 mm x 5
slab phantom 2 mm x 5
(30cmx30cm) 5 nim x 4
10 mm x 5
20 mm x4
50 mm x2
Chamber •late for •arallel •late ion chamber
Cavities/plugs to insert various ion chambers
n=3
30 x'30 x 30 cm
Multiple airtight chamber holders arranged in a
linear array for absolute dose rate measurements
and relative death dose measurements
Chamber holder that can be moved (thum-wheel
assembly) continuously through vertical and
horizontal direction
1„i,',0644
\‘\cx fa'A
sirs
2
Please quote latest State-of-the-art equipments Vendor's Comparative Analysis
applicable)
4. TPR Beam D10/D20 check (n=2) —
Quality Phantom
(15x15x301
5. Mini phantom for quick dosimetry with chamber insert
Phantom for for 0.6 cc and 0.13 cc ion chambers
Photons
(25x25x10)
6. Electron R50 Water phantom (n=1)
Phantom
(25x25x5)
F Survey Meters (2)

Energy: p, x, y
Ion chamber/GM based type detector
Dose/Dose Rate mode
Range: Up to 5R/hr (micro-Sv)
Auto switching of ranges
Audio
Digital Display
G Zone Monitors (n-2) For telecobalt& Brachytherapy
Energy: I, x, y
Range: up to 100mR/hr (min range starting from 1
mR resolution)
Analog meter/Digital meter
Audio
Re-chargeable battery back-up
ii Diagnostic QA Integrated kVp, mAs, Timer
tools Dose, dose rate, R, etc
Cohtrast test tool
Image resolution
'Seam alignment
Measurement in fluro/.DR/DSA etc XD
Congruence test tool NA'
Aluminium filters .\Q447-1-P Beectist,
Calbes (20M)
SW etc fit.(6. tte, •ii. t -0e-9t *.
CTDi Phantom For CTDI measurement and its adapters ' An0 • tal
' MePtei0I. ' AuG9
Pencil ionization For CTDI measurement '011 C.,.. t
chamber and Cable (20 M) R
IPtieft
Reader
CT Phantom For CT number accuracy / linearity / slice
sensitivity profile kk
'ilk'
Analysis software
I Pocket Digital
Dosimeter 0-50mR (n=1) ,
‘11'\
3 vArm-
Please quote latest State-of-the-art equipments (Please specify details as
applicable)

0-200 mR (n = 2),
0-500mR (n=2)
0- 5R (n=1)
J I Barometer Aneroid n=3
K I Thermometer Mercury ( n=3)
/Humidity
L Delivery
Calibration from accredited laboratory, valid for at
M Installation and
Calibration least 2 years
N Finance:
Cost
Insurance
Transport
Essential Parts — specify
0 Validity
Quotation:
2 years warranty and 8 years free service
P Warranty
Complete Unit
Chamber(s)
Electrometer(s)
Q Delivery
Schedule
R I Other
Information
List of similar models: India I World
No. of certified engineers in India (please enclose
list)
Catalogue
Any other details
— lar
tot) ira
.?.? • '
01
s- I
° c'ticigfid E cp P Q-)L
rYiNi1/4\j-
May 25, '2017
IMMOBILIZATION AND MOULD ROOM EQUIPMENT

SPECIFICATIONS
MOULD ROOM REQUIREMENTS
A Immobilization Universal fixation plate (strong enough to

be used in Couch extension/ Hanging
position without any sag)
Head Rest regular density No. 1

Head Rest regular density No. 3
Breast Board
Hip Pelvic Board
Any other please specify
B Thermoplast Mould Base plates of various sizes

(for various sites)
Thermoplastic sheets
- H & N - 50
- Pelvic -50
C Water bath (with

adequate
thermostat)*
ck
D Manual Compensator jig x2
compensator \ IN
designing a 1%°13.1
ss .9- '''. t vN1
liste V' so
Aluminum blocks of varying thickness
(2.5,5,7.5,10,12.5,15 mm thick, Ma°cottclar- ,:!9\t1
9x9mm2 square) a aStetitssat eba
cf(61- -Dr 12A44; kikoac.
t 9R 14 N-thrIc
yet iii
rwy
A nit -
GANta.(>"
1
Technical Specification for DieRat Col osco e
1. Colposcopes and accessories are optical devices designed for non-co.ntact visualization;of:the
tissues of the vulva, cervix and vagina fer,dlagnosticand therapeutic purpose.
It include
• The Colposcope head
• The base with special part set
• The power and light source
• The accessories,i.e, cables, tools,spare lamps etc
•
Additional accessories ,such as photographic and video camera, adapters and external devices
as monitors, laptop computer
2. COLPOSCOPE HEAD
It include lightsource and camera (In built).

Light source-
-
' High MCD
super bright white shadowles'tED (Light Emitting Diode) for t rue colour perception
• Life span more than 25,440 fir
and above
dolour temperature 5.000-6.040 K f to avoid tissue damage)
• inthrilty of illumination 23,000
•35.60012t1witt a distance of O ram )
The
• three*Cgp m4inifttation e75)Viox
-;" •
ticofr;Ixel should be !nao n., 15 ixel
• 1MaS.e rj:"c:91i'-
--
z should be 1/6 -cCD(ChafgeIco ile Aei,?ke
eed.
Processing IMO nigh s
rnicralens'-Color:
more than 825- fines
Auto focus ra nge should be up to 30.40 cm
Focus mode ic control) should be Auto focus/;.
Manual focus"
Di
h
ssor:rec'
There must be Electronic G ree
thg- kan— held unit withoutt decrease in IliPmindtion
Real tune Display of Magnification ,
and Acetic Acid timer
The Base.=
tin ts ,
move the c9 P c-epe_easily, should
ave b olling-base with
backirc- caste r; ich 0 freebut sta* mobility
Able to adjust the height o s god
f
rurn--adlusta • 15021
:
360 swwe,i legcasters with brakes. 11, 4 or 5
4. Monitor - Image processing unit includes the power supply and the image processing module
to d co nvert
power the camera andana log signals to digital signals so they Fan be output onto a
•
monitor or to a computer device.
Viewing monitor minimum requireMents: Type:Colour Display.
Size: a IS", Horizontal definition: a ssaryL, Refresh rates a 60 Hz, Brightness: Z 250cd/m2
Viewing, angle?a 150,, Contrast _>400t1- -

PowersupPlY Input Voltage : 100-240V, 50/60Hz ±1Hzr Lnput Power: 100VA
5, Additiabel Accessories-
. It Include Colposcope image Mana ementSoftwaye with computer.

• Upgtadable software
• Image capturing and freezing while recording
• Final report with multiple Images with facility to adjust the height and, width of images.
• Facility to save and send image through internet support with proper forrnatttrig.
• Reference images
• Multiformat reporting facility.
• The Image management system should be able to Integrated with L gi
Quality Certification required.

The Colposcope should be CE Certified ortJSFOA approved.
Estimated cost of the equipment is 5-7 lakhs.
Ofessor of ecologic,OncolO
Tata Centre, Mumbar
2) Hr.Tasliar Falve,
AssociateProfessor, Gynecology Dept.
Sir J.J. Hospital, Mumbal.
Dr anaSona
GYnecologist
Civil Hospital Satara
4) Dr.tviaria KtiatoOn,
Gyttecotogist Class-II
Ckvil Hospital Wardila.
Specification of Full HD Digital Video Colposcopy
System for setup for Cervical cancer screening
center
Sr. Technical Specification H
Full HD Digital Video Colposcopy system with set up for cervical cancer
screening includes Full HD Colposcopy Camera system, operating
stand, Colposcopy software, advance computer system, display
Monitor, Color printer, patient examination table ,U track with non
transparent curtains for examination and special surgeon chair for
examination, Full HD Colposcopy Camera system
System should be designed for optimum image amplification and full
HD streaming for the screening of cervical cancer through sharp and
clean imaging of cervics and vaginal area
Light source should have: Loop group LED white light Illuminance (at
working distance of 300mm): _?_ 6000Lx
Lifetime of Light source should be 10,000H or above Illumination range

(at working distance of 200mm) ?.c1c. 60mm
Imaging module should be Sony 1/4 type Exmor CMOS Sensor, 3.27M
pixels, 800TVL Image resolution must be 1920x10801
It should provide crystal clear 1080P video streaming to help scrutinize

pathological changes in cervical and vaginal area
6 Magnification should be 1-40X (it should be upgraded as per user

requirement)
View of Field should be: At minimum magnification .460mm At

maximum magnification 46mm
Depth of field should be: At minimum magnification 120mm At

maximum magnification 5mm Focus mode (Electronic control):Auto
focus/Manual focus
Focus mode should have (Electronic control):Auto focus/Manual focus

of\
---1
It should have 3 grade electronic filters to enhance image of small
al t , vessels Electronic filter should be :green filt3 grade), white/black
e p4,6 It/1 Ve-411
-s)--( [Rook AN, Pi'?" I-674

5 ,61s14A-ca
i-Lareo --61‘115
filter
It should have well tuned LED illumination with high color rendering
index to reflect genuine tissue color
It should have 8 buttons design: AF/MF, DISPLAY, TIME, STILL, ZOOM

OUT,ZOOM IN, GREEN, WHITE
Metal Vertical Stand - Five legs stand with rolling base, casters is all with
brake , Height adjustment:150mm;
System should be provided with surgeon stool fully adjustable backrest

and armrests which should provide optimal support to meet surgeons
positioning preference during performing colposcopy procedure.
15 System should be provided with OB/GYN clinical advance colposcopy
software with professional diagnosis functions and various reports
templets
System should be provided with latest generation colour photo printer

for printing of scopy images and reports
System should have colposcopy cart which should be have trolley with
4 caster wheels and three shelf's single trolley should have facility to
mount 18inch monitor , advance computer and printer and should
have required electrical sockets inbuilt on colposcopy cart
System should be provided with 18inch or more LED display dedicated

monitor for colposcopy display
System should be provided with Latest generation i5 processor PC with
e o GB hardisc and external 1 tera by„t. hard disc for storage pf reports
sct t-C cici- L.c vii4-nr 1 N.0 C-ro tv g L. f NIS 14 LA.-C-
Standard Colposcopy examination table which can be comp ible
7 3'4 ill Cr re-
and ergonomically design for the ease of performing colposcopy.

Colposcopy table should be able to provide required positions for
performing colposcopy
A,C1
'0 21 Ceiling suspended cubicle curtain track with non transparent high
-,i--/ quality curtains should be installed in adequate quantity so as to cover
entire examination table from all sides
a
AZ JP Lt MAnl.t491"Sz 7.Cle- tv6.4
ItAo‘n`ct-e)•
SPSI-t,l&opkAte__
c
63.1
e}/\---4"1
Pr-1 WO -
14.41ffo-,Q. U--(1-•U`4"v-r--t- 50'
(•cr'
3Ds hp
1)1) L
Surgical Smoke Evacuation Parameter
blowing rate 100 l/min @ 6mm tube
Noise <60dB(A)
Start Control Manus/Foot/Synchronize
Suction Adjust 10%-100%
Stop delay time 0-60s
AC Power AC90-250V, 50Hz
• Power consumption < 350W

Filter Characteristics 99.999% @ 0.1-0.2pm
Active Carbon 97% @ 1 year
Packing List
Illuminating ESU Pencil: 5pcs
Electrosurgical Pad: 10pcs
Electrosurgical pad cable: 1pc
Footswitch: 1set
Bipolar Forceps and cable: 1set
Electrodes: 10pcs
0 pk:12geritiD D &st-, /14 v

.< torq x-fe_CptIA-t- cl q ig-
- I J QC ELI 1.,k( Cy' e1

P)-.1 kci-D
/2„,
Th4ric- BY ,14,r
4 API
1\14M012ktei____
12cirf\el,ti c_94 Gn6ZA esYr

P fny-avai
Technical Specification of Crvotherapv unit
1 Nitrous oxide cylinder — 2 cylinders
2. Cryotherapy gun with handle grip with a gas trigger
3.
The above unit fixed to a flexible gas tube and a pressure gauge (with pressure indicators) and a
outlet silencer.
4. Inbuilt regulators for control of gas pressure.
CND Probes —( 2 sets each)
I. Exocervical flatprobes- small, medium, large
2. Exocervical convex probes- small, Medium, large,
1) Dr. Amita Maheshwari

Scientific Officer 0,
Professor of Gynecologic Oncology,
Tata Memorial Centre, Mumbai.
2) Dr.Tushar Palve,
Associate Professor, Gynaecology Dept.
Sir J.J. Hospital, Mumbai.
3) Dr. Sunil Sonawane,

Gynecologist Class-I
Civil Hospital Satara.
4) Dr.Maria Ithatoon,
Gynecologist Class-II
Civil Hospital Wardha.
Technical Specification of LEEP
1.
Electrosurgical generator with features of cutting, blending, coagulation, fulguration and bipolar
monopolar modes.
2. Electro surgical cord and pencils.
3. Smoke evacuation system

4. . The above unit on a mobile stand
5. Adjustments for footswitch and hand switch
6. Insulated lateral vaginal wall retractor

7. Insulated Cusco's speculum- small, medium, large
8. Ball electrodes-31nm, 5mm
9. Electrosurgical loops- (2 SETS)
5minx5mm
lOmmx1Omm
15mmx1Omm
20mmx8mm
20mmx15mm
I Ommx8mm
1) Dr. Amita Maheshwari

Scientific Officer G,
Professor of Gynecologic Oncology,
Tata Memorial Centre, Mumbai.
2) Dr.Tushar Palve,
Associate Professor, Gynaecology Dept.
Sir J.J. Hospital, Mumbai.
3) Dr. Sunil Sonawane,

Gynecologist Class-I
Civil Hospital Satara.
4) Dr.Maria Khatoon,
Gynecologist Class-11
Civil Hospital Wardha.
c)V
Technical Specification of Cusco's Speculum
Sr.no Technical Specification
1 Typical Size (Medium) - 80 mm in length x 22 mm in width
2 Double beaked with blunt lip
3 Made up' of Stainless Steel (55304)
4 Model should have lateral screw
5 The blades of the Cusco's Speculum should be self- retaining speculum, Whose blades can
be opened, closed and adjusted with attached screw.
6 Should be of standard quantity preferably ISO/ ISI certified
ps4 )v‘f„,ir tt41A-t
SOWN OntiatrAl
? victc),Acta
tb;‘,0 ect csa ein fretN--
P S- \A, trnvetivrAC
A
i
t
Cardiac & CVTS
1 Cardiac Cathlab
2 Multipara Monitor with Central station (Wireless) for
URO and Cardiac ICU
3 Intra-Aortic Balloon Pump
4 Cardiac Bed
5 12 Channel Stress ECG TEST Treadmill (Computerized
Stress, TMT Machine)
6 Cardiac Monitor for recovery Room
7 Temporary Pace Maker
8 Sternum Saw & Resternotomy Saw Machine
9 Electro Hydraulic O.T. Table for Cardiac O.T.
10 Stroke Volume & CCO Monitor for Cardiac Modular & OT
with ETCO2
11 Defibrillator with Monitor
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS OFCARDIAC CATHLAB MACHI*
- .
Sr. Technical 'specifications
No
I Description:-
Latest state of the art, single plane floor / ceiling mounted C-arm Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory Equipment
with flat detector technology digital imaging system for diagnostic procedures, and interventional cardiovascular
procedures. The system must have the following specifications.
2 C-Arm/ Multi-directional floor/ceiling mounted:-
2.1 All movements should be motorized with C-Arm angulations of minimum RAO/LAO +120 deg./ - 120 deg.
CRAN/CAUD +45 deg. / - 45 deg. At head end position, with 20 deg/sec or more speed for LAO/RAO and 15
• deg./sec or more speed for CRAN/CAUD. In addition, motorized movement of the flat detector on vertical axis at
specified speed must be available (Please specify speed).
2.2 The system should be capable of providing user defined 50 or more programed positions of the C-arm.
2.3 The system should have manual/motorized parking of C-arm incase of catastrophe for resuscitating the patient.
2.4 Motorized peripheral positions for peripheral and vascular intervention should be available with head to toe
coverage of the patient without repositioning the patient. It should be possible to position the C-arm on the left side
as well as on the right side of the patient.
2.5 The C-arm should have auto collision protection with the patient & the table.
3. Table:-
3.1 Floor mounted table with carbon fiber long table top (mbre than 205cm in length) with easy patient transportation
capability. The table should be capable of taking at least 150Kg weight. (Additional at least 100kg for
resuscitation). The table should be rotatable +/- 90 deg. At its base. The table top should be 4 way free floating.
4. X-Ray Generator:-
4.1 100KW or more compatible with high resolution imaging.
5. X-Ray tube:-
5.1 X-Ray tube should be with fine focal spot (small & large) with high cooling rate to ensure continuous operation,
capable of pulsed fluoroscopy on both focal spots. The large focus power output should be 80kW or more. The
pulse Fluroscopy should be offered with pulse rate of 3.75 frame/sec to 30 frames/sec.
5.2 The X-Ray tube should be noise free with liquid bearing technology with Anode heat storage capacity of at least
2.4MHU or more to run continuously for 6-8 hours without shuttin • off.
6 Radiation Protection:-
6. i The system should have integrated computer controlled (Preferably automatic) X-Ray Beam filtering with copper
filters of various sizes from 0.2 mm to 0.9mm. Please list the special filters available.
6.2 The system should have positioning of collimator blades without radiation.
6.3 The system should have monitoring and display of X-ray dose during the patient examination. It should be possible
to create a DICOM based dose report of the patient.
6.4 System should meet all National safety standards and comply with AERB type approval of quoted model.
7. Digital imaging System:-
7.1 A flat detector with a diagonal size of at least 24 cm. Pixel site should be smaller than 200 micro mitres.
7.2 Digital system with acquisition and processing in 1024x1024 matrix at 25/30 fps with 10/12 bit digitization.
7.3 Cine loop reply facility & Last image hold facility during fluoroscopy.
7.4 Image storage capacity of at least 50,000 images in 1024 x 1024 matrix at 10/12. bits.
7.5 System should have capability of ECG display on the live image monitor and archive the ECG display along with
angio images on CD, during the acquisition.
7.6 System should have on-line & offline coronary analysis and ventricular analysis programme The software should
have Auto calibration facility for stenosis measurement with geometrical and densitometry calculations. The
analysis should he possible from table side in the examination room and from the control room.
7.7 The full system should have table side control operation with complete acquisition and post processing capabilities.
7.8 The system should have on-line DSA capabilities in 1024 x 1024 matrix with acquisition frame rate of 1 frame/sec
to 6 frames/sec.
7.9 The system should have patient collision protection facility along with the necessary software and hardware.
7.10 The system should have software and hardware for visualizing stent with 1 extra high resolution from table side
control for the purpose of precise Intra Coronary Stenting. After deployment of the stent it should be possible to
fade in fade out the contrast filled vessel.
7.11 It sh d be possible to overlay live fluoroscopic image on reference image on live monitor with fade in fade out.
\,. 7.12 should be possible to position the C arm as per the reference image.
c,rf
e
N
\c)(
Ds
••\`)
q+no Ci AAKI9 )`1#
viCkaittp_ 1 ?)-",
viN \\ 01-/1
u‘. &AI; CN 14-Sk_ 57 \A kr*\a 'N\
-
ine cs, COvi&NtaLCSA
It should be possible to store the fluoroscopy scenes on to the main system hard disk. The system shotild he
17.13
supplied with DVD recorder to store on line, all the fluro scenes on the DVD
7.14 Software and hardware for 3D coronary modeling with 3D reconstruction for eliminating foreshortening and
accurate lesion length and diameter for bifurcation lesion. The software should have all the measurement tools of
Interventional length and distance measurement, Stenosis measurement, determination of diameter, determination
of bifurcation angle. The image display should he available integrated with the 56 inch display monitor in the
examination room.
7.15 The system should have real time image processing software to identify small moving object and improve fluoro
image quality.
8. Monitors/Display:-
The examination room monitor display should be single large medical grade flat panel TFT monitor of : size 56" or
8.1 more with minimum 8 Mega Pixel resolution. Facility of simultaneous display of at least 9 image source inputs
(analog/ digital) should be available to display reference image, patient hemdynamic monitoring, 3D acquisition
imaging and image from other sources like IVUS and FFR & Echo. The monitor display should allow flexibility in
having different image layouts of desired sizes.
A Standby high resolution, minimum slit 19 inch. flat panel, medical grade. TFT monitor should be offered For the
8.2
examination room.
One high resolution, minimum size 19 inch, flat panel TFT monitor for post processing and reporting in the control
8.3
•
room.
8. Digital Archiving on Compact Disk
System for recording images on DVD with DICOM Viewer in DICOM 3 format having capability to receive and
9.1
transfer of images from cathlab to remote review station.
The system should he supplied with two DICOM based review stations with latest PC hardware with hard disc
9.2 capacity of at least 2 terabytes. The two workstations should have minimum 19" size flat panel TFT monitors
Dynamic viewing, of CD/DVD images at frame rate of 0-25 frames/sec single frame step by step. fast forward &
9.3
fast rewind.
Auto Image transfer from digital system in background mode without affecting the system operation directly to
9.4
DVD.
9.5 USB Interface to copy images to memory disk/external hard disk.
The patient images from the main system should be transferred to separate workstation with hard disk storage
9.6 capacity of 2 Terabytes. The Workstation should have at least 19 inch TFT square monitor. The workstation
should have facility of writing images on CD/ DVD as well as USB in DICOM standard.
Intercom facility for communication between remote review station and control room.
9.7
10. Rotational Atherectomy System
For optimizing proper placement of stents, sometimes it is necessary to pre-treat clacified lesions. This can be
achieved by use of rotational atherectomy system. The systems shall be supplied with the following as a minimum.
Guidewires — a) Floppy guide wires, long tapered shaft: 15 nos.
b) Extra support guide wire, short tapered shaft: 15 nos.'
c) Pre-connected exchangeable burr catheter advancing device.
d) Advancer and burrs — Burr sizes 1.5 nun 10 nos, 2.0 mm- 10nos, 2.5 mm, 10 nos.
Console — Console to control burr rotation speed with display of rotation speed and procedure time.
e)
Foot pedal — To control the burr.
Lubricant — Ten vials per year for three years.
Anything required over and above to make the system complete, shall also be supplied without any extra
cost.
11. CATHLAB HAEMODYNAMIC RECORDING AND DISPLAY SYSTEM
The following features should be available.
i)12 Lead ECG Amplifier with floating input.
Oxygen saturation, NIBP, cardiac output, respiratory rate display and monitoring.
ii)
iii) At least 4 pressures with floating inputs.
iv) Time and amplitude measurement with electronic calipers.
Minimum 18" size color wave form monitor with programmable layout and digital monitoring.
v)
vi) The patient connection box to be supplied should be easy to install at the patient table in the examination room.
vii) ECG cables and reusable pressure transducers — 10 nos. each.
Cre(
re.)-v5
4al- qo
viii) Sterile disposable pressure domes compatible with the hemodynamic recording system - 300 nos -cobe :
provided.
Laser colour Printer to be located in control room, having minimum 16 MB memory with minimum 1200 dpi
capable of printing on A4 size paper. The printer to be connected with Cath Lab recording system.
Six compatible ink cartridges should be provided.
12. STANDARD AND ESSENTIAL ACCESSORIES TO BE SUPPLIED.

12.1 State of the art High Pressure Injector - One number with compatible sterile disposable 150 ml injector syringes -
400 nos.
12.2 Ceiling suspended radiation protection - 1 no.
12.3 Table mounted radiation protection - 1 no.
12.4 Two Laser Network Printers of high resolution (at least 1200 dots per inch) with minimum 128 MB memory and
1200 dpi should also be offered for high quality image printing on A4 paper. Ten ink cartridges for these printers
should also be provided
12.5 Laminator machine for lamination of image-printouts on A4 size paper.
12.6 Online UPS for the entire system with minimum 30 minutes backup.
12.7 Zero Lead protection apparel
A. Zero Lead Protective apron coats: 25 Nos.
1.Lead free protective material manufactured with non toxic heavy metals bismuth, antimony, tungsten, and
offering 99% protection from scattered radiation for 0.5 mm pb equivalence.
2. Absence of toxic material Lead.
3. Eco Friendly
4. High denier nylon covering material which is wash resistant, antifading antiwrinkle and available in choice of
colours, with provision for name tags.
5. US FDA Certified or CE Marking Available lead equivalence of at least 0.50 mm pb.
B. Zero Lead Thyroid shields :'15 nos.
I lead free protective material manufactured with non toxic heavy metals bismuth, antimony, tungsten.
3. Eco friendly
4. High denier nylon covering material available in choice of colours
5. US FDA Certified or CE Marking
6. Available in lead equivalence of at least 0.50 mm Pb.
[C. Zero lead Protective goggles: 10 Nos.
1.Lead free protective material manufactured with non toxic heavy metals bismuth, antimony, tungsten.
3. Eco friendly
4. High denier nylon covering material available in choice of colours.
5. US FDA Certificate or CE Marking
6. Available in lead equivalence of at least 0.50 mm Pb.
7.Front and side eye protection should be available.
D. Zero lead protective head caps.: 15 Nos.
I lead free protective material manufactured with non toxic heavy metals bismuth, antimony, tungsten.
2.Absence of toxic material Lead.
3.Eco friendly
4.High denier nylon covering material available in choice of colours.
5.US FDA certified or CE Marking
6.Available in lead equivalence of at least 0.50mmPb.
Turnkey for Regional Referral Hospital Amaravati.:-
B ' 1. The bidder should visit Installation site at RRH Amaravati and review the civil , electrical & Air Conditioning
pre-installation requirements in view of installing the Cathlab Machine incompliance with AERB norms.
2.The bidder should quote the Pre-installation requirement cost separately alongwith Cathlab Machine cost.
3.The lowest price will be calculated considering machine cost + Pre-installation requirement cost.
C Comprehensive Maintenance Contract (CMC)
After the warranty period is over, five years CMC will have to be entered into with the terms and conditions
mentioned in the tender documents during execution of work contract for the period of 8 years.
The successful bidder has to ensure that all the required spares and services are available during the period of CMC
and 2_yrs after that period. en Icnr4
Warranty Period:- The Cathlab Machine shall be having warranty of three years and turnkey job Wbrk shall hay
defect liability period one year.
General Requirements:-
All the above equipments shall be new and manufactured from virgin material& All the requirements of this supply
1
shall be sourced from the original equipment manufacturer of the model quoted. In case machine is imported one no
import substitution is permitted neither before the award nor after the award for any part or accessory. Third party
inspection certificate should be applied from the port of orgin of shipping of equipment ( from the Parent companies
country of origin).
2 Equipment shall operate on 230V, single phase or 440 V three phase 50 Hz electric supply. The necessary
protective relaying/circuitry shall be there with the machines. The mains supply voltage variation may be max. 15%
and frequency variation maximum 3%.
3 The equipment shall have CE Certificate (should be from notified body)/ US FDA approval and
documentary evidence to that effect shall be uploaded.
4 The equipments shall be having warranty of three years. The warranty and CMC shall cover the list of the spare
parts and the rate of which valid for total 8 years ( warranty 3 years and CMC 5 years) irrespective of whether those
are treated as consumables or otherwise.
5 The equipments should be provided with one hard copy in orginal of the detailed service manual and operation
manual. Further, a soft copy is also required.
6 The equipment must be tropicalized as below:-
Operating room temp: upto 40° C
Storage room temp: upto 55° C
Relative Humidity: upto 90% Non-Condensing
7 Among the other things, the responsiveness of the bid will be based on successful demonstration of the offered
model of the equipment to Expert.
8 The bidder has to submit users list with address & contact telephone numbers.
Prospective tenderers should have a full-fledged and well-established service centre in Maharashtra with engineers
9
qualified in servicing of Cardiac Catheterization Laboratory Equipment. Please Provide details.
Training to Biomedical Engineers from Service Point of view and to User department from operating point of view.
10
11 This is a turnkey project for complete installation, civil and electrical work in the room provided by the hospital.
The room is of adequate size for standard catheterization laboratory installation. Electrical connection/supply (3
phase) till the designated Cathlab room will be provided by the Hospital.
The details can be seen on visit to the site. (RRH Amaravati).
12 Any civil and electrical alteration pertaining to installation of equipment will be to the suppliers account.
13 All the major Equipments viz. C-arm mid its accessories, Digital Imaging System, Medical Grade Monitors,
Rotational Atherectomy System, Cathlab Hemodynamic Display and recording System, High pressure Injector,
Ceiling Suspended and Table Mounted Radiation Protection Systems, Activated Clotting Time Analyser, Arterial
Blood Gas and Serum Electrolyte Measurement Machine, Defibrillator with Multipara Monitor with Transthoracic
Pace maker, Anaesthesia Work Station with Vital Para Monitor and Ventilator, All zero lead protection apparel,
shall be having valid CE marking (Should be from Notified body)/ US FDA approval and documentary
evidence to that effect shall be submitted.
14 It will be the responsibility of the successful bidder to fulfil all the installation related requirements of the AERB
and commission the system.
15 The license for the softwares shall be valid for the warranty period and for the CMC period without any extra
charge to the purchaser. - l ) r \2(1-‘
,(N92‘ y
\C— •
0.5
(41‘
-Re
IY1 • G, 1:64-irn
ccr- E, RP tf t‘lescha<
v6Airrn 0\u'N`ca
t\
Qty-k
cnA.71-\ \oov,
C‘#
Specifications for Moduler Multipara Monitor with CNS (Wireless) Arc

(MO and (trictrac 077
Specifications
Sr No. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF MULTIPARA MONITOR
Monitor should be of a flexible modular design with easy detachable modules or pods
& not smart cable.
Monitor should have Adult pediatric and neonatal modes
Monitor should have integrated Touch Screen display of at least 15" wide screen
Display type should be high-resolution active matrix TFT
Display resolution should be more than 1250 x 750 pixels
Monitor should offer at least 6-waveforms with corresponding numerical display
Monitor should be capable of displaying minimum 10 parameters at a time
removalfrom mount
Monitor should provide mounting lock for easy
Monitor should have a separate rack for attaching /detaching modules, Modules
91
should be freely exchangeable between all the Monitor.
STANDARD & MANDATORY MODULES
ECG
1) ECG 5-lead with facility of monitoring 12L (simultaneously)
2) 12L ECG should be displayed in separate screen
3) Facility to store and compare last 12L ECG taken
4) Multi lead ST segment analysis and QT analysis
Advance Arrhythmia analysis with ST snippets and ST visual graphics
5)
6) HR range 30-350 bpm and HR accuracy +/- 1 bpm
ST Range minimum ± 5mm and above. Accuracy ± 0.5mm or 15% whichever is
7)
greater.
8) ECG should meet AAMI standards and should complies with IEC
9) Facility for dedicated Operating Room ECG accessories (cable) if used for OT
■
Respiration
1) Impedance PneumographY principle
2) Measurement thru ECG cable
3) Aponea delay selection facility
4) Range: 0-to 170 rpm
5) Accuracy: +/- 1 for adult and +/- 2 for neonates
NIBP
Blood pressure range 10 to 270 mmHg
Accuracy: +/- 5mmHg for mean error
Pulse Oximetry
or equivalent to measure oxygen saturation for
1) It must use Nellcor technology
accuracy during motion artifacts, low perfusion states like shock, bradycardia and
hypothermia 86 with PI Index / PreS1 M D • 1- ECHN 6 )-0 (-0 y • cf)
2) Measurement range: 0 to 100%
t .k4111\ v
3) Pulse range: 30 to 300 bpm
4) Accuracy: +/- 2% from 100% to 70% OA\c) C\\
IBP
Monitor must have facility for at least 2 IBP measurements (Upgradable To 4)
1)
2) Range: -20 to 320 mmHg
3) Optimum scale adjustment facility for IBP
4) IBP waveform overlapping facility should be provided
Temperature
1) Monitor should have facility for at least one temp measurement
2) Facility for core as well as skin temp measurement
3) Range: -1 to 45 C
4) Accuracy: +/- 0.1 C
ADVANCED MODULES (Should be quoted separately)
Capnography
( 6 MODULES IN SET OF 12 MONITORS)
1) Monitor should have module for Mainstream CO2 measurement
2) Dedicated accessories should be available for adult and Neonatal patients
3) Monitor should provide reusable . ' 'staeam adapter as standard with module
/ ,,
Cardiac Output illri,L, • P t Iv "1/15Sr_!---) ck Yr.
- C 4e-
( 1MODULES IN SET OF 12 M • NITORS)
1) Monitor should have module for cardiac output measurement kli
2) Module should be easily replaceable among other monitors
3) Cardiac Output should be possible both with CCO and Swan Ganz metho
4) Continuous cardiac output should be with thermo-dilution method
5) Monitor should offer SVV for volume responsiveness of patient
BIS (Bispectral index)
1) Should be in form of a detachable module
2) Range for depth of anesthesia 0 to 100.
3) Impedance Measurement should be possible
4) Should be able to indicate signal quality and should have audible alarms for INOP,
Leads off etc.
5) Measurement Ranges:
6) Bispectral index (BIS): 0 to 100
7) Signal Quality Index (SQI): 0 to 100%
8) Electromyography Strength: 9EMG) 0 to 100dB
9) Suppression Ratio (SR): 0 to 100%
10)Spectral Edge Frequency (SEF): 0.5 to 30.0 Hz
11)Total Power: 0 to 100 dB
EEG Module
( 1 MODULE IN SET OF 12 MONITORS)
1) Should be in form of a detachable module
2)
Should be able to display 4 Channels of RAW EEG real time Waves
3) Compressed Spectral Array (CSA) for each EEG Channels
4) Up to 3 Graphical frequency trends within the CSA
5) EEG Reports with CSA trends and Waveforms
6) Continuous Impedance measurement for each electrode
7) Total power (TP)
• % TP in each frequency band (Delta, Theta, Alpha, Beta)
• Spectral edge frequency (SEF)
• Mean dominant frequency (MDF)
• Peak power frequency (PPF)
Spirometry Module
1) Spirometry should be in form of detachable Module.
Should be capable to monitor Adult, Pediatrics and Neonatal Patients,
2)
Real Time Waveforms for Airway Flow, Airway Volume & Airway Pressure,
3)
Should be capable to view Pressure/volume, Volume.Flow & Pressure/Flow loops
4)
Should be capable of storing 4 to 6 Spiro Loops for each patient
5)
Numeric for Breath Rate, Tidal Volume (Inspiratory & Expiratory), Minute Volume
6)
(Inspiratory & Expiratory), PEEP, PIP, Compliance, Airway Resistance, LE Ratio
(Inspiratory to Expiratory Ratio), PIF (Peek Inspiratory Flow), PEF (Peek Expiratory
Flow), BP (Barometric Pressure)
Neuromuscular Transmission module
(2MODULES IN SET OF 12 MONITORS)
Monitor should able to monitor Train of Four (TOF), Post Titanic Count (PTC), Double
Burst Stimulation (DBS) and Single Twitch measurement
Integrated Electronic Charting Solution( Upgradable):
Direct PACS & His interface compatible with existing hospital system & Monitors
must have capability to upgrade this feature in future.
With the help of charting solution, flow sheets are automated resulting in reduction of
medical errors.
Medications can be recorded and patient's trends can be centralized and interfaced
with any Hospital Information Systems supporting HL7.
Alarms can be sent via email or SMS to doctor's registered for immediate attention
General
Monitor should have separate slots for attaching various modules
1)
Modules should be interchangeable in the rack of any monitor
2)
Monitor must able to monitor all the measurements (including upgradable modules)
3)
simultaneously
Monitor should have minimum 24 hr trends for all parameters
4)
5) Trends should be available in graphical and tabular format
Monitor should have smart interpretative trends with automatic indications
6)
7) Monitor should have 3 levels of alarm monitoring
Monitor should have Heamodynamic, Ventilation and Oxygenation Calculation
8)
packages
Monitor should have an option for external DVI output for Slave display
9)
10)Monitor should have wired network connectivity with central station
11)Monitor should have US FDA approval or CE certification
SPECIFICATION FOR CENTRAL STATION 12 BEDDED:
Central Station should have
Separate patient window for viewing detailed real-time or stored data for individual
patient.
24 hrs stored patient data monitoring-trends
24 hrs event review facility
multi lead arrhythmia and ST review facility
50 alarms strips storage per bed
• Mean dominant frequency (MDF)
• Peak power frequency (PPF)
Spirometry Module
2 MODULES IN SET OF 12 MONITORS
Spirometry should be in form of detachable Module.
1) Should be capable to monitor Adult, Pediatrics and Neonatal Patients,
2) Real Time Waveforms for Airway Flow, Airway Volume & Airway Pressure,
3) Should be capable to view Pressure/volume, Volume.Flow & Pressure/Flow loops
4)
Should be capable of storing 4 to 6 Spiro Loops for each patient
5) Numeric for Breath Rate, Tidal Volume (Inspiratory &Expiratory), Minute Volume
6)
(Inspiratory & Expiratory), PEEP, PIP, Compliance, Airway Resistance, I:E Ratio
(Inspiratory to Expiratory Ratio), PIF (Peek Inspiratory Flow), PEF (Peek Expira
Flow , BP Barometric Pressure
Neuromuscular Transmission module
2MODULES IN SET OF 12 MONITORS
Monitor should able to monitor Train of Four (TOF), Post Tit is Count (PTC), Double
Burst Stimulation DBS and Si le Twitch measurement
I Solution( Upgradable):
Integrated Electronic Chartin patible with existing hospital system & Monitors
I Direct PACS & His interface co
this feature in futur
must have capability to upgrade omated resulting in reduction o
With the help of charting solution
medical errors. can be centralized and interfaced
Medications can be recorded and p: tient's tre HL7.
with an Hos•ital Information S ste s su 's registered for immediate attention
or
Alarms can be sent via email or SMS
taching various modules
1) Monitor should have separate slots
he rack of any monito
2) Modules should be interchangeab asurements (including upgradable modules)
3) Monitor must able to monitor all he
simultaneousl ds for all parameters
4) Monitor should have minimum 2 tabular format
phical a
5) Trends should be available in g
Monitor should have smart in rpretative tr nds with automatic indications
6) ng
7) Monitor should have 3 levels of alarm monit on and Oxygenation Calculation
dynamic, Ventila
8) Monitor should have Heam
acka es
ption for external DVI utputfor Slave display
9) Monitor should have an ed network connectivity ith central station
10)Monitor should have w
S FDA approval or CE certi cation
ENTRAL STATION 12 BEDDED:
Central Station shou • have
Separate patient window for viewing detailed real-time or stored data for individual
atient.
24 hrs stored patient data monitoring-trends
hrs event review facility
multi lead arrhythmia and ST review facility
50 alarms strips storage per bed
e.ui ment-Part 2:
Particular requirements for the safety of electrocardiographic monitoring equipment.
3) Manufacturer/Supplier should have ISO certification for quality standards.
4) Should have local service facility .The service provider should have the necessary
5)
e ui ments
recommended by the manufacturer to carry out preventive maintenance test as per
6)
idelines rovided
Back to back warranty to be taken by the supplier from the principal to supply
8)
s arcs for a minimum eriod 10 ears.
Comprehensive warranty for 2 years and provision of AMC for next 8 years.
9)
a4fie
M .47 Ic41-re
amE, Pim kah;lc,
1% g\t-tssi
PP°
--
SPECIFICATION FOR INTRA AORTIC BALLOON PUMP
Sr.No. Technical Specification

1 The equipment should provide diastolic augmentation of intra arterial
pressure with an intra aortic balloon and subsequent after load reduction with
balloon deflation during systole in adults.
2 The equipment should work on 230v + 10% 50Hz + 3% power source supply on
rechargeable battery power pack with inbuilt battery charger.
3 [- Display :
a) ECG
b) Arterial pressure wave form and balloon pressure
c) 'A' pacer
d) 'V' pacer
e) A-V pacer
f) Internal Trigger.
4 It should be capable of automatically selecting optimal trigger source. It should
automatically select inflation and deflation points and should be able to track
arrhythmias without user intervention and give optimal patient support.
5 ECG :-
a) Should monitor ECG leads aVR, aVL, aVF and external chest lead.
b) Gain of 0.15 to 3.0 cm/my should be available.
c) Frequency response 0.5 -12 Hz for display.
d) Defibrillation protection should be provided.
e) Electro surgical interferences should be subtractable.
6 Arterial Pressure :
a) Sources — pressure transducer or external in put.
b) Should display values of systolic, diastolic mean and augmented diastolic
pressure.
7 The equipment should work for at least 90 minutes on battery backup at heart .
rate of 90/min.
8 The monitor should have a non fade trace on CRT or liquid crystal display.
9 It should be possible to record ECG & pressure wave form on a printer/strip
chart Recorder.
10 The equipment must have
a) Automatic balloon purge cycle.
b) It should be possible to operate on an automatic or manual mode.
c) It should provide a simple weaning procedure in the form of rate and
balloon volume reduction.
d) Should have automatic condensate removal facility.
11 The equipment must have self check and operator alarm setting capability. It
eL
\3N-Crib'
LB
?;S'
M .Cratre / 3-
cg.g/31P1 '024 kildt uvo-
should be possible to use this equipment during patient transport & therefore
must be portable
12 The machine should have fibre optic technology with accurate software timing,
to ensure counter pulsation.
13 The machine should be compatible with both fibre optic and non-fibre optic
balloons.
14 The level of Helium should be continuously indicated on the screen.
15 Should be provided with hand held peripheral vascular Doppler.
16 Should be provided with early detection of blood back mechanism.
17 The following items should also be provided for providing uninterrupted use of
equipment for a period of two years.
a) ECG cable with lead wires — 2 Nos.
b) Physiological pressure transducer extra 10 Nos.
c) Fibreoptic balloons :
Adult 5 Nos. -- 30cc to 34cc
Adult 5 Nos. -- 40cc
d) Helium(or other) GAS cylinders 2 Nos. certificate from explosives Dept.
18 Local after sales service must be available and assured for ten years.
19 Installation & Demonstration of equipment is mandatory after purchase.
20 Should be provided with service manual and operator manual.
21 Training should be provided to MEC engineers
22 Should be provided with 5 years CMC after the free service period is over.
23 FDA or CE mark certification should be provided.
24 Certificate from users in Mumbai & India should be provided.
25 Electrical plus should be compatible with Indian sockets.
26 Tropicalization : Operating Temp. :Upto 30Deg.C;
Storage Temp.: Upto 60Deg.C;
Relative Humidity upto 90% non-condensing
o/41—
N/ctvc
\cP
,ec
ra+-m
Kr131Ap, 021-1 Athic_
Specifications for Cardiac (I.C.U) Beds
1 Description of Function
ICU Beds are required in the Intensive Care for comfort of the patient
and to facilitate comfortable transfer to and fro emrgency/OT/Wards
etc. It is also required to carry out point of care procedures including
radiological procedures at the bedside.
Operational Requirements
1. The system should be electrically operatable and adjustable for
heights, trendelenburg etc. It should also be having
radiotransluscent top for carrying out X-Ray at the bedside
2. Demonstration of the system is a must
Technical
1. Should have four section mattress base
2. Should have X-Ray translucent back section made up of high
pressure laminate.
3. Should have X-Ray cassette holder underneath the back section
& should allow insertion of X-Ray cassette from either side of
the bed.
4. Base frame & support frame should be made up of steel for
long life & prevention from rusting.
os. Should have stepless electrical adjustment for the following :-
Height : 450-840 mm Back section : 0- 50 degrees Leg Section :
0-30 degrees
6. Should have stepless pneumatic adjustment for Trendlenburg
(25° approx), anti-trendlenburg (15° approx) 3.7
7. Should have a manual quick release mechanism for back
section adjustment during emergency situation
8. Should be equipped with four articulated half length tuck away
side rails
9. Should be equipped with large castors (diameter 150 mm) with
central braking and steering facility.
to. Mattress of the Bed should be made up of high density foam
with Anti Microbial agent incorporated into all components
that assists in Prohibiting growth of bacteria & fungi and easy
.sue. to clean.
Mattress should be fully Radiolucent for ease in performing
,, 5\PG, A-P3t \iT'a '

-3'
.r , ,_ / \ 71; \
Yrn >,-)
rifN
,c---''-- ,szily)::\_2— a4•C edre .>
-c-.13Mir, fe12 4 gashit. Q51
portable X-Rays.
12.Should have bumpers at all four corners and place for fixing
accessories
13.Dimensions of bed : Length : 2200 -2290 mm approx Width :
850 -1020mm approx Mattress Size : appropriate as per bed
size
4 System Configuration Accessories, spares and consumables
i. I.C.0 Bed Mainframe -01
2. Bed Ends, detachable : 01 pair
3. Articulated half length tuck away side rails : 04 Nos.
4. IV Rods : 01 No
5 Mattress 12 cm Thick : 01 No
Environmental factors
1. Shall meet IEC-60601-1-2 :2001(Or Equivalent BIS) General 1
Requirements of Safety for Electromagnetic Compatibility.
2. The unit shall be capable of being stored continuously in
ambient temperature of 0 -500 C and relative humidity of 15-
90%
3. The unit shall be capable of operating continuously in ambient
temperature of 10 -40deg C and relative humidity of 15-90%
6 Power Supply
1. Power input to be 220-240VAC, 50Hz as appropriate fitted with
Indian plug
2. Resettable overcurrent breaker shall be fitted for protection
7 Standards, Safety and Training
1. Electrical safety conforms to standards for electrical safety IEC-
60601 / IS-13450
2. Should be FDA or CE approved product
3. Manufacturer should have ISO certification for quality
standards.
4. Electric Shock Protection level-Class-B
5. Electric current Protection- Class -1
Electrical Equipments part 2-38 Particular requirements for
safety of Electrically Operated Hospital Beds
7. Should have local service facility .The service provider should
have the necessary equipments recommended by the
manufacturer to carry out preventive maintenance test as per
guidelines provided in the service/maintenance manual.
8. Comprehensive warranty for 3 years and provision of CMC for
next 3 years.
Documentation
1. Certificate of Calibration and inspection from the factory
2. List of Equipments available for providing calibration and
routine maintenance support as per manufacturer
documentation in service / technical manual.
3. List of important spare parts and accessories with their part
number and costing
4. Log book with instruction for daily , weekly, monthly and
quarterly maintenance checklist. The job description of the
hospital technician and company service engineer should be
clearly spelt out
5. Service manual in English
6. User manual in English
7. Must submit user list and performance report within last 3
years from major hospitals
mfr
ss t\ty
0-_-
4eLna
_ kyv
m.c:K4+-re
sr.Gm, 1212o 144sit
CV
Technical Specifications of 12 Channel Stress ECG TEST Treadmill (Computerized
stress, TMT machine)
TREADMILL SPECIFICATIONS
1. Treadmill Type: Four tier heavy duty noise less medical tread mill with coasters having
locking arrangement.
2. Compatible online UPS for the whole system with minimum 3 hrs back up time
3. Rating of UPS (KVA) 6
4. Stop/start button on treadmill for emergency stop
5. Emergency stop button(ESB) must have the ability to be located in the location of choice by
the end use
6. Tredmill should have zero start
7. Automatic operation from the main unit as per test protocol
8. Fold down hand rails on treadmill for allowing easy and convenient assemble and installation
9. Length of Treadmill Floor (mm) 1900-2200 millimeter
10. Width of Treadmill Floor (mm) 700-800 millimeter
11. Length of walking area on treadmill (mm) 1500-1700 millimeter
12. Width of walking area on treadmill (mm) 540-590 millimeter

13. Patient Load Capacity of Treadmill (Kg) 180-220 kilogram
14. Speed range of Treadmill 0.1 to 14 km/Hr or higher range
15. Inclination( continuously variable) 0-25 or more
16. Treadmill motor AC Motor
17. Power requirements 220 - 240 VAC @ 50-60 Hz
18. Double sided polish on walking surface of treadmill for prolonged product life span
19. Remote keyboard operation to start, stop and increase or decrease elevation and speed of
treadmill
20. Self-aligning anti skid conveyor belt
21. Communication/Connectivity RS232,USB,Wifi,Bluetooth
22. Enhanced tolerance to electrical changes for greater patient safety
23. Self-calibrating system for speed
24. Inbuilt digital control issues, precise speed and grade control in the system
25. Delivers high torque even at low speeds which ensures no lag when the foot strikes the belt
26. Provide smooth power and accuracy even at slow speeds
27. Normal, slow deceleration and emergency stop modes on treadmill
28. Voltage Stabilizer provided
29. Rating of Stabilizer (KVA) 5 KVA
COMPUTER SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
1. Type of Monitor LED
2. Touch Screen Monitor No
3. Size of Monitor (inch) 24 inch
4. RAM size 16 GB
5. Hard disk space 1 TB
6. Processer Intel core i7
7. Operating System Windows 10 or Higher
8. CD ROM Drive Yes
9. Number of serial port 2
10. Number of USB Ports 4
11. Alphanumeric multimedia PC keyboard with systems dedicated keypad
12. Standard PC mouse
13, Built in uninterrupted power supply for minimum of 3 minutes
14. QRS triggered output
15. Parameters Displayed by the system 12 Lead raw ECG, 12 lead ST level & Slops,
Enlarged QRS complex with maximum ST level,
Exercise time, Target and Max Heart Rate with 70
of target achievement, Heart Rate & METS trends,
NIBP Trends, Speed of tredmill, Protocol Name,
Protocol stage, Patient info
16. Built in thermal printer with compatible additional laser black and white printer to print report
on A4 Size thermal and A4 size ordinary bond papers respectively
17. Minimum Printing Speed of laser printer 18-30 pages / minute
18. Minimum Paper tray capacity of laser 240-290 Sheets

printer
19. Print Resolution 1200 x 600 dpi

1400 x 800 dpi
20. Connectivity / interface of Laser printer USB,WiFI Dired,Bluetooth,Network

printing(Ethernet)
21. Supported paper sizes A4,Letter,Legal
TRAMSMISSION OF DATA
Transmission of data available through USB,PDF,XML
2. Advanced signal processing algorithms to provide exceptional accuracy in beat detection

and noise rejection resulting in superior identification of events
Unique source consistency filter, reducing noise and baseline artifact while preserving a
diagnostic quality ECG signal
Provision to eliminate artifacts due to respiration, muscle rub and AC interference, baseline 17-2s.
wandering without compromising and distortion in ST segment changes
PROTOCOLS
Test Protocols include Bruce, Modified Bruce, Balke, Ellestad, Naughton protocols
2. Facility to add user defined protocols
SYSTEM SOFTWARE FEATURES
1. Licensed copy of windows operating system- latest
2. Provision to record resting ECG & Exercise ECG
Resting ECG software with detailed automatic interpretation statement for all 12 or 16
lead resting ECG should be present
4. ECG data management software for storage and review
5. Facility to review, edit and add ECG from full discloser storage post exam
6. 50mm sweep speed selection for ECG display in the system
7. Enlarged QRS complexes with superimposition technique
8. Automatic BP Measurement System integrated with the stress test system
9. Provision of real time average complexes
10. Provision of real time ST Analysis in bar graphs
11. Provision of Re analysis of final summary report
12. System should be able to present ST levels for 12 average complexes, slope for 12
average complexes and ST Profile
• 13. Provision of online ST measurement adjustment
14. Provision of reanalyzing the possibility of complete exercise test with ST/HR and NIBP
trend graphically
15. SCD predictive tools like T-wave alternans, ST /HR hysteresis analysis, with additional
SIGNAL AVERAGED ECG (optional)
16. The system should have a Borg scale, symptom and point criteria table
17. Full disclosure review/playback/scroll back and addition of past ECG events
18. ST level and slope data for lead and worst case average beat update should be available
continuously during the test
19. Beat by beat review mode to allow full disclosure review during and post exam
20. QRS signal averaging software, QT dispersion. software, XYZ vector-cardiography

software provided as standard part of the unit
21. Facility to do reanalysis of scored ECG by changing line measurement point title ST and J
22. The system should present comprehensive final report on minute by minute record of ST
segment trend
23. Facility of automatic arrhythmia detection
24. Auto calibration with digital micro process control in the system and should also be
manually operable
7
Facility of pacemaker rhythm detection
System should be able to view comprehensive ST segment and morphology analysis in

an anatomically intelligent format
ST profile, ST elevation, ST depression, heart rate, Mets, NIBP, ST index should be able
to be clearly analyzed
The unit should be able to quickly identify anomalies with the dynamic zoom ST display
The system should be able to view ST maps, patented visual anatomical representations
of ST deviations in-frontal planes
30. Monitoring of ST changes with auto comparison of current and reference beats
The system should be able to display the traces incrementally
Provision of updating ECG and ST segment changes and compare them on a pre-
exercise and during exercise basis on a high resolution display
Compact digital acquisition module that virtually eliminates non-cardiac electrical noises
Provision of alarm on HR, BP & ST level
Facility to mark the ECG strip to enter comments at any stage
DATA ACQUISITION AND PROCESSING
12 Leads ECG Simultaneously and

Data Acquisition
Display 3x4, 4x6, 6x12, 12 lead
data indicate significant changes
12 bits or more
AID
300/Sec/channel or more
Sampling Rate
Input impedance should be more than 90M Ohms
CMRR Should be more than 100 dB
Frequency response 0.05Hz to 100Hz
Patient leakage Should be less then 100pA
I he system should have baseline correction
50Hz, 20Hz, 35Hz

filters
CP
REPORTING
ti lam -Can ‘-e car 'NA P bP

1. Facility to get system generated auto report t,reforb
Analysis should work on toal of atleast 5 protocols £ao 3"1"fr-ne .
2.
3. No startup delay in the system ie instant ECG Reports at the push of a button should be
available
4. Final report with configurable lead groups
5. Patient report include protocol, Indications, medications, target heart rate reasons for end,
symptoms, diagnosis, notes and conclusions with space for personnel and physician
electronic signature
6. Examination summary include heart rate/BPANorkload trends page, ST level trends/ST

slope trends, Average QRS by stage or by minute, Mets, Maximum predicted heart rate,
THR formula selection
7. Ability to select final report segments including patient information, exam summary, rate,
BP, work trends, ST level trends, ST slope trends, average QRS and events should be
provided in the system
8. Events should include 12 lead ECG analysis for arrhythmias and user added ECGs
9. Provision of customizable system generated summary report to determine the contents of

report with data storage facility
10. Provision of Password protection
11. Option to create network review workstations for viewing, editing and report printing of the
stress test examinations should be there
ACCESSORIES
1. Standard Accessories, consumables provided 3 sets of 12 lead ECG patient

cables, 100 Electrodes, 10 rim
A4 Reporting papers.
2. Detachable/replaceable cables and leads
3. Minimum warranty(months) on accessories i e lead set 6 Months
4. Appropriate sized cuffs of small, medium and large should be provided with the system
5. Trolley system to mount computer & printer
6. Dimensions of Trolley (L x W x H) in mm 80X65X90

1
STORAGE OF RECORDS
1. Storage of atleast 100 patients records
2. Full disclosure archive to external drive
3. Events/12 lead ECGs/Full disclosure
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Operating Temperature +10°C to + 40°C
2. Operating Relative Humidity 10% to 95%, Non condensing
3. Storage temperature - 40°C to + 70°C
4. Storage Relative Humidity 10% to 95%, Non condensing
Operation/Storage atmospheric pressure 500 hPa to 1060 hPa
CERTIFICATIONS
Certifications for Tredmill System
2. Certifications for BP Measurement System
Conformity to all electrical safety guidelines/ criteria as lay down by Diagnostic

Electrocardiograph Devices
Conformity to standards for electrical safety IEC-60601-1 :1988 General requirements

including all amendments
Conformity to standards IEC-60601-2-25 Safety of Electrocardiograms including all

amendments
Conformity to council directive 93/42/EEC of 14 June 1993 concerning medical devices
7. Availability of Test report from Central GOVT/NABUILAC accredited Lab or

manufacturer's inhouse Test Report to prove the conformity to the declared specification
Submission of all the certifications, licenses and test reports at the time of supply to the
buyer
CV
INSTALLATION & TRAINING
1. Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks before handover
2. Onsite training for, all operating staff and basic maintenance shall be provided
1. Warranty (Yrs) on complete system 3
2. User technical , operational and maintenance manual detailing complete maintaining

schedule with routine maintenance should be provided
3. Response time for attending breakdown/repair of the 5

system (in days)
4. Remote service network connecting and online phone support facility
5. Contact details of Manufacturer, supplier and local service agent to be provided
dt%
e\
Arn NJ o_c ca—
rNo rneStc-5--\ E-f* A COL_
(4\ a Cl
Et
ei<
itt
r}r tictsreget Leash mare
Astrottua Prvfenori GCm c 3
Pm Carctiole-fri SO& 3-3)?
ox„A Cot c vc co txiki
SPECIFICATIONS OF MODULAR MULTI PARAMETER

CARDIAC MONITOR - Qty Four
Sr.No, Specifications
System should have:
,
Six channel high-resolution colour TFT display of minimum screen
size lit rennare. u ay- rV1 vvt -
Should have facility to monitor ECG (3/5L), NIBP, Sp02
(possibility for two Sp02 module), Respiration, Temperature, IBP
(max 5), Capnography, Anesthesia Gas Monitoring and Cardiac
Output.
ECG monitoring 3 Lead or 5 Lead with ST segment analysis and
programmable arrhythmia detection
Pulse Oximetry (SPO2) -- Display of plethysmograph , pulse
strength & SPO2 values. Pitch variation with change In oxygen
saturation.
Non Invasive Blood Pressure (NIBP) - Measurement and display of
systolic, diastolic and mean pressure values of NIBP measurement
through Oscillometric method for adult , child & neonate. User
selectable alarm settings, Mode Manual, STAT (continuous 5
minute operation) and automatic (selectable time interval 2 --- 90
minutes).
Temperature (possibility for three channel)
Respiration -- Impedance Pneumography principle, display of
respiration waveform with respiration rate.
Invasive Blood Pressure Simultaneous monitoring of 5 channel,
and display of systolic, diastolic and mean pressure values with
respective waveform with overlapping facility.
Minimum 15 digital display possibility on main screen.
Should be compatible with any VGA monitor (TFT/CRT).
72 hr. non-volatile graphical / tabular trends and should have facility
to store minimum 5 patient's data if required.
Short trend display possibility on main screen for displayed
Sr.No. Specifications
waveforms.
ST segment analysis should be possible for simultaneous three leads
with separate special trend apart from 72hrs trend.
Should display critical alarm summary for at least last 16 alarm
conditions.
Should have ECG strip storage (minimum 16) & page storage
facility (minimum 5)
Suitable for Adult to neonatal applications.
Must have Graded F Colour coded visual / audio alarms (2 stage)
Automatic , Default & Manual alarm settings.
Recording facility
User selectable, factory set and user set screen format should he
possible with auto waveform spacing
•Should have features like NIBP on HR alarm, Record on alarm,
Waveform Standby, Monitor standby, Grid on/off, patient
admit/discharge.
F
User-friendly menu driven functions through optical encoder.
Networking facility with central nursing station.
Conforming to International standards - IEC 60101-1, IEC 1000- 2-
27, IEC 1000-1-2, IEC 1000-2-49.
Should be CE certified
Should be supplied with:
CPU, Racks (asper requirement), display & Wired remote.
ealie gK
Cr. 2.4E, Rp4 klaChiric
1\32_0
ov-c-ry Ke vrritaki,
SPECIFICATION FOR TEMPARARY PACEMAKER

1 Should work on 9 volts DC battery supply either alkaline or lithium.
2 Should provide following pacing mode DDD, DDI, DVI, DOO, AAI, AOO,VVI,
V00.
3 The pacing rate should be between 30 and 200 pulses per minute.
4 The rapid atrial pacing should be provided with pacing rates of at least upto
380 pulses per minute.
5 The range of output any amplitude should be provided between 0.1 and 20
mA for atrial pacing between 0.1 and 25 mA for ventricular packing.
6 The sensitivity should be between 0.4 and 10 mV for atrial pacing and
between 0.8 and 20 mV for ventricular pacing. The asynchronous mode should
be provided for both.
7 Should have A-V internal adjustable between 20 and 300ms
8 Should be provided with two atrial and two ventricular patient cables.
9 Demonstration must be given within 15 days of intimation by phone/fax.
10 Instrument must be tropicalized.
11 Training to MEC Engineers.
12 Detailed operating and servicing manual with detailed circuit diagrams should
be provided..
13 Standard accessories to be provided
14 Should provide at least three years comprehensive warranty. Comprehensive
maintenance service charges for 5 years after warranty of 3 years to be
quoted.
15 Should follow international safety requirements.
16 User's list with the addresses and contract numbers to be provided.
17 Display : Pacing & sensing visual display of both atrial and ventricular events
(preferable).
18 Continued operation for 10-15 secs after battery is removed (preferable). —
c—no
g(t. gMg, P(211

LAP('
CV1230
Specification of Ste-mum Saw & Restemostomv Saw Machine

1 Eletrically operated motor control unit with Forward and reverse speed motor.
2 Power cable with motor working (driving unit) with the power supply 220-240 v/5a AC
_ SAHz .
3 Should contain a foot control paddles with waterproof and aesthetic agent proof, size:
1 30X200X6Omm.
4 Steranal saw with first time and redo (Oscillating) blades, lightweight with blades
protector saw cable connector for both blades .
5 Overheating cut off of motor with reset facility.
6 Additional blades 10 nos of normal (reciprocating) and 5 nos od redo (Ocillating) .
7 Saw should be in all respects complete and ready to use.
8 Flexible cable with minimum 180 cm in length.
9 Should provide minimum I nos of sterile micro oil 300m1.
10 Autoclavable - 2
11 REQUIREMENTS:
a) Stemum saw hand piece (included in basis system) — 2 Qty.
b) Electrical driving Unit (included in basis system) — 2 Qty.
c) Redo or restemotomy saw hand piece — 1 Qty.
d) Cable connecting driving unit with hand piece (included in basis system) — 2 Qty.
e) Stemum saw blades(reciprocating) — 10 Qty.
f) Redo stemum saw blades (Oscillating) — 5 Qty.
g) Foot switch with cable (included in basis system) — 2 Qty
Meg- Ychfe
--crignigf opts NighiK
Technical Specification of Electro Hydraulic Operation Table
Sr No. Technical Specification tr
1 Five Section table top including in built kidney bridge
2 The eccentrically positioned table top without cross sections to optimize image
intensifier accessibility for the complete body
3 Five section table top made of radio translucent material Fluoroscopic capability
allow excellent position for the patient
4 The table top is of radio translucent material which allows Uninterrupted use of
"C" Arm (Phylum imported material with C-arm.
5 Table top having dimension of 50 cm width and 90 of length.
6 Headrest is adjustable with ratchet type and can be removable
7 The mattresses are of untegrated foam padding with non slippy surface. It can even
wash and disinfectant resistant type.
8 Electrically operated Manual operated (apttetial) ----- tleechl -
9 The base column of the table top should cover with stainless steel
10 The base of the table should incorporated with good quality castors for easy
movement of table and consisting of locking device.
11 The table should have remote control electro hydraulic and position are adjustable
with remote control.
12 It should have battery backup system in case of failure of power and also optional
manual operated should be available.
13 It should have side railing for attachment of any type of any make of accessories
for table.
14 The table should have inbuilt integrated guide rail system below table top to allow
x-ray cassette insertion.
15 The table should have inbuilt kidney elevator.
16 All movement of table top including height adjustment. Trendelhurg, lateral tilt, table top
sliding and back section movements can be controlled quickly and accurately with the help of
light weight hand control unit with symbolic soft touch button
17 The table top should be able towards head and leg section to facilitate unequally
18 Power supply is of 240 volt should be used for the hand controlled unit. An Emergency power
supply is added for use outage from SKVA UPS
19 The table should be suitable for the applications of Urology, Plastic Pediatric and many other
major and minor surgeries /
20 With all standard accessories.
CE or US FDA approved is included.
C.- A or ff
gorse 2,11 yid k 84 4 /Plun- COD n eig r
k.' 0 Lo Solt
fa
„,.\
tr via/kat kt
e frr
vme me-Si estiI.°S
rtfite-"3"
SA yo VAWA.C._ 8- cc ivaL) -cA C.--
Specifications for Wilessa

ntt monitor for cardiacma
stilk liou oC
A)" STC_O 2
- Advance Haemodynamic monitor to monitor beat-to-beat the stroke volume (SV) and other haemodynamic
variables, whose operation is based on the analysis of the arterial pressure wave by means of a patented algorithm
called P.R.A.M. (Pressure Recording Analytical Method).
- Haemodynamic monitor doesn't require the use of any dedicated disposable.
- Haemodynamic monitor can receive an analogue signal of arterial pressure via two alternative connections:
• Direct connection to the arterial blood pressure (ABP) transducer already in use, by the dedicated Monitor
TRANSDUCER CABLE.
• Connection to the main anesthesia monitor in use, through the blood pressure analogue output, by the
dedicated MONITOR IN CABLE.
• Haemodynamic monitor provides the following systemic and haemodynamic variables:
Systemic variables Variableabbreviations Measurement units

Systolic pressure Sys mmHg
Diastolic pressure Dia mmHg
Dicrotic pressure Dic mmHg
Mean arterial pressure MAP mmHg
Pulse rate PR 1/min
Central venous pressure CVP mmHg
(if the specific cable is connected)
Haemodynamic variables Variable abbreviations Measurement units

Cardiac output CO L/min
Cardiac output index CI Lamin*m2)
Stroke volume SV mL
Stroke volume index SVI mL/m2
Systemic vascular resistance SVR dyne*sec/cm5
Systemic vascular resistance index SVRI dyne*sec*m2/cms
Cardiac cycle efficiency CCE Units
Maximal slope of the systolic upstroke dP/dtmax mmHg/msec
Stroke volume variation SW %
Systolic pressure variation SPV
Dicrotic pressure variation DPV %
1Arterial
Pulse pressure variation
elastance
PPV
Ea mmHg/ml
Haemodynamic variables Variable abbreviations Measurement units
Dynamic elastance PPV/SW Units
Pulse pressure PP mmHg
Oxygen delivery DO2 mL/min
Oxygen delivery index D021 mL/min/m2
Mean and dicrotic pressure difference MAP-Dic mmHg
Cardiac power CPO W
Cardiac power index CPI W/m2
Cardiovascular impedance Ztot mmHg*sec/mL
Diastolic peak Diapik mmHg
Weighted stroke volume SVkg mL/kg
flicalmvsfthla eianole and trande

Other relevant CharacteriStics
No dedicated disposable. Furthermore, the compatibility of Monitor has been checked with the majority of
•
pressure transducers on the market.
• LCD 12 inches — 800x600 (SVGA) resistive touch screen.

Acoustic and optical alarm system for the systolic, diastolic and mean arterial pressure. The alarms can be
•
silenced, reset or disabled.
• User friendly iQterface. Possibility:

• To choose the variables to be displayed for each monitoring session.
• To display up to four different plots each showing one to two variables trends.
To modify (manually or with the auto scale function) both time and amplitude scales on the arterial pressure
•
curve and trends graphs.
to identify specific events that may occur during treatment (fluids/PLR,
• To insert customized markers
inotropic drugs, vasopressors, vasodilators, ventilation, surgery, reperfusion, clamp/declamP, other).
The use of Monitor does not require any kind of initial calibration (eg. cold bolus injection for the
•
thermodilution) or additional maneuver to be calibrated.
Monitor software is provided with a patented dynamic filter for resonancesmoothing and quality optimization
•
of the arterial pressure signal. It is possible to select the filter from the menu.
to a PC via USB (freeze of the screen and tables of variables' values saved beat-by-beat
• Easy data transfer
values, average on 10 seconds or on 30 seconds).
by standard H L7 protocol via both Ethernet and/or WiFi.
• Medical record transmission
• Monitor display can be shared via HDMI.

Monitor can be easily used on a table, fixed to a IV pole or to a horizontal bar
•
GE NIERAL TECHNICAL FEA1 Wits Measurement unit

Lower limit Upper limit Precision
Variable specifications Variable mmHg
0 250 Error <4% or 4 mmHg*
Pressure (dicrotic, systolic, diastolic)
Error <4% or 4 mmHg* mmHg
0 250
CVP
(*) the higher of the two values
_Izternal power supply: single-phase AC (detachable cable with the schuko plug supplied)
100÷240 VAC
Voltage
50/60 Hz
Frequency
40 VA
Absorbed power
No. 2 T500mAL250V fuses
Fuses
Nominal melting 12t fuses
>2.5 A2 Sec
120 VAC: 30 A max.230 VAC: 60 A max
Inrush current
Internal battery
Rechargeable NiMH
Type
lh
Autonomy
RIGHT SIDE PANNEL INPUT AND OUTPUT CONNECTORS

Arterial Blood Pressure (ABP) and Central Venous Pressure (CVP) connectors
ABP and CVP connectors
1 Nnt rnnnartorl
LEFT SIDE PANNEL INPUT AND OUTPUT CONNECTORS
US __. ____ _ _ _ _
Connector A-type female
Protocol USB 2.0
Model Host
Max current 500mA
LA
transmission Connector Female R145 with integrated LEDs
Protocol 10/100 Base-D( LAN
Electrical insulation 1.500Vrms lm in
HDMI connection to share the image indisplay

Connector Female A-type
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
ortable unit: Dis. la 12"

Resolution 800x600 (SVGA)
Touch Screen Resistive
Weight 3,3 kg
Width 319 mm
Height 322,7 mm
Depth 141,3 mm
,20c
• R'0
2:(2- \'\
%\c'r
pi
r
cc-
tel. 67 tat tn.
giyiE, pRi4 cal-k
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS " Defibrillator with Monitor "
GMDN name Automated external defibrillators
GMDN code CT 269
To detect cardiac arrhythmias in a sudden cardiac arrest patient,
and then audibly/visually instructs an operator to enable it to
1 Clinical purpose
activate defibrillation of the heart through application of electrical
shocks to the chest surface.
2 Used by clinical department/ward Emergency/ICU/Cardiac care
1) A portable electronic device designed to automatically detect cardiac arrhythmias (ventricular

fibrillation/pulseless ventricular tachycardia) in a sudden cardiac arrest (SCA) patient, after which it
audibly/visually instructs an operator to enable it to activate defibrillation of the heart through
application of electrical shocks to the chest surface. The device is intended to be operated by
healthcare professionals (e.g., paramedics, medical staff) in healthcare settings. It consists of an
external pulse generator (EPG) and a pair of skin-adhesive electrodes to monitor the rhythm and
deliver the shocks; it also includes internal rechargeable batteries that must be charged when not
in use.
2) Unit should be lightweight compact and portable.
3) Unit should have facility for Automatic External Defibrillation and manual defibrillation.
4) Should be able to deliver shock from 50-200 joules in biphasic mode via metal chest pads.
5) Should having design protection to avoid passage of current to the user.
6) The whole system should have an inbuilt recorder; TELEMETRY NOT RECOMMENDED.
7) Monitor :-
A. Display - monitor should have high resolution (320 x 240 pixels) color TFT display 5" or more in
size.
B. Should display selected energy & delivered energy.
C. Sweep speed - 25mm/Sec
D. Sensitivity / Amplitude Size — 0.5, 1 & 2
E. Frequency response - 05.Hz - 4 Hz
F. Heart Rate Indicator- 0 - 300 BPM
G. High / Low Alarm with indicator & adjustable bopper.
H. Monitor should display at least two waves forms channel.
I. ECG Should be also available through paddles.
J. Audio-visual indication should be there for R wave's detection.
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Dr. Raje dra Patil) (Dr. Santosh Deshpande)
(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Bio Medical Engineer Bio Medical Engineer PHYSICIAN PHYSICIAN
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS Regional Referral Medical Supdt Medical Sudt
2
GMDN code CT 269
Manual & Automatic.
4 Setting User's interface The monitor should have a TFT color display with a three
channel display.
5 Software Inbuilt.
6 Dimensions (metric) Compact
7 Weight (Ibs, kg) < 10 kg
8 Configuration Compact
9 Noise (in dBA) < 60dBA; adjustable heart rate alarm as well as paddles & ECG
cable disconnection alarms.
10 Heat dissipation
12 Power Requirements 220 to 240V, 50 Hz.
13 Battery operated Rechargeable battery backup of approximately 5 hours.
Tolerance
14 ± 10% of input AC.
Electrical protection by resettable overcurrent breakers or
15 Protection
replaceable fuses fitted in both live and neutral lines.
16 Power consumption Should not be more than 160 W.
17 Accessories (mandatory) Chest Paddles.

ECG cable, Recording paper rolls, Disposable pads.

Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 0 to 50°C and relative humidity of 15 to 90%. Capable of
18
conditioning, humidity, dust) operating continuously in ambient temperature of 10 to 40°C and
Pre-installation requirements: Supplier to perform installation, safety and operation checks
20
nature, values, quality, tolerance before handover.
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Dr. Raje dra Patil) (Dr. Santo h Deshpande)
(Mr. Madhav Katre)
3
GMDN code CT 269
21

22 Warranty provide technical support and required spares and consumable
for 7 yrs after warranty period.
23 English, Marathi language. List to be provided of equipment and
procedures required for local calibration and routine
maintenance.

24 Recommendations or warnings their part numbers and cost. Certificate of calibration and

7
(Mr. Manish Magre) (Dr. Rajendra Patil) (Dr. Santos Deshpande)
(Mr. Madhav Katre)
Au rangabad Hospital Nashik Women Hospital, Rural Hospital Phulambri
Nephrology
1 Dialysis Machine
2 Dialysis Chair
3 Dialysis Reprocessing Unit
4 R.O.Plant (2000 ltr)
5 R.O.Plant (500 ltr)
Yechnical S .)e
Sr. No.
1) The structure of the machine should be of modular design.
2)
It should have Control & Monitoring Screen with minimum 10"colouredTFT /LCD Display (Screen).
Display should have screen with high clarity & easily readable.
3) It should have Acetate & Bicarbonate dialysis facility.
4)
It should have Sequential Ultra filtration facility. It should have Arterial Venous & Transmembrane
pressure monitoring facility.
5)
Blood pump flow rate should be from 15 ml/min. to 600 ml/min. Blood tubing pump segment should
be operator changeable for use of pediatric or Adult size blood tubing sets.
6) It should have Single Needle dialysis facility.
7) It should have Volumetric Ultrafiltration System.
8) In-line Bicarbonate mixing and solution preparation facility during dialysis.
9)
It should have Air Ruble detector with Optical Sensor (to check the presence of blood in extracorporeal
blood circuit) at Venous clamp.
10)
It should have Heparin Infusion Pump with rate 1 to 10 ml/min. and Bolus Infusion upto 5 ml/min.
II)
It should have Blood leak Sensor which can differentiate between impurities and real blood.
12)
Should accept different concentrate formulation, different Dialyzers and blood tubing sets.
13)
It should have Dialysate flow rate range from 300m1 /min to 700m1/min. It should have self-test facility
during treatment.
I
4) Ultra filtration rate should be from 0 to 4.00 L/Hr.
15)
In house potable water supply is available & minimum 1 Om icohn size water filter assembly with
cartridge shall be supplied with necessary attachments to make a functional unit.
16) Auto priming and rinsing of dialyzer and blood lines.
17)
It should have Hot Rinsing and Hot Chemical Disinfection facility (Temp. upto 80 deg. Celsius) with
recirculation system. Also it should have various chemo Thermal cleansing and disinfection programs.
Disinfection shall be possible with any disinfectant universally used in such cases i.e. the system shall
be open system.
18) Facility for disinfection History/Log.
..
t -,) It should have Ultrafiltration and Sodium Profiling facility.
20)
It shout(' have inbuilt Battery back up of 15 to 20 minutes for complete Extracorporeal blood system
during power failure.
21) Non-Invasive patient blood pressure monitoring.
22) Must have the facility to up gradating to latest technology in future.
23) Power supply - 220 v AC + 15%, 50 Hz.
24) Should work on AC mains without batries.
& service manual with detail circuit diagram, should be provided.
tut
tut On
-ya
i g07) On lineclearance monitoring&Kt/V to assess adequancy of dialysis.
Should provide Training to End Users.
28)
Two years comprehensive warranty and should provide Technical support and also required support for
spares and consumable for 5 years after warranty period is over.
29)
Bidder should quoted CMC charges separately for the next five years, after warranty period is over.
30) Cost of Consumables should be quoted separately in accessory section.
31) Demonstration compulsory.
32) Tropicalization:
_ Operating room Temp. upto 40°C
Strong room temp upto 60°C
_ Relative humidity upto 90% non condensiry
33)
Should provide UPS - one hour battery backup along with machine.
34) It
should be US FDA approved or CE cerfified (CE certificate should be from Notified Body).
1 isla$7,01 11"--
Dr e ICI -Ic.
Fr trc sral v) <"
72-1 eckj to h 6 IP
kyr" l 0 9:1) W)I1 V c12,t)tni
.D ' 1-4
Technical Specifications for Dialysis Chair
Following are the minimum requirements. Products offered must meet these parameters herein.
S.No. T echnical specifications/ composition of tender enqui compliance on each Remarks.
parameter with detailed
if any
substantiation how the ollercd
product meets the
requirement(Simply writing
as YES/ Complied/ As per
BIS/CE/ISO terms is not
allowed)
Dialysis Chair
• Multi positioning motorized dialysis chair / recliner
with 4 motors.
• Large stable base
• Chair height adjustment
• Chair back fully reclines to the horizontal position
• Chair foot area rises to the Trendelenberg position
• Hand — Held control unit for easy adjustment of
chair/recliner two large manually adjustable arm rests
• Swivel for easy blood donor ingress & outgress
• Large stable vein puncture platform also promotes
patient comfort four large cushioned wheels
• Allow full mobility of the chair
• Lock for safety & security during blood drawing
All surfaces are easily cleaned & sanitized
• Powder coated frame for durable high quality, finish
Premium medical grade treated vinyl upholstery •
• Replaceable clear protective cover over foot area.
• * Medical chair Upholstery offer superior bacterial
protection and results in a more hygienic environment,
because germs counts can be kept down. It also guards
against the surface growth of fungus. mould. & mildew
spores. making it ideal for health care applications.
Standard test methods confirms that this materials
offers the toughest abbreviations for vinyl fabrics —
demonstrating excellent resistance to scuffing &
burnishing which can make ordinary vinyl's look old
before their time
• Dialysis chair must be securely balanced in all
operational positions
• Dialysis chair must be constructed with easily sanitized
material.
• Dialysis chair must fully support the patient who
may faint/ loss balance during dialysis.
• Dialysis chair must be comfortable for the patient
• Dialysis chair arm extension should be available either
arm — for patients with accessible veins in only one
arm.
• Arm extensions must provide visibility of elbow
region, be large enough to securely support when
puncture be easily refracted in ease of patient collapse.
dbov
14C:04-te c trio_ 261411g
5 ,
Sn I (
shisfrice/ PP4 Nght PR II 1'6't
Putoct
6/ore
• An adjustable reclining dialysis chair is preferable
requiring minimal bending for vein puncture
• A dialysis chair should allow for rapid and easy
adjustment from sitting to reclining supine and
Trendelenberg position — in the event of the patient
fainting or going in to shock
• Dialysis chair casters should allow easy repositioning
and lock to secure safety in operation
• Chair should give all positions as for an I cm bed
• Provision for Railing
• Provision for mechanical controls of electronic contact
fail
• TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION
• Back seat height — 51" to 58 "
• Cushion — 24" W
• Reclining total length — 74"
• Back cushion — 20 " L
• Reclined height @ each end — 25" & 31 "
• Headrest — 15" H x 15 " Top/20" bottom W
• Full chair width — 34.5"
• Seat cushion — 20 L
• Cushioned arm rest — 21"Lx 7"W
• Reclined base to floor — 20" up to 27"
• Frame — 39.5 " L x 29 " W
• Le su tort — 14. 5 H x 18.5 W o / 10 " bottom
Note : 1. Technical Specifications mentioned above are of minimum parameter, Products
offered must meet these or exceed all requirements herein.
-
fLizo 014' zG ID ig
dol-fo (recta ileseth )
(4, 6korlic pi GMC k g kdis_
Sr ,12#1Er klas 6I arnsPigui
Specification for Dialyzer Reprocessing Machine
Dialyzer Reprocessing System
➢ Fully automated / computerized dialyzer reprocessing system.
➢ High standardization in cleaning, volume measuring, leak testing and chemical
disinfecting.
➢ No external dilution / minimize chemical contact.
➢ Separated mixing and volume tanks to minimize cross contamination.
➢ Automatically shut down after system disinfecting.
➢ One dialyzer reprocessing at one time.
Dialyzer Reprocessing
• Reprocessing process: Automatic cleaning, volume measuring, leak testing and
chemical filling.
➢ Should be able to procesS all types and brands of dialyzers.
➢ Volume measuring range =25-300m1????/
➢ Volume measuring accuracy + 5%
➢ Leak test method, low limit setting should be specified.
ELECTRICITY REQUIREMENT
➢ Voltage : 220 ± 10%, 50-60 Hz
➢ Temperature 10-35 degree
➢ Humidity 10-80%
WATER REQUIREMENT
➢ R() or DI water in accordance with AAMI standard for hemodialysis
➢ Input presssure 25- 55 psi
➢ Flow rate 1.2- 6.0 liters/minute
➢ Water consumption 14 to 30 liters/dialyzer

CHEMICAL REQUIREMENT
➢ Mention the chemical required for your reprocessor . It should be peracetic acid
based sterilant. Mention its chemical composition. It must be easily available.
➢ Quantity per dialyzer to be specified .
SAFETY ALARMS, AUDIBLE AND VISIBLE ALARMS

➢ Loose connector
➢ Dialyzer volume priming failure.
➢ Leak test failure.
➢ Empty Solution.
➢ Self test and disinfection interlock
➢ Priming volume lower than limit.
➢ Incoming water pressure failure.
DISPLAY
➢ LCD , backlight with auto shut off
➢ Data display, reprocessing data
➢ Failure message.
➢ Facility to test & display residual volume & membrane integrity
➢ Status
➢ Date and time.
REPROCESSING TIME
➢ 10-16 minutes / dialyzer
Others
➢ Printed report of the fiber bundle volume test and pressure leak test through
printer after reprocessing of the dialyzer .
➢ Sample port for fluid testing/ or any microbial contamination checking
➢ Roller for printing (paper)
• Three years warranty and should provide technical support and required spares and
consumables for 2 years after warranty period is over. AMC for 5 years will be
required, duly supported by their principals.
It should follow international standard and safety requirements.
User's list with the addresses and contact Nos. to be provided.
Demonstration is compulsory.
Training to MEC Engineers.
Operating and detailed service manual should be supplied.

Service in Mumbai must be available & good.
OPTIONAL
3%. Data management system.
Sterilant volume indicator cartridge
• tilAtnA dbov sword

RivPM P105 WI?.
4iiig
4-etta
Dr. :Mrs!! Gee trnh.et /i
Associate Professor 91)111g
Department of Nephrology
GGMC & Sir J. J. Group of Hospitals,
Byculla, Mumbai-400 008.
KGIcorhre
;IWEI epti cmtrit
•
Technical Specification of R.O.Plant (2000 Itr)
.No. Technical Specification

Bed Capacity 20-25. ( This will depend upon hemodialysis machine)
The system should be sufficient for online operation of 10 machines with pure
water capacity of 1500 liters per hour.
The system should comprise of pretreatment modules such as sand filter,
activated carbon filter, water softener, 5 micron particulate filter, before the
reverse osmosis unit and post R.0 UV light. Disinfection and Bacterial Filters
(0.25 micron) Endotoxin retention filter is desirable for yielding high purity water.
All pretreatment modules should have back wash and regeneration facility.
These stages should be designed to handle water flow to support R 0 flow
requirement. Generally 50 - 60 % more than permeate flow.( there should be
auto back) flush system.
R.O. Unit should be compact in sleek cabinet, housing membrane, high pressure
pump and bypass mechanism. The control unit should be microprocessor/
mlcrocontroller controlled. A 5 micron filter should protect the membrane.
The entire, unit should have adequate monitoring permeate water conductivity,
feed water pressure and permeate and rejection flow rate.
The water distribution loop, booster pump and storage water tank should be
made up of stainless steel, Storage water tank should have capacity of at least
10,000 litre (made of SS) with water level controller, Outlet valves and easy
cleaning provisions.
TREATMENT SCHEME
1) T Raw Water Feed Pump
Raw water from raw water storage tank or nearby header will be pumped to
-1 Filtration plant with the help of centrifugal pump.
2) Multigrade Sand Filter
Raw water is filtered with the help of Multigrade Sand Filter to reduce the
suspended solids / turbidity to less than 1 NTU. The filter is operated at the flow
rate of 1500 liters/hr and will be backwashed daily. Backwash flow rate for the
filter is 4000 liters/hr. The sand fitter Is designed to operate at the velocity of 23.0
m/h. Filter vessel is of FRP construction. The filter media consists of specific
quality of graded sand. To perform various operations of backwash and rinse,
manual top mounted multipart valve is provided.
3 Activated Carbon Filter
To remove the chlorine present in the filtered water, we have considered one no.
of Activated Carbon Filter. The filter is operated at the flow rate of 1200 liters/hr
and will be backwashed once in a day. The MOC for vessel is FRP. To perform
various operations such as Normal, Backwash and Rinse, manual top mounted
multipart valve is considered.
4 Micron filtration
The feed water will be passed through a cartridge filter of 5 micron rating before
entering the reverse osmosis system. The micron filter is considered to prevent
eitt,
01110 is fig
lj
5. 0)0 11,
C Kals
Tad av
Sr. EVIc 12c2P khrbillt Dr.Associate
.4 eeecitheth R PW/9°73112(
Professor
Department of Nephrology
GGMC &. Sir J. J. Group of Hospitals, 20) 2.2'
the membranes from choking. Micron filter Is of PP construction. Necessary
sampling valve and pressure gauges will be provided.
Reverse Osmosis Module
The filtered water will be pumped by means of a high-pressure pump through the
R 0 Module consists of 2 nos. of SS 304 Pressure tubes & 2 nos. of
membranes. Around 50% of the feed water will be available as permeate or
product water and balance 50% will be reject stream, which will be the effluent I
from RO plant. R 0 Module has 2 nos. of pressure tubes and each will have 1 I
membrane in it. However recovery can be increase by reticulating reject water in
feed flow.
6 RO Water storage Tank
Permeant water produced is at atmospheric pressure, hence for further
treatment it is collected in storage tank. , i,
TECHNICAL DETAILS
Feed Pump
Type centrifugal, horizontal
Discharge Capacity 2.5Kg/crOmin).
Material of construction 55304
L Motor Rating 1.0HP
j Electrical Requirement- 220V, Single Phase
L Multigrade Sand Filter

I
Needed Flow Rate 1500 lit/hr
Minimum Pressure 1.5 Kg/cm2
Material of construction FRP
Backwash Duration / Freq. 10 —15 Minuutes / Once in a day
Type of valve Top mounted multiport valve
Activated Carbon Filter
b Needed Flow Rate 120011t/hr
Backwash Duration / Freq. 10-15 Minutes / Once in a day
Water Softener
Diameter x Height 13 inches x 54 mm
Max./Minimum Pressure 3.5/2.0 Kg/cm2
Regeneration frequency: 2/ week or depending on post softener Hardness.
at air
Dr. -9‘4r 0911 Sheth 7 Is kt'\,\A,
7,7
/
Su' loll
npjl ,„,
can2
14-61- Asso la PP& fessur
&42.1/ft Ofkilliet-i, Deb9r1Thn a
GGMC
rgiihroloL, v iNi\EIY ti: 1 CPO I
. Group of Hospitals,
Byculla, Murabai-400 00P,
Micron Cartridge filter
Flow rate 1200 lit/hr
Numbers offered 1
MOC Housing / Element PP
Micron rating 5 micron (20 inch long)
High Pressure Pump

Type Vertical Multistage
Capacity 1200 lit/hr
Material of construction Stainless Steel (SS 04)
Motor kW / hP / RPM 3.0 / 2.0 / 2900
Electrical connection 3 Phase, 415 V, 50 Hz
R.O. Module
R 0 Permeate Capacity 1500 liters/hr Permeate
R 0 Recovery 60 °A
Reject from RO module 800 liters/hr

Size of Membrane 4' Dia x 40" Long 1.3
Purification plant should be CE ( Should be from Notified Bod) OR US FDA
CERTIFIED
Product water should be of AAMI STANDARD
Two Year warranty with 5 years comprehensive maintenance Contract should be

included.
Prices of consumables should be quoted separately and it will be fixed for five
years. List of consumable attached
Water Chemical Analysis & Endotoxin test of RO plant will be bidders

responsibility. It should be perform monthly, Endotoxin and chemical analysis (6
month) during Warranty & in CMC Period by bidder. Also submit the test reports/
documentations to user department.
Bidder should provide Six monthly Maintenance as per AAMI standard dun!
Warranty & in CMC Period
by_ bidder. Also submit the test reports/documentations to user department.
Product water testing will be responsibility of supplier.
List of Consumables :-
1
-i),-, ilMiti.24' ,
( I q fi
47 _._..,
4041i-re a s .`te
1-‘13/44. VOA As pc
D; r.
iosty'ital",
. Group of :
Odak ,1C. Sir .J. oos.
byc;.-111.
Sr No Technical Specification
1. Micron Filter
2. Sterile Filter (0.2 micro, 10")
3. Sand Filter Media
4. Carbon Filter Media
5. Water Softener Media
6. Salt for Regeneration.
7. R.O. Membrane
8. T S meter Cc 1 DS we ier )
MG solo (1214
Dr. ..7tirs.
,g-,(gottE,roi nl
essor
Depar eni of Nephrology
GGMC & Cir J. J.
Group of R.ospitala's
Bytuila, Mumbai-400 008.
\
tifrkiraker*
Technical Specification of Water treatment system
Bed capacity 10. ( This will depend upon haemodialysis machines)
The system should be sufficient for online operation of 10 machIrces with pure water capacity of 500
liters per hour. •
The system should comprise of pre treatment modules such as sand filter, activated carbon filter,
water softener, 5 micron particulate filter, before the reverse osmosis unit and post R.O UV light
Disinfection and Bacterial Fitters (0.25 micron) Endotoxin retention filter is desirable for yielding
high purity water.
NI pre treatment modules should have back wash and regeneration facility . These stages should be
designed to handle water flow to support R 0 flow requirement. Generally 50 -60 % more than
permeate flow.( there should be auto back) flush system
R.O. Unit should be compact In sleek cabinet, housing membrane, high pressure pump and bypass
mechanism. The control unit should be microprocessor/ rnicrocontroller controlled. A 5 micron filter
should protect the membrane.
Inc entire unit should have adequate monitoring permeate water conductivity, feed water pressure
and permeate and rejection flow rate.
The water distribution loop, booster pump and storage water tank 'should be made up of stainless
steel. Storage water tank should have capacity of at least 500 litres with water level controller, outlet
valves and easy cleaning provisions.
TREATMENT SCHEME
(1) Raw Water Feed Pump
Raw water from raw water storage tank or nearby header will be pumped to Filtration plant with
the help of centrifugal pump.
(2) Multigrade Sand Filter

Raw water is filtered with the help of Multigrade Sand Filler to reduce the suspended solids /
turbidity to less than 1 NTU. The filter is operated al the flow rate of 1500 liters/hr and will be
backwashed daily. Backwash flow rate for the filter is 4000 liters/hr. The sand filter is designed to
operate at the velocity of 23.0 m/h. Filter vessel is of U.10 construction. The filter media consists
of specific quality of graded sand. To perform various operations of backwash and rinse, manual top
• mounted multiport valve is provided.
• (3) Activated Carbon Filter

To re move the chlorine present in the filtered water, we have considered one no. of Activated
Carbon Filter. The filter is operated at the flow rate of 1200 liters/hr and will be backwashed once in
a day. The MOC for vessel is FRP. To perform various operations such as Normal, Backwash and
Rinse, manual top mounted multiport valve is considered.
(4) Micron filtration

The feed water will be passed through a cartridge filter of 5 micron rating before entering the
reverse osmosis system. The micron filter is considered to prevent the membranes from choking.
Micron filter is of PP construction. Necessary sampling valve and pressure gauges will be provided.
t ickd‘d-r eYIS (it
eittyzicniz rwc)-\•--4 CL -.A u^.73- La ,,k
• t."--e- tr 004. .V6-46(
(5) Reverse Osmosis Module
The filtered wafer will be pumped by means of a high-pressure pump through the R 0 Module
bonsists of 2 nos. of SS 304 Pressure tubes & 2 nos. of membranes. Around 50% of the feed water
Will be available as permeate or product water and balance 50 % will be reject stream, which will be
the effluent from 110 plant. R 0 Module has 2 nos. of pressure tubes and each will have 1
membrane in It. However recovery can be increase by reticulating reject water in feed flow.
(6)110 Water storage Tank

Permeate water produced is at atmospheric pressure, hence forfurther treatm t it is collected in
storage tank. S3 .ecan11 1 0 d a At C.5110r- c;
TECHNICAL DETAILS
Feed Pump
Type centrifugal, horizontal
Discharge Capacity 2.5Kg/cm2 (min).
Material of construction 55304
Motor Rating 1.0HP.
Electrical Requirement:- 220V, Single Phase.
Multigrade Sand Filter

Backwash Duration / Freq. 10 —15 Minutes/ Once in a day
Type of valve Top mounted multipart valve
Activated Carbon Filter
Backwash Duration / Freq. 10-15 Minutes / Once in a day
Water Softener'
Diameter x Height 13 inches x 54 mm
Max / Minimum Pressure 3.5 / 2.0 Kg/cm2
Regeneration frequency: 2/ week or depending on post softener Hardness.
Vita •••„E"
CP
C42
Micron Cartridge Filter
Flow rate 1200 lit/hr
Numbers offered 1
MOC Housing / Element PP
Micron rating 5 micron (20 inch long)
High Pressure Pump

Type Vertical Multistage
Capacity 1200 lit/hr
Material of construction Stainless Steel (SS 304)
Motor kW / hP / RPM 3.0 / 2.0 / 2900
Electrical connection 3 Phase, 415 V, 50 Hz
R.O. Module
•• R 0 Permeate Capacity 500 liters/hr Permeate

R 0 Recovery 60 %
Feed flow to RO module 2000 liters/hr
Reject from RO module 800 liters/hr
US
Size of Membrane 4" Dia x 40" Long
Purification plant should be CE ( Should be from Notified Bad) ORF DACERTIFIED
Product water should be of AAMI STANDARD
Two Year warranty with 5 years comprehensive maintenance Contract should be included.
/7)(.26,.
Prices of consumables should be quoted separately and it will be fixed for five years. List of consumable
attached. C. R. nrolcry- jr3 q lAilyW

nwty Vi)
vcx t I-Ort
0-1-"4"-^5. Lod Ck- CG
Endotoxine test of RO plant will be bidders responsibility. It should be perform monthlyAluring Warranty.
& in CMC Period by bidder. Also submit the test reports/documentations to user department.
•
Bidder should provide Six monthly Maintenance as per AAMI standard during Warranty & in CMC Period
by bidder. Also submit the test reports/documentations to user department.
• Product water testing will be responsibility of supplier.
List of Consumables:-
1. Micron Filter
2. Sterile Filter (0.2 micro, 101
3. Sand Filter Media
4. Carbon Filter Media
S. Water Softener Media
O
6. Salt for Regeneration.
7. R.O. Membrane
\c y/
TOS
Pt7 ji_r
CN-77
y
Urology
1 Electro Hydraulic O.T. Table with Urology Attachments
2 Holmium Laser with Endoscope Units with Accessories
(Minimum 100 watts)
3 TUR Endoscope
4 Shock pulse
5 Resectoscope Set
6 Nephroscope 24 Fr.
9 Urethroscope
10 Urethroscope 6 - 7.5 Fr.
11 Urethroscope 8 - 9.8 Fr.
12 Lithoclast with Compressor
13 AV Fistula set with Magnifying loops
14 C-Arm with Image Intensifier Units (URO OT)
15 Cystoscope 30 degree
16 Cystoscope 0 degree
17 Monopolar Working Element with Inner Out sheet Finger
Active
18 Bipolar Working Element with Inner Out sheet Finger
Active
19 Otis Urethrotome
Technical Specification of Electro Hyadraulic OT table with
Urology Attachements

1 Five Section table top including in built kidney bridge
The eccentrically positioned table top without cross sections to optimize image
2
intensifier accessibility for the complete body ,
Five section table top made of radio translucent material Fluoroscopic capability
allow excellent position for the patient
The table top is of radio translucent material which allows Uninterrupted use of
4
"C" Arm (Phylum imported material with C-arm.
Table top having dimension of 50 cm width and 200 of length.
Headrest is adjustable with ratchet type and can be removable
The mattresses are of untegrated foam padding with non slippy surface. It can even
wash and disinfectant resistant type. H
8 Electrically operated Manual operated (optional)
9 _The base column of the table top should cover with stainless steel
10 ' The base of the table should incorporated with good quality castors for easy
movement of table and consisting of locking device.
0 11 The table should have remote control electro hydraulic and position are adjustable
with remote control.
12 It should have battery backup system in case of failure of power and also optional
manual operated should be available.
13 It should have side railing for attachment of any type of any make of accessories
for table.
14 The table should have inbuilt integrated guide rail system below table top to allow
x-ray CUJSCLLC lincitivit.
15 The table should have inbuilt kidney elevator.
16 All movement of table top including height adjustment, Trendelhurg, lateral tilt.
table top sliding and back section movements can be controlled quickly and
accurately with the help of light weight hand control unit with symbolic soft touch
button
• 17
18
19
The table top should be able towards head and leg section to facilitate unequally
Power supply is of 240 volt should be used for the hand controlled unit. An
Emergency power supply is added for use outage from SKVA UPS
The table should be suitable for the applications of Urology, Plastic Pediatric and
many other major and minor surgeries —'
20 Base should be flat/plane compatible for C-Arm in UROLOGY Surgery.
21 With all standard accessories for Uorology.
CE or US FDA a2proved is included .....)., a —A
L
4C., I, ir-- -f A-7V
1)R WOO i G CLAP--
•
LTh' /4, f )so-NTh
inkvi i Am vat
tiy 11/‘_LA_)L-1--41--4,/\' it
or,,. alia,.. F::, P,k,:TV...
'S...i G :Z.. L:',..1ci:aj. :,',•;:J - , tt•:h;,.y. ,:::..
Specification for Holmium laser with Endoscopic units with Accessories (minimum 100 watt)
Sr.No Technical specification

1 It should be able to Enucleate, Vaporize and Resect circulated adenoma tissue in BPH
treatment of any size.
2 It should be able to fragment calculi of any size in the bladder, ureter or kidney and any
impacted stone fragment.
It should be able to do Stone fragmentation & Dusting.
4 It should be able to ablate superficial bladder tumors, urethral & ureteral tumors.
5 It should be able to treat invasive bladder carcinoma & condylomas and lesions of the
external genitalia.
6 It should have power output of 120 watts.
7 It should be supplied with a 2 Foot switch. Foot pedals should be used for Cut/coagulate and
Fragmentation/Dusting of Stones.
8 It should have repetition rate of 5-55Hz.
9 It should have Energy per Pulse of 0.2 - 3.5 Joules.
10 It should have adjustable pulse width.
11 It should have Suitable aiming beam ( green)
12 It should have a Touch Screen Color Display and should rotate 360 Degrees.
13 it should have at least 4 Generators so that in case of failure of any Generator the surgery can
be completed with output power of three generators
14 It should have Voice Confirmation Indicating System's operational status.
15 It should have a closed loop, self-contained water to air exchanger cooling system.
16 It should be useable with 200-240 VAC 50/60Hz, <46Amp's Power Supply.
17 It should be US FDA and European CE Approved and Certified.
18 It should be supplied with following accessories:
a 550 Micron Reusable, Flexible Fiber - 10 Nos
b 365 Micron Reusable, Flexible Fiber - 10 Nos
c 200 micron Reusable, Flexible Fiber- 10 Nos
d 550 Micron Side Fire Fiber for Ablation - 10 Nos
e 550 Micron Stripping and cleaving (set) - 2 Nos
f 365 Micron Stripping and cleaving (set) - 2 Nos
g 200 Micron Stripping and cleaving (set) - 2 Nos
• h Fibre Inspection Scope - 1 Nos
i Fibre Cutting Scissors - 1 Nos
j Laser Safety Glasses - 10 Nos
19 It should have Tissue Morcellator:
The Tissue Morcellator should provide rapid endoscopic removal of soft tissue and should
have built in suction. Tissue Morcellator should include:
a One control box,
b Regular hand piece
c Outer Blade — Outer Dia 0.47cm/length 39.5cm)
d Inner Blade—Outer Dia 0.39cm/ Length 51.25cm
rA
2 9-y- So ck +11
201,9 qL1 /4„,4_
9
Sr.No Technical specification
e Three pieces of sterile tubing
r f One package each of 3 long cleaning brushes, 3 short cleaning brushes, and 3 endoscope
adaptors.
20 OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS
i Free onsite training to the OT personnel for proper use maintenance of the equipment.
ii Qualified service personnel should be available on short notice and a schedule maintenance
visit must be assured. r
iii Original catalogue and literature must be enclosed with technical bid. For the quoted Unit. 1
iv The list of user in India to be mentioned same or similar.
v The rates of the laser fibers which are not covered under warranty / CMC must be quoted.]
Individually and separately in INR. These rates will be frozen during the period of warranty
i
and maintenance.
vi The unit should be quoted with 15 KVA UPS ( with maintenance free batteries ) of adequate
rating for 15 minutes power back up for smooth functioning for the laser unit
vii The rate of UPS battery must be quoted separately in INR which will be frozen during the
warranty and maintenance contract.
21 Resectoscope set for Enucliation of Prostate — 26 Fr.
H
i Outersheath 26 Fr.
ii Inersheath 24 Fr.
iii Obturator (visualizing)
iv Laser fiber carrying sheath (working element)
22 Flexible Uretero-renoscope 7.5 Fr.
23 Ureteral access sheath — 35 cm, 45 cm. 9/11 Fr. , 11/13 Fr.
wr,I\LT-4)7FK
tztql, Aingroyciii
r5VA)„..thri-t,)na-0
e
SPECIFICATION FOR TUR ENDOSCOPE
ler
Sr.No. Technical Specification Qty.

Forward-Oblique Telescope 30°, diameter 4 mm, length 30 cm, 2
1
autoclavable, Rod lens light transmission incorporated.
Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheath, 17 Fr., with stopcocks at the 1
2 proximal end consisting of \Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheath UO
Obturator and 2 LUER-Lock Cones
Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheath, 19 Fr., consisting of Cystoscope- 1
3
Urethroscope Sheath Obturator and 2 LUER-Lock Cones
Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheat 22 Fr., with reposiononed stop cocks; 1
4
consisting of:Obturator Sheath and 2 LUER-Lock adaptors,
Telescope Bridge, with 1 lockable channel, for use with Cystoscope 1
5
Sheaths
6 1 Telescope Bridge, with 2 lockable channels 1
Resectoscope Sheath, 26 Fr., oblique beak, rotating inner sheath with 1
7 ceramic insulation,consisting of:Resectoscope Sheath Inner Sheath
Connecting Tube for In- and Outflow
8 SCHMIEDT Visual Obturator, for use with sheaths 24/26 Fr., 1
I Working Element, Set consisting of: Working Element (also for use 1
with optical urethrotome) Cutting Loops Coagulating Electrodes High
9 Frequency CORDS Protection Tube Motion by means of a spring. The
active type working elements is movable (Finger oprated). In rest
position the electrode is inside the sheath.
All Instruments and Equipment should be European CE and
US FDA approved and of Single Parent Company
1
S>t Ctkv.,\ r611,
qLte
rie( Lei
s) (MY A YnO (Noick.\ eLt$
002/•-1-As-1-444/•J '20,64
Specification for Shockpulse
1
Should have a single generator for both ultrasonic and low frequency mechanical
energy integrated in the same machine.
2
The system should be able to deliver these energies by Same probes and Hand
pieces
The system should have a Surgeon Controlled / Hand Activation Transducer&
Suction
The system should be equipped with Surgeon Control" and have probe of
"3.76mm probe size providing the largest Inner lumen for stone fragments
evacuation"
5 The unit should be supplied with following probes : 3.7
6mm,3.4rnm,1.83mm,1.50
mm,0.97mm (3 each)
6
The system should simultaneously produce (at the probe tip): - Constant Ultrasonic 1
Wave energy (21000 x per second )& Intermittent Shockwave
(ballistic/mechanical) Energy — highrate of occurrence "300 x per second / 300 Hz
Delivered via a Revolutionary Single Probe Design With Large Inner Lumen
7
The system must Fragment and aspirate all stone sizes, shapes, and composition at
a faster speed with significant reduction in procedure time benefits the patient,
physician and hospital
8
The system must be Compatible with standard Steam Autoclaving, Sterrad and
Sterrad NX cycles
The System must be used for fragmentation of urinary tract calculi in the kidney,
ureter, and bladder
10
The system must offer a complete Probe Size Portfolio — with Single-Use & Re-
Usable options (validated to Global CDS requirements)
11
The system should have Integration of both ultrasonic + high frequency bursts of
mechanical wave energies, delivered simultaneously from a single probe with
Shock Pulse technology and suction control
12
The system should effectively fragments and pulverizes stones of various shape,
size and composition .
13
The system must have Increased speed and performance2 - while generating a
lower pitched noise level (less irritating to users)
14
The system should be of Auto tuning equipped -, a true "plug & play" system
15
The systems should have a user Friendly Torque wrench design — reduces the force
required to assemble probe onto transducer
16 They system should have a single Handpiece design
17
The system should also have hand activation which eliminates the need for the
footswitch
18
1).24k*9
The system should have Ergonomic Plasymr t of Buttons
qu,iL (-
3( Ja:
allows for physiciao
;
to-d-ct
12-t_..
---yv, et
LA 0 e,
ci4,09 194-sq
M. P Ia r A nr-coruki
control for all procedures (PCNL, mPCNL, URS, Bladder)
19 The system should have a transducer with Surgeon Controlled Suction and
Integrated Hand Activation
20 System must have option for using Foot Switch in addition to Hand control/Hand
Switch
21 The unit should be have Torque wrench for connecting / disconnecting probes to
the hand piece 22. System should be US FDA & European CE certified .
22 Generator Specifications : • Voltage of 90(.264VAC • Frequency 50/60Hz
be- fitIALA112--
Lneyo ct (4, IN; v.)

ClArS\ tkkitilk
,L)Vt hAretttl E 7<lead-)r
rein A +wt.\ W
CrMa rineAl Cc.) Ertl) p pH, Atrn-q.rjr):
ABgt
e,
, vSm c
v !. Lv:
ti(
SPECIFICATION FOR RESECTOSCOPE SET
Sr. No. Technical Specification Qty.
RESECTOSCOPE SET 1 Set

Resectoscope Sheath, 22 Fr., oblique beak, rotating inner
sheath with ceramic insulation, quick release lock, for
1 continuous irrigation and suction, for use with Working 1
Elements and 2.9 mm Telescope 12°, ner Sheath
Connecting Tube for In- and Outflow
2 Standard Obturator, for use with Resectoscope Sheaths 1
Working Element Set, consisting of: 1 Working Element 2 1
Cutting Loop, angled 1 Coagulating Electrode, pointed 1
3 Coagulating Electrode, ball end, 0 3 mm Cutting by means
of a spring. The thumb support is movable. In rest pos with
cautery cable.
Cutting Loop angled, 22 Fr., color code: white This article is 2 (pack of
4
only available in units of 6 6)
Coagulating Electrode ball end, 22 Fr., diameter 3 mm, 1 (pack of
5
color code: white This article is only available in units of 6 6)
Cutting Electrode, pointed, 22 Fr., sheath diameter 7 mm, 1 (pack of
for use with Resectoscope Sheaths 26055 SL/SC/LD/BO 6)
6
and HOPKINS® Telescope 26020 FA, color code: white
This article is only available in units of 6.
All instruments should be European CE and USFDA

7
approved and of Single Parent Company
PA tc.)
Dni Su A Oct WI
I< 12a190 I GI kA ice_
,-)or onfl
re101 oAtic0
ecification for Nephroscope Set of 24 Fr
Sr. Techinical Specification Qty
No. •
Nephroscope Set of 24 F R
Wide Angle Straight Forward Telescope 20°, with parallel eyepiece,
autoclavable, fiber optic light transmission incorporated with
working channel, with LUER-Lock connection for inflow, including:
2 x Sealing Cap, Luar lock seal with washer (10) & Other
accessories. 1,1,,,-in ,...,) c_ke,r,-----t. ) ly C
2 Operating Sheath, 26 Fr., for continuous irrigation and suction, with
LUER-Lock stopcock, rotatable
3 Hollow Obturator and Fascial Dilator
4 Guide rod 1
• 5
6
7
Telescopic Dilator set 9 to 30 Fr.
Clot holding forceps (10.5 Fr)
Alligator stone holding forceps (10.5 Fr)
1
1
2
8 Tri prong forceps 1
9 Amplatz sheath with dilator set 2
All Instruments should be European CE and US FDA approved and
of Single Parent Company
co\I ) R Q ctiek--) &-•

ft
r -Fr.4.0 14
CÀv'l
(elku 40i-t
1\1646(:(7 V7
cp\ rn \ Vci-citkok3
C VvAirne_tocci
fi
"dPiaitli>s'•
n
trAni G. a.
S ecification for Nephroscope Set of 22 FR
7-
Sr. 7- Techinical Specification Qty
No.
1 Nephroscope with parallel eyepiece, 22 Fr., rod lens system 20°,
length 22.5 cm, autoclavable, 3.5 to 4 Fr. working channel for use
with instruments up to 10.5 Fr., fiber optic light transmission
incorporated, for use with Operating Sheaths B and Instrument
Port Following accessories are included in delivery: Instrument 1
Port LUER-Lock Tube Connector, male LUER-Lock Tube
Connector, with stopcock, dismantling Insertion Aid, for guide
wires 301.60 XA Silicone Leaflet Washer, package of 10 Seal,
package of 10 Cleaning Adaptor
Operating Sheath, 23/24 Fr., working length 20 to 25 cm/more ,
for continuous irrigation and suction, for use with Nephroscope 1
• 3 Clot holding forceps (3.5 Fr)

Alligator forceps (3.5 Fr)
1
2
5 'Fri prong forceps 1
Guide rod
7 TeRsse ici, Dilator set 9 to 30 Fr. 1
8 P. heath set with dilator set 2
All Instruments should be European CE and US FDA approved
and of Single Parent Company
R Wevmlik
t6 (4 (
So ea -1-1-k
0 0-7
• b)Q PaGy)/ ceg
____c7
1
ruterie L'269
S) rvY.' Avnol 'as ig :41\tt-14 1'61(-
644,- vz f A 'nova(
c\ eyste_t_,Ls—i--42ce-um Tbr'‘r/
Specification for Nephroscope 19 Fr
Sr. Technical Specification Qty
No. 4
Nephroscope Set of 19 F R
1 Wide Angle Straight Forward Telescope 12°, with parallel
eyepiece, autoclavable, fiber optic light transmission I
incorporated with working channel, with LUER-Lock-2
connection for inflow. 22.5 ,
2 Package of 10 washers, 10 seals & other accessories
Operating Sheath, 24 Fr., for continuous irrigation and suction, 1
with FUER-Locic stopcock, rotating
4 Hollow Obturator and Fascial Dilator
5 Guide
6 Telescopic Dilator set 9 to 30 Fr.
• 7
8
9
Clot holding forceps (10.5 Fr)
Alligator stone holding forceps (10.5 Fr)
Tri prong forceps
2
10 lAmpleksheath set with dilator set 2

All Instruments should be European CE and US FDA
i approved and of Single Parent Company
R Rt-
R ,472 P-Thri---)
1-TV‘(f Cie5)11
e-zzig*
Ai, Aro- to
k m
p ;-‘ , riyi-cmcSi
HtictzRt
Specification for Urethroscope
Sr. No. Technical Specification Qty.
9
Urethroscope 1 Set
Forward-Oblique Telescope 30°, diameter 4 mm, length 30
1 2
cm, autoclavable, Rod lens light transmission incorporated,
Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheat 22 Fr., with reposiononed
2 stop cocks; Color code: blue consisting of: Obturator 27026 1
BA Sheath and 2 LUER-Lock adaptors,
Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheath, 20 Fr., with stopcocks at
3 the proximal end, color code: red consisting of: Cystoscope- 1
Urethroscope Sheath() Obturator and 2 LUER-Lock Cones
Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheath, 19 Fr., with stopcocks at
the proximal end, color code: green consisting
4 1
of:Cystoscope-Urethroscope Sheath Obturator and 2 LUER-
Lock Cones
Telescope Bridge, with 1 lockable channel, for use with
5
Cystoscope Sheaths
Grasping Forceps for removal of foreign bodies, 7 Fr. double
6 1
action jaws, flexible, length 40 cm
Biopsy Forceps, 7 Fr., double action jaws, flexible, length 40
7 1
cm
8 Cystoscope sheath 17 F with obturator each
All instruments should be European CE and US FDA Approved and
of Single Parent Company
poil-404(
unlic,
1
-0
2.
4 ID/ 4,0-1
( P-ove rapik 12 Hr A wore ktott
Et%
6)
Specification for Urethrosco e 6-7.5 Fr
Sr. Techincal Specification Q ty
No. a
Uret oscope Set of 6-7.5 F R (Semi rigid)

1 URS 6-7.5 FR) 1
Angle — 5° Internal 43 cm leng1Tt d,
Auto cleavable
Fibre optic light transmission incorporated
2 lateral irrigation parts & 1 working channel for instruments

upto 4 Fr.
Instruemrit part with sealing system
• Luer lock tube connector
Luer lock tube connector seal
Package of 10 flow control stop cocks.

Clew,---
-
-Giangifig—accessories
Package of 10 washers & 4 Nipple (for instrument part)

approved and of Single Parent Comeany
se 0.011‘
, , ril
D
1},( cUro ca.1-0
ci
_e
Specification for Urethrosco e 8-9.8 F R
Sr. Techincal Specification Qty
No.
Uretro-renoscope (Semi Rigid) of 8-9.8 F R

Uretero-Renoscope 8-9.8 Fr., 5°, length 43 cm, distal tip 8 Fr., 1
instrument sheath 94Fr., one-ste , 12 Fr.,
tar.
Auto cleavable
with angled eyepiece
fiber optic light transmission incorporated
2 lateral irrigation ports and 1 working channel 6 Fr.,
for use with instruments up to 5 Fr.
Following accessories are included:

Insertion Aid Instrument Port with Sealing System and Quick
Release Lock LUER-Lock Tube Connector, LUER-Lock,
Tube Connector Seal, package of 10 Flow Control Stopcock
Cleaning accessories
Package of 10 washers & 4 Nipple (for instrument part)

approved and of Single Parent Company i
etrutir-zi--ALOc19-
-Sur
Pa'75:iaYf 11A&Ipi
) ii D a 17c- .n;
2t
i 9X12 su z.5, c cirrt-; )
ati Asterravol
kr> Ini)re— A rivb1 \A) tutsz144_ 43
e) cnigiA-c_t_dra-t"-- Ya-ky`y
Lithoclast with compressor
Sr.No. Technical specifications-- 0

1 Should be a lithotripsy system based on jackhammer principal, In which the
pulse movement
of the probe should fragment the calculus.
2 The handpiece and probe should have no electrical components.
3 The average energy transmitted to the calculus should be low pulse frequency
of about 12 Hz
4 Ensuring no significant increase in temperature of probe and hand piece.
5 The main unit should be having control to increase/decrease the pressure.
6 The main unit should have two models Single & Continuous Pulse.
7 Should consist of
A footswitch. Two Stage — 2 Nos.
Hand piece autoclavable — 2 Nos.
Spare Damping Unit for use with lithotripsy probes, autoclavable — 20 Nos.
Silicone Tube for connecting hand piece to unit length 200 cm, autoclavable
Cleaning Brush
Probes of URS Short 0.8, 1 & 1.6 mm each — 10 nos.
Probes of URS Long 0.8, 1 & 1.6 mm each — 10 nos.
Probes for PCNL 0.8, 1 & 1.6 mm each — 10 nos.
Adaptor for URS
Oxygen Meter for 02 Cylinder (2) nos.
The unit should be supplied with a portable compact
Compressor, Controllable from 0-8 Bar Noiseless
The unit should be CE & IEC 601-1 certified
All products quoted should be CE approved or FDA USA approved and of Single
Parent Company.
a470 *iU P. PAT L

a17‘rinA At
trofr
sr. sm pp F: 0“fr*-e- kilc ‘,Iate; Pnfsseim
Dept. c kiv.togy
cUaCr
Sot! G. S. Mqkiy.!1;
K.E.M. Hospitah Pare;,
A V Fistula Instruments Set
Open Micro Ring Forcep Straight-01

Curved-01
Open Micro Needle Holder Straight with lock-01
Without lock-01
Curved with lock -01
Without Lock-01
Open Micro Scissor Straight-01
Curved-01
Open / Micro Potts Scissor-01
• Open Micro Castroviejo Forcep Plain Blunt-01
Toothed-01
Open Vascular Debakey Forcep Straight-01
Open Bull Dog Clamp-01
No. of small size Straight-02
Curved-02
A.V.Fistula Retractor-02
Catspaw Retractor-02
Double / Single Matt Sterilization Box Steel-01
Iris Scissor Curved-01
Fistula Probe Straight / Curved-02
Mosquito Forcep Straight-02
• Curved-04
Nerve hooks small size-02
A V Fistula Loops / Slings-01 Pkt
Magnifying loops more than 3.5 X
Magnification Karl Zeiss or Keel
CfCkly
n \t,ir nrc,
c404- f& as
141 / N Z11; k • 'q K aath med
Specification of C Arm with Image Intensifier units (URO OT)
Sr. No. Techinical Specification for 9" inch triple nem u-nrm 1
It should be a mobile surgical high frequency C — Arm system suitable for
all surgical & iterventional procedures. 360 °C rotation with safety stop i
Generator
a) Microprocessor based
b) High frequency generator 3.5 K.W. 1
c) Radiography with optional cassette holder CCD camera offered is 1/2 B/W
Sony Make CCD Camera single unit type with loe input high resolution
CCD designed to operate with image intensifier, input 0.3 lux output 625
lines,50 fields, Effective picture pixels 752 (H) x 582 (V)
2 X — Ray Tube I
a) Stationary Anode double Focus i
i
b) Heat capacity specify 30 Kj I
c) Fluoroscopic KVP 40-110 KVP
d) Radiographic KVP 40-110 KVP available
e) Fluoroscopic mA-6 mA or more
f) AERB approved certificate for machine is submitted
g) Imaging System : B/W CCD Camera with high power optics & high
resolution (HR) output available.
h) Monitors : 2 Nos 17 "Flatron flat surface Monitors mounted on a
trolley of suitable height.Trolley has cabinet for keeping image memory
Other features
Image storage system with DICOM image Compatible Computers System.
a) Data archiving option with CD-ROM port activation.
b) Iris shutter collimation.
c) Foot switch & hand switch for fluoroscopy.
d) Last image hold (LIH)
e) Variable frame averaging.
1) Image reverse
g) Image rotation
h) Universal cassette holder is standard supply in our unit
i) Suitable Voltage Stabilizer.
4 Power : Single Phase 200 — 250 Volts 50 Hz. 15 Amps
Accessories :
a) Light weight lead protective BARC approved lead aprons — 10 Nos.
b) Lead Gloves - 4 Nos.
c) Thyroid guard 10 Nos.
d) Gonadal sheets -- 10 Nos.
e) Cassettes with intensifying sc n 2 Nos.
. NO PclOu i (
-----7k-fl
- a__ 1 p2 atAA cvti
f/it N 6q
<D12-- CA7 111°J\ el r L.,-7-04 6-`-\ •
3/ cP-r. Suiv-0
PA-rni\if (C,
fr)
-11-tmol W tkoWetit cg r ) Anyvwknall
4) 01— rghs--A-s-kat-v\ to-ti)
lg
r:. RHusHA
Description Qty.
Sr. No.
Cystosccope with Telescope 30 degree
Forward-Oblique Telescope 30°, diameter 4 2
1
mm, length 30 cm, autoclavable, fiber optic
light transmission incorporated.
Hopkins II wideangle vision
2 Cystoscope Sheath - 19Fr. I.
Cystoscope Sheath - 22Fr. 1
3
4 Telescope bridge single channel 2
•
5 All Instruments and Scopes should be
European CE and US FDA approved and of
Single Parent Company
Wed_
12t 6 rnacticsi
Mgrt prnycortit
ificaion for Telescope 0 Degree
Cystoscope with telescope 0 Degree
Sr. No. Description Qty.
1 Forward-Oblique Telescope 0°, diameter 4 1
mm, length 30 cm, autoclavable, fiber optic
light transmission incorporated.
2 Cystoscope Sheath- 17Fr. 1
Telescope bridge single channel 1
All Instruments and Scopes should be
European CE and US FDA approved and of
4 Single Parent Company
—10-Roct.oUtk-te-t
iVornect co cmch
3 , Q)
A rorc,40
11-5tt'l:g 1443N, ?ITamar

Ri7-P1 R-91v1THU
r. 1-1-0A I.
41-1
041 t ti-zs) •
so‘ Gee; -
1.
35.
olar working Element Finger active
7
Sr. r Description Qty
14-
1 Resectoscope Sheath, 26 Fr., oblique beak, rotating 1
inner sheath with ceramic insulation, consisting of:
Resectoscope outer Sheath , visualising obturator
sheath Connecting Tube for In- and Outflow continuos
irrigation type.
2 Working Element, Set consisting of: Working 1
ElementCutting Loops Coagulating Electrodes
Coagulating Electrodes High Frequency Cords (2Nos.)
Protection Tube Connector with tube Motion by means
of a finger grip.
3 Cutting Loop angled, 24/26 Fr., This article is only 4
available in units of 6
4 Coagulating Electrode pointed, 24/26 Fr. This article is 1
only available in units of 6
5 Coagulating Electrode ball-shaped, diameter 3 mm, 1
24/26 Fr., This article is only available in units of 6
6 Standard Obturator, for 24/26 Fr. Sheaths 1

7 Forward-Oblique Telescope 30°, diameter 4 mm, length 1
30 cm, autoclavable, fiber optic light transmission
incorporated.
approved and of Single Parent Company
.R
44- LA-4,s
Ta-A-Is Aiwa \ V4 ac), drz_
el'orneciicei tt9pj L'10„.t.r
8 (C:41- - RSYI.Ara
? A111.-
th P tss
es Pcoiot
gy &
Assoc. O tolo ege 1020i2
Or en deck. of cal Coll
Seth G. S.1,4alai,
Medi MVOs\ -
K M. 0°500
Specification for Bipolar working element Finger active
Sr. Description Qty
No.
1 Resectoscope Sheath, 26 Fr., oblique beak, rotating inner sheath with ceramic 1
insulation, color code: yellow consisting of: Resectoscope outer Sheath,
Visualising obturator Connecting Tube for In- and Outflow continuous irrigation
type.
2 Standard Obturator, for 24/26 Fr. Sheaths , 1
3 Electrotome, consisting of: Working Element Cutting Loop, bipolar Coagulation 1
Electrode, bipolar High Frequency Cord (2Nos.) Protection Tube
4 Cutting Loop, bipolar, 24/26 Fr., for use with Telescopes This article is only 4
available in units of 6. —
5 Coagulation Electrode, bipolar, pointed, 24/26 Fr., for use with Telescopes This 1
article is only available in units of 6.
6 Vaporization Electrode half moon, bipolar, ball-shaped, 24/26 Fr., for use with 1
Telescope, This article is only available in units of 6
7 Forward-Oblique Telescope 30°, diameter 4 mm, length 30 cm, autoclavable, 1
fiber optic light transmission incorporated.
8 Saline TUR generator _set.
.
This system should be compatible with following procedures:-
1 Saline TUR
2 Bipolar TURP
3 Conventional Monopolar TUR
4 Saline Enucleation of Prostate
5 Open Monopolar
6 Open Bipolar
7 Laproscopic-Monopolar
8 Laprascopic - Bipolar
9 Open Vesssel sealing
10 Laprosopic Vessel sealing
11 Preloaded mode for Vapo Enucleation
12 System should have following features:
13 Output mode: Monopolar, Bipolar and Saline
14 Monopolar cutting: PURE, BLEND 0W.
15 Monopolar coagulation: SPRAY ili ' . of
16 Bipolar Cutting: PURE
,,,‘ 0% P ,,.
4.16•5 4 0 - 1 VS ii• ill r
n
CO '
00 j131 CO .Is
17 Saline cutting: PURE, BLEND lat....00°.,,c0A..,d0 •
Arno! VJtt
7(qffirl rneati rvd,_—
. .t
gf
71. ti-En S'Titrtr(1
kt15.‘4, Alma
-17:-
Mritc *ka--0-4 ->rokc
R2 k,--0-C,L,AL
18 System should have inbuilt vessel sealing capability or should be upgraded to
vessel sealing in near future.
19 Saline coagulation: 2 or more different strengths
20 Base Frequency: 350kHz
21 Protection against electric shock: Class1Type CF
22 Automatic/Compatible Smoke Evacuation facility.
1
23 Eelctrosurgical Unit
Footswitch 1
24
All Instruments should be European CE and US FDA approved and of Single
9
Parent Company
ram
2 ki—ta
Awry\ Vt&r)Ltka,2_
ecory,ecik.al
90A p‘g
"rffief
claa
wAloirr
ft:;;At4 U-4.14
5501
.a\ GS:\ Le°12

1,,,totsc)‘" 4003'
cec \'
S ecificaion for Otis Urethrotome
Sr. No. Description Qty.
• . .
1 Urethrotome parallel expanding length of 1
dialting surface 16cm with 2 knife.
It should be European CE and VS FDA
2 approved
R
P,DA.0‘ \NJ ttc./009
2....
1Vo ecticcil F et
PAZ WI A-Pinky&
-63 • c ,. ffg
11-56,;z; ?zirvR,
1
#ea-istat -1131-1e11
avgrat•
Other
1 Linen
2 Bio Medical Waste Treatment System Non Burn
Technology
3 Liquid Medical Waste
4 Laundry System
5 Cleaning Trolley
•
Specification for Linen 21/8/2019
Item name and s ecification

Sr. no. Name of the As per standard/ Technical Specification Item Delivery
Linen Description days
1 White Bed Sheet IS 175:1989 (Table No. 1,Variety No. 4) 100% Cotton Used for 45
60" x 90" Parameter Method number Requirement patients Bed
Dimensional Stability after ISO 6330 +/- 3.0% Max
Laundering
Pilling ISO 12945-2[]000 rev] Grade 3-4 max
Tensile Strength ISO 13934-2 10 kgs Min

Tear Strength ISO 13937-1 900 gm Min
Green Bed Sh et IS 175:1989 (Table No. 1,Variety No. 4) 100% Co ton sed for 45
60" x 90" Parameter Method Number Requirement 1 atients Bed
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 Blend :+/-3.0%
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8
Dimensional Stability after IS 15852:2009 +/- 2.0 % Max
Laundering
Colorfastness to Washing IS 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour
Colorfastness to Crocking IS 15852:2009 Dry: 4 Wet :3
Colorfastness to Water ISO 105 E01 Colour Change: 4 Colour
Colorfastness to IS 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour
Perspiration Staining: 4
Tensile Strength IS 15852:200 Warp-44.9 kgf min Weft-35.7 kgf
Tear Strenoth IS 15852:200 Warp-I kgf min Weft-0.9kgf min
Seam strength ISO 13935 15 kgs
Pilling IS 15852:20015 hrs1 Grade 4 max
Light Pink Bed IS 175:1989 (Table No. 1,Variety No. 4) 100% Cotton 1 sed for 45
Sheet 60" x 90' Parameter Method Number Requirement r atients Bed
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8
Laundering
Colorfastness to Washing IS 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3-4
Colorfastness to Crocking IS 15852:2009 • Dry: 4 Wet :3
Colorfastness to Water 150 105 E01 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3
Colorfastness to IS 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 4
Perspiration
Tensile Strength IS 15852:200 Warp-44.9 kgf min Weft-35.7 kgf min
Tear Strength IS 15852:200 Warn-1 kgf min Well-0.9kgf min
Pilling IS 15852:200 [5 hrs1 Grade 4 max
Baby woolen IS 1681:1998 variety no. 2 U sed for Baby 45
blanket 48" x 60
P1 Heins
Blend composition (%) (IS Wool 80 (78-82)
3416:1988) (IS: 2006)
Polyamidc/ Polyester 20 (19.5-20.5)
Type of weave Twill weave (2/2) •

threads per DM (IS 1963- Ends/dm 95
1981 RA 2008) picks/dm 85
count of basic yarn removed from fabric (warp/well) 240 Tex
Wool fibre fineness Grade (IS 5911:1977) 48s

thickness of fabric (mm) (ASTM D 1777-96) (IS 3.5 (minimum)
7702)
Weigh of sample weight per sq. meter 520
(grm) (IS 1964)
unit weight (Kgf) 1.8 kg
Colourfastness to artificial light (IS 2454: 1985) 5 (minimum)
pH (IS: 1390:1983) 5-7
Colourfastness to washing (ISO 105-C-10) A(I) at Change in color of sample & staining on
40 deg C. for 30 mm) adjacent fabric-4 or better
Breaking strength (IS 1969:1985)(Newton) Warp=880 (minimum)
Weft-
-640 (minimum)
Dimensional change on soaking in water (relaxation 4 (maximum)
shrinkage) (%) (15:665:1989)
Resisitance to pilling (IS 10971-1984)(RA 2006) 3 or better

Red Blanket 60" IS 1681:1998 variety no. 2 Us, dfor 45
x 90" pat ents
3416: 1988) (IS: 2006)
Polyamide/ Polyester 20 (19.5-20.5)
Joint D irer tor

Directoitti, of .1
Type of weave Twill weave (2/2)
1981 RA 2008) picks/din 85
count of basic yarn removed from fabric (warp/weft) 240 Tex
Wool fibre fineness Grade ( S 5911:1977) 48s
(grm) (IS 1964)
unit eight (Kgf) 1.8 kg

pH (IS: 1390:1983) 5-7
Colourfastness to washing (ISO 105-C-10) A(1) at Change in color of sample & staining on
Breaking strength (IS 1969:1985)(Newton) Warp=880 (minimum)
Weft=640 (minimum)
Dimensional change on soaking in water (relaxation 4 (maximum)

shrinkage) (%) (IS:665:1989)
Resisitance to pilling (IS I0971-1984)(RA 2006) • 3 or better

Pilling box after 18000 revolution
6 Solapuri Chaddar Fibre Content: 100% Cottton Used for 45

(Counter Panes) patients
Unit Weigh per counterpane 1200gm (minimum)
60" x 90"
Threads per cm as per IS 1963:2004 Warp per 25min=60 ; Weft per 25 mm=32
Colourfastness to washing (ISO 105-C-10) A(I ) at Change in color of sample & staining on
40 deg C. adjacent fabric-4 or better
pH (IS: 1390:1983) 6-8
scouring loss (%) (15: 1386 mild method) 3% (maximum)
Colourfastness to rubbing Dry: warp/ weft= 4(minimum)

Wet: warp/ weft= 4(minimum)
Type of Weave Jacquard with plain ground weave
Dimensional change to washing (%)(130:6330 and 3% (maximum)

ISO 5077 at 40 deg.0 after I washes, tumble dry)
Dimensional change to heat (%)(IS: 11248:1995 3% (maximum)

Annex-C)
7 Turkish napkin 100% Cotton Used for 45

18 x 24 inch Size: 18 x 24 Inch Patients
(Maroon colour) Warp (Ground and Pile): 20s/2 Ne
Weft : 20s Ne
EPI: 60
PPI:58
GSM: 400
Parameter Method Number Requirement

Dimensional Stability after ISO 6330 +/- 5.0%
Laundering
General Appearance As per care label Satisfactory
Laundering
Colorfastness to Washing ISO 105 C06 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3
Colorfastness to Crocking ISO 105 X12 Dry: 4 Wet :3
Colorfastness to Water ISO 105 E01 Colour Change: .4
Colour Staining: 3
Absorbency Test AATCC 79 Max 10 Seconds
pH ISO 3071 5.0 -7.5
8 Turkish towel 100% Cotton Used for 45
24 x 48 inch Size: 24 x 48 Inch Patients
(Maroon colour) \Varp (Ground and Pile): 20s/2 Ne
Weft : 20s Ne
EPI: 60
PPI:58
GSM: 400
Laundering
Laundering
Colorfastness to Crocking ISO 105 X12 Dry. 4 Wet :3 l 1
14 \—.7/
Colorfastness to Water ISO 105 E01 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3
pH ISO 3071 5.0 -7.5
9 White Turkish 100% Cotton Used for 45
towel for Size: 18 x 24 Inch Doctor
Doctors 18 x 2 1 Warp (Ground and Pile): 20s/2 Ne
inch Weft : 20s Ne
EPI: 60
PPI:58
GSM: 400

Laundering
General Appearance M per care label Satisfactory
Laundering
Colorfastness to Washing ISO 105 C06 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining:
pH ISO 3071 5.0 -7.5
10 Honey Comb IS 854:1991(Table No. 1,Variety No. 2) I sed for 45
Towel 18 x 24 1 atients
inch (Maroon
colour)
Honey Comb IS 854:1991(Table No. 1,Variety No. 2) I sed for 45
Towel 24 X 48 atients
inch (Maroon
colour)
12 Satranji 12 ft x 2 As per specifications Used for 45

ft Warp Weft Reed Picks c onsiling
2/6 2/6 14 52 p
patients .Hall
13 Panja Dari 311x As per specifications Used for 45
611 Warp Weft Reed Picks consiling
2/6 2/6 14 52 patients Hall
14 Casement Cloth IS 15852:2009 Used for 45
(Sky Blue) 60" Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) Patients
Method Number Requirement liPatient

atient
Fiber Analysis nifonn cloth

IS 15852:2009 Blend :+/-3.0%
Men, women
PH IS 15852:2009 6-8
a d kids- Sky
Laundering Blue) 60 Inch ]
Perspiration
Tear Strength IS 15852:200 Warp-I kgf min Weft-0.9kgf min
Pilling IS 15852:200 [5 hrs] Grade 4 max
15 Bleached IS 175:1989 (Table No. 1,Variety No. 4) 100% Cotton U. ed for 45
Casement Cloth Pzdiems [Bed
Parameter Method number Requirement
(White )60" sh eels, draw
Laundering sheets and
Pilling ISO 12945-2[1000 rev] Grade 3-4 max pi low cover
(V bite) 60
Tensile Strength In.
150 13934-2 10 k_gs Min
Tear Strength ISO 13937-I 900 gm Min
16 Green Cloth 60" IS 15852:2009 U: ed for 45
Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) fir spital
Parameter IDoctors and

Method Number Requirement
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 Blend :+/-3.0% Datient uniform
eh th for
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8
op eration
th( atres- Green
Laundering
Cl oth 60 Inch]
Colorfastness to Water ISO 105 501 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3
Perspiration
(-0
Tear Strength IS 15852:200 Warp-I kgf min.Weft-0.9kgf min
17 Green Caseme t 100% Polyester Used for 45
Cloth 54" Warp and weft: 300 denier Hospital
EN: 54 [Curtain cloth
PPI:52 for operation
GSM: 150 heatres -
Green) 54
Parameter Method Number Requirement nch]
Dimensional Stability after ISO 6330 +/- 10% Max
Laundering
Colorfastness to Washing ISO 105 CO6 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3
Colorfastness to Water ISO 105 E01 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining; 3
Colourfastness to Light ISO 105 B02 Grade 5
Tensile Strength ISO 13934-2 10 kgs min
Flammability • IS 11871 Method A Char Length-10 cm min/After Flame Time-
18 Dyed Casement IS 15852:2009 se for 45
Cloth (Sky Blue Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) ospital
Colour) 54" Patient
Parameter Method Number Requirement niform cloth
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 Blend :+/-10% Men, women
• pH IS 15852:2009
Dimensional Stability after IS 15852:2009
Laundering
Colorfastness to Washing 1S 15852:2009
Colorfastness to Crocking IS 15852:2009
6-8
+/- 2.0 % Max
Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3-4

Dry: 4 Wet :3
d kids- Sky
flue) 54 Inch]

Perspiration
Tear Strength IS 15852:200 Warp-1 kgf min Weft-0.9kgf min
19 White Casement IS 175:1989 (Table No. ',Variety No. 4) 100% Cotton sed for 45
cloth 54" Parameter Method number Requirement F ospital
Laundering
Pilling ISO 12945-2[1000 rev] Grade 3-4 max

Tear Strength ISO 13937-1 900 gin Min
20 Cloth for IS 15852:2009 L sed for 45
Operation Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) I: ospital Staff,
Theaters (Green b urses ,
Colour) 54 " Parameter Method Number Requirement A ssitants
pli IS 15852:2009 • 6-8
Laundering
Perspiration
Pilling IS 15852:200 15 hrs] Grade 4 max
21 Curtain cloth 100% Polyester U ed for ward 45
(Green Colour) Warp and weft: 300 denier & window
EP1: 54
PPI:52
GSM: 150
Dimensional Stability after 150 6330 +/- 3.0% Max
Laundering
Colourfastness to Light ISO 105 B02 Grade 5
Flammability IS 11871 Method A Char Length-10 cm min/After Flame Time-
22 Draw Sheet 48 'x IS 175:1989 (Table No. 1,Variety No. 4) Used for Trolly 45
90" [white] 100% Cotton & Hospital
Parameter Method number Requirement Small
Dimensional Stability after 150 6330 +/- 3.0% Max Instrument &
Laundering surgical Item
Pilling ISO /2945-2[1000 rev] Grade 3-4 max

Tear Strength ISO 13937-1 900 gm Mill
23 Patients dress IS 15852:2009 Used for 60
Cloth (Sky Blu Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) Patients
Colour) 36"
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 Blend *1-3.0%
PH IS 15852:2009 6-8
Laundering
Perspiration
•24 Green Apron

surgeon
Tear Strength
Seam strength
Pilling
IS 15852:2009
IS 15852:200
ISO 13935
IS 15852:200 IS hrs]
Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33)

Warp-I kgf min Well-0.9kgf min
15 kgs
Grade 4 max
I wring
urgeiy, Full
60
(readymade ) Si leeves, with

38, 40, 42, 44, 4 ( ollar, Back
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 Blend +1-3.0%
pH IS 15852.2009 s de Knots
6-8
Dimensional Stability after IS 15852:2009 +1- 2.0 % Max
Laundering
Colorfastness to 15 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 4
Perspiration
Tensile Strength 1S 15852:200 Warp-44.9 kgf min Weft-35.7 kgf min
25 White apron IS 15852:2009 p sed for 60
urgeon Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) octor during
(readyinade ) Siz 0 PD (three
38, 40,42, 44, 4 Parameter Method Number Requirement pi cket with
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 Blend :+/-3.0% cc Ilar and half
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8 sl eeves)
Dimensional Stability after IS 15852:2009 +1- 2.0 % Max
Laundering
Colorfastness to 15 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 4
Perspiration
26 Surgeon Dress IS 15852:2009 Di ring 60
(Green Apron & Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) St rgery, Full
Pant ) (readymad sit eves, with
) Appron Size
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 Blend :+1-3.0% Cr Ilar,Front
36,38, 40, 42, 44, sic e button
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8
46 & Pant Size
28,30,
Laundering
32,34,36,38,40,42
Colorfastness to Crocking IS 15852:2009 Dry: 4 We t:3
Perspiration
Tear Strength IS 15852:200 Warp-1 kgfmin Weft-0.9kgf min
27 Patient's Dress 15 15852:2009 Used for 60
(Female Gown) Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) Patients (Half
Sky Blue Colour sleeve, V type
36, 38, 4Q 42, 44 mock with
provision for
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8
knots)
Laundering
Colorfastness to IS 15852:2009 Colour Change:.4 Colour Staining: 4
Perspiration
28 Patients Dress IS 15852:2009 Used for 60
(Male) Top and Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) Patients (Half
Payjama-Top sleeve, V neck,
Size 36,38, 40, Front side
4Z 44, 46 & knots)
IS 15852:2009 6-8
Payjama Size pH
Dimensional Stability after IS 15852:2009 +/- 2.0 %Max
28,30,
Laundering
32,34,36,38,4042
Perspiration
Seam strength ISO 13935 15 kes
29 Patient's Dress IS 15852:2009 Used for 60
Female Top Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) Patients (Top
(Peticot) and Para meter Half sleeve,
Payjama SID/ Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 Blend +/-3.0% Round neck,
Blue Colour Size pH IS 15852:2009 Front side
6-8
36, 38, 40, 42, 44 Dimensional Stability after IS 15852:2009 knots &
+/- 2.0 %Max
Laundering Payjama knots)
Colorfastness M Water ISO 105 E01 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3

Perspiration
Tensile Strength 15 15852:200 Warp-44.9 kgf min Weft-35.7 kgf min
30 Cotton Pillow 15 175:1989 (Table No. ],Variety No. 4) 100% Cotton Used for 60
Covers 18 x24 Pillow cover
Laundering

31 Face mask (green IS 745:2003 variety no 2 Doctor 60
Colour)
32 Cotton Mattresses Mean length of Cotton: 0.9", Microniaire value:4 and above, Trash Content: upto 8% For Cover 45
10 kg (Size 3 Ft x Cloth: IS 175:1989 (variety no 5 Recommmended as it is PET/Cot blend, more durable)
6 Ft)
33 Mattresses Coir Coir Mattresses as per IS 8391 (Part 1):2018 Firm Grade and Rexine Cover IS 8698:1984 Type A 45
Foam rexin Cover Grade I class A [25 mm thick soft top layer and 75 min thick Jinn grade layer]
4"
(Size 3 Ft x 6 Ft)
1a1 Directo':2:
X'55 3 /fern rrt(,-k-et +7) Pi Ilekz eAu, it A14 ttcgt 311,-71-17
34 Mattresses Coir Coir Mattresses as per IS 8391 (Part I):2018 Firm Grade and Rexine Cover IS 8698:1984 Type A 45
Foam rexin Cover Grade 1 class A [25 mm thick soft top layer and 75 min thick [inn grade layer]
3',
(Size 3Ft x 4 ft)
fIlt (for peadiatric )
37 Polyster IS 14953:2001 variety no 2 45
Mosquito Net 3X
6
Please note
1.Bidder has to submit samples for quoted item .Sample will be tested by Govt. Accrediated laboratory and amount against testing
charges will be borne by bidder.
2. Above said all the tenders will be for Two years Rate Contract.
3. Rate will be valid for two years from the rate allotment.
Lrst of e ting labs in the Mumbai region recommended for testing the quality of the above items
1.The Bombay Textile Research Association,
nl bahadur sastri marg,Ghatkopar(w),Mumbai-400086
no:+91-22-25003651/2652/2117/1I 19/1 135/7891/7892/2458,
website:www.btraindia.com, Textile Committee:
2. Textile Committee
Textile Lab & Research Centre, Off Veer Savarkar Marg, Prabhadevi Chowk, P Balu Road, Prabhadevi, Mumbai 400025
Ph: (022)66527519, 66527520, 66527507
Wesite: www.textilescommitee.gov.in
[email protected]
3. I ntertek Testing Sen'ice India PVT. LTD.
022) 67976900 Pirojshanagar, Estem Express Highway,
Vikhroli East, Mumbai - 400083
www.intertek.com SGS India
SGS House
4.Texanlab Laboratories Pvt. Ltd.
Textile & Analytical Laboratory
- 855, 1st Floor, TTC Industrial Area,
Rabale, PO Ghansoli, Navi Mumbai 400 701 INDIA.
Tel : + 91 22 6141 7100, Fax : + 91 22 6141 7101
[email protected]/ [email protected]
5.CENTRAL INSTITUTE FOR RESEARCH ON COTTON TECHNOLOGY
(Indian Council of Agricultural Research)
DARE, Govt. of India
Adenwala Road, Matunga(East), Mumbai 400 019
24127273/76,24184274/75,24157238 Fax No.24130835/24 157239
[email protected]
http://www.circohresin SASMIRA:
6. Synthetic and Art Silk Mills' Research Association
Sasmira, Sasmira Marg, Worli, Mumbai - 400 030,
Phone :+91 - 022 - 24935351-52
Fax :+91 - :022 - 24930225
E-mail :sasmira@vsnloom
7.Wool Research Association,
Akbar Camp Road, P.O. Sandoz I3aug Kolshet Road,
Thane - 400 607, Maharashtra State. India.
E-mail: [email protected] kx
Dr. Ra indra D. Kale, ICT mare, VJTI Mr. Ajit Deshmukh, SASM1RA
, o,
Specification for Linen 11-Jun-19
Item name and specification

Sr. Name of the Linen As per standard/ Technical Specification Item Delivary days
no. Description
I White Bed Sheet IS 175:1989 (Table No. ',Variety No. 4) 100°4 Cotton Use for 45
60" x 90" Parameter Method number Requirement patients Bed
Laundering

2 Green Bed Sheet 15 175:1989 (Table No. 1,Var'ety No. 4) 100% Cotton Use for 45
60" x 90" Parameter Method Number Requirement patients Bed
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8
Laundering
Colorfastness to Washing IS 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour
Colorfastness to Water ISO 105 E01 Colour Change: 4 Colour
Colorfastness to IS 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour
Perspiration Staining: 4
Tensile Strength IS 15852:200 Warp-44.9 kgf min Weft-35.7 kgf
Pilling IS 15852:200 [5 Ms] Grade 4 max
3 Light Pink Bed IS 175.1989 (Table No. 1,Var ety No. 4) 100°4 Cotton Use for 45
Sheet 60" x 90" Parameter Method Number Requirement patients Bed
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8
Laundering
Perspiration
Tensile Strength 15 15852:200 Warp-44.9 kgf min Weft-35.7 kgf min
4 Baby woolen IS 1681:1998 variety no. 2 Use for Baby 45
blanket 48" x 60" patients
3416:1988) (fS: 2006)
Polyam de/ Polyester 20 (19.5-20.5)
Type of weave Twill weave (2/2)

1981 RA 2008) picks/dm 85
count of basic yarn removed from fabric 240 Tex
(warp/weft)
Wool fibre fineness Grade (IS 5911:1977) 48s
7702)
(grm) (IS 1964)
unit weight (Kgf) 1.8 kg
pH (IS: 1390:1983) 5-7
Colourfastness to washing (ISO 105-C-10) A( I) at Change in color of sample Be staining on
40 deg C. for 30 min) adjacent fabric-4 or better
Breaking strength (IS 1969: I 985)(Newton) Warp=880 (minimum)
, Weft=640 (minimum)
A P 1
4 (maximum)
Dimensional change on soaking in water (relaxation
shrinkage) (%) (IS:665:1989)
3 or better
Resisitance to (IS 10971-1984)(RA 2006) Use for
IS 1681:1998 variety no. 2 patients
Red Blanket 60" x
90" 80 (78-82)
Blend composition (%) (IS Wool
3416:1988) (IS: 2006) Polyamide/ Polyester 20 (19.5-20.5)
Twill weave (2/2)

Type of weave
threads per DM (IS 1963- Ends/dm
1981 RA 2008) $ icks/dm
240 Tex
count of basic am removed from fabric
Wool fibre fineness Grade (IS 5911:1977)
3.5 (minimum)
thickness of fabric (mm) (ASTM D 1777-96 (IS
Weigh of sample weight per sq. meter
(grin) (IS 1964)
unit weight (Kgf)
5 (minimum)
Colourfastness to artificial light (IS 2454: 1985)
H (IS: 1390:1983)
Change in color of sam.le & staining on
Colourfastness to washin (ISO 105-C-10) A(1) at Warp=880 (minimum)
Breaking strength (IS 1969:1985)(Newton) Wefm-640 (minimum)
4 (maximum)
Dimensional change on soaking in water (relaxation
shrinkage) (%) (IS:665:1989)
3 or better
Resisitance to pilling (IS 10971-1984)(RA 2006)
Pilling box after 18000 revolution
Use for
1000/0 Cottton
Fibre Content: patients
Solapuri Chaddar
1200gm (minimum)
(Counter Panes)
x 90"
Warp per 25mm=60 ; Weft per 25 inm=32
Threads per cm as per IS 1963:2004
Change in color of sample & staining on
Colourfastness to washing (ISO 105-C-10) A(1) at
adjacent fabric-4 or better
40 deg C.
5 (minimum)
Colourfastness to artificial light (IS 2454: 1985)
14 (IS: 1390:1983
3% (maximum)
scouring loss (%) (IS: 1386 mild method)
Dry: warp/ weft= 4(minimum)
Colourfastness to rubbing Wet: warp/ weft= 4(minimum)
Jacquard with plain ground weave
3% (maximum)
Dimensional change to washing (%)(IS0:6330 and
150 5077 at 40 deg.0 after 1 washes, tumble dry)
3% (maximum)
Dimensional change to heat (%)(tS: 11248:1995
Annex-C)
Use for
100% Cotton Patients
7 Maroon Turkish Size: 18 x 24 Inch
napkin 18 x 24 inch Warp (Ground and Pile): 20s/2 Ne
Weft : 20s Ne
EPI: 60
PPI:58
GSM: 400
Parameter Method Number

Dimensional Stability after ISO 6330
Launderin Satisfactory
General Appearance As per care label
Launderin Colour Change: 4 Colour Stainin 3
Colorfastness to Washin ISO 105 C06
Dry: 4 Wet :3
Colorfastness to Crockin ISO 105 X12
Colour Change: 4
Colorfastness to Water ISO 105 E01
Colour Staining: 3
PH ISO 3071 5.0 -7.5
8 Maroon Turkish 100% Co ton Use for 45
towel 24 x 48 inch Size: 24 x 48 Inch Patients
Warp (Ground and Pile): 20s/2 Ne
Weft : 20s Ne
EPI: 60
PPI:58
GSM: 400
Laundering
Laundering
PH ISO 3071 5.0 -7.5
9 White Turkish 100% Co ton Use for Doctor 45
towel for Doctors Size: 18 x 24 Inch
18 x 24 inch Warp (Ground and Pile): 20s/2 Ne
Weft : 20s Ne
EPI: 60
PPI:58
GSM: 400
Laundering
Laundering
Colorfastness to Washing ISO 105 C06 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining:
pH ISO 3071 5.0 -7.5
10 Maroon Honey IS 854:1991(Table No. (,Variety No. 2) Use for 45
Comb Towel 18 x Patients
24 inch
11 Maroon Honey IS 854:1991(Table No. I,Variety No. 2) Use for 45
Comb Towel 24 X Patients
48 inch
12 Satraaji 12 ft x 12 As per specifications Use for 45

Il Warp Welt Rced Picks consiling
13 Panja Dari 3ft x 611 As per specifications Use for 45
Warp Weft Reed Picks consiling
:4 Casement Cloth IS 15852:2009 Use for 45
[Patient
Fiber Analysis uniform cloth
IS 15852:2009 Blend :+/-3.0%
(Men, women
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8
and kids-Sky
Blue) 60 Inch
Laundering
Perspiration
Tear Strength IS 15852:200 Warp- I kg nin Weft-0.9kgf min
^0 PH9g IS 15852:200 [5 In] .....---- Grade 4 max
--, A A 1. /..-
\
Used for 45
IS 175:1989 (Table No. 1,Variety No. 4) 100% Cotton
15 Bleached Casement Patients [Bed
Cloth (White ) 60" Method number Requirement sheets, draw
Parameter
ISO 6330 +/- 3.0% Max sheets and
Dimensional Stability after
Laundering pillow cover
ISO 12945-2[1000 rev] Grade 3-4 max (White) 60
Pilling
Inch]
ISO 13934-2 10 kgs Min
Tensile Strength
ISO 13937-I 900 gm Min
Tear Strength Use for 45
IS 15852:2009
16 Green Cloth 60" Hospital
[Doctors and
Method Number Requirement patient
Parameter Blend *1-3.0%
IS 15852:2009 uniform cloth
Fiber Analysis
IS 15852:2009 6-8 for operation
PH 4. 2.0 % Max theatres- Green
Cloth 60 Inch]
Laundering Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3-4
Colorfastness to Washing IS 15852:2009
Dry: 4 Wet :3
ISO 105 E01 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3
Colorfastness to Water
IS 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 4
Colorfastness to
Perspiration
IS 15852:200 Warp-44.9 kgf min Weft-35.7 kgf min
Tensile Strength Warp-1 kgf min Weft-0.9kgf min
Tear Strength IS 15852:200
15 kgs
Seam strength ISO 13935
IS 15852:200 [5 hrs] Grade 4 max
Pilling Use for 45
100% Polyester
17 Green Casement Hospital
Warp and weft: 300 denier
Cloth 54" [Curtain cloth
EPI: 54
for operation
PPI:52
theatres -
GSM: 150
(Green) 54
Inch]
Parameter +1- 3.0% Max
Laundering
Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3
Colorfastness to Washing ISO 105 C06
Dry: 4 Wet :3
Colorfastness to Crocking ISO 105 X12
Grade 5
Colourfastness to Light ISO 105 B02
ISO 13934-2 10 kgs min
Tensile Strength
900 gm Min
Tear Strength ISO 13937-1
IS 11871 Method A Char Length-10 cm min/After Flame Time-
Flammability Use for 45
IS 15852:2009
18 Dyed Casement Hospital
Cloth (Sky Blue) [Patient
54" uniform cloth
Requirement
Parameter Method Number (Men, women
Blend :+/-3.0%
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 and kids- Sky
6-8
IS 15852:2009 Blue) 54 Inch]
PH +/- 2.0 % Max
Laundering Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3-4
Colorfastness to Washing IS 15852:2009
Dry: 4 Wet :3
IS 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 4
Colorfastness to
Perspiration Warp-44.9 kgf min Weft-35.7 kgf min
Tensile Strength IS 15852:200
Warp-1 kgf min Weft-0.9kgf min
Tear Strength IS 15852:200
15 kgs
Seam strength 150 13935
IS 15852:200 [5 hrs] Grade 4 max
Pill ing Use for 45
IS 175:1989 (Table No. 1,Variety No. 4) 100% Cotton
19 White Casement Hospital
Method number Requirement
cloth 54" Parameter +/- 3.0% Max
Laundering
ISO 12945-2[1000 rev] Grade 3-4 max
Pilling
ISO 13934-2 10 kgs Min

Tensile Strength
ISO 13937-1 900 gm Min
Tear Strength
20 Cloth for Operation IS 15852:2009 Use for 45
Theaters (Green) 54 Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) Hospital Staff,
Nurses ,
Parameter Method Number Requirement Assitants
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8
Laundering
Perspiration
21 Curtain cloth 100% Polyester Use for ward 45
(Green) Warp and weft: 300 denier & window
EPI: 54
PPI:52
GSM: 150
Laundering
Colourfastness to Light ISO 105 802 Grade 5
Flammability IS 11871 Method A Char Length-10 cm min/After Flame Time-
22 Draw Sheet 48"x IS 175:1989 (Table No ],Variety No. 4) Use for Trolly 45
90" [white] 100% Cotton & Hospital
Parameter Method number Requirement Small
Dimensional Stability after ISO 6330 +/- 3.0% Max Instrument &
Laundering surgical Item

23 Patients dress Cloth IS 15852:2009 Use for 60
pH IS 15852:2009 6-8
Laundering
Perspiration
Tensile Strength IS 15852.200 Warp-44.9 kgf min Weft-35.7 kgf min
Tear Strength IS 15852:200 Warp-1 Irgf min Weft-0.9kgf min
4 Green Apron IS 15852:2009 During 60
surgeon Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) Surgery, Full
(readymade ) Size Sleeves, with
38, 40, 42, 44, 46 Collar, Back
pH IS 15852:2009 side Knots
6-8
Laundering
t lorfastness to Crocking IS 15852:2009 a]]2.--- Dry: 4 Wet :3

k
Perspiration
IS 15852:2009 U: e for Doctor 60
25 White apron
Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) ( uring OPD
surgeon
( hree pocket
(readymade ) Size
Parameter Method Number Requirement w th collar and
38 40 42 44 46
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 Blend :+/-3.0% I alf sleeves)
pH 1315852:2009 6-8
Laundering
Perspiration
Pilling IS 15852:200 [5 lus] Grade 4 max
IS 15852:2009 During 60
26 Surgeon Dress
Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) iurgery, Full
(Green Apron &
sleeves, with
Pant) (readymade ) Parameter Method Number Requirement
Coller,Front
Appron Size 36,31 Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 Blend +/-3.0%
side button
40, 42, 44, 46 & IS 15852:2009 6-8
PH
Pant Size 28,30, Dimensional Stability after IS 15852:2009 +/- 2.0 %Max
32,34,36,38,40,4 Laundering
Colorfastness to Crocking [S 15852:2009 Dry: 4 Wet :3
Colorfastness to LS 15852:2009 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 4
Perspiration
IS 15852:2009 Use for 60
27 Patient's Dress
Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) atients (Half
(Female Gown) SI y
leeve, V-type
Blue Colour 36, 3 8, Method Number Requirement
Parameter neck with
40, 42, 44 Blend -+/-3.0%
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 provision for
pli IS 15852:2009 6-8 knots)
Laundering
Perspiration
IS 15852:2009 Use for 60
28 Patients Dress
Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) Patients (Half
(Male) Top an:I
sleeve, Round
Payjama-Top Si ze Method Number Requirement
Parameter neck, Front
36,38, 40, 42, 4 1 Blend :+/-3.0%
Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009 side knots)
46 & Payjama S ze 6-8
pH IS 15852:2009
28,30, +1- 2.0 %Max
Dimensional-Stability after IS 15852:2009
32,34,36,38,40, 12
Laundering
ISO 105 E01 Colour Change: 4 Colour Staining: 3
( Colorfastness to Water 1-- t
Perspiration
IS 15852:2009 Use for 60
29 Patient's Dress
Female Top Polyester/Cotton blend (67:33) Patients (Top
Half sleeve,
(Peticot) and Parameter Method Number Requirement
Blend /-3.0% Round neck,
Payjama Sky Blue Fiber Analysis IS 15852:2009
Front side
Colour Size 36, 38, H IS 15852:2009 6-8
P knots &
40, 42, 44 Dimensional Stability after IS 15852:2009 +/- 2.0 %Max
Payjama
Laundering knots)

Perspiration
IS 175:1989 (Table No. (,Variety No. 4) 100% Cotton 60

Cotton Pillow Used for
30 Laundering
Covers 18 x24 Pillow cover

Tear Strength ISO 13937-1 900 gin Min
IS 745:2003 va iety no 2 60
Face mask (green Doctor
31
Colour)
Mean length of Cotton: 0.9", Microniaire value:4 and above, Trash Content: upto 8% For Cover
Cotton Mattresses Cloth: IS 175:1989 (variety no 5 Recomminencled as it is PET/Cot blend, more durable)
32 10 kg (Size 3 Ft x 6 45
Ft)
Coir Mattresses as per IS 8391 (Part 1);2018 Firm Grade and Rexine Cover IS 8698:1984 Type A
Mattresses Coir
Grade 1 class A [25 trim thick soft top layer and 75 mm thick firm grade layer]
Foam rexin Cover 45
33
(Size 3 Ft x 6 Ft)
Mattresses Coir Coir Mattresses as per IS 8391 (Part 1):2018 Firm Grade and Rexine Cover IS 8698:1984 Type A
Foam rexin Cover Grade I class A [25 mm thick soft top layer and 75 mm thick Firm grade layer]
34 3" 45
(Size 3Ft x 4 ft)
(for peadiatric )
Polyester Pillow Pillow Size : 45cm X6I cm 45
35 Filling type:Virgin Polyester fibre, Crimps (Nos/cm )=1.2 ± 0.4 [ASTM D3937],
Fineness-15 denier [ASTM DI5771, Cross-section : Circular-Hollow(Hollowness 20-24%)
Mean length of Cotton: 0.9", Microniaire value:4 and above, Trash Content: upto 8% For Cover
Cotton Pillow (1.5 Cloth: IS 175:1989 (variety no 5 Recomminended as it is PET/Cot blend, more durable) 45
36
kg) Size 18 X 24
IS 14953:2001 variety no 2
Polyster Mosquito 45
37
Net 3X 6
Please note
Bidder has to submit samples for quoted item along with testing report done at NABL Accrediated laboratory
n ,i __ i Q rim ,i
L(Dr.) Ravindra.D. Kale, ICT Mr. Ajit Deshmukh, SASM1RA

"Biomedical Waste Treatment System Non Burn Technolo "
GMDN name Biomedical Waste Treatment System Non Burn Technology
y) Material of the fixed cutters conforming to steel grade per IS
1762:1974 latest amendment : HCHCr
z) Machine suitable for Waste category as per Bio- Medical Waste
Management Rules,2016 : Red
aa) Type of waste that can be treated as per Bio-Medical Waste
Management Rules,2016 : Contaminated Waste Recyclable
bb) Maximum RPM of the cutter (RPM) : 35.0
cc) Electrical Power : YES
dd) Rating of the motor is 415 VAC, 3Ph, 50Hz
> Shredding Chamber

> Size of Shredding chamber (Length X width x xHeight) (mm x
mm x mm)Channel section for sides 1.6 mm : 320x200x200
> Shredding Chamber Height : 24.0 milimeter
User's interface
Auto
Setting
a) External Dimension :Width : 1050.0 milimeter
Dimensions (metric) b) External Dimension :Depth : 850.0 milimeter
c) External Dimension :Height : 1340.0 milimeter
Weight (Ibs, kg) As per standard
7 Noise (in dBA) Maximum Noise of the Machine without waste material as per IS
12065:1987 latest amendment (dB)
8 Heat dissipation Insulation to protect heat dissipation
9 Mobility, portability fixed Installation
10 Power Requirements Rating of the motor is 415 VAC, 3Ph, 50Hz+ 3%
Tolerance
2 Approximately 375 to 425 Kg
3 Protection a) Over load Protection System Should be available
Power consumption e'j..../
l to be specified by manufacturer
Atmosphere / Ambiance (air 1) Operating room temp.:- up to 60 deg. C
15 2) Storage room temp. :- up to 60 deg. C
3) Relative Humidity :- Up to 90% non condensing
Certificates (pre-market, a) The System should be CE (Should be from notified body) or US
sanitary, ..); Performance and FDA approved.
17 safety standards (specific to b) Electrical Safety requirement as per IS 302-1:2008 latest
the device type);Local and/or amendment
n international c) Availability of Test Report from Central Govt./NABL/ILAC
% \N accredited lab to prove conformity to specification
v-v
re) (Mr. Digambar Anerao) (Dr. Shejule R B) (Dr. G ajendra)
0.4 B i o Medical Engineer IPHS Cordinator M. 0. (MD Path) M.O. (M• armacology)
G,5 ft H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS District Hospital District Hospital District Hospital
Aurangabad Jalna Jalna Jalna
este
\IJ
atm 1-a allz7a Di. C. M. S EWA it.
AssociateProfessor and Head
tiontri 441 Department of Mechanical Engineering
College of Engineering, Pune-5.
"Biomedical Treatment System Non Burn Technology"
1 Clinical purpose To pre treat contaminated bio medical waste
Used by clinical Hospital (Bio Medical Waste Dept)

2
department/ward
3 Technical characteristics D Waste Loading Chamber.
(specific to this type of device) a) Size of Sh redding Chamber : Width : 190.0 milimeter
b) Waste Loading Method Chamber : Hopper
c) Size of Loading Chamber Opening (mm x mm) :320 X 280
d) Size of Shredding Chamber Length : 220.0 milimeter
e) Size of Loading Chamber Opening : Length : 315.0 milimeter
f) Size of Loading Chamber Opening : Width : 315.0 milimeter
g) Size of Shredding Chamber : Width : 190.0 milimeter
D Descri.tion
a) Material of the Rotary Cuters/Dics
confirming to Steel Grade per IS 7494 :1981
latest Amendment. : 40 Cr4Mo3
b) Material of the Shaf : Casting as per IS 305 : 1981 latest
amendment
c) Additional Safety Features : Auto Cutto, Higher Temperature
d) Capacity of the waste collection Trolley or bin (L) : 5
e) Power output of the motor : 2.48 horsepower
f) Enclosure material : Stainless Steel 304
g) Shredding Capacity : 100 Kg/hour
h) Switch to reverse cutter rotation Should be available
i) Number of Fixed Cutter : 18
j) Erection and Commissioning by Seller, at site before
acceptance by Buyer
k) Over load Protection System Should be available
I) Number of Rotary Cutters/Discs : 18
m) Number of Rotary Cutters/Discs : Induction Motor
n) Finish of enclosure : Powder coated
o) Maximum Noise of the Machine without waste material as per IS
12065:1987 latest amendment (dB) : 1
p) Number of Rotating Shafts (s) : 2
q) Input Electrical Supply requirement (A, VAC, Ph, Hz) : 415 VAC,
3Ph, 50 Hz
r) Short Circuit protection system Should be available
s) Tensile strength of shaft (Mpa) : 515.0
t) Hardness of shaft (HB) : 170.0
C--c 3C4 u) Gear Box for speed reduction Should be available
v) Power Cuto upon opening of Shredding chamber door/acess
Should be available
w) Trolley or Bins Should be provided to collect waste
x) IP rating of the machine : 44.0
®~ \N\
,
cHilifafirfi
1 , are)
(Mr. Manv1 (Mr. Digambar Anerao) (Dr. Shejule R B) (Dr. c ajendra)
Bio Medical Engineer IPHS Cordinator M. 0. (MD Path) M.O. Pharmacology)
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS District Hospital District Hospital District Hospital
'SVcte-"Aurangabad Jalna Jalna Jalna
(*Nig WIG.
D EVV.A.:1 2,[11(
4flcaa 1
-1
ews
i aiTh-zrffiAit1
SIPTPTIET tril tnunno Department of Mechanical Engineerffrera r;41-A4 aul-
Nif4Tro College of Engineering, Pune-5.
"Biomedical Waste Treatment System Non Burn Technolo "
tolerance
Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be
paramedical, techni 9i
i Three Years with free servicing (min.3/year) during warrenty &
20 Warranty should provide technical support and required spares and
consumable for 7 yrs after warranty period
21 Maintenance task's before handover Local clinical staff to affirm completion of
I.
installation
Service contralauses, Training of users in operation and basic maintenance shall be
il
including prices
documented
Operating manuals, service User, technical and maintenance manuals to be supplied in English,
23 Marathi language along with machine diagrams.
List to be provided of equipment and procedures required for local
Other accompanying
documents
25 Any recommendations
safety for best use and supplementary warning for
should be declared.
Recommendations or warnings

G.R. Dated 310ct 2017
frf
cf23kihil\
Ni 100.
Joint Dil actor

DirestorAte of Ficalth Services,
"\v \ liespittil (State Sector) Murribtai
r\S1\
0.42. eI
(Mr. Ma ' a re) (Mr. Digambar Anerao) (Dr. Shejule R B) (Dr. Gatajendra)
Bio Medical Engineer IPHS Cordinator M. 0. (MD Path) M.O. (i 5 armacoiogy)
H.E.M.R.O/o DDHS District Hospital District Hospital District Hospital
Aurangabad Jalna Jalna Jalna
ter-c knife SEtiiit frinit Tnre

tni-4 sif t .
fthiPtcf 4c'-f irifi ?Ruff-64 =
Wit!
Department of Mechanical Engineeriq
College of Engineering, Pune-
5. 1- .
-;:•••• Y;
Fr
"Automated System to treat Liquid Medical Waste"
S.No TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Automated System to treat Liquid Medical Waste
GMDN Name
To pre-treat, disinfect the medical liquid waste
1 Purpose / Utility
before discharge to drainage system as per BMW
rules 2016 guidelines.
Operation Theatres, Laboratory & other such
2 Used by clinical Department/ Ward
departments where liquid waste is generated.
3 Technical Characteristics (Specific to this type of device)
Automated System to treat Liquid Medical Waste at the place of its generation.
•
• Minimum 150Ltrs per cycle capacity.
Capacity to automatically treat minimum waste level between 10 to 150Ltrs at all
•
levels on real-time basis.
The equipment must have a washing / Scrubbing bay as well as specially designed
1* •
Instrument rinsing facility & the provision to drain other liquids waste as well.
SS-304 Body, Wall Mounted, Minimum bay depth shall be 18" and Width 18.5" or more
•
to avoid splash, separate provision for Instrument rinsing, elbow guided tap for hand
, washing & rinsing of instrOrhents.„..
The liquid waste shall get collected diretticr into WTU having level indicators having real
•
time level reading in Liters to avoid overfilling or spillage & must have at least 7" Touch
Screen Display & USB compatible data logging. The user screen must be password
protected & shall display the user hospital name on all screens.
Equipment must store minimum 1000 cycles data records and be compatible for
•
transfer of data to computer.
• Audio Visual Alarm for Minimum & Maximum levels of NaCIO and WTU.
The Automatic dosing of NaCIO takes place in the machine at regular intervals of time
•
and the treated waste is discharged automatically to the drain/sewage line at the
completion of every treatment cycle.
Facility to manual override to automation in case of requirement or emergency.
•
The waste must be treated as per the guidelines of Pollution Control Board.
•
Automatic 7" Touch Screen

4 User's Interface
150 Ltrs
5. Capacity
Depth 18" and Width 18.5" (Minimum)
6 Washing & Rinsing Bay Dimensions
Material of Construction S.S 304

7.
USB Compatible (1000 Cycles Storage)
8 Data Logging
Mobility, Portability Fixed

9
220V, SO Hz.
10. Power Requirements
Variable (As Per BMW norms) & Continuous
Dozing Ratio & Type
tOF. N. D. SH LGAR
Assistant Professor
apartment of Mechanical Engineering Dr. S. N. lapali amowN. Thom
College of Engineering, Pune-5. Professor CM'
GEO" Department of Mechanical Engineering,
rou or! College of Engineering, Pune.
G k.kOzt
1001"ts4 NB tkr1
(Oa
c->
S.No GMDN Name Automated System to treat Liquid Medical Waste
12. Protection Miniature Circuit Breaker
13. Waste & NaCIO Level Display Real time display in Liters
14. Manual Operation Possible
15. Quality Certifications ISO, CE & WHO GMP Certified

kiiturchhloile- t t.--oi.-4s CA I an 1_,C-T ick i ke. tee
SO FIGEO4
AL HOSPIT4L
ns5,44 NA BAD,
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS" Three Segment Waste Segregation Systems"
S.No GMDN Name Waste Segregation System

1 Clinical Purpose To segregate the clinical waste at the place of its
generation
2 Used by clinical Department/ Ward All departments & Wards
Three bin waste collection & segregation system.

• Full body made of stainless steel.
• Colour coded labels with listing of type of waste on both of longer sides.
• Colour coded & Labeled on both the sides for usage from both sides.
•Self-closing lids with colour coding.
• Autoclavable & pressure cleanable colour coded plastic bins inside.
-Bins must be made of environment friendly plastic and must be UN/NFX approved.
• Each bin capacity must be 64Ltrs & Dimensions not less than L390 mm x W 340mm x H
620mm.
• Four castors for easy movement, 02 with lock & 02 without lock.
4 User's Interface Manual
5. Dimensions Of Complete Unit L 1150mm x W485mm x H845mm
6 Bins Capacity 64 Ltrs x 3
7. Colour Coding Red / Yellow / Blue / Black / Green
8 Bins Type Autoclavable & Pressure Cleanable
9 Mobility, Portability Mobile
10. Wheels/Castors Four ABS Castors of 4" (2 With Lock + 2 Without

Lock)
11. Certifications of Bins UN/NFX approved
12. Quality Certification of Unit CE European and ISO 13485:2013, Manufacturer

must be ISO 9001:2015 & WHO GMP
1`)64_,Ki
PROF. N. D. SHIKALGAR
Assistant Professor
Department of Mechanical Engineering
asSURGEON, TtnE
I College of Engineering, Pune-5.
IL SUMGEON Dr, S.
D. N. Fapg
GENERAL HOSPITAI Tf''eSE:Cl°
14 4
OSMANABAD. Da.iya:ty-11:2nt of !....„:,iymic:•:11En1,4/ ,
Ccii:::ge of Eqinuetr...
tif,.,-.;aygean
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS" Sharp Waste Containers"
S.No GMDN Name Sharp Waste Containers

1 Clinical Purpose To Collect & Dispose Contaminated Needles &
other Sharp Waste
2 Used by clinical Department/ Ward All Departments & wards
Capacity: 1.5Ltrs/3.5 Ltrs /5 Ltrs

The container should be compatible with the above specified needle cum hub cutter.
The container should be made of virgin polypropylene and should be white & translucent
It should be puncture proof, tamper proof and leak proof for sharp medical wastes with
appropriate label as per provisions of Bio Medical waste Management Rules, 2016.
Should be a locking snap-top cap to ensure permanent safe locking before disposal, and should
have temporary locking facility for safety till the container is full.
The puncture proof, tamper proof sharp container should be able to fit snugly with the cutter
and should be so aligned with the cutter that the cut hub and needle should drop directly into
the container.
Should be rectangular & compatible to the above cutter size.
Shall be autoclavable, and recyclable.
Containers should be stackable and compact for easy storage and transportation
Maximum fill level must be marked on the container
5. Dimensions L161mm x W150 mm x H 131 mm (compatible to

needle cutter)
6 Capacity 1500 ml /3500 ml/5000m;
9 Mobility, Portability Portable
12. Protection Puncture resistant
14. Quality Certifications CE European and ISO 13485:2013 certified &

Manufacturer must be ISO 9001:2015 & WHO GMP
Certified
t: SURGEON
c- ji Surrn
Ci 2ENERAL HOSPITM
(Clasisan OSMANA BAD
Olvi SereNel, now
1\-XJ\kl. CM. SURGEON, TIME

PROF. N. D. SHIKALGAR
Assistant Professor Department of
- eoartrnent of Mechanical Engineering College of Engineering, Pune.
- -liege of Engineering, Pune-5.
C.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS' Red Non Chlorinated Untt For Contaminated Waste

S.No GMDN Name Red Non Chlorinated Unit For Contaminated
Waste
1 Clinical Purpose For Collection & Segregation of infected Waste
2 Used by clinical Department/ Ward All Departments & Wards
Capacity:10/20/ 35Ltrs
Red Colour separate waste collection, available in full body color coding as per BMW
rules, made of good quality virgin, PP polymer, with built-in foot operation system made
of anti-rusting material, The bin must have moulded top shoulder & pillar type rib design
for extra strength. must be anti-microbial treated to avoid colonization of microbes
5. Dimensions L389 x W390 x H409 mm
6 Weight 1900 gms or more
7. Capacity 10/20/35 Ltrs
8. Mobility, Portability Portable
9. Protection UV stable

Manufacturer must be ISO 9001:2015 & WHO
GMP Certified
MIL SURGEON
3ENERAL HOSPITAL
MAL Civil Surgeon OS MA P4 A BAD
Kaftan
CM *mak Thant fir?'
- 4:1411. SURGEON, TVIOJIE
sor
PROF. N. D. SHI ALGAR Depa. 01 2k31 Engineeun3,
Assistant Professor College of Enginearing, Pune.
•
092 • yo€53}
-(X)-(1 cvirCt
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS' Yellow Colour Unit for Human & Animal Anatomical Waste/
Soiled Waste/ Expired & Discarded Medicines/ Chemical &Liquid Waste/Microbiology,
Biotechnology & Clinical Wastes
S.No GMDN Name Yellow Colour Unit for Human & Animal
Anatomical Waste/ Soiled Waste/ Expired &
Discarded Medicines/ Chemical &Liquid
Waste/Microbiology, Biotechnology & Clinical
Waste
1 Clinical Purpose For Collection & Segregation of infected Waste
Capacity: 10/20/35 Ltrs
Yellow Colour separate waste collection, available in full body color coding as per BMW

GMP Certified
A4dL CMI Surge* . - —

naiad, EMIL SURGEON
Dr, N, Fen sultaEON, THANE
ChM Naar, These. GENERAL NOS MAI
IleMANA RAD •Department of Engineering,
College of Engineering, P!,:ne.
PROF. N. D. SHIKALGArs „(\e-P-52—

Assis anf Professor
Department of Mechanical Engineering 1\
College of Engineering, Pune-5. • Lc?\
u_ -
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS' Blue Colour Bins for Municipal Dry Waste'
S.No GMDN Name Blue Colour Bins for Municipal Dry Waste
1 Clinical Purpose For Collection & Segregation General Waste
Capacity: 10/20/35Ltrs
Blue Colour separate waste collection, available in full body color coding as per BMW
7. Capacity 10/20/ 35 Ltrs
8 Mobility, Portability Portable.

GMP Certified
Vit SUNt3E0111
A441. Civil Surgeon GENERAL HOSPITA. I
till OSMANABAD
CM, Hospital, Tien
'2Dali
tiaVe0
PROF. N. D. SHIK LGAR .?chanicai bujil„)uring,
Assistant Professor College of Lni„ineering, Pune.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS' Green Colour Bins For Municipal Wet Waste'
S.No GMDN Name Green Colour Bins For Municipal Wet Waste
1 Clinical Purpose For Collection & Segregation of General Waste
Capacity: 10/20/35Ltrs
Green Colour separate waste collection, available in full body color coding as per BMW
it 4 User's Interface Manual

GMP Certified
•
Ma. Civil Surgeon
Kostitan CML SURGEON, IMAM
ay* *mot* man..
ML SURGEON Dr.
GENERAL HOSPITAL
OSMAN AD.
rune.
'4\ tec°)Z—' ^0'2-
ectx
c.5-°\(/
PROF. N. D. SH K LGAk ' Dr. S. N. $apall

Professor
Assi s'ant Professor
Department of Mechanical Engineering Department of Mechanical Engineering,
College of Engineering, Pune,
College of Engineering, Punah
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS' Heavy Duty Waste Transportation Trolley'
GMDN Name Heavy Duty Waste Transportation Trolley

S.No
1 Clinical Purpose Segregation & Transportation of Waste
Heavy Duty Waste Transportation Trolley available in full body colour coding as per
BMW rules, made of good quality virgin, UV Resistant polymer, with built-in foot
operation system on the right hand side of the bin to ensure safety, convenience & long
life made of anti-rusting material, must be anti-microbial treated to avoid colonization
of microbes must have a built in handle and two smooth casters for easy movement.
The bin must have moulded top shoulder & pillar type rib design for extra strength. Lids
must be interchangeable.
5. Capacity 240 liters
6. Dimensions 350 x 600 x 1075 mm
7. Weight (KG) 13 Kg
8 Wheels Two Roller Wheels
9 Material Virgin LDPE
10 Mobility, Portability Mobile
11. Design moulded top shoulder & pillar type rib design for
extra strength
12. Lids Interchangeable
14. Quality Certification CE European and ISO 13485:2013 certified &

GMP Certified
n
SU MGEOPI Civil Surgeon

(Ctialaan ciAL SURGEON, Mile
ERAS. HCASPITAI CMS ths•Pital. Thant
Q0-3S1titAMAMD•
,;
(2'
Dr. S. N. Sued'
PROF. N. D. SHI AR
1'6 Professor
AssistantProfessor Department of Mechanical Engineering,
Department al Mechanical Engineering College of Engineering, Pune.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS' Needle Cum Syringe Destroyer
GMDN Name Needle Cum Syringe Destroyer

S.No
1 Clinical Purpose To destroy needle & syringe in single action

and collect sharp waste in sharp container as
per BMW rule 2016
Should be able to cut both the hub and needle in a single stroke without the use of any
electricity or battery.
The cutter should be made of Stainless steel or alloy to be effective for at least
1,00,000 cuts with ergonomic design for easy cuts.
The complete unit must have facility to mount on wall or table (Flat Surface).
The cutter should be able to fit snugly over the puncture proof, tamper proof sharp
container and should be so aligned with the container that the cut hub and needle
should drop directly into the container.
Should be rectangular in shape & compatible to the sharp container of relevant sizes.
The needle and syringe hub destroyer as well as the compatible Sharp containers must
be quoted.
5. Dimensions (Minimum) L165mm x W160mm x H 180mm (Excluding

Handle)
6 Expected Life 1,00,000 Cuts
7. Material Body Stainless Steel & Alloy Steel
8 Sharp Container capacity 1500m1 compatible to cutter
9 Mobility, Portability Portable
10. Power Requirements NIL
14. Accessories (Mandatory) Sharp Containers
15. Quality Certificates CE European and ISO 13485:2013 certified &

Manufacturer ISO 9001:2015
n
1\JO-/°CkLj
PROF. N. D. SHIKALGAR Dr. S. N. Sapalicpa suRGEON, THANE
tt, SURGED!!
Assistant Professor .
Department of Mechanical Engineering ,ENERAL HOSPITAt st,44"
Department of Thrlineering,
College of Engineering, Pune-5. 05/v1ANI3AD
College of Enrciincering,l-';.:-,.
9)S tQz‘az"..
.03-1
04N-
r.
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS' Blue Marking Sharp Waste Containers for Glass Waste. Bottles
Ampules & implants'
S.No GMDN Name Blue Marking Sharp Waste Containers For

Glass Waste, Bottles, Ampules & Implants
1 Clinical Purpose To Collect & Dispose Contaminated Glass

Waste, Bottles, Ampules & Implants
Capacity: 32Ltrs
The container should be made of virgin polypropylene and should be white &
translucent with Blue Markings Or full Blue in colour with white lockable lid
It should be puncture proof, tamper proof and leak proof & Hermetic for sharp medical
wastes having PU gasket for sealing with appropriate label as per provisions of Bio
Medical waste Management Rules, 2016.
Should be a locking snap-top cap to ensure permanent safe locking before disposal,
and should have removable port hole to deposit & see through the level of waste.
Must have anchor hooks & hinge system for temporary closure.
Should be rectangular & stable
Shall be autoclavabie, and recyclable.
Containers should be stackable and compact for easy storage and transportation
Maximum fill level must be marked on the container
5. Dimensions 295x390x320mm
6 Capacity 32 Ltrs
9 Mobility, Portability 0 Portable
12. Protection Puncture resistant
14. Quality Certifications UN & NFX certified & Manufacturer must b 0

9001:2015
l - -------P
SURGEO8
EP.AL
HOSPITAt
tiVILSURGEON, THANE
)1t0F. N. D. SHI SMANABAD
,S41‘ te. Dr, S. N. Fapali
Assistant Professor Professor
Department of Mechanical Engineering €,S>5-9)1/4.
Uf° Department of Mechanical Engineering,
College of Engineering, Pune-5. College of Engineering, Pune.
3 <5 C
(St
a
r., I
vie
FI
11 1 ( 1.
a
,
(E-mail:
RikcITT-R711- Wrivii rs4t1IhIti .
--U ---,
Al
A A)
Ao
N Ai
U
-.0
o< xn
o
o
I:
iffmail.com)
X
-to
At
,r-vc ni -sa .....,

1
........
-...
I)
a
N
Ai
N
o
0
.
o
x)
,
O
a
Il
1
9t
s'st
S.N. Major Com ponents
NJ
WASHING MACHINE CAPACITY : 30 KG with OZONE
t"
GENRETOR
NJ
HYDRO EXTRACTOR. CAPACITY:-25 KG
I- •
TUMBLER WITH AUTO-STOP TIMER. CAPACITY:- 30 KG
‘.
0
a
t c4-1 78 d ch
.... 6 0 0 - E cn
4 0 .. E = co -4t tt 0
o -t .-' 72 H 8 '''' ct-1 --
c
t
o -o ,„ •--
„, 4-• 4v, CO ,,_,
us
C-H
o b0
5
O -c-,1 1.; t = 2 7.-, o
'
, cedi I:,
=
-- o
° ct:,i tal 0 s. -ol
c to -0 0
0
el cd --
0D y... A 0 4 00 ‘-'
0 A.cl,
>,
A„0.cid I- ri) ..-,
,--, ,. -- -,-. u,
-A >Th
AI PC S H Tri C:1-' 5 -o .5 c, -a
4• o a)
CA .-.
• 0 .._• e c., CA Ch g „e 0
0''. 1. a--CCI
,...
5 0 O 0 0 (,, 8
(...
to 0 .- 0 -4--
0 ° •,,
, o 0 ,, ,
'' .9 '9' c (..) a
.- •- 0 (i) (0 o 5 0.0 oo 0
o ..0 ° I 00
II. , -,F, el)
0 "c3 o "ci cn•t o CL.
- 5 E V
CS o td. a o z -o
0
el at
0 0-.
,< 0 7.6 op a). ,C)
(0 b.0 v)
•
O 0., 0
0. L4 (^7 •0 c) 8 E a: o - •0- 0
O ,,r,, 0) ,11 40 00 0 a n •,, 0. 0 -0
.
u cc--- e o c) • a
t 'CS ai "..-. Cd 4.= V") •_. 5
',;,) 77t ,_, 5 0
0‘ -0
0
., â
s-
y 0 0, 1 ) 0 4_
Tr), 0
6 0 H At
l.4 C 0
o c̀.;,)5
$_, 05(")
A H; eA 2
O ry, 0 a 1:4) .1 :;›
..) C/1 0 a, 0 E
a 0
•re, •-• z tip as ct Hi 9 o
cl ys: b0
0 -.0 . • .2; '* • pc, a 0 o .5 -c d) -4 .E. :
a
,
0 >
2
6,
< fig 0 0 ..2 -,4 --, ,,,-4 H A0 it.= 0
o ,..
to 0 g (Tr'
cs.1 (-1-4 G tr. (39 ,4 .0 -°
•H z -ot E
H• 0..„. -- R •-:t 7-
•az 71.-; 2
fl) -,-- -0 0 -a
'5 .-.
E2 0 H " 0 •-: C, tit -4-tc",h cs up -•-• C
0 -0
...0. °
0 vs ,
to c ...• "0 s0 vl
o Ecn -<
c©2
E • i.. AD .'-' • -- • .--' H ct 0 .7,
0 ° atn 2 61 2 . . 2,,
t--, o 00 O
N c' 4 0
cd, 2, R
.0
2
(LI A=
-0 0 ,.2
--, 2. Ac
A,
2 c2 Z ^ff, C) .-- -zi
0) 74 -0
a 0
sci -
- 3' Tc
, " rn s...
co
c0 0c-o0 c)., 4- 0c >,0 fa
4)
C.)
.z
0
:1
i
c . 3, i?; , 3 -- -1 "ta .9
t cn c D
'Fa'
l tt-•
-'5 -5 .
d
5 v,
H 0 ,L,-) - . IA 0 ;-. G o 0 0
;-. 0
--i U cl ,- A4 rel 7 1 s-.0-, i a: °
:, Cin
.15 :
1
:3 -4 E
ciri
c
) t 3 4-• 0
. nO.„ _II, -c,0 c•-,

-7)
V 2 ,.. c d t t _s_- ..
¢ -,-a 0 0
CJ
A g 4a) OS 0 cn
1-4 0
0 bp c - s... _0 • >. 0 8 0 .v( .N
en en .
hr
%• t) ti ,„i
A CI., ca -c
c 0 ,0
ca ...• 2
a.)▪ 0
.10. o 0 Li-, c 'c
c) H
0 Ht
l_i -a a 5, •5
5 0
.9. U o •- 0o 0 c ,o sit a),:d
"?, 73 H
(..) ; .. , 5-
c .-
0 2 At H CI" 4in vi 8 .
"rt ca Psi
. ir.•
tg ..,4 b.0 t,-; 0 0 6,
t -73 -0 cn
c ''
0
.
0 ,5 .-
o ,_. ,..b •5 >
00,--0
al*
..et ca r ) cz
t ti)
"'" 0 g a> •- t -0 I) fa 0.-a
() 0 0 _n
a H o
&DUCTINGW OR
72
,. •t•• -8 -rQ z -, 4,21 cca.7. cd - x °.
a) eau ca -o 5 ,., ' o -(5 E 8 -0 .
: .!••4 ca a) t E 0- -0 3 0 ;-, tu. 0 0 u,
..-. 71) 1 *-
WOR
.5 -0 :a>. o ,0 c
.00 in c•-• ,..c ccc
so, - --.... -cEi• .r.,--
a to 1..50
.L. ,•
O
_. .5 -1.) •,, ca, t)
9- 3 - r. 0 E rd
t ,,..
IING
i4e cn r) - 6 ^° ..
„, (.- 1.-
i c/3. 08
.- _v)
•H-0 t 0 C H
to to 0 0,
F. _s C ;
TW ORKIR N R
-J
aJ -- cr '-'m --. o o -•-• CD 35 0
O E
to 4 _- -9-.
') 0 cH cc o o
a) OG a O cn _
e.•
o cn 0 t• ,-
,_, 0 -(/)
Et
I- 0
es 0 cs H 0 '0 -5
i?, 4
1
cn o .4 G.
- - -1 n t t
...) c „, 'o
CO 2 ai
c
• . ,
4-• .0
4 -0 • -. rA 0
E H
E 0 t..) m re* **I
At > l's
cd0000z0H0a H ,-.
I-- 0 cc O 0 ° 'l 0 +a ,e -R.: 0 -E .?..
- t: A
..,C cc 11 .5' f_, et 0 • 1-1 P:1 -id sli (j) LI-.
ril 0 .1 °
• r' •'‘
O 4, >.
-44
,... 3 ''''
(.-
a) 2
vl 0,
.... y, b Pi; .5. 72,FL
Z1),,-, - -t-A .,,,-, g °
(,, At 0 t4
,. 0 0 0
cz -*s i:h .•-• ---- .0 -0 )
, '-' : s.•-• .•_, - ct..
0 a> 0
0
goon
LL UJ
Ca C, ..c1
') 4- ( .01 :HE,
.= 7
1; -r
cic,c'.I ;";
. I, 4. r . 2, La . PZ ,
..';'0 -tocs
2 o ).,„, 0 2,, 2 _0 2 0 e_ •O-
.... -- 0
Ca
6)
et. 0 ici aZ el) .4_, t 46 t t,• 1.) u'i „0
._
Q h c‘• 0 •-04•-• 0 •-0 0 00 a-)
.1-1 --
/0 0,
f:Lt -°
0 -s- . -. -4-. .t. tc:<0 _. 14 C
.....
on
0 F tn. 0
ct 4, RI -0 0 1-4 ti 0 8 i•-( a• .'-' ,-- • °
1., ct 0 10 _0
Emi 0 pn
.s.
*.4
CD g H
co
p
i.
2.
Cd 1-1 HD OD.0 W --A CID
CA IM O Lk) IV 1--1
ri)
CA r
ep 11:
"CS
0 Cr
'CD
•▪
CL.
CD
pti
IwAterconnection
I OZONE GENERATOR
'
01
Type
Ca pacity
7
I nner d rum
Leneth
Pr; C i
. _
El
_. ectri csuppl yrequi rement
Drive •motor
ELECTRIC HEATING COIL
L 1.1
0 A co
C 3 7 I 0.14 C
.1) C"
CD "
CD
•---
0 A
0 RV
ro
CD
P> cr
-t to
C>
rt.
8
co>
CD ra
y
CD CD- 0
CAPACITY
CD
0
0 0
C
cfr
0
fr-h
cn 0 n
110
Po
K. Cr • cc,
w
P n
CS
cn
rfr
4 F.
cn cn
co
Co
©
0
fr-h
(/) co P.
C/D cn
w to>
P-D
co n
I 5GM/H R
0 tit 3
Front loadi ng
30Kg. Percharge dryweight f ill i n g
In
CO
1150 mm
1200mm
430V, 3ph ase & N , 50c/s, A. C.
1700 mm
I-% N
2 .25
0. 1=0 Ls-.D.
NJ
C cfrt 0
-t X
X
CD Cc
cn
CfQ 7:3
H at. 0-1D O
O 3
0
5. E
0
C) 0
o- ‘.0
Do CD
0
In
CD
t-fr 0
SS
- O
0
O O
oc
KW
O
O
ti 0
C.
CD DO
a PD
1-<
0 0.
t.<
CL.
C
trz
10
w
s.
4-. u o
9 0 o
t., _c -O
2.-, ,,
o .2
,-. -o
0 o
Et
..._o a .3
a i,,
„
I-. 0
"0 • us u c.1-4 cd .c
o -C 0 ct 0 0 Z) .7A
cd bl) 70 a 0 0 5
w 0 0-
-, •-0 0 0
c.1-4
W 0 -- u •5 •-
w -cs i;
O 0.) _c o 12.
t -.= .> ta. 0, 1-4 -e• -I"
ca
0
••= •«•• r. 3 •4 2
0 o -Ti '
•-c W -. t
CT -e) V t 0 0 td U
5 cd -0 a> c C 0
-0 H 7-?'
2 E .47 ,--, 0
O to
-a s_ s-, -0 0 0 ..‘.-1
co
O t 0 .,:..- r 0, H -0 ' I-.
o .5 0 .5' 0 • 0
.••-• c.,
w 0
_c o
0 -•-• so 'T., -co a,
-o
t> •-
> 0 -a a
-5
- 5 •5, —
-- 4,o c 0
o ,..?:, ..-5 -,--
O 'cf.; -o E 5 C)
0 nte . 74
0.. > 0 0 a.) 0 0 -4-.
0, ' C.' s.i ) 0 -ir.) 0 s-. C
En a 0 bl)
0 -o
51D E 5 E . T 8 -o 5
-o
ta E t
o a
a
r.„, ._ -5 %a,
so, 0
.- 0 . as
o
0 '5 0 -ta a.) CA 0
,-• 0 cn 0
-- 0 >-.
A
.2 >
c 0 = -ol ..= — -8
o • Ô
r. CC 0 •2 0 0 0 u (1) >
,- '-'-.
^> 00 ..c c :AJ cct 0 =
Y
-4-• 2 .5 c H > :4 E .45 c
if CA • -a p cid
+a c 5 M
O
A -(7'
) 0 '4,-. T.)
c
'"
fi, 0
a, c cl
A 0
— ' -p- L.; t)
_0 C--) _0 a w 0 a.) 9 ali
•a
•- t
o, 03 5
0 $_. •L: ..- 03, --
-0
c
-0 > 0 '40 — -. -iid• .r.,
O 0 3o vi
O
Cl] ' E -40 -4. t)
O -o 0 C -6b 3 b 0 0
t-. • ".. >
c ._ -0 t Oft
a - w ra 0 C.) ,sz Vi CA 0 tn 00 CU 0
0
80 -e
,
44
cn . 2 lei i tEtt "a 4.°1 °
_c • C-'
to •0
-. t....- t.. 0 4. "5 0 ..--• -0 on
5 0 c 0 H 0 "'' A, 0-i
0 V)
CA 9, QC
‘, al Tt; i-4 0 E ,. >-• •••• "-.
..j a 0
-0. -, ci•-• 0, , •4-0--. a -«+-' ;5 ta ° 5
a) cl.) ,-7 • ,-.4 41t.at ct
,e a) §. E "io 8
. ..c tio ccs ''' to 0 10.
°{
= c) w cn 0 8 4•-•
H s.. I-. 0 a -au . ,S.cn?...7
+-a "•
-rd - -,a ch E o 0 c's
w as ,.=
-4-, :12 0 0 .5
,..
O. c L
rid H bit a k -6 0 0 > w 5
c• 0 _L) 'EY
2S 3 7d
, 0 s-
0 -cs ....c 0
0 ...z
O O -0 = -c -0 •c „, -•-+ ..-. .... 0w
,.. ;._. 030
•-• CU a• ti, t.18 -1--.
P:1 -0 r:) > -a ..a 5 5 w
0 0 ,-. -id (-0 s- 0
2-, . cn ccl 0 -4--' 0
JD ,- b..0 0., E
4 2-, Cs.c 0 €4.4 0 cl) T
O -0 0 0 0 0 00 ...._. C --
a) ce ,.... -C
P.. c.•%i -d ct co
o el.) 0, w bo
0 .,_, Ct
N -i-J fa, ai
c8
s-. 0
U. bA 0(.5
-0 0 ti ,a .5 ,c, OD
bCf
• sj -d
oa >
tTh 78
,a 1A
r'
.''. R
C
U CA CC 9. 0 •A-4 ._ 0 r.,_ ,-,
a, o .5 0 0
A- 0 r.1 • •-,
' -C3 1:3 0 CC -i-J - o • ch -- L-"
s0 -— —+-•
0 E cd 0- c 0 S". C' V; Li cct 0 0o
674
... C 0 ti on t•-• -a T -. >-, ---- 0 -,:s - ..-'
tii VS < ..... -,,, .8 a A, fa, a 50
a , 4- I .2 1 ! 1-1
,74 cl -51 - "0 0 c co it-
• - .,.., a
.4-.
e 0
o -0
..... ,-, G.) •- -p u. .5 0 o
O
t c .4_, 0, -a o
• d ;-'
,
1-,cas
o - o
C
'n
o 0 -zi --- 0 15 cri' .
0 o
u. C 4 E rc's -6'
cd 0w P., o c -10 a 0 a a S Le a 0 a) -^ „ -0
-0 c,-. • ..= iLi)) '7.
1) •:-..,: a 0 too cot • -.
N • •--. Te "- I-, -
._, ,,,1 t.', ',7, ?-1 • t ° o Z o0 ccs -2 t. o.
-•-• 0 0 -- c c
4.) a c .... 0 e $2, 0 a be • -' PO '1.) ° cki • .-. ,.0 SI 45 _H • --. cn W a
•--> 0 0 a 51) a _C. CU -a a .-oi 3 So"; cn tn
w
•-• -0 (15 -ay t2 --. 4-+ 0
a) i_,
a 0
-0
--. $., 0
cd ai .% 6.
4, 0., t T. a K
)., Ac1 3 c` A - t80 0 >0
c.,) • --
V 0
L.-. -cs •••-• h :—
,5 cd
-_ > ..2 "E„ con 9) ......
a 0 = .0
0 "-I
.0 Ti
ct --.
0 .- ''c a .-.
ic 5 0 c ---- 0 ..-•
0 cu 0 --. -- (-4-. a ) 8 -8 c...)
`' t 4'.„ en el . ,... ..0 0 > E IV -a
>. H N 5 a ^0 tetct, 0 0 •C-
5 -.
- . •-a
N 0 . . . • . r t - ..: ° 4-1 C)
' Titi'5V c. ) <It0.a•-0
ir, Nm.Fc. ' 'A
-0 ° ta i
7..
0 a 0
A
ti). 1) . c a) ra- t cids ° ,D 0 -0 5 m -r.) 0 -'"
-I c-• or) o t' ct 0 ..,T.
Li-. a
o a- Cw ° cd in ca
' ca,°A
T., 1 --1 g - 5 .a. -c - 8 • . c< "g t c cU
m E 4
a E to ?_,D 0 .,-, a 1-. ++ c 0
0 CE, 6 c...-- 4. 0 da 4.) '-- 0 lb))
... a . ,.. 0 > cd _acl 0t CA
• a -a ck4 0 a S
+a
C.) i.) -5 ,.. ,4.) 2 -,2$ , „t0 c71 , :a c ---,
c..... „!..
-..,
,—.
) -0
- ..=
(-1/1 H
g cn, ,_4 o cr up cn = 6.) cc= .> E .7,8 ri) '0 ..= - — c it H ,-- 0 — c)
c ..<,4, 0 c.,..1 H 8 ‘7, ca.1 d
---, ---0 ..,-3 'a._,c._.„
..) 0 ..0 \--- ---, —
a iu.
_. ...c <id =
Tech nical Data tit nyaruEdict UCLUI .
Capaci ty:- 25 KG Wi th CE Marking
DirectDrive
1 Type
per filli ng d rywei ght
25 kg. Max.
Ca pacity
t
Di mensi ons
la
Width 1020mm
Depth 1170mm
Cl assof St ainless Steel AISI 304, 18/8
speed 1000 R.P.M.
Typeof b rake
+ DC injecti on Brakk e
El ectri csupply.
415V, 32A, 3pole &switch ed neutral (TPN)
MCB
i. ii. iii.ormotor 3.75 kw
Extract iv.
3"
Drainsize
700x 300
Basket Size
S 3
—I
z
03 ci
>
r° Z
5. n.
r.
0
rr
o.
fD
3
n
0)
O
rt-
X
CD
3
O
ert:
CD
9 Crtol
0
co Dn
0
O
0)
0_
5
on
uo pai npei nUetu
_o 3
rD
0- o
3
3
N
tD n
0_ 5
a).
0
rp
5
z
z
3
04
C
3
O
c
cs-
rt
r13
C
C
co
O
tD
3
lea
t
., • e•-•
0 7 ..7 8
U a) U a) <4.,
._.
0 .= o -.5 ce) 0
....c 7
-0 c
L. -c a). L.,
.i... fa o a) --0- a o • r.., cn
7
•-... r
0 -42 .77)L
0 1
0, (-1-1 -4
.... cn .0 0 a) a.) 6.) k. 0 0
a.> ...c E
x -0 7 0 0
. --. -4 -S 0 o }-)
0 c H -0 0 7 0 0 (454 rni
ci) ----
Z
7 dC 4-0 -44" c4) 0 b.0 0 "E 0 'pi 0 E
0 5 cn > 0 0
0
>-. 01 C4-I 1.)
..-• 1: •.. 0 ;...
<4-4
-0 cd
•in' 7
4., 7:1
c) ID
0
1.) -a,
sa.
-0
-lc
U
la, '
V,C21
a)
0 0
0
e
. zcz:ci
.... 0 7 .7 cd C.) 0 .1)
ch E -(6 o 44 7 7 U
a) c" 71- • - a>
U - E
0 -0 8 . ,T, a 0 a
..t
Y o ° CL) O z
6) cca) Cr
C'n 7. (1) -c.- 0 -.0 0 cD
cn. c'd •4-4 A Sa,
o cd 1.-. w <D 0
0 7-0.4 L. .0 0 -0 0 0 H ‘..0-1
a) 4, C) 0 1... o •,, -; ai „J 0
• t ,2 a) --c 5
i.,
0.. 8
a) ti
,.=
a; a) g t.1>) 0
C C.) to
t
,.0 a
c '5
t
0 3
SA
0 :6
_t .- od
-.is -5 0 ..?. 0 0 ,_,
WO0 H 7 0
•fa.
E,4 w . a .6
0...
ca.
in
a) o • cn u) 0' a -6- 7 7 a) ,..oC.)
a) • > Li-i
0 c -4- I.) .9 5 2 ci
P.. 0 EEi0)
4-, a) CA a) a-. C.) U 5 .10 aE o 0-, p., >,
60 0 0 it) g bn -7 2 '7G
a) 5 a:9 a
C4- V) o' 1.) cd - .0 o
.-0
H - 72 O 0
-c, •,.... 3-aL -c,
1-4,.z c) -c, J.
.- 0
ca 'c'ia U bl). - -0 0 -0 s.-: E
0 o o .2 6) 3 ' 9 to > -0 n
•-. .... 0 O O c5 rn ...0 • - c> r:,., 0
7s 1 R u 0 o 3 f.) -2 c
7 -0 4--Ca
o' 5 0 a • ,..,.
.- c4
c ua- a -r6 o 0 cc cc: c 0 t rn E -
o '73
ed -o a.) o
cr au> ‘.= C
cd • 0 -a 5 -
. •-
IS 1-. • _ ai., -
>2-
0, ...„ 0 20--0 7
M -4 -0 e: 0
t H
a 0 -5 0 el>
-o 78 H °
O 0 ,A•• ce
a.) cz, ° --c -5 - E t U
> (2 Cii E
-ei tj
iz; .0 > to ti 0 CCI Cd
_a rn - it 'le o
,..., o
L......; ci a.-.
Cr s 00 a ° 0 ° L 6 4-• pn 4.-. a s2 w 7
7
w0•n 7 ' c... 7 • 0 • H
° 7
7 O ° 7
8
O _0 cii 0 0 to a -;--;a o a)
E5 ; -a 6.% 2. ;5 -;,--d;
V-cc
o2 u o a o Y a H .5.
L _a
VI -5
d ch ''
ct 7 w so., tco.,))) -crb . b.0 c...
H•H 7 0 4-0 7 w •-.
..-. 0 -4--. CD
aO 7 -7 8 ,.5
.. S
eL)) E 1.) C .ct. 0-4
,-C cd -ci- H
0 ,._. E
-. 0
CVCI a) .,.., 73
0
w I:Z
ch H 0 :-) T.) 0 0 U cA 't: 2
.2
6
0 -ci ..0 -,-.
) '> . ,J. •... .._. -ta ..
0 to
2 0 -tc, 5 > -07 , E ‘...
t a
.7 a) cn>. c (A ;...
0w 0 i.., cd .-.
>
C.)
0 -7 0
0 0 -e
ci.) CA
" $
4-, =
CI "Va 0 c#9 >l 9 ti. -ci 0 ci 5
cn 0 2 ---1 IC 0 •,--. ,..5 0 0 7
0, ch
ii.i :14 R •.3 6) .0.0 7 9: > ct
-8
•-•%
, 0-. 0 7 .5 7
70 76 5
-a ;., cn d -0 •-rzi • -;
c' ti) 4.-'
.-Si :_,
io
Ls. Ti .4.
PP
0 *c.75
Fdl cd
2 -0 S 7 40 0
aci 4.0 a> 7 -c) ke 7 •
to -(---
Ca. 0 CLE .E ;.E
•
° o --
.) '5 7 c..
0 >
0 Ct
,c-.
•-.- cn
0 0 0
7H„__,
1.) „.D;)
w
.5 a 5 4-4
-to
r.,
H
$. k.
Ho
t)
E
71.>
cn
O. -0
4.-. (1). C/)
L7,
• 5 0 "0 0 . -7 o o 0 -0 l-4
0 7 0 0 4+2cl)
S T 4 5 0
_ 1:111
a4
cn -0 -a-.) 0 0 0> ,
ca 7 cw rl l
7 w c4 0
' L.) „5 .... .4' C
0 7 V-: Li-g
72 tri _a H
0 ;...-4
0 0 0 cw T") 8 0 Ec) " t- s-1 ----
E 0 o • c.. '-0 .La
t
o ; s0 S7 •c...
'-' 0
4) >
0 - Cti 4 b. .. 5 ao.. to -0
0 6.4 .-0 0 +,
0 6) < cf 0 cd 7
i.. 1-4 0
c.-. 40) Ea cd 0 0 0
cti 7 ,cd 0 ,-,
c.,-. ...., 0 • ...I • II
0
Xi 4.0 > ...
•-o a) 2 Si
> C1)
,..0 T -R-3 0-, .- 5 41 0 '4 4- cn m

5. ) >I.
(,) ..=
},
t Ct -0
• at _ 5 E
0- °
o zn ° > >. c in "a0
2 E 0 0
1E 0 5 .2
;-. ac-b .7
0 Ct C..) "Ci
o
-,..
0 E_, 0
-5 -5 w
U o o •- = ° a) o n.0 cn 7 C .5 0 0 H
2-2 ,..,
-4-4
0 0,
H 0
0 .4,
= t4) c.-. $4 - o -4-1 H C't Ha.
-c-c. o-'a -0 c:4 =
.0 7 c-4 x 0 01)du C
cci cd 0 3-. 7 -2 7
cd 3 `4 -4, -0 ca
OD - -5
. 4 o(/)OD C .7 H CD 0.
-5 _0 =
▪ 1-I
-6 C.) ‘`.3 E < 2 C.) c->
a.) o E-4 E ci, wct
ca t ta
-
c_., .-o• ,,,:,
E 4. . -s,P, Q ,--, TD-i
l ,--, ,---, 1..s to --[
5 0 ' 4-c ,n t5F 'thccs)
1, PI te
ui (I) - cr-i /3 a a '-e 8, v t.!., u tzt
•.... a
sa tei T-i
vi
u. 0 6, ..c c)
0 5 4:60 c...
i . ' 0
a> 0 , 0 KA
;-, °N .E.,orn to
a .4-
a)
. -c ' 13
-2
C 4 8 ,- '5
4:2 (5
. , -
1 H ., c a> ...• 0 r
c _c 6 8 -a in- 4.
ca ,--, es
0 -.27
•-4 ck "'
c4 V) .E2, C_)
0 °
0
0 c o -•-•
0 CA ‘....."
w c1-0
0 7 0 0 fa 0 0 H '0 I< 2 < 'a'
0- CO ....... -I VI Z > a 0 '0 > r R. > ril -I V, r -), 0 = = -n
uoQeiado w s! auRi Dew
..m.,
1.3NSVEI 213NNI
> 71 2 0 00xrc m 0 0 r 73
› 0N ct m CD0 9 "". tt
r 11 CU
l : >
0 m 7 r,-,
r > X
D 0 3
4 u) 0
.
-* 4 igp
a>
?< > M L ' G11 :
-
> -‘ Ds
ai
r Dp ccn o
-r1D-ij . . 2
rupI Cfcl M
E1 - ; x ;
2 al
gII) 0 ; .I 9+(.!, Z! o
• -11
"
cr, m On7- -,. Fic 2 co. 0 fl) m

n o -1 R. cm- a a) (mn o) cs- rt cc -7 . 0
O
rD a) r ... P-J 0 a -1 V1 On =. 0 -rD > 5 r. ft 2
,-1. .m. 7 > "s Fli CO ro •
5._. 2. > = ,--, CO 0
o -1 Cr Z o Cr 1,7, rD 2 ru > "
Lt-c3 n ati o Cr • X IA -0 ... -
0' O
om) g 7, C (1) 17 (1) a F g
. :3 7 cc. Pm ) M 2 (1) cu
v, M 73 71- w 117 ,7 r a)
cu " a rn 7. C0 ,,,.. 5' 7- rTi ...Z " -4 <: ri. n X'
"+, n
•co 0 u, fp VI 17(1 B. 8 Z 7, .rPt 5; To (I) co -< xi • 0 re in 0 a 0 7 rD
z - crt,' On co cu co o.
.7
v =
cu ...3 a .-Ph a) IA 3
B. • Fir no > ,
a 41. 0-' .7 oti
5 • -11 cu
rim A n) 0- 0-. s Fa+ CL rD
R a) a' 7
a) .7
DJ OnOn a)
Cr (-' w a)
fD C1) -hp 0 N ''` ^1 R.
7 -
..... .7 fa • 7. 78 Cr -1.
a amd CD r rl i p 2 7- • F) 5
0 CD -1 CD
O• -, 0 ,-, 1, o tg 1 -7 n 71. a- Cr • C... .I U
CD (.7).
(7). S) w DJ 0 a 0 7 0. <
-_-_- CL
7 fa. u 0 7.' 7 E-1- 0 u_ O
-0 ,i., 03 Cin 0 7 xi „ .;.-. . . -0 -0 DA rt la 0
-, - 'Imi o C) -1- -0 7
CD ID 0
O
< .. r 7 rt co rt --: - L-J
co 7 o .c.1
au 7.1. 0 0_
rim - CL c C
-.< .7 a
a: e,m1 0 (-1) a) c 0 0 vi =
co -1-, 7 7. 7- Q. c $10 CIO m, C u) 2,
cL co O mM co 0 a4 o a- a f
t
; -I • -% VM4
...1 '4. o 0 7 - a
'cc} -a A) in 0.) CD D- ▪ . 7 CD 73
a
O
• 7, co (7, ' cu
n B
•
a 7 '0 n ro
CE g co a) 0 al V) a) rt
7 fr14. ID
..< „.
7 V 7- co P" On a 7 rt r 7 C Cr o▪ (T) 07- q, a
m a 5. R. cr a= ta. m CU rt cn -1
0 -h DU
CL < cn r c (-I.
o cp D) 0: C ▪ ° - `m< a) a)
O n• = r'DCL -1 0O co
w7
-0 -r-ri 0" cr) a) = o..
a) sam O. . aw 17 t 3. o-h C-/
o n c
III CD U1 Cr 0
< 2 5 0 r 7 a) • in 0
0H
*
z- 7 w 3 ai
-0 cD c 0 = a) -7 _. = in On a).
r 7.
C VI
4 3 c VI rD 7- 5
co ..7,• r Eil cm,.
„, Zr 5 < CD 0a 0o 7 -‘
- • 0 a) C
trn fa. " lic w cr 0 5 cu rl) H in
El m P 0.) ::-. -. 7 • Cilcu .:-, VI * 7- m an
0 0
..J 7 7-' n- rt). Zr v,
In ca On a w
N co 7.. C at CD
rt n 0_ co DD x 4-1. DJ 7 0_ 7 Cr o ft,
7- 7- _.... 7 7 Do CI
x a) 3 7. ch (I) = cu PS
a) 3
-' a. 5, co 7 co (D Cr 0_ cD
"". cr ,c o_ cl.)
3 1.° 0-• a.) c c R. a im o -... r tr, (/)
ru 0 (ri 7 op 13 2 m 7 0- 0 DJ
n 7 ft) T- ej 7 fl,
5
) (71. C R CD m a) el' U.) rt.
Zr 3 et 0 0_ ,,, r v-, -,, 0 co
0_ n p: (1, co CD n--
0 -,0 a
C O -,. Ft, Co
O rt _ r-t. o a. or ail' 0- 5' a' rim P-11 c-F (D LA
a,
5' o- < a.
7.1
., (1° ao O r c
.-, 3 ,-, -, 4.7: -PI m-
-F, (I)
t.) 0 a ,--i.
0 RI a> 3 n. 0
a o iTi c H7 C
CD -0 n CFO
0 Zr
r ci)
CD &) 3 7, 0 a) 7. 9
CA D- 0 H -0 co a+,
0 (1) g. o -, - P r-mh CU a)
< ,,‘, < Ul O
0 Pmet.,: hi, 0 ..° r 0 rt 0
5, B 0 ft, 7
m C 0_
D
D CD CD -
rD1 rD Pt ") o.) Z 7. rD rD a
7 a ro r-r 0 x -..... x 0 ro 3_
(..1 a. o Zz 2 o 0 o D.- c a Ej.. cmc,
3 t') cu
in DJ
o. -r-ID cD m rD c ft, 7
O rp
o
WI: 3
o•-• c cr
3 Li., v, M cr v, Do
c = co
in 7 a-
co 7 m ___1 Cr 0 a, n O a
cr a- DD --t Q. 1:11- c., A: D - 0 a -I-, tn
rD rD co
t__, -4 rt o ro
7 ro 6-
r. 9* r 7 7 CL
on 0 .-• 0 CD 0 a) - 41 rt
.< cu n
O -, CIO Ea rei =. co rt ,... ,
- 0_
0
7
Cr
co (-7, C C
w
a 0
0 7
0 = rD ,,, 7. CD w
3. c rD cr a. Zr (7,- (1). SaC 7 7 -0
ro 0_ -< a ir„-•• 0 _. 0- co 7
cam 0 (/) -- -- r 7 c -0 0_ n 7 8
rt
lios 0) El °
C.)
7a rt 2-
CL 44, 3 ,, .,..
= ,mia 7n a) < < 0_ 0
7 = a 0 CD co m CL - 7•• 7
Hi -0 a. V.,1 7 c 0_
S O o O DJ n a) F. R. a
c• v• CIP 5 3 ri• 0- r 7 (/)
< co
7 00 - 7I -• 7e. 0)
co C,. (2P 3 00 5_. DD
O CY 0 ET CT; OID C 0 n cu DJ.
D ro x 3 N 0, r si < ca a 5
con
?"' u, 7 0_ cu w (D a)
to
I*5 c
-0
c -,-5 7:5
03 a-m
c c -a
a)
o 8 ,..
0 -C 0.1 0.0
0 0.1 L1--1 4-1 4.3
1-4
E -c 4-, Q) 4-,
co a
a.) a E -o Ty
> - ..- 0 CU ,n
,-i _c C
. r- -0 a0-
-0 a) a -=c 8
— -o •'-b...
En t.c co 4- ai
ton
o • tr)
0 E ca etZ
o %.- 4 .- E _c
0
4, o_ $.; cu .45 r,
c .v) 2 to
0 ccs To v; a)
U r
3.) U cl. a 4-, in
bb a 0
a) ..Y . -, -- 0_ WO Co C CID ao Lc)
_c "0 0 0 l
a g.- .
..J V")
Co .0 ‘-z 3 C
Co
17 co
-L-1
,_ 4Ea ttl 0
al 0 .- a -o Cocl) C
C 14- Q)
5 (-) c 0 ..-, -5 0 a)
15 isi C 5 --; 0 al L., E. C DO
-C
C
o u i..-..._ ..a in .- co C d 0 a)
2
--c .01) ‘n
a) .i.7
cc,, -o .tio < c9J
E .4-1 6 u ,.. c -ji -
8 a) =
•a-. ..c o VI
'8 LA' wo 17 6., ca
>ii. 0 -0 OD II 0- U _c
a) c0 o.
tn E co, 4 C ao E
( ) '-
o a IL'-' EEE
= a ,... a i'-,
4-, CU CCS
E T.., c 4-0 "
5. Y EE E E E
U -or_ .> 0 t
f -5-
s_ tr, 0) N E E J> a o 0
w Co
- tn O L szr co
1.- 0 -C3 to 0 To
Co -0 W rfl °coot
8 1.-- 4-- u
V > c )4 o rn 0 in cn
(..) a) o C >-. o o = cr, on to
> a ca cu c 0:1
an o c 0_
C o .0 0 E on coco -o
)
c 0 -to 'El ' .c c 0 E...,
= Co .E 0 IAD
in '6' 8 c 3 vi E
C L) ...0 .c a) ✓- C.
a) ca, 'E '5 a "
a) ,.,
N 4- a.) 3 tc,1 a CL
c c th ,.. ,... Co
8 a) E E o 1.z in
ay > al Mg
> a) 0 cu ,.. 6E -o
w a)
.... ‘4E) ..= .,, 4., 03
o E z -4-, v-,
>- .it; an 2 ao (.-, 0 o_ u in
., 0 ci „,
..ei nl
_ ra- E 0
7-- 3 -7 a) 4-- .‹
z -to a) c 0
a a) .._ 7, 6 ci... •a4 ...
-1, CL C a..
te a) I--
,.. > C
CO 4- o .1..) SI' E
'l OD 7 .1-. co -kt
u 4-, co 4--, = a)
4-1
.0 0 4-,
Co 4-.
VI 2, iC 0 0 a a
.__ -0 -5 3 la
.•.--- a a E 2e) o 45 LL. Co a
Co
co .0 O. >. 0.
C (I) a .2 Y ii, U
0 _c
1.3 -1
0 0 E .1 ru- Hi
-5 a)-o° E
L..
-o co c to ia,
a) n3 > c
'5 >, o
L._ 4-0 Co a) V
o co a) u ..=.
v) •>- To E 'Eta cu _c W
,--
CL U a • o c cr, '5 T.. 4-'
- E-,
E U a
c ' 'a, o cr)
a) 4° 7,-., 7-1 ,:) .c a) 3
,... ru r.
.„ 0 .1-• > -0
< u 0 a) .(2 •-• -§ co
mE a) al 0 .C.L-,)
to 0
-to .,... -ci Tv “
c c) a 0), -to > C
._
s- a)a) bb 0 co a) ti,
ca o co 73 -0
ca 5 c
:a. .caL ..47. 4-, c :a —
0
a
to a 0 > a)
,.. a) 5 c >-
C 0 o tc.o
C_ 8 T
c ' '-`Coin ip 0
T 0
..... m t;,_ t te I ,
a-cf_ saj .! a
t- Eco -ca.
V o in o o “ M cc E v, a) 4C
--"
Cou
cn c E ',_ -- L) " -a i- 4-1 '4° itai Lil kr,
T 2 tO fa, < s-
lab s?[-E = 0 0 tr.1 Gi (1)° C al
c co ,y, 70- 0 • -. be c, a E E cc -c c szt U-I
-0 n E to E tcl
;-, 0 o -1 '47 47 IC 1.-0) (.5 ..E
co G) <— - J.
co 4-.
al i- E CU .41 • '-' t ,) Co
r..) cu a -i-• = — cv
(V
= 3 Ts, O w is L.) 4-. Ln 0-
C 0.1 -.- E
qiw
Z -c
I--c 0 c 0 11 ti 5 Let : tio ;12 ;5 _c
w E Z..... a)
ro c
Ov ai w < a a O < a E in a o_ in 1-- 1.7. Ls. ..I-
a Xi -0 in
0 fD 5 3 m zi * .. 1/2_ 0 n n .) 0- z (1) 0" m
efficient/quickremoval ofmoisture.
io o = c 0 rn O'"i
fn. - -^ D a) 0 0 ,nr- rt 0 (D
„ r-
...1 0- 2 -0
fD M (1) (4 CI' , VI ts•C n c,0 a
5 rt. 0 or a- r- a- m -I 0 m w to
.-... _.,'a- -7P E 3 8 2 r "r-1 a - Ct
m r7-1 -1c3 m c) 3 -Sox a
v) 7, , 0 0- vi . 7' 7 3 c Tro .-4- . a n; w 71 a a - tT1
if, < C fD0-07•• ,-& -
a) • ,-..
Di -”6 M , > Dl
CO
8 ro 3 • aQ a 1
0 " -
2
-I
.ec. tti
th 9) VI (3 cr crn -, -1, • CD n
7, a -h ft --I 0 .. rD CL CD v,
ro a- D., cr CV
(D LL a) -M Cu- 0- rr, 0- 3 _, (7. 8
$ 4 : .2 . (12
NI ° Z 0( 01)
r -, -. (D 3 o- 5 zi -I CD C21 Xi co
CU ...e-t V' r V) -cs 0 on fD rt 7).
CI) -11 1:1)
0 n• ,... o n —
c, 0.?„ 0_
0 a ey
0,0 3 g cu
NN cu 3 a -h a
CU
-, ro CL
0 !--. F.) 1- n
.-.1. 0 a ‘-t
-0 in 0 M 7 C • 0 cu 0 a) -4, °P. -r1 n'P'
a) 1/1 c 0 .... til CM 3 In al.
o_ ri. z - -, it al 71.1 H a 9:
r 0-Fi
c
.-1. 7'_
a
0. cm •
o 3.
0- 0 m 0 It:-I;M
5 ri- S r.,, ri- 5 it, CO ID 2 : -
7.- cm C o o
7 0 a .-1- -I-, 0 •..) Flo- Cr03 ›' C c
On co 0 Et -0 9.,, r-P C -- o
-, rt. 7 a K - n w
,--“ fa. X 0
M In V 0• CPO
ch 13 '' -8 0 a)-s On' 0 CU 0 ,-,-) --.1 xi
(.., a .n, .r?) o A.K Fo- 0- -I o -c-3 a N. ,., o tt)
C 7, .. tn 0 (.0 • 7 cx, .D- ,,. -a w
0_ Y1 rt in a) 0 ri 13
ro
v, = ro on r 0
0_(7-
o, = an -, r
O
_ r (7 h n
rt. CDrt. y) E a. ,_y
ril Z
0 ED Ln vi 0 ID Mron 0 K . w co rn
3 a ,-,.
crn la r mi.r) ..- z7,- 1. )- • a)0 0_ cl.) "D1 '-t '
Gl' F
te, ft, --,--I3 C9
et al 0 0
rt. ,-
ao
fD
-3 C ro ?,) (-7 (n r 09- -0 5' n V) 0- aq 011 (9 = 1-i
C VI CU th cu 0) 0 a a =
, m P cr s in07
a- c g.-‘ a,r 5' ''' ,-,-) a
0oia 0 -I, 0 cam 5 TO co cu o
in 15 •Pi
0
--h
m 0 ...,. pi. n.
7- m-
Cu On
-Cs
CD
cr r-s. IA CD
c cp0- 7- (/'
.-1-
--1 .
CFI
1-1-
n CL 5 i'
-0 , o.) CD . ,-.- an r (90 rt" rf. (1) a, a 0I MS
- 0 0-
Cf g 0
a) 0 0 r ol , 0 0 03 a
= .<
0, p Q. D- 3 un
0_ -• r" co
. CD
a) -11 -,0 In 3 Eert4 a -.1 w.CU
.h. CD
rt i•;+.; a.
CD C.
5 tn * !el. 3 g ID .-t.. 0 5 ' CD Cu' P
.--
On (". 0 • - a. a -_ "• g * a a co (A
-. H
N On d 7- --s o = rD sh- ,r,
0 0 r
0 ICI th- Er •h- a
a. 0 a 0 S 0 rt• -n M CD —
-n 0- •-< 0_ M ,-,.
ce.
2
= , a- 3 r CL
eL cu Ell CD C fD 0 09
0
C * W Cr24 0 a) VI 9..°..t:s
0
C ' 7: " eh. r --h
n CRT
Cl —. 0_ c M- n 0 r W
(1) r% -o oi . (-T r in
M V) 0 v.
0- 3 ro CD Ed-,
.-*
ri- o -‘ c.- C vi rD 0 rD CL p '5'
r
(D
p — ro M n r-i-
0) -h a)
0
v) "0 On v, a.) 9/ -0 ,-)3 01. n rt-
0_ ri• 0.) rD •-i- In = _, ,=:" CD CD
0 a_ S-1 a, 3
0 --,o_ a cu -. 17 5M P
r 5 n rzi.
0
N (7
O
* Cl a) v. 0 ro r -'
r ,5, a_ D., a a. o ft) H (I) 3 tr. 0
rt ty. .-1. -0 (S. C a r 0) M-'
< co
n At' D -,. Fi•
m o =- o crci " a cr 0 a crn p
> < o m < an a- a) 0 -•-4.
c CU
iloi a = co cu rt. a ,.0
,7; it ,... -, = ET "-- °
--1 M tio C
o 3 0 on P
-, '-l- B CL
a 0 CV -- -,-, V rt. o ci 0- .) C ,--
ri.
al: ti, n 0 a -0
0- C -I m•-• CU M _ a_ -CS In .
3. -o a a r o Oh ib-•
:,̀ '; 0
cu 0- ro a) Ft, -, Di..<
-+, --,,
ci., ,n- -tP
5,
e-i
0_ 0 X --, m
a --fr. 7- O rt 3 u, 5, a v, -, CD
EU. CD al CU ri- 0 Fir 0 .- •
5 5 u1 CU a to a, 5' = a t. 7 -1 7
n
u, ail ... v., _ m e-i- o
• ri- u, 19) tn 0 C 17 -I 7-
-0 (71 . to 71; an C a)V rt. V v, CD )-9
• -<
CL ri v, -0 -. Di -0 n
0 5 8 n
th3 (1) (D rt. r 0 -1 in ao r- r- 9,
ta
-2 oil 7 3 a - 5 cu a 111
rt. Leo
7a)v,M0 On 0 a) rt. t3.
O m Ln , o n n. J.^
o_ p- s --- -„ " 0 -= * cl.)
-,
4. 0 0) 0 3 /-4. .-1. (D i)i 5..
...
a) o 3 st = ..v2. ,-. =
o_ c -o CD D;
1-:27 -0 0 M 2 j - CD 8 n ,
a co a En
3 a Pr a Do -o a) - < 0
cna <C -., cu = w ri a) (3,
Ea CD o g a 5 07, ro a o
5
-1 0 0- -1 7 --I ri crn 0 a a.
c I- VI 4--.
a) -o c 12 tr
-5 0
n to ensure that the gap p iece
.0 LD a L.. ' rT3

444 ri ..0 13) a 0 0
§ Lo-
F•-• w
-7, '8 -0 4-,
c a) GJ
..c L., CU
(.7) a) o
E4.,
a c
4-.
8 tip -a E
CO -w a) 0./ OD CU 0 l';": CL 47 co 0
5 I- c..) ._ W E a ra u; "1
";
-• ,_ >-
E o Li' ra
,.. cu 4-
= a = E ea a E al a CD 4.;
V) 0. .. 9 rn E
>• -Cx VI _, > • -, .44- c CO
u
.a >• u-, 4-, (3) 0 ry To -0_, o 0
a) u c > ,,, ,_ ._ ';-•
U co OD 15 .2 a) a) ro o. 4-' a a
4- co
.a.) U 0 c 4, 0_ E .1- ..0 o
n -- _c el
u
CU a) '0 "'" C
i- 2 - a 4-• -C E
0
a ,0 ,-- .E N io CO 4._ 4-1
ta C vt -C O
m2 8
- )_- x-c_c
G., 0 c
a
m a m taa 0
to a 'V
- '
>it CU
a)
C 03 C ••CU a) -0 m
c
ttl) _c C V >
c a) E - 2- --‘e tf_2 15 w cu
0- co 0 CC ro Z vl 120 -C
u ro .0 uo cm 73 C
4-1
c ..c •- co VI u E o C - naira) v „,
1 '5 =
> co •,<- 0 .4-..4- -c -co o-
H c on ,...-. 0 -o
E oh o .c
cu 0
_ ro EO 3 '5 -0 a a_ 8. a)
co 4-'
,/, c r-o ' E a t ti a a) a)
,... c 03 5- _c cii c
cl_ a) c
4.-. 0
LT •-.. :0 3E > a)
-o .r.: ..c .., u-, ,_ .4-, ..c i_0
.-
*N.
E a
CU 03
àl t ° C -0 4-. 0 4.Sa a
03 -a
0 > 'a OD u
C 4-4 G1
-C -0 -C
5-
03 zy,
ro _c
E ' •
ro ,... C
v, a) CU
co 0
4- c -c
u "
0.) >,
(v _c
cu ."--
- e,- 1-
0 4- I- " 4--. 4-I Q.3
o .,_,
a) Lc
0
6 ti 3
0 o a"
E _ a v, 3 -o H r°
o -
ai
vi c tie , to- ls _a > .-. I
rp E 4_, ,_
• > w c
4-, 0 , c a) too ,.. c v, o to 04 :E
OU .41 0 0 0 > zi E c 0 a) a, 4- o u
_c 5 .0 L., o ..-. > -o
Lt cu .
a o 3 -0 -0 .1-1 co
0 0
.... c 0 o c E u c/t TO La 0 co >ft
z al Le-, E
CD 0_ CO a in 4-• CD W >'' :.7•• -1-, vj (11 = -0
0.1
...., ,,_: 7 *E_ ,- ..c (ird _c -a _c
4-1
ir
C 0- rp 441 Cr - CL a4 to on 4-1 w _. ..,
a)
C 01 Co 0 -C a) >-. = 3 = 0) 01 7 E -Lc 0 4-
CU O
-C > 410 4-j t1.0 " C 44). 0 0 0
(1)
... CU ,4 .0 CO t -C:2 a 2 co
t 11 -
to w a) 0 ..0 2c- v, c 5
-.0 cu _c i.4 0 v"- , U 4-1 4a VI m CU 4- 0 CD co

I.2. ct. a)
-0 0 7 .0 ix. s_
La -6 JD ait cii 0 CO a)
"0 coO C
it i C -0 X "o --0 tn ---t. M OD
..c c -2
-•• m - 2 co •5 r.. ..0
CU toi
x ,i
, w 0.1 . 2 > t• 8 .,-.
.CCD
, ›-. a) Ln cu ,_ oo a 0 2 a- C 2 w CO
4a
a) -o CO 0 cr:35 , _C CO CL _0 0` m
"'" -5 1_ -: a
c T2
Lei .,-, _c ...c C a) , na) 0 _C O
0:1 U vt E
'0
a)
4-1 •, 3 8 • 0.0 0 C1.1 Fe; LU 10 . L.: 23 c u ro a) " a) -a
+-, +., ,_
O 1.: LL1 0 1- 2, -C .5
C 6 5 -F, -;
c u .: '17Z >. VI 4--j
vi t1 vi
a) cu N
C ro to
o b c (-75' $--cu -o 4 , = >i. . 4-
co u. o
cu o 0 >.'
tfr o ao to
o_
CL c-i a) 4, ?.)) u o_ o >., ,-) v,
tin 1:t0 a) -0
a)
o
0 U
t_, 6
a. ,_ ct
L. coCI C
..c, .cC -
'0 I- C
ci, 0 a ,_ 0 .C1 it ,r, 0 E cri cu
-to
C ...0 4-1 _c ect 4-4 ° a)
01 ci) 5... G.)
0 0 Tv 8 VI CU
, ,_ Q.1 -- 0 2 .7; 0 P 4-1
ra
-5
CU -C 3-' -1,i;
" }-1 a E -,-.
CO (c) co o E c co 15 i ,2, 0
0. 4-. N vi eto ... ro ro cu x vi 1- 4- 110 ro TS U
L.,. c _
2 v, ,_
'a -0 lti- a 23 ,_ 2 c
E CO a) w 5.- O.
fa
0_ -a -F., W 0 4-1 CO cu W CD 0
b' ao OD , 03 a)
vi 2 a C 4_ -a
-to
4-
.C. 0 Co
D ,,,
....Co .5 4.° •,,,
ID, L,_
i:) rn
>- Isl
.: '§
C 'ti
c- La
t12 ao till .tu
e
3O
C '' a)
„ O
u •`L' --it Ln see a) 0 v, > co ‘-• ti. ,:a. CL
5 ° C V.: a ..c ret Ill > 0- 01
4-1 1.5 VI TO U
C co I- C o ' - a) ..-. ca- LI c a) a) vi
D 4- co CO t 0 8 E VI C C Z
O0 - a) .c
th 4-4 _C
..0
o 0 a) -0 =
_c
vi .6
.-:
F.• ;‘'.:.a! 0
c 14: c 3 2a si
3 4- 0 CC 1..- 1,OD
-0 CD
to u E a) "d ‘;.
' L- 72
-11 H
w co a) C0 CL ui 1.
ti c; 1:3
u CO tol R tn 9-
TO . 4L a a C s- .- - a)
0
u v-3
-c a a c cu s> E .> a.) L.. c..9 a -- -
16 CO
0 E -0
ro
(T3 0 _c 1_ -0 to w z = ca w '
.0 E
(0 -C OD 4.; H a
a) •
>
tf) -a
4-1 aj P2 . .s
"' -,..
u 46 C 0 fa 14 ILI
co -J W
in to t his ta ble.
in u
VI 0 _C 4-4 2 0_ n 5 r., a) 4- .1
4 .
7 )
4,CU , 2 ..1 -
5 13 E i-- 1- (ti 4:2 0 <
a)
u E 4-- c c, Lij
OU
0 0 ,,,'
w .47.
CL c • - i._
r_ .- 2 a-, u -6
ea
s- ,.. T e
123 -c2
l E 8 -,5 )-- 4-1
,0
›- i ''
CU :cfv, 8 -2 L, u
4.-.t:
L. C16 ce cy
LLI 1-• = a) ,_
°, 1a 4--.
•
a to E E '5_ r- 'a 'A a) E ,A .?, a = LIJ > Z ca >' co gt
V t.r) <0 rO LA - a) 4-• = m to4o
LLI a CU
u., 0 _a a TO _,- ,c_..-, -X a) E a ,., co > ".= E ° 1-
E *. Lu E c
tr- CO 0 'u
ul '4"
v, E > " ra G) a _ c 0 v, 7,1
a.,
wc c „..(ft a) v, 3 1,- a'
..0 W -0
tr. 01 '0 U- a) U_
O. • > 4-.
'>. O- 'cc,: 0 4 --• = C 4 -c ---
L9 1- co cm F- ro
_c b.0 0 i- > F- vi 0- >u<1 W ca co in. Oa t5 v., >
(.9 I- a F- .,., ._.
Themachineis finallypainted with
:12 .c.) — Z M 7.
j 1/1 -, > m 0-
Z rz -I -' rD M -1.
rD > 07 0 M R'
= MI
r .-1-
0
r c
CP „ID 3 2 1- -
3 al q CD 0 --I -I 0 -,
X 1/1 cu a = In M g Cl) PO 3 r- ri c cr 3
,-.. n 2> = a' — 0 cm
rfr
, h — m 0 r
5. m r.
a) 7 73 cm R > el a •-1-0,3 >1-ro E T. Cla (CI'
)
S 0
(7, ,5, r" ..-1
CU 13 (D rn Cuin .... an
-0 _. 1 :
9 3 n - sz L n ,
3 ' -1
23 r 0 Q n 0 ro
3 n
K. :0:
-CI
L
l
ED. i -"
r r r- -,
CD
:
tt
CU
LA-%
in -0
2
G) -, rt =
M -2 04 ro 3
c 0 5 5'
, m 0 5- r
-, < v. 3 i'Er 9 rr, Q 0 o
r- _. 0 ect z Do a_
OD 2- ‹ -0 -r)
0). F') tri 13 0
c CL 5 E "C r = ci' D
cm 0., rD
z
rr 0 Cril -a cm 3
GO * n
ro
a. -, v, o
ro -, 0
- .•=1:
c m.r rn
-1 tr,
-0 3' E '-'
c
0 0
_; 0
r ---, 0 0-, 0 - n
— n * 5
to w.
: •.< 0_
-0 3 z
lat
to Fr r a. .-7o
c
in
7<n3 ,,,
O
c
:
tt
ni . ii
t
CD re. 0 r
-1 17
o 0.3 7 v, 5 0 0
-.. rt, Er, ort CU Ott v, c r-, r (Ds._
5 0 '-'' r
r wsga
0 0 C1) (D
a
DJ
r-I.
m
‘lh CU
<
1:'
a.
,-.. o
5
o
0 --- o
0- —,..
co_ --c -
-cs
a) .P
E; -o
< In
o- co
0 0 ru 0 o ,
-, <
M
C an 0) E r-t- -0 ro (A 1
Cr
CF
tn -Zi- CD 0
CL Cla
cx,
7 in
CD CU
= g =
CD < C R *
HT .=
g n- an tn
13 Z' r
ro rD (.., co o
n
0 CU
a, VI C. = 8 -h
* r-f. c
5' :=4: F., r r 4.• fi—r 3
r '
33 '1 CU 7
3 m 0 0.1. 3
ru 0' ...‹ a -, tn cro
3 CL Cf2
ro u,
,-÷ 0 *
o_ al, — tn CD a, -a cu-<c D a
3 g
-.I R °) -fr. 3 2 41 .---
. --t, 0-
7 < 1. o fD
M
r D 0‘ 01:1
r it' M (-1-
rfr 0 "C1 CD 0- v. 3 in n
tn * 0) 9 0) c
* -,. r a
0- --h -I 0 1-P
-,
CD
_ W Cu
rfr
= 0
= M re.
in 7 CD 0
-0 Cr MI PO 0
M 0 133
3
3 n
3-
SD 0-
.-.=
a r o 0
0
CL CD c 0- m r fD
an
ri.
M
--s Cr 3 -1 tn 0 rn,
En EL:. 0-0 M c., 3 a,
IT -41 <
5'
a,
B ..<
.frn
CD 0) 03
C-
1". 'c
a 8- ur, Z 0
c
tn
CU -<
oilerand thechest.
,-1- (D K -.<
-1. co
_. ra- r) 0 a
ELI- --a 9 CO
rt
fD
rd: 3
0) W 3
a ICS --1
(D
fD fD CD
tn -0
0
Oil.
o
5 0 =
,-1-
a a al
a:.
o
WC ro ro
eL 5
cL CO 013
Theslightest
Ln r• 0 0 =
a) r r 0 CD
3 rD n * 0
r.,. o- tt
o
,-,
CD 3 m r
o v.
(D 0)
3 D ‹
0 0
0-0
5' r.' rfr
m r 7" r
M M
Four-Wheel,Three-Wheel
o
.=
ccs
a)
t
2
Finish
ll
Stainless steel tubes &bars fitted with swiveling type ba bearing
PP
-oo
17>-•
wheels(4 nos.)
Dimension 762X609X863
et=et
CY
A."
Description
Sr.No r Specification 1Material of
iconstruct ion
O
z
,..0
•.'
Cast Iron
—1
"
taw Water transfer pump with PP
Vfntnr Cover
3 00Ltr
DilTrap Tan k
co co
Z Z
Co
Plate Settler Tank
N ri
.
,4.
R
1000Ltr PP/FRP
711
Filter Feed Tank
ZX
co co
oo
300Ltr. PP/F RP
tri
Sludge Drying Bed
<
02 Nos
"
Dosing Tank 50Ltr
z
0
K irloskar
Cast Iron
‘46 N
Filter FeedPump withPPMotor
x.
hover
o
Z
o
00
00
00
SandF ilter withMPV& ilter
Media.
O
OZH
80Ltr
a:
Carbon Filter with MPV&Filter
Med ia
o
Edose /Eq
<-1
Dosing Pump
C
1
IPVC/UPVC Prince /Eq 1Ls
Interconnecting Piping &Fitting
coi <1
-
CivilSurgeon, Satara
_
I 1 I VoleoPro Standard Trolley
Com pacttrolleywitha footpri ntof 0 ,5 m2
Easytomanoeuvreand tostorewherespace is limited , Size(112.5 x 51 .5
x92)
__
VoleoPro Stand ardincludes:
_ , Bin Bag Lid incl . integrat edcleaningplan holder
Foldaway
_2x bi nbagclampsmadeoutofzincplated steelwire for fixi nga 70 liter bin bag
Stand ardsetofhooks(incl udes 5x Pin Hook— 3x H andle Holder- 2x Cauti on Sign Hook)
Ergonomic inclinedpush unit
of 6 ltr bucketswithcolorcoding
I ntegrated tray forcarryi ng items likesmall bucketson the topof the trolley incl . 2nos.
clips
l x Multif unctional bridge
au)
CC 1
K\c „...0": 1.
Ai
____-.0"), o
491/0 izi -.
dt
iv Mt.- .0 .1g)
P) )i
v cn -g.)
C
Cu a
_C 0 0
CD E •-•
c a)
CD to
= -C a)
-0 H C)
2 co
cd a
v 2 th
C
co cri
a)
a) it;
C _c 92
ro a) 1 51
c a .2
al = -6
.c o ,-
>, v m
CD CD -C
CD C ta3
0 CU
a) .E
t.
..- U 0
u) a) ID
o_ E cy,
.c
a) 2 CO
4— 1,_
O
O u) a) E
E mE
O ET_ 0
C o
D .0 a) o
ED (21 C t u)
W a) (1.) W co
.0 ,42 -C
CD -C > 0- a. •
(-) a
CD
H -EWE ° C a) 00 0_
m (1— 's u...:
co >-. -o 0) -6 0
_c a) .5 t N . ._ C CD
cn
C) V u)
E I> 't5
lo •c >,
ti31
. CD 45 a) E _a 71.
ets C
cn -0 m
E 0 c •- 713> E w v a) 0.
o 'E -o 0 a) "C) a.
- o azi cu
a) c ac al. b
o
< co E
-a T_) co- 0
a.) c) Cr
- a)
C CO _C)
o
0)r IT 8 () T n .E C
La co 4_,
Cu
C3 (7). . kr-- t 1 N a) 0
1"--. 0 4)
o
0 = W
t 011:1 a) •
km. 10 1:1 MO
0 CD
C Cu
> -0W coCu
a ._c
E To
r2 -c 2
0 0 0 .=
o o a E 8 03
0s -a tE 0 00 +-.
a) 15 in cu 8
c >a) 0 CDW0 0
0 a) to (0
,D . onsvw, S
EL .0 0
a) 0 - ..c E > c
- . _ ti co ._ - E -c ci
I- vt
lan t!.' m a) a) 2 (-) X
m v 0) c o I-I- Ili Ta 0 C a)
a) - CN
mca) - woc.E 0))0 ch
0
C a' 2 0 E c , 0 ?,) 2 i t o)
-- n _c CL
- w •c 2 LP
°9-1 2 O)~. 0 _c 0 o 0
X ,.7
x = (.0 a •-• _c CD 0 6 a)
tor (4)) a ci) _c ;52. 01 = o
M 66- c(?) c c a a t c c ca 0_ c 0
0- (1.) w ..fa mo a) a) mo a) , e o
2
2>Hccr, tom 4? co coca E <
CN co

Medical Equipment

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Medical Equipment

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Medical Equipment

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What medical equipment is listed on page 1 and their approximate prices?

What medical equipment is listed on page 1 and their approximate prices?

What departments are listed on page 2 and what equipment are listed under them?

What departments are listed on page 2 and what equipment are listed under them?

Technical

Sr. Department Sr. Name of Equipment Approx. Uint

GMDN Name Mobile X-Ray Machine (HF)

• 27 Service contract clauses,

Sr. Technical Specifications.

High frequency X-Ray machine suitable for General Radiography.

VERTICAL BUCKY STAND:

• The company should be ISO Certified.

1. System should be offered with following Broad Band width Transducers

5. 256 Grey shades or more. Please specify.

size. Please specify.

18.Multiple focal zones should be available.

connected to the PC provided with the machine.

should be provided during warranty and CMC period.

5. CVT/Servo Voltage Stabilizer.

patient couch of appropriate height with mattress and pillow.

HIPAA compliance should be given.

29. Free software upgrade(s) during the period of warranty/CMC

Sr. No. Technical specifications

1. High frequency Linear Probe for breast

Name: eVkAAkfii tn2 rikek-4A-t\s‘x-i_

GMDN Name CR System

‘t dcf 1-7 C1/4 6W/

Tech ca, specificz.-Lior,

Digital mammograms are recommended for Diagnostic Mammography as they are

Technical Specific:II lung fm Moi_in211 ... jrf 0

A - X-Ray Generator: 100 KHz X-fTay Generator

e having dual focus and separate anode

Focal Spot hodium

11Page <1.13D:of. 111!tillhi..;":1Fc;r12caRege es NEP "Mil

E- Power Supply Requirement

11:019to, Dr. Hemant Deshmulditu)

3 APPLICATION: Adult as well as Pediatric application minimum 5 — 6 KG body

a) Air source - Turbine only, Compressor / Blower /Piston not allowed

5 Ventilator modes and functions:-

1 Assist — Control (Volume Controlled Ventilation & Pressure Controlled Ventilation)

SIMV + Pressure Support (Volume Controlled ventilation & Pressure Controlled

4 CPAP , CPAP + Pressure Support

I Control, Assist control, S1MV + PSV, CPAP + PSV.

C Combination Advanced Modes:-

1 Volume cycle with demand flowing in control, A/C, SIMV modes.

3 APRV mode / Bi-vent.

D Common Ventilatory parameter settings:-

2 Adjustable flow cycled ventilation for all modes.

3 User adjustable, automatic and interactive apnea back-up ventilation.

4 Adjustable I:E Ratio

7 Adjustable bias (expiratory) flow or automatic.

8 Trigger Sensitivity: Flow adjustable

9 Fi02: Adjustable (21 to 100%) and monitored.

10 100% Oxygen flush.

11 Negative Inspiratory Force Manoeuvre or Rapid Shallow Breathing

14 Inspiration Synchronized INBUILT Nebulizer .

6 Alarms / Indicators :- audio & / or visual with adjustable alarm volume:

b) Mode of Operation: Mains/Battery

c) Battery: Fully charged/low

e) Unusual / Incorrect settings